0% found this document useful (0 votes)

672 views402 pages

DOS VSE Handbook Feb79

DOS VSE Handbook

Uploaded by

aksmsaid

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

672 views402 pages

DOS VSE Handbook Feb79

DOS VSE Handbook

Uploaded by

aksmsaid

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 402

SY33B571-7

S 370/5
4300-40
)

Systems DOS!VSE Handbook

)

I~
Preface
lltis manual references to infonnation contained in this manual is provided as a DOS/VSE
serviceability aid and is, therefore, a summary of other DOS/VSE dncumentation. These manuals
are intended for use by persons involved in program suppod.

This manual does not ,contain information on DOSjVSE Advanced Fur.ctions. This inforn:u~ion
represent licensed material and must be ordered separaUy.

It will be distributed as System Library Supplement which logically fit into this manual.

The volume contains following information:

Volume 1, SY338571 :
Chapter I : General Infannatian
II : DOS/VSE General Infonnation
III: DOS/VSE roes (General, SAM, DAM, ISAM)
IV: DOSjVSE Supervisor Control Blocks and Areas
V: DOS/VSE Service Aids
If there is any discrepancy between the information contained in this manual and the DOS;VSE
optional progran::,ning m3terial (e.g., PLMs and listings), the latter is assumed to be correct.

Eighth Edition (February, 1979)

This is a major revision of and obsoletes, SY33-8S71-6. This edition applies to the Disk Operating
System/Virtual Storage Extended (DOS;VSE) and to all subsequent versions and releases until
otherwise indicated in new editions or Technical Newsletters. Changes are continually made to
the information herein; before using this publication in connection with the operation of IBM
systems, consult the latest System /370 Bibliography, Ge2D-DOO!. for the editions that are app-
licable and current.

Request for copies of IBM publications should be made to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your lo~ality.

Ahandbook-sized binder, FE Part Number 453559, may be purchased from IBM. Customers may
order it through their IBM marketing representative. IBM personnel should order it as an FE part
from Mechanicsburg.

This manual has been prepared by WT-DP/CE Technical Operations, 7030 BoeblingeQ, Germany.

A form for readers' comments is provided at the back of this publication. If the form has been
removed, comments may be sent to the above address. Comments become the property of IBM.

Copyright International Business Machines Corporation, 1973. 1974, 1975, 1976, 1977,
1978,1979.
TABLE OF CONTENTS (."" Cont'd)

Chapter IV

Interval Timer Table 63

Task Timer Option Table 63
Interval Timer Request Table 64
Abnormal Termination Table 65
Page Fault Handling Overlap Table 66
Job Accounting Interface Common Table 67
Job Accounting Interface Partition Table 68
ASCII ABCDIC Translation Tables 69
Segment and Page Table 74
Page Data Set Table (DPDT AB) 75
P"ge-1n Queue Em:ry (pGQUI) 76
Page-Out Queue Entry (PGQUO) 76
Page Frame Table Entry (PFTE) 77
PAGETAB 78
Translation Control Block (TCB) 79
Copy Blocks 80
Replica Block, Didal Block and Entry 83
Converting Virtual to Real Address 84
Page Data Set Format 85
Replica Header Blocks, layout 86
Resource Usage Record Table (RURTAB) 87
Anchor Table (ANCHTAB) 89
Fetch/load Control Blocks 90
layout of Shared Virtual Area (SVA) 91
layout of Directory Entry 92
Routine Identifiers (RIO) 93
VTAM Address Vector Table USTAVT) 94

Chapter V DOS/VSE Service Aids

OlTEP 01
EREP 04
SOAID 11
MSHP 17
POZAP 67
OOSVSDMP 69

)
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter I Generallnformation

Machine Instructions 01
Extended MNEMONIC Instruction Codes 04
Assembler Instructions 05
Condition Codes 06
Code Translation Table 08
Machine Instructions Formats 12
Control Register Allocation 13
Assignment of Control Register Field 13
Permanent Main Storage Assignment 14
Program Status Word (PSW) 16
Channel Address Word (CAW) 17
Channel Command Word (CCW) 17
Channel Status Word (CSW) 17
Limited Channel Logout 18
Machine Check Interruption Code 18
Codes for Program Interruptions 19
Codes for External Interruptions 19
Codes for Input/Output' Interruptions 19
Codes for Supervisor Call Interruptions 19
Channel Commands 19
Hexadecimal and Decimal Conversion 23
Sense Information Summary 24

Chapter II DOS/VSE General Information

IPL Control Statements 01

Job Control- and Attention Routine Commands 05
Linkage Editor Control Statements 22
Librarian 24
ESERV 33
LSERV 35
Supervisor Macros 36
Device Type Codes 42
Format of ESD CARD 44
TXT CARD 44
RLD CARD 45
END CARD 45
REP CARD 45

Chapter III DOS/VSE IOCS (GeneraI/SAM/CAM/ISAM)

Standard Volume Labels, Tape or CASC 01

Standard Magnetic Tape File Label 03
Standard CASC File Label - Format 1 07
Standard CASC File Label - Format 2 11
Standard CASe File Label - Format 3 15
Standard CASC File Label - Format 4 16
Standard eASe File Label - Format 5 19
Label Information Cylinder 20
LlOCS Module Name Versus Options 21
DTFCD (Reader) 28
DTFCe (Punch) 32
DTFCe (Combined Reader/Punch) 34
DTFPR 35
DTFCN 37
DTFDR 36
DTFOR 39
DTFMR 41
DTFMT (Data Files) 44
DTFMT (Work Files) 52
DTFSD (Data Files) 53
DTFSD (Work Files) 60
DTFDA 62
DTFIS (Load) 67
DTFIS (ADD) 71
DTFIS (RETRVE, RANDOM) 77
DTFIS (RETRVE. SEQNTL) 81
TABLE OF CONTENTS C Cont'd)

DTFDU 91
DTFPH (Magnetic Tape) 93
DTFPH (Sequential Disk) 94
DTFPH (DAM Files) 96
OTFPH (Diskette) 97
DTfDI 99
DTFCP (Disk=Yes) 101
DTFCP (Disk=No) 104
DTFCP IDisk=Parameter Omitted) 106
DTF - Table Types 109
RPS DTF/Module Relationship 110
RPS DTF - Extention 111

Chapter IV DOSNSE Supervisor Control and Areas

Supervisor Storage Allocation 01

Supervisor Calls 02
Command Control Block (CCB) 05
Input/Output Request Siock (lOR81 09
Storage Management Control Block (SMeBI 10
System Control Program Communication Region (SYSCOM) 11
Partition Communication Region 17
Partition Identification Key (PIK) 25
Task Interrupt Key (TIKI 25
Logical Transient Owner Identifikdtion Key III Kl 25
Logical Transient Key (LTK) 25
RAS Linkage Area 26
System Task Blocks 27
Program Information Block (PI B) 26
Program Information Block Extension 31
Save Areas 32
I/O Table Interrelationship 33
Logical Unit Block (LUB) 34
Physical Unit Block (PUB) 35
Physical Unit Block Ownership Table 36
Job Information Block (JIB) 37
Channel Queue Table (CHANQ) 39
Channel Control Table (CHNTAB) 39
Track Hold Table (THTAB) 40
Console Buffering Table 40
Line Mode Table 41
Relationship of Control and Workblocks for Channel Program Fixing 42
Fixlist Header Block (FHB) Layout 43
Rix Request Block (FRB) 44
Fix list Block (FLB) Layout 44
locate List Block, Layout 45
) Line Pointer Blocks, Layout
Emulator ECa Table (EUECBTAB)
45
46
FIXWTAB 46
Density Data 46
Event Control Block (ECB) 47
Resource Control Block (RCB) 47
Cross Partition ECB (XECB) Table 47
Disk Information Block (DIB) Table 46
MICR DTF Addresses and Pointers 50
Error Recovery Procedure Information Block (ERPIB) 51
) Error REcovery Block and Error Queue Entry
Cancel Codes and Messages
52
63
PUB2 Entry AddreSSing 55
PUB2 Table 56
Recorder File Table (RF TABLE) 59
CRT Constant Table (CRTTAB) 61
Program Check Option Table 62
Operator Communication Table 62
CHAPTER I
GENERAL INFORMATION I
CHAPTER II
DOS/VSE GENERAL INFORMATION I
CHAPTER III
DOS/VSE IOCS (GENERALISAMIDAMIISAM) I
CHAPTER IV
DOS/vSE SUPERVISOR CONTROL BLOCKS AND AREAS I
CHAPTER V
DOS/VSE SERVICE AIDS I

)
CHAPTER I
GENERAL INFORMATION I

)
MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS

Mne- Op
Name monic Code Format Operands
Add (e) AA lA AA Al, A2
Add (e) A 5A AX Al, D2(X2,B2)

I
Add Decimal (e) AP FA S5 D1(L1,Bl)'D2(l2.B2)
Add Halfword (e) AH 4A AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
Add Logical (e) ALA lE AA Al,A2
Add Logical (e) Al 5E AX A 1,D2IX2,B2)
AND Ie) NA 14 AA Al,A2
AND (e) N 54 AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
AND (e) NI 94 51 D1(B1),12
ANDie) NC D4 55 D1(l,B1),D2IB2)
Branch and Link BAlA 05 AA Rl,R2
Branch and Link BAl 45 AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
Branch on Condition BCR 07 RR Ml,R2
Branch on Condition BC 47 RX Ml,D2(X2,B2)
Branch on Count BCTA 06 AA R1.R2
Branch on Count BCT 46 AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
Branch on Index High BXH B6 A5 Al,A3,D2IB2)
Branch on Index Low or Equal BXlE 87 A5 Al,A3,D2(B2)
Clear I/O CIAIO 9001 5 D21B2)
Clear Page CLAP B215 5
Compare (e) CA 19 AA Rl,R2
Compare (e) C 59 AX Al,D2(X2,B2)
Compare and Swap C5 BA A5 Al,A3,D2,(B2)
Compare Decimal (e) CP F9 55 Dl (l 1,Bl ),D2(l2,B2)
Compare Double and Swap CD5 BB A5 Al,A3,D2,(B2)
Compare (e) CA 19 AA Rl,R2
Compare (e) C 59 AX Rl,D2(X2,B2)
Compare Decimal (el CP F9 55 D1(ll,B1),D2Il2,B2)
Compare Halfword (e) CH 49 AX Al,D2(X2,B2)
Compare Logical (e) ClA 15 AA Al,A2
Compare Logical (e) Cl 55 AX Al,D2(X2,82)
Compare Logical (e) ClC D5 55 Dl,(l,Bl),D2(B2)
Compare Logical (e) Cli 95 51 D1(B1),12
Compare Logical Characters ClM BD A5 Al,M3,D2IB2)
under Mask (e)
Compare Logical Long (e) ClCl OF AA Rl,R2
Connect Page CTP BO A5 Al,M3,D2IB2)
Convert to Binary CVB 4F AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
Convert to Decimal CVD 4E AX A1,D2IX2,B2)
Deconfigure Page DEP B218 5
Diagnose (p) 83 51
Disconnect Page DCTP B21C 5
Divide DA ID AA Al,A2
Divide D 5D AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
) Divide Decimal
Edit (c)
DP
ED
FD
DE
S5
55
D1(L1,B1),D2Il2,B2)
Dl (l,B1 ),D2(B2)
Edit and Mark (c) EDMK DF 55 D1(l,Bl),D2IB2)
Exclusive OR (c) XA 17 AA Al,A2
Exclusive OR leI X 57 AX AI,D2IX2,B2)
Exclusive OR (c) XI 97 51 Dl(Bl1,12
Exclusive OR (cl XC D7 55 Dlll,BlI,D2IB2)
Execute EX 44 AX AI,D2IX2,B2)
Halt I/O (c,pl HID 9EOO 5 D1(B1)
) Halt Device (c,p)
Insert Character
HDV
IC
9E01 5
43 AX
D1(B1)
A1,D2(X2,B2)
Insert Characters under Mask (c) ICM BF A5 Al,M3,D2(B2)
Insert Page Bits IPB B4 5
Insert Storage Key (p) 15K 09 AA Al,A2
Insert PSW Key IPK B20B 5
Load lA 1B AA R1,R2
Load l 5B AX Al,D2(X2,B2)
Load Address lA 41 AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
) Load and Test (cl
Load Complement (e)
lTA
lCR
12
13
AA
AA
Al,A2
R1,R2
Load Control (pI lCTl B7 A5 Al,A3,D2(B2)
Load Frame Index lFI BB A5 Al,M3,D2(B2)
Load Halfword lH 4B AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
Load Multiple lM 9B A5 Al,A3,D2(B2)
Load Negative (c) lNA 11 AA Al,A2
Load Positive (el lPA 10 AA Al,A2

1-01
MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS I . .. Cont'd)

Mne- Op
Name monic Code Format Operands
Load -PSW (n,p) LP5W B2 51 01(Bl}
Load Real Address (e,p) LRA Bl RX Rl,02IX2,B2}
Monitor Call (m) MC AF 51 D1(Bl1.12
Make Addressable MAD 921D S
Make Unaddressable MUN B21E 5
Move MVI 92 51 Dl1Bll.12
Move MVC D2 55 D1(L,BlI.D2(B2}
Move Long (e) MVCl OE RR Rl,R2
Move Numerics MVN 01 55 DlIL,s1),D2IB2}
Move with Offset MVO Fl SS DllL1,Bl},D2IL2,B2}
Move Zones MVZ 03 55 01IL,BlI.D2IB2}
Multiply MR lC RR Rl,R2
Multip'ly M 5C RX Rl,D2IX2,B2}
Multiply Decimal MP FC 55 D1(L1 ,Bl },02IL2,B2}
Multiply Halfword MH 4C AX Rl,02IX2,B2}
OR Ie} OR 16 AR Rl,R2
OR Ie} 0 56 AX A 1,D2IX2,B2}
OR Ie} 01 96 51 Dl1Bll.12
OA Ie} DC D6 55 D1(L, Bl},D2IB2}
Pack PACK F2 55 D1(L1,B1),D2IL2,B2}
Purge Table (pI PTLB B200 5
Reset Reference Bit (c,p) RRB B213 5 D1(Bl)
Retrieve Status and Page A5P DB 55 D1(L1,Bl },D2IL2,B2}
Set Clock (e,p) 5CK B204 5 DlIB1)
Set Clock Comparator (pI 5CKC B206 5 D1(B1)
Set CPU Timer (pI 5PT B20B 5 011Bl)
Set Page Bits 5PB B5 A5 Rl,02IB2}
Set Program Mask fn) 5PM 04 RR Al
Set Storage Key (pI 55K OB RR Rl,R2
Set PSW Key from Address 5PKA B20A 5
Set System Mask (pI 55M BO 51 D1(Bl)
Shift and Round Decimal (e) 5RP FO 55 01(L1,B1),D2IB21.13
Shift Left Double (e) 5LOA BF R5 Al,D2IB2}
Shift Left Double Logical 5LDL BD R5 Rl,D2IB2}
Shift Left Single (e) 5LA BB A5 Rl,D2IB2}
Shift Left Single Logical 5LL B9 A5 Rl,D2IB2}
Shift Right Double (e) 5RDA BE A5 Al,D2IB2}
Shift Right Double Logical 5RDL BC R5 Al,D2IB2}
Shift Right Single (c) 5AA BA A5 Rl,D2IB2}
Shift Right Single Logical 5AL BB R5 Rl,D2IB2}
Start I/O (c,p) 510 9COO 5 D1{Bl}
Start I/O Fast Release (c,p) 510F 9COl 5 D1{Bl}
Store 5T 50 RX Rl,D2IX2,B2}
Store Capacity Counts 5TCAP B21F 5
Store Channel ID (c,p) 5TIDC B203 5 Dl1Bl}
Store Character 5TC 42 RX Rl,02IX2,B2}
Store Characters under Mask 5TCM BE R5 A 1,M3,02IB2}
Store Clock (c) 5TCK B205 5 01{Bl}
Store Clock Comparator (p) 5TCKC 8207 S. 01{Bl}
Store Control (p) 5TCTL B6 A5 Rl,A3,D2IB2}
Store CPU I D (p) 5TIDP 8202 5 D1{B1}
Store CPU Timer (p) 5TPT B209 5 DlIB1}
Store Halfword 5TH 40 RX Al,D2IX2,B2}
Store Multiple 5TM 90 R5 Al,A3,D2IB2}
Store then AND System Mask (p) 5TN5M AC 51 01lBl}12
Store then OR System Mask (p) 5T05M AD 51 DlIB1},12
Subtract (c) 5A lB RA Al,R2
Subtract (cl 5 5B AX Al,D2IX2,B2)
Subtract Decimal (c) 5P FB 55 DllL1,B1},D2IL2,B2}
Subtract Halfword (c) 5H 4B RX Al,D2IX2,B2}
Subtract Logical (c) 5LR lF RR Rl,R2
Subtract Logical {cl 5L 5F AX Rl,D2IX2,B2}
Sup~rvisor Call 5VC OA AR I
Test and Set (c) T5 93 51 DlIB1}
Test Channel (c,p) TCH 9F 51 DlIB1}
Test lID (c,p) TID 9D 51 DlIB1}
Test under Mask (c) TM 91 51 DlIB1},12
Translate TR DC 55 DlIL,Bl},D2IB2}
Translate and Test (c) TAT DD 55 DlIL,Bl},D2IB2}
Unpack UNPK F3 55 DlIL1 ,Bl },D2IL2,B2}
Zero and Add Decimal (c) ZAP FB 55 DlIL1 ,Bl },D2IL2,B2}
102
MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS ( Con,'d!

Floating Point Instructions

Mne- Op
Name monic Code Format Operands
Add Normalized, Extended Ic,xl AXR 36 RR R1,R2
Add
Add
Add
Add
Add
Normalized, Long Ie)
Normalized, Long Ie)
Normalized, Short lei
Normalized, Short Ie)
Unnormalized, long lei
ADR
AD
AER
AE
AWR
2A
6A
3A
7A
2E
RR
RX
RR
RX
RR
R1,R2
R1,D2(X2,B2)
R1,R2
R1,D2(X2,B2)
R1,R2
I
Add Unnormalized, Long lei AW 6E RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Add Unnormalized, Short Ie) AUR 3E RR R1,R2
Add Unnormalized. Short Ie) AU 7E RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Compare, Long Ie) CDR 29 RR R1,R2
Compare, Long lei CD 69 RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Compare, Short Ie) CER 3. RR R1,R2
Compare, Short Ie) CE 79 RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Divide, Long DDR 2D RR R1,R2
Divide, Long DD 6D RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Divide, Short DER 3D RR R1,R2
Divide, Short DE 7D RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Halve, Long HDR 24 RR R1,R2
Halve, Short HER 34 RR R1,R2
Load and Test, Long Ie) LTDR 22 RR R1,R2
Load and Test, Short Ie) LTER 32 RR R1,R2
Load Complement, Long Ie) LCDR 23 RR R1,R2
Load Complement, Short lei LCER 33 RR R1,R2
Load, long LDR 28 RR R1,R2
Load, Long LD 68 RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Load Negative, Long Ie) LNDR 21 RR R1,R2
Load Negative, Short Ie) LNER 31 RR R1,R2
Load Positive, Long Ie) LPDR 20 RR R1,R2
Load Positive, Short Ie) LPER 30 RR R1,R2
Load Rounded, Extend~ t Long Ix) LRDR 25 RR R1,R2
Load Rounded, Long to Short Ixl LRER 35 RR R1,R2
Load, Short LER 3B RR R1,R2
Load, Short LE 78 RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Multiply. Extended Ixl MXR 26 RR R1,R2
Multiply, Long MDR 2C RR R1,R2
Multiply, Long MD 6C RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Multiply. Long/Extended Ixl MXDR 27 RR R1,R2
Multiply, Long/Extended Ixl MXD 67 RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Multiply, Short MER 3C RR R1,R2
Multiply. Short ME 7C RX R1,D2(X2,B2!
Store, Long STD 60 RX R1,D2(X2,B2!
Store, Short STE 70 RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Subtract Normalized, Ext'd (c,xl SXR 37 RR R1,R2

,
) Subtract Normalized, Long Icl
Subtract Normalized, Long Icl
SDR
SD
2B
6B
RR
RX
R1,R2
R1,D2(X2,B2!
Subtract Normalized. Short (cl SER 3B RR R1,R2
Subtract Normalized, Short (cl SE 78 RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Subtract Unnormalized, Long Icl SWR 2F RR R1,R2
Subtract Unnormalized. Long (c) SW 6F RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
Subtract Unnormalized, Short (cl SUR 3F RR R1,R2
Subtract Unnormalized, Short Icl SU 7F RX R1,D2(X2,B2)
lal Direct Control Feature (nl New Condition Code is loaded
) Icl Condition Code is set (pi Privileged Instruction
Iml Monitoring Feature (xl Extended p~ecision floating point feature

103
EXTENDED MNEMONIC INSTRUCTION CODES

GENERAL
Extended Code Machine Instruction Meaning
D2(X2,B2) BC 15, D2(X2,B2) Branch Uncon'ditionally
SR R2 BCR 15, R2 Branch Unconditionally
NOP D2(X2,B21 BC 0, D2(X2,B21 No Operation
NOPR R2 BCR 0, R2 No Operation (RR)
AFTER COMPARE INSTRUCTIONS (A:B)
BH D2(X2,B2) BC 2, D2(X2,B21 Branch on
A High
BL D2(X2,B2) BC 4, D2(X2,B2) Branch on
A Low
BE D2(X2,B2) BC 8, D2(X2,B21 Branch on
A equal B
BNH D2(X2,B21 BC 13, D2(X2,B21 Branch on
A not High
BNL D2(X2,B2) BC ", D2(X2,B21 Branch on A not Low
BNE D2(X2,B2) BC 7, D2(X2,B21 Branch on A not Equal B
AFTER ARITHMATIC INSTRUCTIONS
BO D2(X2,B21 Be 1, D2{X2,B21 Branch on Overflow
BP D2(X2,B2) BC 2, D2(X2,B21 Branch on Plus
BM D2(X2,B2) BC 4, D2(X2,B2) Branch on Minus
BZ D2{X2,B21 BC B, D2{X2,B21 Branch on Zero
BNP D2{X2,B2) BC 13, D2(X2,B21 Branch on not Plus
BNM D2{X2,B2) BC " , D2(X2,B2) Branch on not Minus
BNZ D2{X2,B21 BC7, D2{X2,B21 Branch on not Zero
AFTER TEST UNDER MASK INSTRUCTIONS
BO D2{X2,B2) BC " D2{X2,B21 Branch if Ones
8M D2{X2,B21 BC 4, D2(X2,821 Branch if Mixed
BZ D2{X2,B21 BC 8, D2{X2,82) Branch if Zero's
BNO D2{X2,821 BC 14, D2{X2,B2) Branch if not Ones
eNQP ALIGNMENT
Double Word
Word I Word
Half Word I
,,
Half Word
I, Half Word I Half Word
Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte

1'.......0,4 '.......2:4 '.......~ '.......~

0,4 2,4
0,8 2,8 4,8 6,8

EDIT AND EDMK PATTERN CHARACTERS (In Hex)

20 - Digit selector 40 - 81ank 5C - Aterisk
21 - Start of significance 48 - Period 68 -Comma
22 - Field separator 58 - Dollar sign C3D9 - CR

1-04
ASSEMBLER INSTRUCTIONS

Function Mnemonic Meaning

Data Definition DC Define Constant

OS Define Storage
CCW Define Channel Command Word
Program Sectioning
and Linking
START
CSECT
OSECT
COM
ENTRY
Start Assembly
Identify Control Section
Identify Dummy Section
Identify blank common Control Section
Identify Entry Point Symbol
I
EXTRN Identify External Symbol
WXTRN Id entify weak External Symbol
Base Register Assignment USING Use Base Address Register
DROP Drop Base Address Register
Control of listings TITLE Identify Assembly Output
EJECT Start new Page
SPACE Space Listing
PRINT Print Optional Data
Program Control ICTl Input Format Control
ISEQ Input Sequence Checking
PUNCH Punch a Card
REPRO Reproduce following Card
ORG Set Location Counter
EQU Equate Symbol
lTORG Begin Literal Pool
CNOP Conditional No-Operation
COPY Copy predefined Source Coding
END End Assembly
Macro Definition MACRO Macro Definition Header
MNOTE Request for Error Message
MEXIT Macro Definition Exit
MEND Macro Definition Trailer
Conditional Assembly ACTR Conditional Assembly Loop Counter
AGO Unconditional Branch
AIF Conditional Branch
ANOP Assembly No-Operation
GBLA Define global SETA Symbol
GBlB Define global SETB Symbol
GBLC Define global SETC Symbol
lClA Define local SETA Symbol
lClB Define local SETB Symbol
LCLC Define local SETC Symbol
SETA Set Arithmetic Variable Symbol
SETB Set Arithmetic
SETC Set Character Variable Symbol
)
SUMMARY OF CONSTANTS

Implied
Type Length Alignment Format Truncation
Bytes Padding
C Byte Characters Right
X Byte Hexadecimal Digits Left
) B
F
Byte
Word
Binary Digits
Fixed-point Binary
Left
Left
H Halfword Fixed-point Binary Left
E Word Short Floating-point Right
0 Doubleword Long Floating-point Right
l 16 Doubl.eword Extended Floating-point Right
P Byte Packed Decimal Left
Z Byte Zoned Decimal Left
A Word Value of Address Left
) y
S
Halfword
Halfword
Value of Address
Address in Base-Displacement form
Left

V Word Externally defined Address Value Left

I-OS
CONDITION CODES

Condition Code Setting

Mask Bit Position
Floating Point Arithmetic
Add Normalized S/L/E zero <zero >zero
Add Unnormalized SIL zero <zero > zero
Compare S/L (A:BI equal A low A high
Load and Test SIL <zero >zero
Load Complement SIL <zero > zero
Load Negative SIL zero <zero
Load Positive SIL zero >zero
Subtract Normalized SlUE <zero > zero
Subtract Unnormalized SIL <zero >zero
Fixed Point and Decimal Arithmetic
Add H/F/Dec. <zero >zero overflow
Add Logical zero, not zero, zero, not zero,
na carry no carry carry carry
Compare H/F/Oec. (A:B) equal A low A high
Compare and Swap/Double equal not equal
Load and Test zero <zero > zero
Load Complement <zero >zero overflow
Load Negative zero <zero
Load Positive zero >zero overflow
Shift and Round Decimal zero <zero > zero overflow
Shift Left Single/Double zero <zero >zero overflow
Shift Right Single/Double <zero > zero
Subtract H/F/Dec. zero <zero >zero overflow
Subtract Logical not zero, zero not zero,
no carry carry carry
Zero and Add <zero >zero overflow
logical Operations
AND zero not zero
Compare Logical (A:BI equal A low A high
Edit zero <zero >zero
Edit and Mark zero <zero >zero
Exclusive OR zero not zero
Insert Characters under Mask all zero 1st bit one 1st bit zero
Move Long (A:B) equal A low A high overlap
OR not zero
Test under Mask zero mixed
Translate and Test zero incomplete complete
Input/Output Operations
Clear I/O no oper in CSW stored chan busy not oper
Halt I/O, Halt Device interruption CSW stored See Prin Op not oper
pending
Start I/O, SIOF started CSW stored busy not oper
Store Channel I D ID stored CSW stored ID not stored not oper
Test I/O available CSW stored busy. not oper
Test Channel available interruption burst mode not oper
pending

106
CONDITION CODES (. Con,'d)

Condition Code Setting

Mask Bit Position
MisCellaneous Operations
Set, Clock "t not oper
S+ore Clock
Test and set
Load 'Aeal Address
set
zero
Translation
available
not set
one
Segment
table entry
invalid
error

Page table
entry invalid
not oper

Segment-
or Page table
length violation
I
Reset Reference Bit Ref bit zero, Ref bit zero, Ref bit one, Ref bit one,
change bit change bit change bit change bit

Make Addressable Page was Page was

connected already
addressable
Make Unaddressable Page was Page was
addressable already
connected
Retneve Status and Page Save Save
information information
is valid is invalid
Set Page Bits Ref bit 0, R bit D, R bit 1, R bit 1,
C bit 0 C bit 1 C bit 0 C bit 1
Load Frame Index Index Index Index Index
returned, returned, not returned, not returned,
page is page is page is address is
addressable connected disconnected invalid
Connect Page Successful, Page was Not
index already successful,
returned connected, index not
index returned
returned
Disconnect Page Page was Page was
connected already
disconnected

'07
CODE TRANSLATION TABLE

Instruction Graphics and Controls 7-Track Tape

Deo Hex IRRI BCDI EBCDIC 111 ASCII BCDIC 121 Card Code Binary
0 00 NUL NUL 12-0-1-8-9 00000000
1 01 SOH SOH 12-1-9 00000001
2 02 STX STX 12-2-9 00000010
3 03 ETX ETX 12-3-9 00000011
4 04 SPM PF EDT 12-4-~ 00000100
5 05 BALR HT END 12-5-9 00000101
6 06 BCTR LC ACK 12-6-9 00000110
7 07 BCR DEL BEL 12-7-9 00000111
8 08 SSK BS 12-8-9 0000 1000
9 09 ISK HT 12-'-8-9 0000 1001
10 OA SVC SMM LF 12-2-8-9 0000 1010
11 DB VT VT 12-3-8-9 0000 1011
12 DC FF FF 12-4-8-9 0000 1100
13 00 CR CR 12-5-8-9 0000 1101
14 DE MVCL SO SO 12-6-8-9 00001110
15 OF CLCL SI SI 12-7-8-9 0000 1111
16 10 LPR OLE OLE 12-11-1-8-9 0001 0000
17 11 LNR DCl DCl 11-'-9 0001 0001
18 12 LTR DC2 DC2 11-2-9 0001 0010
19 13 LCR TM DC3 11-3-9 0001 0011
20 14 NR RES DC4 11-49 0001 0100
21 15 CLR NL NAK 11-5-9 0001 0101
22 16 OR BS SYN 11-6-9 0001 0110
23 17 XR IL ET8 11-7-9 0001 0111
24 18 LR CAN CAN 11-8-9 0001 1000
25 19 CR EM EM 11-1-8-9 0001 1001
26 lA AR cc SUB 11-2-8-9 0001 1010
27 lB SR CUl ESC 11-3-8-9 0001 1011
28 lC MR IFS FS 11-4-8-9 0001 1100
29 10 DR IGS GS 11-5-8-9 0001 1101
30 lE ALR IRS RS 11-6-8-9 0001 1110
31 IF SLR IUS US 11-7-8-9 0001 1111
32 20 LPDR OS SP 11-0-1-8-9 0010 0000
33 21 LNDR SOS I! 0-1-9 00100001
34 22 LTDR FS 0-2-9 0010 0010
35 23 LCDR # 0-3-9 00100011
36 24 HDR BYP $ 0-4-9 0010 0100
37 25 LRDR LF % 0-5-9 0010 0101
38 26 MXR ETB & 0-6-9 00100110
39 27 MXDR ESC 0-7-9 00100111
40 28 LOR I 0-8-9 0010 1000
41
42
43
29
2A
28
CDR
ADR
SDR
SM
CU2
.
I

+
0-1-8-9
0-2-8-9
0-3-8-9
0010 1001
0010 1010
00101011
44 2C MDR 0-4-8-9 0010 1100
45 20 DDR END 0-5-8-9 0010 1101
46 2E AWR ACK 0-6-8-9 00101110
47 2F SWR BEL I 0-7-B-9 0010 1111
48 30 LPER 0 12-11-0-'-8-9 0011 0000
49 31 LNER 1 1-9 0011 0001
50 32 LTER SYN 2 2-9 0011 0010
51 33 LCER 3 3-9 0011 0011
52 34 HER PN 4 4-9 0011 0100
53 35 LRER RS 5 5-9 0011 0101
54 36 AXR UC 6 6-9 0011 0110
55 37 SXR EDT 7 7-9 0011 0111
56 38 LER 8 8-9 0011 1000
57 39 CER 9 1-8-9 0011 1001
58 3A AER 2-8-9 0011 1010
59 38 SER CU3 ; 3-8-9 0011 1011
60 3C MER DC4 < 4-8-9 0011 1100
61 3D DER NAK " 5-8-9 0011 1101
62 3E AUR > 6-8-9 0011 1110
63 3F SUR SU8 ? 7-8-9 0011 1111

1 EBCDIC graphics shown are standard bit pattern assignment. For specific print train/chain:
See printer manual.
2 Add C (Check bit) for odd or even parity as needed, exept as noted.
3 For even parity use CA

1-08
InStruction Graptlics and Controls 7-Track Tape
Dec Hex IRRI BCDI EBCDIC 11 ASCII BCDic 121 Card Code Binary
64 40 5TH SP @ 131 no punches 01000000
65 41 LA A 12-0-1-9 01000001

I
66 42 STC B 12-0-2-9 ()1000010
/ 67 43 IC C 12-0-3-9 01000011
68 44 EX 0 12-0-4-9 01000100
69 45 BAL E 12-0-5-9 01000101
70 46 BCT F 12-0-6-9 0100.0110
71 47 8C G 12-0-7-9 01000111
72 48 LH H 12-0-8-9 0100 1000
73 49 CH I 12-1-8 0100 lQOl
74
75
4A
48
AH
SH
t J 12-2-8 0100 1010
K 8 A8 2 1 12-3-8 01001011

-j
76 4C MH
" < L 8A84 12-4-8 01001100
77 40 [ I M BA64 1 12-5-8 0100 1101
78 4E CVD < + N 8A842 12-6-6 01001110
79
80
4F
50
CV8
ST

&+
I
&
0
P
8A8421 12-7-8
8A 12
01001111
0101 0000
81 51 Q 12-11-1-9 0101 0001
82 52 R 12-11-2-9 0101 0010
83 53 S 12-11-3-9 0101 0011
84 54 N T 12-11-4-9 0101 0100
85 55 CL U 12-11-5-9 0101 0101
86 56 0 V 12-11-6-9 01010110
87 57 X W 12-11-7-9 01010111
88 58 L X 12-11-8-9 0101 1000
69 59 C Y 11-1-8 0101 1001
90 5A A I Z 11-2-8 0101 1010
91
92
58
5C
S
M . .
$ $ [
\
8
8
8
84
2 I 11-3-8
11-4-8
0101 1011
0101 1100
93
94
95
96
50
5E
5F
60
0
AL
SL
STD
I

"'" -
-
)
;

-
-
I
-
~
8
8
8
8
8 4
8 4 2
1 11-5-8
11-6-8
8 4 2 1 11-7-8
11
0101 1101
0101 1110
0101 1111
01100000
97 61 I I a A 1 0-1 01100001
98 62 b 11-0-2-9 01100010
99 63 c 11-0-3-9 01100011
100 64 d 11-0-4-9 01100100
101 65 e 11-0-5-9 01100101
102 66 f 11-0-6-9 01100110
103 67 MXD 9 11-0-7-9 01100111
104 68 LD h 11-0-8-9 01101000
105 69 CD i 0-1-8 0110 1001
106 6A AD I j 12-11 0110 1010
107 68 SO k A8 2 1 0-3-8 0110 1011
108 6C MD % % I A84 0-4-8 011() 1100
) 109 60 DO Y - m A84 1 0-5-8 0110 1101
110 6E AW \ > n A842 0-6-8 01101110
111 6F SW ~ 7 0 A8421 0-7-8 01101111
112 70 STE p 12-11-0 01110000
113 71 q 12-11-0-1-9 0111 0001
114 72 r 12-11-0-2-9 0111 0010
115 73 s 12-11-0-3-9 01110011
116 74 t 12-11-0-4-9 0111 0100
117 75 u 12-11-0-5-9 0111 0101

) 118
119
76
77
v
w
12-11-0-6-9
12-11-0-7-9
01110110
0111 0111
120 78 LE x 12-11-0-8-9 0111 1000
121 79 CE y 1-8 0111 1001
122 7A AE : z A 2-8 0111 1010
123 78 SE #= # { 8 2 1 3-8 0111 1011
@'
124
125
7C
70
ME
DE :
~ I
}
84
84
4-8
1 5-8
0111 1100
0111 1101
126 7E AU > = -DEL 8 4 2 6-8 0111 1110

) 127 7F SU V 8 4 2 1 7-8 0111 1111

1 EBCDIC graphics shown are standard bit pattern assignments. For specific print train/chain:
See printer manual.
2 Add C (check bitl for odd or even parity as needed, exept as noted.

1-09
CODE TRANSLATION TABLE ,(, , , ,Cont'd)

Instruction Graphics and Controls 7-Track Tape

De, Hex (RS, SI, S) Be-DIC EBCDIC 1) ASCII BCOIC (2) Card Code Binary
128
129
130
131
BO
81
82
83
SSM

lPSW
Diagnose
.,
b
12-0-1-8
12-0-1
12-0-2
12-0-3
10000000'
10000001
10000010
10000011
132 84 d 12-0-4 10000100
133 85 e 12-0-5 10000101
134 86 BXH f 12-0-6 10000110
135 87 BXlE 9 12-0-7 10000111
136 88 SRl h 1.2-0-6 1000 1000
137 89 Sll i 12-0-9 1000 1001
138 8A SRA 12-0-2-6 10()(l.1010
139 8B SLA 12'0-3-6 10001011
140 8C SRDl 12-0-4-6 10001100
141 80 SlDl 12-0-5-8 10001101
142 8E SRDA 12-0-6-8 10001110
143 8F SlDA 12-0-7-8 10001111
144 90 STM 12-11-1-8 10010000
145 91 TM i 12-11-1 10010001
146 92 MVI k 12-11-2 1001 0010
147 93 TS I 12-11-3 1001 0011
148 94 NI m 12-11-4 1001 0100
149 95 CLI n 12-11-5 1001 0101
150 96 01 0 12-11-6 10010110
151 97 XI P 12-11-7 10010111
152 98 lM q 12-11-8 1001 1000
153 99 r 12-11-9 10011001
154 9A 12-11-2-8 10011010
155 98 12-11-3-8 10011011
156 9C SIO, SIOF ~ 12-11-4-8 10011100
157 90 TIO, ClRIO 12-1t-5-8 1001 1101
158 9E HIO, HDV 12-11-5-8 10011110
159 9F TCH 12-11-7-6 10011111
160 AD 11-0-1-8 10100000
161
162
Al
A2
-
s
11-0-1
11-0-2
10100001
10100010
163 A3 t 11-0-3 10100011
164 A4 u ll-Q-4 10100100
165 A5 v 11-0-5 10100101
166 A6 w 11-0-6 10100110
167 A7 x 11-0-7 10100111
168 AS Y 11-0-8 10101000
169 A9 z 11-0-9 10101001
170 AA 11-0-2-8 10101010
171 A8 11-0-3-8 10101011
172 AC STNSM 11-0-4-6 1010 1100
173 AD STOSM 11-0-5-6 10101101
174 AE 11-0-6-6 1010 1110
175 AF MC 11-0-7-6 10101111
176 80 CTP 12-11-0-1-6 1011 0000
177 81 12-11-0-1 10110001
178 82 See below 12-11-0-2 10110010
179 83 12-11-0-3 10110011
180 84 IP8 12-11-0-4 1011 0100
181 85 SP8 12-11-0-5 10110101
182 86 STCTl 12-11-0-6 1011 0110
183 87 lCTl 12-11-0-7 10110111
184 B8 lFI 12-11-0-8 1011 1000
185 89 12-11-0-9 10111001
186 BA cs 12-11-0-2-6 10111010
187 88 CDS 12-11-0-3-6 1011 1011
188 8C 12-11-0-4-6 1011 1100
189 BD ClM 12-11-0-5-6 10111101
190 8E STCM 12-11-0-6-6 1011 1110
191 8F ICM 12-11-0-7-8 10111111

B202 - STIDP B207 - STCKC B20B - IPK B21E - MUN

8203 - STIDC 8208_- SPT B215 - ClRP B21F - STCAP
B204 - SCK B209 - STPT B21B - DECP
8205 - STCK 8213 - RR8 B21C- DCTP
B206 - SCKC B20A-SPKA 8210 - MAD
1-10
CODE TRANSLATION TABLE ( ... Cont'd)

Instruction Graphics and Controls 7-Track Tape

D,c Hex (55) BCOIC EBCDIC 111 ASCII BCDIC (21 Card Code Binary
192 CO 1 [ B A 8 2 12-0 11000000
193 Cl A A B A 1 12, 11000001

I
194 C2 B B BA 2 122 11000010
195 C3 C C 8A 2 1 123 11000011
196 C4 D D B A 4 12-4 11000100
197 C5 E E B A 4 1 125 11000101
198 C6 F F B A 4 2 126 11000110
199 C7 G G BA 4 2 1 127 11000111
200 C8 H H B A 8 128 1100 1000
201 C9 I I B A 8 1 129 11001001
202 CA 12-0-2-8-9 11001010
203 C8 12-0-3-8-9 11001011
204 CC J 120-4-B9 11001100
205 CD 12-0-5-8-9 11001101
206 CE Y 120689 11001110
207 CF 12-0-7-8-9 11001111
208 DO I ) B 8 2 11'0 11010000
209 Dl MVN J J 8 111-' 1101 0001
210 D2 MVC K K B 2 112 11010010
211 D3 MVZ L L B 2 1 113 1101 0011
212 D4 NC M M B 4 11-4 11010100
213 D5 CLC N N 8 4 1 11-5 1101 0101
214 D6 OC 0 0 B 4 2 11-6 11010110
215 D7 XC P P B 4 2 1 117 1101 0111
216 D8 RSP 0 Q 8 8 118 1101 1000
217 D9 R R B 8 1 "9 1101 1001
218 DA 12-11-2-8-9 1101 1010
219 DB 12'11389 1101 1011
220 DC TR 12-11-4-8-9 1101 1100
221 DD TRT 12-115-B-9 1101 1101
222 DE ED 1211689 1101 1110
223 DF EDMK 1211789 1101 1111
224
225
EO
El
\ A8 2 028
11019
11100000
11100001
226 E2 5 5 A 2 02 11100010
227 E3 T T A 2 1 03 11100011
228 E4 U U A 4 0-4 11100100
229 E5 V V A 4 05 11100101
230 E6 W W A 4 2 06 11100110
231 E7 X X A 4 2 1 07 1110 0111
232 E8 Y Y A8 08 11101000
233 E9 Z Z A8 1 0-9 11101001
234 EA 11-0289 11101010
235 EB 11-0-3-8-9 11101011

)
236
237
238
EC
ED
EE
" 110-489
110-589
11-0-689
11101100
11101101
11101110
239 EF 11-0-7-8-9 11101111
240 FO SRP 0 0 8 2 0 1111 0000
241 Fl MVO 1 1 11 1111 0001
242 F2 PACK 2 2 2 2 1111 0010
243 F3 UNPK 3 3 2 1 3 1111 0011
244 F4 4 4 4 4 1111 0100
245 F5 5 5 4 1 5 1111 0101
246 F6 6 6 4 2 6 1111 0110
247 F7 7 7 4 2 1 7 1111 0111
248 F8 ZAP 8 8 8 8 1111 1000
249 F9 CP 9 9 8 1 9 1111 1001
250 FA AP I 12'11-0289 1111 1010
251 FB SP 1211-03-89 1111 1011
252 FC MP 12110489 1111 1100
253 FD DP 12-11-0-5-8-9 1111 1101
254 FE 1211068-9 1111 1110
255 FF 12110789 11111111

1-11
MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS FORMATS

FIRST HALFWORD 1 SECOND HALFWQRD 2 THIRD HALFWORD 3

RRI Op Code I Rl I R2 i
0 7181112 15[
REGISTER ADDRESS OF
1
OPERAND 1 OPERAND 2
I
Rxl Op Code I R1 I
X2 B2 I D2
0 71B 1112 15 116 1920
REGISTER REGISTER ADDRESS OF
1
OPERAND 1 OPERAND 3 OPERAND 2
I I
RS I Op Code I Rl I R3 I B2 I 02

0 718 1112 15 116 1920

IMMEDIATE ADDRESS OF
1
OPERAND OPERAND 1

SI I Op Code I 12 I Bl I Dl
0 78 15[16 1920
[ ADDRESS OF
OPERAND 1

lop Code I Bl Dl
0 I 15 116 1920
1
LENGTH LENGTH ADDRESS OF ADDRESS OF
OPERfND 1 OPER~ND 2 OPERAND 1 OPERAND 2

SS I Op Code I Ll I L2/13 I BIOI I B2 I D2

0 718 11 12 15 116 1920 31132 35 36

ADDRESS OF ADDRESS OF
1
LENGTH OPERAND 1 OPERAND 2

SS I Op Code I I B1 I Dl I B2 I D2 I
o 7 B 15 16 1920 31 32 3536 47

1-12
CONTROL REGISTER ALLOCATION

0 1 2 3
SYSTEM CONTR I TRANSL CONTR LEXTERNAL INTERRUPTION MASKS
I
SEGM TBL LENGTH SEGMENT TABLE ORIGIN ADDRESS I
CHANNEL MASKS

I
I MONITOR MASKS
PER EVENT MASKS I I PER GR ALTERATION MASKS
10 I PER STARTING ADDRESS
11 I PER ENDING ADDRESS
12
13
14 ERROR RECOVERY CONTR & MASKS I
15

ASSIGNMENT OF CONTROL REGISTER FIELDS

Initial
CR Bits Name of Field Associated with Value
0 0 Block-Multiplexing Control BlockMultiplexing Channels 0
0 1 SSM-Suppression Control SET System Mask 0
0 8-9 Page Size*'" Dynamic Addr. Translation 0
0 10 Reserved" Dynamic Addr. Translation 0
0 11-12 Segment Size .... Dynamic Addr. Translation 0
0 20 Clock-Comparator Mask Clock Comparator 0
0 21 CPU-Timer Mask CPU Timer 0
0 24 Interval-Timer Mask Interval Timer 1
0 25 Interrupt-Key Mask I nterrupt Key 1
0 26 External-Signal Mask External Signal 1
2 0-31 Channel Masks Channels 1
8 16-31 Monitor Masks Monitor Call 0
9 0 Successful-Branching-Event Mask Program-Event Recording 0
9 1 Instruction-Fetching-Event Mask Program-Event Recording 0
9 2 Storage-Alternation-Event Mask Program-Event Recording 0
) 9
9
3
16-31
GR-Alternation-Event Mask
PER* General-Register Masks
Program-Event-Recording
Program-Event-Recording
0
0
10 8-31 PER Starting Address Program-Event Recording 0
11 8-31 PER Ending Address Program-Event Recording 0
14 0 Check Stop Control** Machine Check Handling 1
14 1 Synchronous MCEL Control'" Machine Check Handling 1
14 2 I/O Extended Logout Control** Machine Check Handling 0
) 14
14
4
5
Recovery-Report Mask
Degradation-Report Mask
Machine-Check Handling
Machine-Cheek Handling
0
0
14 6 External-Damage-Report Mask Machine-Check Handling 1
14 7 Warning Mask Machine-Cheek Handling 0
14 8 Asynchronous MCEL Control'" Machine-Cheek-Handling 0
14 9 Asynchronous Fixed Log Contr_ ** Machine-Cheek-Handling 0
15 8-28 MCEL Address** Machine-Cheek-Handling 512

Explanation:

) * PER Means Program-Event Recording

** Only Used in /370 Mode

1-13
PERMANENT MAIN STORAGE ASSIGNMENT

Storage Lac
Hex Dec
Byte Byte
I Byte
I Byte

0 0 Restart New PSW (lPL PSW)

4 4
8 8 Restart Old PSW (lPL CCWll
C 12
10 16 IIPL CCW21
14 20
18 24 External Old PSW

lC 28
20 32 Supervisor Call Old PSW
24 36
28 40 Program Old PSW
2C 44
30 48 Machine Check Old PSW
34 52
38 56 Input/Output Old PSW
3C 60
40 64 Channel Status Word
44 68
48 72 Channel Address Word
4C 76
50 80 Interval Timer
54 84
58 88 External New PSW
5C 92
60 96 Supervisor Call New PSW

64 100
68 104 Program New PSW
6C 108
70 112 Machine Check New PSW
74 116
78 120 Input/Output New PSW
7C 124
80 128
84 132 o0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 External Interruption Code
88 136 00 0 0 a0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o]ILclolsvc Interruption Code
8C 140 aa 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 alllelO/Program Interruption Code
90 144 00000000 ACCESS Exception Address
94 148 00000000 Monitor Class # [PER Code [ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
98 152 00000000 PER Address
9C 156 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Monitor Code
AO 160
A4 164
A8 168 Channel ID
AC 172 Reserved

1-14
PERMANENT MAIN STORAGE ASSIGNMENT I Cont'd)

Storage.Lac
.Hex
BO
Dec
176
Byte

Limited Chan~el
I
Logout
Byte
I .Byte
I Byte

B4 180
B8

Bf
I.
184

1ye
1
100 00 0 OOOlliDAddress
Zero if an 1/0 Address is stored here I
I
D4 212
08 216 CPU-Timer Save Area
DC 220
EO 224 Clack-Comparator Save Area
E4 228
E8 232 Machine Check Interruption Code
EC 236
FO 240
F4 244
F8 248 o0 I
0 0 0 0 0 0 Failing Storage Address
F9 292 Aeserved
Hie 348
160 352 Floating Point Register Save Area
1 I
I I
I I
17C 360
180 364 General Register Save Area
I I
I I
I I
lBC 444
lCO 448 Control Register Save Area
1 I
I I
1 I
lFC 508

115
PROGRAM STATUS WORD (ECmodel

32 40 63

100000000 INSTRUCTION ADDRESS

Bit Description Bit Description

*Alwayszero 15 Problem state
PER mask 1617 * Always zero
24 *Always zero 18-19 Condition code
5 **Translate mode Fixed-point overflow mask
6 I/O interrupt mask 20} Prog.
21 { Decimal overflow mask
7 External interrupt mask 22 mask Exponent underflow mask
811 KEY 23 Significance mask
12 Always one in EC mode 24-31 *Alwayszero
13 Machine check mask 3239 *Alwayszera
14 Wait state 4063 Instruction address.
*If not zero a Specification Exeption is recognized
**Only used in /370 mode

PROGRAM STATUS WORD (BC-mode)

INTERRUPTION CODE

32 34 36 40 63

INSTRUCTION ADDRESS

Bit Description Bit Description

Channel 0 mask 14 Wait state
Channell mask 15 Problem state
Channel 2 mask 16-31 Interruption code
Channel 3 mask 3233 I nstruction length code
Channel 4 mask 34-35 Condition code
Channel 5 mask {F;Xed.po;nt o",flow mask
Mask for channel 6 and up 36}
37 Prog. Decimal overflow mask
External interrupt mask 38 mask Exponent underflow mask
8-11 Protection key 39 Significance mask
12 a
Always in BC mode 4063 I nstruction address
13 Machine check mask

116
CHANNEL ADDRESS WORD ICAW} IX'48'}

3 4 7 B 15 16 23 24 31

K,y I 0 0 0 0 ! Command Address

CHANNEL COMMAND WORD ICCW}

7 B 15 16 23 24 31
I
Command Code Data Address

32 37 38 40 47 4B 55 56 63

Flags Ignored Byte Count

Flags
Bit Description
32 CD-bit (80) : causes use of address portion of next CCW
33 CC-bit (40) : cuases use of command code and data address of next CCW
34 SLI-bit (20) : causes suppression of possible incorrect length indication
35 Skip bit (10) : suppresses transfer of information to main storage
36 PCIM lOB} : causes a channel Program Controlled Interruption
37 IDA-bit (04) : specifies indirect data addressing (only /370 mode)

CHANNEL STATUS WORD ICSW} IX'40'}

o 345678 1516 2324 31

! K,y H+c! Command Address

32 39 40 47 48 55 56 63

Byte Count

Status
Bit Description Bit Description
5 Logout pending 40 10080) Program controlled interruption
6,7 Deferred condo code 41 10040} Incorrect length
32 IBOOO} Attention 42 10020) Program check
33 (4000) Status Modifier 43 10010} Protection check
34 12000} Control unit end 44 10008) Channel data check
35 11000) Busy 45 10004) Channe~ control check
36 10BOO) Channel end 46 10002) Interface control check
37 10400} Device end 47 10001) Chaining check
38 10200) Unit check
39 10100) Unit exception
Byte count: Bits 4B-63 form the residual count for the last CCW used.

1-17
LIMITED CHANNEL LOGOUT IX'BO')

Detect Source
Bit Description Bit Description
CPU 8 CPU
Channel 9 Channel
Storage control 10 Storage control
Storage 11 Storage
12 Control unit

Field Validity Flags TT (Type of termination)

Bit Description Bit Description
24-25
19 Sequence code Interface disconnect
20 Unit status Stop, stack or normal
21 CCW address and key Selective reset
22 Channel address Reserved
23 Device address A (bit 28): I/O error alert
Seq (bits 2931): Sequence code

MACHINE CHECK INTERRUPTION CODE IX'ES')

8 9 1516 181920 31

Validity

32 3940 46 48 55 56 63
CC
00000000000000 0000000000000000
TC

Me Conditions Time
Bit Description Bit Description
System damage 15 Delayed
Instr. proc'g damage
Stg error
System recovery
Timer damage Bit Description
Timing Facility
16 Storage error uncorrected
External damage 18 Storage-key error uncorrected
Degradation
Warning

Validity
Bit Description Bit Description
20 PSW bits 1215 27 Floatingpoint registers
21 PSW masks and key 28 General registers
22 Program mask and condo code 29 Control registers
23 Instruction address 30 CPU exten~ed logout
24 Failing storage address 31 Storage logical
25 Region code 46 CPU Timer
47 Clock comparator

1-18
CODES FOR PROGRAM INTERRUPTION IX'BE')

Interruption Program Interruption Interruption Program Interruption

Code Cause Code Cause
Dec Hex Dec Hex
1 0001 Operation 12 OOOC Exponent overflow
2
3
4
5
6
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
Privileged operation
Execute
Protection
Addressing
Specification
13
14
15
16
17
0000
OOOE
OOOF
0010
0011
Exponent underflow
Significance
Floating point divide
Segment translation*
Page translation*
I
7 0007 Data 18 0012 Translation specification*
8 0008 Fixed-point overflow 19 0013 Special operation
9 0009 Fixed-point divide 24 0018 Page access
10 OOOA Decimal overflow 26 001A Page state
11 0008 Decimal divide 27 001B Page translation
64 0040 Monitor event
12B 0080 Program event
Used only in /370 mode

CODES FOR EXTERNAL INTERRUPTlONS IX'86')

Interruption Code External Interruption Indication of

(Hex) Cause Concurrent Condition
by Bit Positions

0080 Interval timer 9-15

0040 Interrupt key 8 and 10-15
0020 External signal 2 8,9,11-15
0010 External signal 3 8-10,12-15
0008 External signal 4 8-11,13-15
0004 External signal 5 8-12,14,15
0002 External signal 6 8-13,15
0001 External signal 7 8-14
1004 Clock comparator
1005 CPU timer

CODES FOR INPUT/OUTPUT INTERRUPTIONS IX'BA')

Interruption Code I nput/Output Interruption

(Hex) Cause

OOdd Channel a
01 dd Channell
02 dd Channel 2
03dd Channel 3
04 dd Channel 4
05 dd Channel 5
06dd Channel 6 Note: d = device address

CODES FOR SUPERVISOR CALL INTERRUPTIONS IX'SA')

Supervisor Call Interruption

Cause
Instruction (OA) Note: r = R 1 and R2 field of
SUPERVISOR CALL

CHANNEL COMMANDS

Standard Command Code Assignments (CCW bits 0-7) for I/O Operations

0000 Invalid tttt ttOl Write

tttt 0100 Sense tttt ttl0 Read
1000 Transfer in Channel tttt ttll Control
tttt 1100 Read backward 00000011 Control No Operation
x = Bit ignored t = Modifier bit for specific type of I/O device

1-19
CHANNEL COMMANDS ( Cont'd)

3210,3215 CONSOLES Source: GA 243557

Write, No Carrier Return 01 Sense 04
Write, Auto Carrier Return 09 Audible Alarm OB
Read Inquiry OA

3505 CARD READER /3525 CARD PUNCH Source' GA 21-9124

Command Binary Hex Bit Meanings
Sense 0000 o1 0 0 04 SS Stacker
Feed, Select Stacker SS 1 0 F 0 1 1
00
Read Only* 1 1 DO F 0 1 0
01
.Diagnostic Read 1 1 0 1 o0 1 0 02
'10
Read, Feed, Select Stacker* S S DO F 0 1 0
Write RCE Format* t 000 1 0001 11 Format Mode
o Unformatted
1 Formatted
3505 only
Write OMR Format 00 1 1 0001 3 1 o Data Mode
3525 only !-EBCDIC
2-Card Image
Write, Feed, Select Stacker 5500 0001
Print Line* L L L L L 1 01 Line Position
5 Bit Binary Value
*Special feature on 3525 t Specral feature on 3505
3211 PR1NTER/3Bll CONTROL UNIT Source' GA24-3543
After
Write Immed.
Space 1 Line
-
09
- -
OB
- Write without spacing 01
Space 2 Lines 11 13 Sense 04
Space 3 Lines 19 lB Load UCSB FB
Skip to Channel a - 83 Fold 43
Skip to Channell B9 BB Unfold 23
Skip to Channel 2 91 93 Load FeB 63
Skip to Channel 3 99 9B Block Data Check 73
Skip to Channel 4 Al A3 Allow Data Check 7B
Skip to Channel 5 A9 AB Read PLB 02
Skip to Channel 6 Bl B3 Read UCSB OA
Skip to Channel 7 B9 BB Read FCB 12
Skip to Channel B Cl C3 Check Read 06
Skip to Channel 9 C9 CB Diagnostic Write 05
Skip to Channell 0 01 03 Raise Cover 6B
Skip to Channel 11 09 DB Diagnostic Gate 07
Skip to Channel 12 El E3

3B03/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE 50urce' GA320020

Write 01 Data Security Erase 97
Read Forward 02 Diagnostic Write Mode Set OB
Read Backward OC Set Mode 1 17-track) t
Sense 04
Density Parity DC Trans Cmd
Sense Reserve* F4
Sense Release* 04 on off 53
Request Track in Error lB
558
odd { l
73
Loop Write to Read BB O f fon
r 7B
Set Diagnose 4B even off off 63
Rewind 07 on 6B
Rewind Unload OF on off 93
Erase Gap
Write Tape Mark
17
IF
BOO
odd { off ~ 011
on
B3
BB
Backspace Block 27 even off off A3
Backspace File 2F on AB
Forward Space Block 37
Forward Space File 3F Set Mode 2 19-track)
1600 bpi C3
800bpi t CB
*Two-channel switch required t SpeCial feature for NRZI operation

120
CHANNEL COMMANDS (. Con,'d)

BB09 MAGNETIC TAPE

Command Command Code
Write 01
Read 02
Rewind
Rewind-Unload
Erase Gap
Write Tape Mark
Backspace Block
07
OF
17
1F
27
I
Backspace File 2F
Forwardspace Block 37
Forwardspace File 3F
Data Security Erase 97
Set Low Speed B3
Set Long Gap 13
Set Normal Gap 23
Set High Speed and Long Gap 93
Set High Speed and Normal Gap 33
Set Low Speed and Long Gap 53
Set Low Speed and Normal Gap 63
Set High Speed E3
ERP Loop Write-ta-Read BB
Control-No Op 03
Sense 04
Sense I/O E4
Read and Reset Buffered Log A4

DIRECT ACCESS DEVICES Source: GA26-1592 for 3830/3330

GA263599, GA261606 for 2314,2319

Command MTOff MTon* Count

Control Orient Ie) 2B B9 Nonzero
Recalibrate 13 Nonzero
Seek 07 6
Seek cylinder OB 6
Seek Head 1B 6
Space Count OF 3 (al; nonzero (d)
Set File Mask 1F 1
Set Sector (a) 23 1
Restore (a) 17 Nonzero
Vary Sensing Ie) 27 1
Diagnostic load lal 53 1
Diagnostic Write (al 73 512
Search Home Address Equal 39 B9 4
Identifier Equal 31 Bl 5
Identifier High 51 Dl 5
Identifier Equal or High 71 F1 5
Key Equal 29 A9 KL
Key High 49 C9 KL
Key Equal or High 69 E9 KL
Key and Data Equal (d) 2D AD

)'"---
Key and Data High (d) 4D CD
Key and Data Equal or High (d) 6D ED
Continue Search Equal (d) 25 A5
(incl. mask bytes)
Scan Search High (d) 45 C5
in search argument
Search High or Equal (d) 65 E5
Set Status Modifier (d) 35 B5
Set Status Modifier (d) 75 F5
No Statt:s Modifier (d) 55 D5

Code same as MT Off except as listed d 2314,2319 only

a 3830/3330 and 2835/2305 orily e Channel attachment and 2-channel switch
b 3B30/3330 only feature required; standard on 2314 with 2844
c 2835/2305 only

121
CHANNEL COMMAND I Contd)

DIRECT ACCESS DEVICES I .. Contd)

Command MTOff MTOn* Count

Read Home Address 1A 9A 5

Count 12 92 8
Record a 16 96
Data 06 86
Key and Data OE } Number of bytes
8E to be transferr~
Count, Key and Data 1E 9E
IPL 02
Sector (al 22 1
Sense Sense 1/0 04 24 tal; 6 Id)
Read. Reset Buffered Log (bl A4 24
Read Buffered Log Ie) 24 128
Device Release lei 94 24Ia);6Id)
Device Reserve (e) B4 24 la);6 Id)
Read Diagnostic Status 1 Cal 44 160r512
Write Home Address 19 5
Record 0 15 8+KL+DL or RO
Erase 11 8+KL+DL
Count, Key and Data 10 8+KL+OL
Special Count, Key and Data 01 8+KL=DL
Data 05 DL

. Key and Data

Code same as MT Off except as lIsted
3830/3330 and 2835/2305 only
00

e
KL+DL
2314,2319 only
Channel attachment and 2-channel switch
3830/3330 only feature required; standard on 2314 with 2844
c 2835/2305 only

DIRECT ACCESS DEVICES 13310.3370) FBA MODE

Command MTOff MTOn* Count

Control No-Operation 03
Define Extent 63
Locate 43
Read Read 42
Read IPL 02
Write Write 41
Se"nse Testl!O 00
Sense 1/0 E4
Sense 04
Read and "Reset Buffered Log A4
Read Device Characteristics 64
"Device Reserve 84
"Unconditional Reserve 14
Device Release 94
Diagnostic Diagnostic Control F3
Diagnostic Sense C4
"These commands are executed as sense
HEXADECIMAL AND DECIMAL CONVERSION

From Hex: Locate each hex digit in its corresponding column position atm note the..decimal
eouivalents. Add these to obtain the decimal value. .
From Dec: Locate the largest decimal value in the table that will fit into the decimal number
to,be converted.

I
Note its hex equivalent and hex column position.
Find the decimal remainder.
Repeat the process on this and subsequent remainders.

Hexadecimal Columns

6 5 4 3 2 1
Hex Oec Hex Dec Hex Dec Hex Dec Hex Dec Hex Dec

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1046576 1 65536 1 4096 1 256 1 16 1 1
2 2097152 2 131072 2 B 192 2 512 2 32 2 2
3 3145728 3 196608 3 12288 3 768 3 48 3 3
4 4194304 4 262144 4 16384 4 1024 4 64 4 4
5 5242880 5 327680 5 20480 5 1280 5 80 5 5
6 6291 456 6 393216 6 24576 6 1536 6 96 6 6
7 7340032 7 458752 7 28672 7 1792 7 112 7 7
8 8388608 8 524288 8 32768 8 2048 8 128 8 8
9 9437184 9 589824 9 36864 9 2304 9 144 9 9
A 10485760 A 655360 A 40960 A 2560 A 160 A 10
B 11534336 B 720896 B 45056 B 2816 B 176 B 11
C 12582912 C 786432 C 49152 C 3072 C 192 C 12
D 13631 488 D 851968 D 53248 D 3328 D 208 D 13
E 14680 064 E 917504 E 57344 E 3584 E 224 E 14
F 15728640 F 983040 F 61440 F 3840 F 240 F 15

0123 4567 0123 4567 0123 4567

Byte Byte Byte

POWERS OF 2 POWERS OF 16

2n n 16n n
256 8 1 0
512 9 16 1
1024 10 256 2
2048 11 4096 3
4096 12 65536 4
8192 13 1 048576 5
16384 14 16777216 6
32768 15 268435456 7
65536 16 4294976296 8
131072 17 68719476736 9
262144 18 1 099 511 627776 10
524288 19 17592186044416 11
1048576 20 281 474976710 656 12
2097152 21 4 503 599 627 370 496 13
4194304 22 72 057 594 037 927 936 14
8388608 23 1152921504606846976 15
16777216 24

1-23
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY

1~17 : P"At!f :ra"e Reader

Sense Byte Designation
o Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention reject
2 : bus-out check
3 ,-
4 : data check
5,-
6,-
7 : broken tape

1018 - Paper Tape Punch

Sense Byte Designation
o Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5:-
6:-
7:-

1287 - Optical Reader

Sense Byte Designation
Bit a : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4: data check
5: overrun
6 : non-recovery
7 : keyboard correction (tape only)
Bit 0 : tape mode
1 : late stacker select
2 : no document found
3:-
4 : invalid operation
5:-
6:-
7 :-

1288 - Optical Reader

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
3 equipment check
4 data check
5 overrun
6 non-recovery
7 -
BitO -
1 end-of-page
2 no document found
3 -
4 invalid operation
5 -
6 -
7 -

1-24
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY ( Cont'd)

1403 - Printer
Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check.
3 : equipment check.
4 : data check
5 : parity check. lUes storage)
6:-
I
7 : channel 9
Not used
Bit 0 : chain interlock.
1 : forms check.
2 : coil protect check
3 : subscan ring check.
4 : chain buffer address register check.
5: -
6 :any hammer on check
7 :-
Not used
Bit 0 : hammer reset failure check.
1 : no fire check.
2 : misfire check
3: print data buffer parity check
4 : check bit buffer parity check
5 : chain buffer parity check
6: buffer address register parity check
7 : clock check
Bit 0 : open hammer coil check
1-7 :-

1419-PCU-MICR
Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3:-
4 : data check
5: overrun
6 ~ autoselect
7 :-
Bit 0:-
1 :-
2 : document under read head
3 : amount field valid
4 : process-control field valid
5 : account-number field valid
6 : transit field valid
7 : serial-number field valid

1419 - SCU - MICR

Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
3 -
4 -
5 late stacker select
6 autoselect
7 operator attention

125
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY (, , , ,Cont'd)

1442 - Card Read-Punch ICard Punch

Sense Byte Designation
o Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5! overrun
6:-
7 :-

1443 - Printer
Sense Byte Desig~ation

~it 0 : command reject

1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4: type bar
5: type-bar
6:-
.7'-
2260 - Display Station
Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4,7 : -

2311 - Disk Storage

Sense Byte Deisgnation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
3 equipment check
4 data check
5 overrun
6 track condition check
7 seek check
Bit 0 data check in count area
1 track overrun
2 e.nd of cylinder
3 invalid sequence
4 no record found
5 fileprote~
6 missing address marker
7 overflow incomplet.e

1-26
SENSE INFORMI>.TION SUMMI>.RY (.. Cont'd)

2311 Disk Storage (COl It'd)

Designation
Bit 0: unsafe
1 :-
2: serializer check
3: -
4: ALU check
5: unselected file status
6: -
I
7: -
Bit 0: ready
1 : on line
2: unsafe
3: ~
4: on line
5 : end of cylinder
6: -
7 : seek incomplete
Bit 0-7:-
Bit 0-7 : command in progress when overflow
incomplete occurs

2314/2319 - Direct Access Storage

Designation
Bit a command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
3 equipment check
4 data check
5 overrun
6 track condition check
7 seek check
Bit 0 data check in count area
1 track overrun
2 end of cylinder
3 invalid sequence
no record found
file protect
missing address marker
overflow incomplete
Bit 0 unsafe
1 -
2 SEADES check
3 -
4 ALU check
5 unselected status
6 -
7 -
Bit a busy
1 on line
2 unsafe
3 wr current sense
4 pack change
5 end of cylinder
6 multi-module select
7 seek incomplete

127
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY ( Cont'd)

2314/2319 - Disk Access Storage (Cant'd)

Designation
Bit 0: wrong length record (2314 with multi-
plex storage control feature only)
1 : pending status (2314 with multiplex
storage control feature only)
2 :-
3:-
4-7 : Module indentification
bits 4567 physical drive
--A--
0000
0001 B
0010 C
0011 o
0100 E
0101 F
0110 G
0111 H
1000 J
1111 module not defined
Bit 0-7 : command in progress when overflow
incomplete occurs.

2400 - Magnetic Tape

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check;
4 : data check
5: overrun
6 : word count zero
7 : data converter check
Bit 0 : noise
'-2: 8'00' = not existent
8'01' = not ready
S',O' = ready and not rewinding
S'l,' '" ready and rewinding
3 : seven-track
4 : at loadpoint
5 : selected and write status
6 : file protect
7 : not capable
Bit 0-7 : contains the track-in-error indicator
bits that are set at the end of a read,
or read-backward command if a data
check has been encountered. Bits 6
and 7 on together indicate either more
than one error or no error found_
Bit 0 RIWVRC
1 LRCR
2 skew
3 CRC
4 skew register VRC
5 phase encoding
6 backward
7 C compare
Bit 0 echo check
1 rejectTU
2 read clock error
3 write clock error
4 delay counter
5 sequence indicator C
6 sequence indicator B
7 sequence indicator A

128
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY (.... Cont'd)

2501 - Card Reader

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5: overrun
I
2520 - Card Read-Punch/Card Punch
Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3: equipment check
4 : data check
5: overrun

2540 - Card Reader/Card Punch

Designation
Bit a : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4: data check
5, -
6 : unusual command
7, -

2560 - Multifunction Card Machine

Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2,-
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5 : feed/Machine check
6 : no card available
7 : print operation in progress
Bit a : cover interlock/punch pusher check
1 : jam bar check
2 : corner station check
3 : call B to 9 feed check
4 : print station feed check
5 : punch station feed check
6 : read station feed check
7 : input station feed check
Location of individual card:
Bit 0: secondary select
1 ; card in punch station
2 : preprint SC7 exposed
3 : prepunch SC5 exposed
4 : prepunch SC4 exposed
5 : preread SC3 exposed
6 : preread SC2 exposed
7: input station SCl exposed

129
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY I Cont'd)

2560 - Multifunction Card Machine L ... Cont'd)

Designation
Stacker Select Information:
Bit 0 : primary card 0 )
1 : binary value 4 ) card at primary
2 : binary value 2 ) prepunch station
3 : binary value 1 )
4 : secondary card 1 )
5 : binary value 4 ) card at secondary
6 : binary value 2 ) prepunch station
7 : binary value 1 )
Stacker Select Information:
Bit 0 : primary (0) )
secondary (1) )
1 : binary value 4 ) card at punch or
2 : binary value 2 ) preprint station
3 : binary value 1
4 : primary (0)
secondary (1)
5 : binary value 4 card after print
6 : binary value 2 station
7 : binary value 1
Stacker Select Information:
Bit 0: primary (0) )
secondary (1) )
1:4 ) card at corner station
2,2 I
3,1 I
4 : primary (0)
secondary (1) card in stacker pocket
5 :4 (was just stacked)
6,2
7,1
Card column in which first (possibly only)
error was detected:
Bit 0: multi data cheek
1 : binary value 64
2 : binary value 32
3: binary value 16
4 : binary value 8
5 : binary value 4
6 : binary value 2
7 : binary value 1
2596 - Card Read-Punch
Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5: overrun
6, -
7,-

2671 - Paper Tape Reader

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out cheek
3 equipment check
4 data check
5 -
6 -
7 -

1-30
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY I Contd)

3203 - Printer
Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1: intervention required
2:
3:
-
equipment check
4: data check
5 : chain buffer parity check
6 : no channel found
I
7: channel 9
Bit 0-7 ; -
Bit 0 : interlock (chain gate open)
1 : form-check (jam)
2 : coil protect check
3 :
subsean ring check
4 :
chain buffer address register check
5 :
hammer unit shift check (model 1 only)
6 :
any hammer on. check
7 : device ready check
Bit 0:-
1 :-
2: -
3 : carriage inhibit check
4: -
5: -
6 : step check
7 : move check
Bit 0 : hammer reset failure check
1: no fire check
2: misfire check
3: print data buffer parity check
4 : check bit buffer parity check
5 : chain buffer parity check
6 : buffer address register check
7 : clock check
Bit 0 : open coil check
17: -

3210/3215 - Console Printer Keyboard

Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 ; intervention required
2:-
3 : equipment check
47: -

PRTl (32034.32035.3211.3289)
Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
equipment check
data check
buffer parity check
load check
channel 9
Bit 0 command parity
1 print check
2 print quality
3 line position check
4 forms check
5 command suppress
6 mechanical motion
7 -

131
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY (0 0 0 0 Gont'd)

PRT1 (32034,32035, 3211, 3289) (Cont'd)

Designation
Bit 0 : carriage failed to move
1 : carriage sequence check
2: carriage stop
3 : platen failed to advance
4 : platen failed to retract
5: forms jam
6 : ribbon motion
7 : train overload
Bit 0 : UCSB parity
1 : PLB parity
2 : FeB parity
3 : coil protect
4 : hammer fire check
5: service aid
6 : UCSAR sync check
7 : PSE sync check
Bit 07 : information used by service personnel
Bit 0-7:-
3272 - (3270 Locall
Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0: command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus out check
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5: unit specify
6 : control check
7 : operation check

F8M (3310 and 3370) Disk Storage

Designation Format
Bit 0: command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus out parity (not used)
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5 : overrun
6: (unused)
7: (unused)
Bit 0 : permanent error any
1 : (unused)
2: (unused)
3: (unused)
4: (unused)
5 : file protected
6 : write inhibited
7 : operation incomplete
Bit 0 : check data error
1: correctable
2: (unused)
3 : environmental data present 6,4,1
4: (unused)
5: (unused)
6: (unused)
7 : only logging required
36 physical address
Bit 0-3 : hex: format number
4-7 : hex: message code
823 only for diagnose information

132
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY ( Cont'dl

3330 - Disk Storage

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : i.... tervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5: overrun
6:-
I
7 :-
Bit 0 : permanent error
1 : inv.alid track format
2 : end of cylinder
3:-
4 : no record found
5 : file protected
6 : write inhibited
7 : operation incomplete
BitO:-
1 : correctable
2 :-
3 : environmental data present
4 :-
5: -
6:-
7 :_
Bit 0-7 : restart command
Bit 0-1 : storage control identification
2-7 : physical drive identification
bits 2 t07 physical drive
111000 A
110001 8
101010 C
100011 o
011100 E
010101 F
001110 G
000111 H
Bit 0-7 : identify the eight low-order bits of
the cylinder address in the most recent
seek argument
Bit 0: reserve
1 : cylinder number (high order bit of cylinder address)
2 : difference
3: 16
4: 8
5: 4 head number
6: 2
7: 1
Bit 0-3 : format type of remaining sense bytes (8-23)
4-7 : encoded error message
8-23 Meaning depends on format type

3340 - Disk Storage

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
3 equipment check
) 4 data check
5 overrun
6 track condition check
7 seek check

133
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARYi Cont'd)

3340 - Disk Storage

Sense Byte Designation
1 Bit a : permanent error
1 : invalid track format
2 : end of cylinder
3:-
4 : no record found
5 : file protected
6 : write inhibited
7 : operation incomplete
Bit 0 : RPS feature present
t : correctable
2 :-
3 : environmental data present
4:-
5 :-
6: data module size I 01 '" 35MB
7 : data module size ) 10::: 70MB
Bit 0-7 : reSJart command
4 Physical drive identification:
Bit 0: drive A
1: drive B
2: drive C
3: drive 0
4: drive E
5: drive F
6: drive G
7: drive H
Bit 0-7 : Identifies the eight low-order bits of the
cylinder .address in the most recent seek argument
Bit 0-2 : identifies the three high-order bits of the cylinderttddress
3:-
4:8 )
: ~~ ~ head number
7: 1 )
Bit 0-3 : format type of remaining sense bytes (8-23)
4-7: encoded error message
8-23 Meaning depends on format type

3344 - Direct Access Storage (3340 Model

Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
3 equipment check
4 data check
5 overrun
6 track condition check
7 seek check
Bit 0 permanent error
1 invalid track format
2 end of cylinder
3 -
4 no record found
5 file protected
6 write inhibited
7 operation incomplete
Bit 0 RPS feature present
1 correctable
2 -
3 environmental data present
4 Compatibility Mode /3344
5 HDA Size 3 Bit
6 HDA Size 2 Bit
7 HDA Size 1 Bit

134
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY (. Cant'd)

3344 - Direct Access Storage (Cant'd)

Designation
Bit 0-7 : restart command

I
4 Controller device address
Bit a : Controller Addr. Bit 2

i:lca::::~:I:~:~V~~: ~ddress
4:
5: evice Addr. Bit 4
6 : Device Addr. Bit 2
7 : Device Addr. Bit 1
Bit 0-7 : Identifies the eight low-order bits of the
cylinder address
Bit 0-3 : Identifies the four high-order bits of the
cylinder address
0: 1024
1: 512
2: 256
3: 2048
4: 8 )
5:4 ) head number
6:2 )
7: 1 )
Bit 0-3 : format type of remaining sense bytes (8-231
4-7 : encoded error message
8-23 Meaning depends on format type

3350 - Direct AccesfStorage

Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : channel bus out parity
3 : equipment check
4; overrun
5: not used
7: not used
Bit 0 : permanent error
1 : invalid track format
2 : end of cylinder
3: not used
4: no record found
5 : file protected
6 : write inhibited
7 : operation incomplete
Bit 0 : not used
1: correctable
2: not used
3 : environmentaT data present
4 : computibility mode
5: not used
6: not used
7 : not used
Bit 0-7 : restart command
Bit 0-7 : physicc:1 drive identification
Bit: physical drive
O:A
1: B
2:C
3:0
4:E
5:F
6:G
7:H

135
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY ( .... Cont'd)

3350 - Direct Access Storage (Cont'd)

Designation
Bit 0-7 : low order logical cylinder address
Bit: Value
0,128
1, 64
2, 32
3, 16
4, 8
5,
6,
7,
Bit 0-2 : Identifies the three high-order bits of
the cylinder address
Bit 0 : CE Cylinder
1 :3330-11 =512
3330 - 1 = 256
2:3330-11=256
3330- 1= 0
3,16 )
4, 8)
5: 4) Head number
6, 2)
7: 1 )
Bit 0-3 : FORMAT TYPE of remaining sense bytes (8-23)
8-23 Meaning depends on format type (see 3350 MLM)

3370 - Disk Storage

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus out parity (not used)
3 : equipment check
4: data check
5: overrun
6: (unused)
7 : (unused)
8it 0: permanent error any
1 : (unused)
2: (unused)
3: (unused)
4: (unused)
5 : file protected
6: write inhibited
7 : operation incomplete
8it 0: check data error
1 : correctable
2: (unused)
3 : environmental data present 6,4,1
4: (unused)
5: (unused)
6: (unused)
7 : only logging required
3-6 physical address
Bit 0-3 : hex: format number
4-7 : hex: message code
8-23 Only for diagnose Information

1-36
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY (. Cont'd)

3410/3411 - Magnetic Tape

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 ; command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5: overrun
6 : word count zero
I
7 ; data converter check
Bit 0: noise
1-2: B'OO' = non-existent
S'O" '" not ready
B'10' = ready and not busy
B'11' = ready and busy
3: seven track
4 : at load point
5: write status
6 : file protected
7 : not capable
Bit 0-7 : track in error bits
Bit 0: VRC
1 : multiple track error (PEl or LRC (NRZI)
2: skew
3: end data check (PEl or CRC (NRZI)
4 : envelope check (PE only)
5 : phase encoding
6: backward
7: -
Bit a tape unit positioning check
1 tape unit reject
2 end of tape
3 -
4 -
5 diagnostic track check
6 tape unit check
7 illegal command
Bit 0 new subsystem
2 write tape mark check
3 PE identification burst
4 PE compare
5 tachometer check
6 false end mark
7 RPQ
Bit 0 seven track
1 short gap mode
2 dual density
4-7 tape unit model
Bit 0 lamp check
1 left column check
2 right column check
3 ready reset
4 data security erase
57 -
Bit 0 -
1 feed through
2 -
3 end velocity check
4 no read-back data
5 start velocity check
6 -
./ 7 -

137
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY (.. Cont'dl

3420/3803 - Magnetic Tape

Sense Byte Designation
Bit a : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4 : data check
5: overrun
6 : word count zero
7 : data converter check
Bit a : noise
1-2: B'OO' = non-existent
B'Ol' = not ready
B'10' = ready and not rewinding
B'11' = ready and rewinding
3 : seven track
4 : at load point
5: write status
6 : file protected
7 : not capable
Bit 0-7 : track in error bits
Bit 0 VRC
1 multiple track error (PEl or LPC (NRZI)
2 skew
3 end data check (PEl or CRC (NRZI)
envelope check (PE only)
phase encoding
backward
C-compare
Bit 0 ALU hardware error
1 reject tape unit
2 tape indicate
3 write trigger VRC
4 microprogram detected error
5 LWR
6 tape unit check
7 RPQ
Bit 0 new subsystem
1 new subsystem
2 write tape mark check
3 PE 10 burst check
4 start read check
5 partial record
6 excessive postable or tape mark
7 RPQ
Bit 0 seven track
1 write current failure
2 dual density
3 N RZI density
4-7 tape unit model
Bit a lamp failure
1 tape bottom left
2 tape bottom right
-3 reset key
4 data security erase
5 erase head
6 air bearing pressure
7 load failure
Bit 0 IBG drop while writing
1 feed through check
2 SDR counter
3 early begin readback check
4 early ending readback check
5 slow begin read back check
6 slow ending readback check
7 velocity retry/restart

1-38
SENSE' INFORMATION SUMMARY ( Cont'd)

3420/3803 - Magnetic Tape (. .. Cont'd)

Bit 0: SOR counter

1 : velocity change during write
2-3 : SOA counter
4:-
5:-
6:-
7 : tape control reserved
I
10 Bit 0 : command status reject
1 :-
2 : control status reject
3 : no block on record readback check
4 : WTM not detected block
5 : tachometer start fail
6:-
7 : velacity check
11 Bit 0 : B bus parity error, ALU 1
1 :-
2: low ROS parity/low Ie/parity on branch instr.
3: high Ie/high RDS reg parity
4 : micro program detected hardware error
5 : D bus parity error, ALUl
6: -
7 : branch condition error, ALU2
12 Bit 0 : B bus parity error, ALU 2
1 :-
.2 : low ROS parity/low Ie/parity on branch ins!r.
3 : high le/Be/high RDS reg parity
4 : microprogram detected hardware error
5 : D bus parity error, ALU 2
6: -
7 : branch condition error, ALU 2
13 Bit 01 : tape control density
27 : tape control unique ID high
14 Bit 07 : tape control unique 10 low
15 Bit 07 : tape unit unique 10
16 Bit 07: tape unit unique 10
17 Bit 0.: twochannel switch
13: tape control device switch features
47 : EC level of tape control
18 Bit 0 : Power check/air flow
13 :-
47 : EC level of tape unit
19 Bit 0 : primed for device and tape unit 7
1 : primed for device and tape unit 6
2 : primed for device and tape unit 5
3 : primed for device and tape unit 4
4 : primed for device and tape unit 3
5 : primed for device and tape unit 2
6 : primed for device and tape unit 1
7 : primed for device and tape unit 0
20 Bit 0 : primed for device and tape unit F
1 : primed for device and tape unit E
2 : primed for device and tape unit 0
3 : primed for device and tape unit C
4 : primed for device and tape unit B
5 : primed for device and tape unit A
6 : primed for device and tape unit 9
7 :.primed for device and tape unit B
/

139
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY ( , Contd)

3420/3803 - Magnetic Tape ( .... Cont'd)

Sense Byte Designation
21 Bit 0 : load button depressed
1 : left reel turning
2 : right reel turning
3 ; tape present
4 : reels loaded
5 : load rewind
6 : load complete
7 : load check
22 Bit 0-7 : FRU identifiers for tape control
23 Bit 0-7 : FRU identifiers for tape control

3504/3505/3525 - Card 1/0

Designation
Bit a : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4: data check
5 :-
6: abnormal format reset
7 : permanent error key
Bit 0 : permanent error
1 : automatic retry
2 : motion malfunction
3 : retry after intervention complete
47: -
2-3 Used for diagnostic purposes only

3540 - Diskette
Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 : intervention required
2 : bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4: data check
57 : -
Bit 0 : permanent error
1 : automatic retry
2 : motion malfunction
3 : retry after intervention complete
4 : special record transferred
57, -
Used for diagnostic purposes only
Bit 0-7 : cylinder address in binary
Bit 0-7 : head address, must be binary zero
Bit 0-7 : record address in binary

3881 - Optical Mark Reader

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
3 equipment check
4 -
5 -
6 unusual command sequence
7 -

1-40
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY I .. Cont'd)

3886 - OPtical (;naracter Reader

Designation
Bit 0 : command reject
1 ; intervention required
2 ; bus-out check
3 : equipment check
4:-
5: -
6 : non-initialized
I
7 : Rep error
Bit 0:-
1 : mark check
2; invalid format
3: -
4 ; incomplete scan
5: -
6 : non-recovery
7 : outboard

5203 - Printer
Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0: command reject
1 : intervention required
2: -
3 : eQuipme~ check
4 : data check
5: chain buffer parity check
6 : no channel found
7 : channel 9
Bit 0-7 : -
Bit 0: interlock (chain gate open)
1: forms check (jam)
2: coil protect check
3: subscan ring check
4: chain buffer address register check
5: hammer unit shift check
6: any-hammer-on check
7 : thermal overload
Bit 0-7:-
Bit 0 : hammer reset failure check
1 : no fire check
2 : misfire check
3 : print data buffer parity check
4 : check bit buffer parity check
5: chain buffer parity check
6 : buffer address register check
7 : clock check
Bit 0 : open coil check
1-7: -

5424/5425 - Multifunction Card Unit

Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 bus-out check
3 equipment check
4 data check
5 -
6 no card available
7 -

'-41
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY ( . Cont'd)

5424/5425 - Multifunction Card Unit (. ... Cant'd)

Designation
Bit 0 : read check
1 : punch check
2:-
3 : print data check
4 : print clutch check
5 : hopper check
6 : feed check
7: -
Bit 0:-
1 :-'
2 : card in primary wait station
3 : card in secondary wait station
4 : NPRO allowed
5 : hopper cycle not complete
6: card in transport counter bit 2
7 : card in transport counter bit 1
Contains a hexadecimal Ilumber whose value can represent
feed checks and emitter checks in the 5425
Defines the card column group and tier where the error was
detected which caused the first read check or punch check of
a card cycle:
Bit 0 : multiple error
1-2 : S'OO' Tier 1,
S'01' Tier 2
B'10' Tier3
3-7: 8'00000' column group 1
8'99991'column group 2
11111
B'11111' column group 32
Bit 0: D row miscompare
1 : Crow miscompare
2 : Brow miscompare
3 : A row miscompare
4 : 8 row miscompare
5 : 4 40w miscompare
6 : 2 row miscompare
7 : 1 row miscompare
6-10 Forms a table of the five most recent command strings
Bit 0: Secondary
1 : print four lines
2 : stacker select M2
3 : stacker select M3
4: punch
5 : feed command sample
6: print
7: read

8809 - Tape Unit

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 -
3 equipment check
4 data check
5 overrun
6 -
7 -
Bit 0 noise
1 tape unit status A
2 tape unit status B
3 -
4 at load point
5 writestatus
6 file protected
7 not capable

142
SENSE INFORMATION SUMMARY ( Cont'd)

8809 - Tape Unit (Cont'dl

Sense Byte Designation
Bit 0-7 ; represent track in error pointers

I
Bit 0; 128 EAP number
1: 64 EAP number
2: 32 EAP number
3; 16 EAP number
4: 8 ERP number
5: 4 EAP number
6: 2 ERP number
7: 1 EAP number
BitO:-
1 :-
2 : tape indicate
3 : permanent error
4 : host detected error
5 ; loop write to read error
6; not used
7; not used
Bit 0;-
1 ;-
2 :-
3 : PE-I 0 burst check
4:-
5:-
6: -
7 :-
Contains all zeros
Bit 0 : 8 format code
1 : 4 format code
2 ; 2 format code
3 : 1 format code
4 : Data security erase
5 :-
6: -
7: -
831 Sense bytes 8-31 are only used for hardware diagnostics

DOC - Display Operator Console

Designation
Bit 0 command reject
1 intervention required
2 -
3 equipment check
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 operation check

143
CHAPTER II
DOS/vSE GENERAL INFORMATION I
IPL CONTROL STATEMENTS
Operation Operand Remarks
ADD CUU[ (k) I,device-type (,SSI,S5SSI.ssssss} The ADD command is used to define the
physical devices attached to the system.
Note: The X"notation is no longer required
but is still supported for compatibility

1101
IPL CONTROL STATEMENTS ( ... Cant'd)

Operation Operand Remarks

ADD ss can be:
(Cont'd) 00 no error correction feature
01 error correction feature
For the 3704 and the 3705, 5S is
required and must be specified as
one of the fallowing:
01 Type 1/4 channel adapter
02 Type 2/3 channel adapter
10 for 4300 ICA
For the 2703 of the Model 115 or
125,55, ssss, or ssssss is used to
specify the line mode setting for
a Start/Stop line or a BSe line.
The bit settings of the line mode
specification for each line involved
are explained in IBM System 1370
Model 115 Functional Charac-
teristics, and in I BM System 1370
Model 125 Functional Charac-
teristics, repectively.
The line mode setting is not accep-
ted on the ASSGN statement. If a
one or two byte value is specified,
the specified value is right-justified
and the rest of the three bvtes is
filled with zeros.
DEF SYSREC-cuu,SYSCAT- {cuUIUA} [,SYSDMP-cuu] I
The DEF command is used to assign SYSREC,
the logical device for the system recorder
and hard-copy files SYSCAT, the logical
device for the VSAM-E master catalog
SYSOMP, the logical device for the high-
speed system dump.
SYSCAT=cuu Indicates the channel and
unit number of the physical device
to be assigned to SYSCAT.
SYSREC=cuu Indicates the channel and
unit number of the physical device
to be assigned to SYSREC.
SYSOMP=cuu Indicates the channel and
unit number of the physical device
assigned to SYSDMP. SYSDMP
can be assigned to any CKD or
FBA device. The assignment can-
not be changed until the next IPL.
DEL The DEL command is used to delete a device
from the PUB table.
Indicates the channel and unit
number of the device to be deleted.
DPD [TYPE= NI F 1. UNIT=cuu, The OPO command, which is mandatory,
CYL=nl BLK=n [,VOLlD=xxxxxxj is used to define the pape data set.
The operands of the OPO command may be
given in any order.
TYPE=N TYPE=N is the default and indi-
cates that the page data set need
not be formatted.
If TYPE=N is specified but the
page data set does not exist or the
extent limits have been changed,
TYPE=N is ignored and the page
data set is formatted during IPL.
TYPE=F Indicates that the page data set is
to be formatted duringIPL. For-
matting during IPL is required if
part of the formatted extent has
been destroyed. The TYPE ope-
rand is ignored for FBA devices.

11-02
IPL CONTROL STATEMENTS I . Cont'd)

Operation Operand Remarks

DPD UNlT -cuu Specifies the channel and unit
Cont'd number of the device tha t is to
contain the page data set.
CYL=n Specifies, for eKD devices, the
sequential number of the cylinder,
relative to zero, where the page
data set is to begin (in decimal).
BLK=n Specifies, for FBA devices, the
sequential number of the block,
relative to zero, where the page
data set is to begin (in decimal).
VOLID=xxxxxx Identifies the volume
serial number (one to six alpha
I
betic or numeric characters) of
the disk pack that contains the
page data set (for label checking).
If this operand is omitted, the
volume serial number is not
checked.
SET [DATE=value 1. CLOCK=value2) value 1 In one of the following formats:
I,ZONE' )EAST}/hh/mm) mm/ddiyyor
\WEST mm: month (0112)
dd, day (01-311
yy: year (0099)

value 2 In the following format:

hh/rnm/ss,
hh: hours (0023)
mm: minutes (0059)
ss: seconds (00-59)
EAST Specifies a geographical position
east of Greenwich.
WEST Specifies a geographical position
west of Greenwich.
hhimm A decimal value which indicates
the difference in hours and
minutes between local and Green-
wich Mean Time.
hh ,0-23
mm: 0-59
Note Required statement. If any ADO or
DEL commands are required, they must
precede the SET command.
SVA ISDL=nH,PSIZE-nKH,GETV1S-nK] SDL-n Specifies the decimal number of
entries in the system directory list
to be reserved for user phases and
non SVA-etigible 18M-supplied
phases, in addition to the phases
loaded automatically during IPL.
For a list of those phases that are
automatically loaded into the
SVA during IPL, refer to OOSNSE
System Generation. Do not spe-
cify entries for these phases, as
this is done by lPL. The maximum
number that can be specified is
963.

11-03
IPL CONTROL STATEMENTS ( Cont'd)

Operation Operands Remarks

PSIZE-nK Specifies the size of the area
within theSVAwhich is to be
reserved for user phases. n must
be a decimal number and a mult
i"le of 2. The specified size sho'urd
be large enough for the user
phases and for a maintenance area
which is required when a phase in
the system core image library,
with a copy in the SVA, is re-
placed.
00 not specify space for the phases
loaded automatically into the SVA
during IPL. as IPL will reserve the
necessary space.
GETVIS"'nK Indicates the size of the addi-
tional system GETVIS area which
you can specify beyond the mini
mum size allocated by the system.
n must be a decimal number and
a multiple of 2.
Note that SET. OPO, and OEF may be
entered at any time during IPL. ADD and
DEL must precede any DEf, OLA. OPD, or
SVA command!s). SVA must be the last
IPL command.

1I'()4
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS

Job Control Overview

Type of Command or Statement Operation Valid for

JCS AR JCC
Job Identification JOB
/&
/
User Identification ID
File Definition DLBL
EXTENT

Pass Information to Operator

Pass Information to Program
TLBL
r

DATE
I
LBLTYP
OPTION
OVEND
UPSI
Job Stream Control BATCH
CANCEL
PAUSE
PRTY
START
STOP
TPBAL
UNBATCH Note
Setting System Parameters ALLOC
ALLOCR
SET
SIZE
STDOPT
Note: Valid only In a Foreground Partition

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

by
ALLOC Fn~mK LFn:=mKl Indicates the number of JCC
the foreground partition. AR
Indicates the amount of
~torage to be allocated to
the specified foreground
partition. m must not be
smaller than 128.
ALLOCR PARTITION-mK partition Indicates the partition JCC
l,PARTITIONomKI ... (BG, Fl, F2, ... j to which AR
storage is to be allocated.
For compatibility reasons,
the partition specifications
8GR and FnR will also be
accepted.
Indicates the amount of
storage to be allocated to
the specified partition.
m should be an even integer.
any uneven specification is
rounded up to the nearest
even integer. m may also
be zero.
ALTER XXXXXX Alters 1 to 16 bytes of virtual AR
storage. XXXXXX is the hex ad
dress where alteration is to start.

11-05
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS I Cont'd)

Name Ope-ration

[Ill ASSGN

r }. ".,
Operand

For any device:

SYSxxx, IGN
UA

(address-list)
SYSYVY
For disks: cuu
I
Remarks

I
For remarks see end of this

,TEMP
[PERM]
r
~
'--
Accepted
by

JCC

{address-list}
SYSyyy
DISK
FBA
2311 ['TEMPJ -
,PERM L VOL-volserno][.SHRj
SYSxxx, 2314
3330
333QB
3340
3340R
3350

I
Fordiskettes:

(address-list) [TEMP] ['VOL=volserno]

CU
SYSxxx, SYSyyy
DISKETTE
3540
,PERM

For tapes:
cuu
(address-list)
SYSyyy
TAPE
2400T7
SYSxxx,
2400T9 [,OS
,ALT
] [,TEMP]
,PERM
LVOL=volsernol
3410T7
3410T9
3420T7
3420T9
BB09
ASSGN For printers:
(Cant'd) cuu For remarks see
(address-list) end of this statement
SYSyyy
PRINTER
PRT 1
1403 [TEMP]
SYSxxx, 1403U ,PERM
1443
3203
3211
3BOO
3800B
3800C
3BOOBC
5203
5203U

11-06
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS (. ... Cant'd)

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

ASSGN For card (read) punches: ' - - -

(Cont'd) cuu
(address-list)
SYSyyy
PUNCH
1442N1
1442N2
252081
252082
SYSxxx, 252083
2540P
2560
2596
[H1J
,H2
[TEMP]
,PERM
I
3525P
3525RP
5424
5425 [H1]
,H2
For card readers:
cuu
(address-list)
SYSyyy
READER
1442Nl
2501
2520B1
SYSxxx, 2540R [TEMP]
,PERM
2560 [H1]
,H2
2596
3504
3505
3525RP
5424
[H1]
5425 ,H2

SYSxxx can be SYSRDR, SYSIPT, SYSIN,

SYSPCH, SYSLST, SYSOUT,
SYSLOG, SYSLNK, SYSRL8,
SYSSLB, SYSCLB or
SYSOOO-SYS 240_
SYSCAT and SYSREC can only be
assigned by the DEF command
at IPL time_ For compatibility
reasons, an assignment for SYSREC
entered from SYSRDR is ignored
and processing continues;
if entered from SYSLOG, the
assignment is rejected.
cuu c=channel number
uu=unit number
address- a list of up to seven device addresses
list in the form:
(cuu, _ . _ , cuu)
UA unassign
IGN unassign and ignore (invalid for
SYSCL8, SYSRDR, SYSIPT,
SYSIN)
SYSyyy any system or programmer
logical unit.
device- READER, PRINTER, PUNCH,
class TAPE, DISK, CKD, FBA, or
DISKETTE
device- device code of any supported
type device

11-07
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS (... Cont'd)

Name Operation Operand I Remarks Accepted

ASSGN X" density (magn. tape only)

(Cont'd)
BPI Parity Trans!. Conv.
feat feat
10 200 odd off on
20 200 off off
28 200 even on off
30 200 odd off off
38 200 odd on off
50 556 odd off on
60 556 off off
68 556 even on off
70 556 odd off off
78 556 odd on off
90 800 odd off on
AD 800 off off
AB 800 even on off
BO 800 odd off off
B8 800 odd on off
CO 800 single dens. 9 tr.
CO 1600 single dens. 9 tr.
CO 1600 dual dens. 9 tr.
C8 800 dual dens. 9 tr.
DO 6250 single/dual dens. 9 tr.
DO 6250 dual dens. 9 tr.
90 1600 IBM 8809 STREAMING:
High speed and long gap
30 1600 IBM 8809 STREAMING,
High speed and short gap
50 1600 IBM B809 START STOP:
Low speed and long gap
60 1600 IBM B809 START STOP,
Low speed and short gap

ALT specifies alternate tape unit.

(Invalid for SYSIPT}

Hl specifies input hopper 1 for input

on 2560, 5424 or 5425;
If neither Hl nor H2 is specified,
Hl is assumed

H2 specifies input hopper 2 for input

on 2560, 5424 or 5425;
(invalid for programmers units)

PERM the assignment is permanent

TEMP the assignment is temporary

VOL= volume serial number of the tape,

volserno DISK or DISKETtE.

SHR indicates the shared option for

disk devices
BATCH [BG/FnJ Start or continue processers AR

CANCEL {BG I Fn}CNODUMPI ,PARTDUMPI ,DUMP][,SYSDMPI,NOSYSDMPll

Cancels execution of current job in specified area AR

BG Indicates that the background job
isto be canceled.
Fn Indicates that the specified fore
ground job is to be canceled.
NODUMP Indicate the dump option which is
PARTDUMP to be in effect until end of job.
DUMP The meaning of the keywords is the
NOSYSDMPsame as in the OPTION statement.

11-08
JOB CONTROL AND ATTEr.."TIC': ROUTINE COMMANDS (. Cont"d)

Name Operation Operar.d Remarks Accepted

by
~ Indicates that the 1/0 request for
the specified device and the asso-
ciated task is to be canceled.
Warning: Use only in emergency
cancel situations (if, for example.
11400 REQUEST CANCEL has

I
been issued), because you may also
cancel POWER/vS.

[/II CLOSE

~
SYSxxx
,cuu
.!JA
,IGN
(.55]
blank

SYSxxx
Cancels execution of current job
for magnetic tape
SYSPCH
SYSLST
SYSOUT
JCC
JCS
JCC I
,ALT ' . SYSOOO-SYS240
SYSyyy
for DASD (JCC only)
SYSIN
SYSRDR
SYSIPT
SYSPCH
SYSLST
CUU. 55. UA, IGN. ALT
Values as described in ASSGN
command.
/I DATE mm/dd/yyor mm month (01-12) JCS'
dd/mm/yy day day 101-311
yy year 100-991 L...--,
/I DLBL filename. [fileIDJ, filename One to seven alphameric characters, IJCS
[date), [codes]. the first of which must be alphabetic L
[,DSF][,BUFSP=nj file-ID One to forty four alphameric characters
{.CAT=filename] (one to eight alphameric characters for
I,BLKSIZE=nl the 3540 diskette)
I.CISIZE=nJ date One to six characters (yy/ddd)
codes Two to four alphabetic characters (SD.
DA, DU, ISC, ISE, VSAMI
DSF specifies that a data secured file is to be
created or processed
BUFSP=n specifies, for a VSAM file to be processed.
the number of bytes of vitual storage
(0-999999) to be allocated as bufferspace
CAT=filename specifies filename (1 to 7 alphameric
characters) of the DLBL statement for
the catalog owing this VSAM file.
BLKSIZE=n a number from 1 to 32,768 (only valid
for SAM files on 3350 and 3330-11)
CISIZE=n This operand permits specification of an
FBA control interval size for SAM and
DAM files or FBA devices in order to
improve space utilization on such
devices. A number from 1 to 32,768.

DSPLY ADDRESS Displays 16 bytes of virtual AR

storage
DUMP S The DUMP command allows the
BG operator to DUMP part or all
Fn of the real and/or virtual address
BGS area contents on a printer, tape,
FnS .cuu( RUN] or disk device (CKD or FBA)
) SVA
Note: There must be no blank
SVAS
between the operands.
c~
BUFFER
addr,addr
ALL
5 Same as above however, the
of the supervisor area are also dumped. I
11-09
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS ("""" Cont"d)

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

DUMP
t-
(Cont'd)
BG The contents of the specified partition
Fn and itsassociatecl registers are dumped.
If a program is running in real mode in
the specified partition, only the real.
not the associated virtual partition, is
dumped. If a program is running in
virtual mode in the specified partition,
the virtual padtion is dumped, includ-
ing any fixed pages. The areas acquired
through GETVIS in the partition are
also dumped.
BGS Same as if BG or Fn was specified;
FnS however, the contents of the supervisor
area are also dumped.
SVA The contents of theSVA are dumped.
SVAS The contents of the SVA and of the
supervisor are dumped.
BUFFER The contents of the SDAID buffer
are dumped on tape or disk. This
operand is rejected in case of output
to the printer.
address,address Specifies storage are between
the two hexadecimal addresses and
associated registers.
Specifies the device on which the out-
put is to be written.
Specifies that the system is to continue
to run during DUMP. command execu-
tion.
ALL The contents of the supervisor, the
SVA, and all partitions are dumped.
,.....-
DVCDN cuu c=O-6 JCC
uu=OO-FEIO-2541 in hex
DVCUP c=O6 JCC
uu=OQFE(O254) in hex
END or blank End of SYSLOG communications JCC
ENTER END for the 3210 and 3215 printer AR
keyboards
ENTER for DOC

(ill EXEC
{ [[PGM=] progname][,REALH,SIZE=siZe]]}
PROC=procname LOV]
I JCC
JCS
. PGM-progname one to eight alPham~
characters. Used only if the program is
in the core image library
REAL The respective program is to be
in
executed real mode
SIZE=size can be nK. AUTO. or (AUTO.nK)
nK: size of"area required
AUTO: take program size
(AUTO,nKI: take program size plus nK
PROC=procname Name of cataloged proce-
dure to be retrieved. One to eight alpha-
meric characters, the first of which
must be alphabetic
OV Indicates that overwrite statements
follow EXEC statement

1110
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS ( Cont'd)

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

symbolic unit: Six alphameric

II EXTENT [symbolic-unit].
characters
JCS
[serial-number],{type].
[sequence-number], serial number: One to six alphameric
[relative-track I block], characters
[number-of-tracks I blocks] , type: One numeric character
sequence number: One to three nume~
[split-tylinder-trackl
characters
relative track block: One to five numeric
characters (CKDDEVICES)
number of trackslblocks: One to five
numeric characters leKD-DEVICES}
I
split cylinder track: One or two numeric
characters ;---
HOLD Fn [,Fnl . Causes the a~ignments for the JCC
specified foreground partition!s)
to remain in affect until the end
of the next job
IGNORE blank Ignore abnormal condition AR
JCC
/I JOB jobname {accounting jobname: One to eight alphameric JCS
informationl characters
accounting information: One to six-
teen characters
/I LBLTYP {TAPE" IInnll} TAPE Used when tape files requir- JCS
NSD (nn) ing label information, are
to be processed and no non-
sequential disk files are to
be processed
(nn) Optional and is present only
for future expansion
(ignored by job control)
NSD Nonsequential disk files are
to be processed
(nn) Largest number of extents
per single file
LFCB cuu, phasename Causes the FCB of printer AR
{,FORMS=xxxx] cuu to be loaded
I.LPI=n][.NULMSGI
[/II LISTIO ASSGN Causes listing of 1/0 assignments JCS
SYS on SYSLST for JCS and SYSLOG JCC
PROG forJCC
Fn
ALL
SYSxxx
UNITS
DOWN
UA
cuu
BG
LOG blank Causes logging of job control Jct
statements on SYSLOG AR
LUCB cuu, phasename Causes the UCB of printer AR
[,FOLD][.NOCHKI cuu to be loaded
(,TRAIN=xxxxxxl
[.NULMSGI
) MAP blank Causes a map of area in real and JCC
virtual storage to appear on AR
SYSLOG

1111
JOB CONTROl- AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS ( ____ Cont-d)

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

MODE AR

r
CR
CE_ cut I_XX_VI~
,0 [,xx,y]
_N
R .

~rr{{~}] {[ HH}] ,-",-l

Changes the mode of operation.
changes the EFL threshold values
and gives status information.
Note: When HI R or ECC is speci
fied. at least one of the optional
operands within these braces must
be selected. TH is inly valid for
the Model 145 when ECC, C is
specified with the MODE command.
MSG {BG I Fn} Transfers control to message AR
routine
I11I MTC opcede, {SYSXXX} opcode BSF, BSR, DSE, ERG. JCS
cuu FSF, FSR, REW, RUN, JCC
[,nnJ orWTM
SYSxxx Any logical unit
,
cuu Specifies the channel and
unit number (in hex)
nn dec. number 101-991
NEWVOl [BG I Fn][,ignore1 Indicates that a new volume has AR
been mounted for the specified
partition
NOlOG blank Suppresses logging of job control JCC
statements on SYSLOG AR
II OPTION option option: can be any of. the following JCS
[,option) ...
lOG Log control statements on
.. SYSlST
NOLOG Suppress LOG option
DUMP Dumps the registers, super-
visor area, partition, the
used part of the system
GETVIS area, and the SVA
phase in error if the error
occured in the SVA. The
dump will be recorded on
SYSLST. if assigned, in the
case of an abnormal program
end (such as program check).
PARTDUMP Dump registers, selec-
ted supervisor control blocks
and temporary real or
virtual partition on SYSLST
in case of abnormal program
end.
NODUMP Suppress DUMP or
PARTDUMP option
LINK Write output of language
translator on SYSLNK for
linkage editing
NOLINK Suppress LINK option

11-12
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS ( .. Cont'd)

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

by
OPTIOr-! DECK Output object module on
(Cant'd) SYSPCH
NODECK Suppress DECK option
EOECK Punch source macro defini-
tions on SYSPCH
NQEDECK Suppress EOECK
option

ALIGN Align constants and date

areas on boundaries
NOAUGN Suppress ALIGN
option
I
LIST Output listing of source
module on SYSLST
NOLIST Suppress LIST option
Ll5TX Output of object module
on SYSLST
SYM Produce symbol table or
data division map on
SYSLST
NOSYM Suppress SYM option
XREF Output symbolic cross-
reference list on SYLST
SXREF The assembler writes the
simbolic cross-reference
list on SYSLST; printing
of all unreferenced labels
is suppressed
NOXREF Suppress XREF or
SXAEF option
ERRS Output listing of all errors
in soUrce program on
SYSLST
NOERRS Suppress ERRS option
RLD Output listing of RLD
information on SYSLST
NORLD Suppress RLD option
ACANCEL Cancel job if attempt
to assign device is un-
successful
NOACANCEL Await operator
action if a device cannot
be assigned
CATAL Catalog program or
phase in core image library
after completion of
Linkage Editor run
STDLABEL Causes all DASD or
tape labels to be written
on the standard label track
USRLABEL Causes all DASD or
tape labels to be written
on the user label track
PARSTD Causes all DASD or tape
I labels to be written on
J the partition standard
label track
4BC 48 character set
60C 60 - character set

11-13
JOB CONTROL- ANO ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS ( ____ Cont'd)

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

by
OPTION SYSPARM=string specifies a value
(Cont'd) for assembler system variable
symbol and SYSPARM
SUBLIB=OF causes assembler and
ESERV program to retrieve
nonedited macros and copy-
books from D-sublibrary
and edited macros from the
F-sublibrary of the source
statement library
SUBLIB:::AE Causesassembler
and ESERV program to
retrieve nonedited macros
from the E-sublibrary and
editdd macros'from the
E-sublibrary of the source
statement library
ONLINE Causes fetching of all
programs for execution from
the system core image
library, although a private
core image library is assigned
SYSDMP Indicates that dumps are
to be written on SVSDMP
NOSYSDMP Indicates that dumps
are to be written on
SYSLST
[II[ OVENI)' [comments] Indicates end of overwrite state- JCS
ments for a cataloged procedure Jec
[Ill PAUSE [comments1 Causes pause immediately after pro- JCS
cessing this statement. PAUSE state- JCe
ment is always printed on SYSlOG.
If no 3210, 3215 or DOC is available
the statement is ignored.

K~~} I.EOJ~
PAUSE Causes pause at end of current job AR
step or at end of job
where n=1,2,3 or 4
PRTY blank Pn=BG, Fl, F2, F30r F4. Allows AR
partition [,partition1 the operator to display or change
the priority of partitions
[Ill RESET

ROD
r ALL
s
PROG

SYSxxx
blank
}
Resets I/O device assignments

Causes all SOR counters for all non-

teleprocessing devices on the recor-
JCS
JCe

JCe

der file on SYSREC to be updated

from the SDR counters in main
storage
II RSTRT SYSxxx,nnnn[,filename] SYSxxx Symbolic unit name of JCS
the"device on which the
checkpoint records are
stored. Can be SYSOOO-
SYSnnn
four character identification
of the checkpoint record
to be used for restart
filename symbolic name of the
DASD file to be used for
restarting

11-14
JOB CONTROL-AND ATTENTION ROUTI~,jE COMMANDS I.... Cont'd)

Name Operation Remarks Accepted

SET [.UPSI=value 11 value 1: 0, 1 or X JCC

[,L1NECT=value 2) value 2: standard number of lines
[,RCLST=value 3) for output on each page of SYSLST
[,RCPCH=value 4) value 3: decimal number indicating
LRF=value 5) ~m number of SYSLST disk
[,DATE=value 6] records remaining to be written
[.HC=value 7] before operator warning
value 4 decimal number indicat-

value 5
ing minimum number of
SYSPCH disk records
remaining to be written
before operator warning
defines to the system the
I
status of the recorder file
IIJSYSREC] on SYSREC -
used by the RMSR feature
RF={YES }-file exists
CREATE -create file
value 6 in one of the following
formats:
mm/dd/yy or dd/mm/yy
mm: month (01-12)
dd: day (01311
yy: year (00-99)
value 7
HCJ~~S L
LCREATEJ
YES: hard-copy file exists
NO: no recording performed
CREATE: create a hard-copy
file
[,SDL] This operand makes it possible to ADD
phase names to the system directory
list and, optionally, to load phases .
into theSVA -

SETDF {3800 leuu} ['BURST-[YINII AR

[,CHARS=[table name)]
[,FCB=[fcb name)]
[,FLASH=[over[ay namel)
[,FORMS=[forms name)]
[.LlST]
[,MODIFY=[copymod namell
[,RESET]

SETMOD euu [,MODE] The SETMOD command, valid for AR

the 3401 magnetic tape unit
Specifies the channel and
unit number of the 3401
mode Can be one of the following:
90 or HL - high speed and
long gap (streaming)
30 or HS - high speed and
short gap (streaming)
50 or LL -low speed and
long gap (start-stop)
60 or LS -low speed and
short gap (start-stop)
If the mode operand is omitted, the
) default mode setting of 60 (or LSI
is assumed_

1115
JOB CONTROL- AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS {.... Cont'dl

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

by
SETPRT SYSxxx{,BURST-{NIYI'il JC
[-CHARS= {table name)' }]
(table name, .. )
{,COPIES=numbe,H,DCHK={BI U}I

[DEBUG=
-
F~:~}]
DUMP
TRAC
I,DFLT={NIY}I

[FCB= feb namel' }]

(fcb name, VI
{',VI

[,FLASH= ~ove"ay namel'l {,countl }]

(overlay name[~Count[255}11
('''({countJ255 )
I ,FORMS={focms namel'}HINIT={NIY}1
[,MODIFV",,{copvmOd name]* }]
(copymod name, table name)
I,SEP=OII.TRC={NIY}1
SIZE partition=mK [,partition:::mKj ... JCC, AR

{~~}
START Same as BATCH AR

STDOPT option [,option] ... The STDOPT command can be JCC

used to reset in all partitions the JCS
permanent job control options
which were established at system
initialization.
The command can only be given
in the background partition.
The options, which can appear in
any order, are as follows (the first
keyword is always the default
value):
ALIGN wino
Specifies if the assembler
is to align data on halfc
word or fultword bound-
aries, according to the
type of instruction used.
A supervisor must be
assembled with ALlGN=
YES to avoid hard waits.
ACANCEL No/yes
Specifies if job control is
to cancel jobs automatic-
a11y (ACANC.EL=YES) or
to wait for operator inter
vention {ACANCEL=NOI
after an unsuccessful at-
tempt to assign a device,
(Note that the LOG com-
mand suppresses the
ACANCEL function),
CHARSET 4BCI60C.
Specifies either the 48
or eO-character set for
PL/I translator input on
SYSIPT
DATE MDYIDMY
Specifies the format of
the date: MDY=month/
date/year.
DMY=day/month/year,

11-16
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTlml ROUTINE COMMANDS I . Conl'dl

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

by
STDOPT DECK YESINO
(Cant'd) Specifies if language trans-
lators are to produce
object modules on SYSPCH
DUMP YESINOIPART
Specifies if a dump of the
registers and virtual
storage is to be written on
SYSLST in case of an ab-
normal program end.
PART specifies that a
dump of the supervisor
control blocks and the
virtual storage of the parti-
tion is to be written on
SYSLST
EDECK NOIYES
Spec ifies if the assembler
is to create and punch
edited macros on SYSPCH
ERRS YESINO
Specifies if compilers are
to summarize all errors in
source programs on
SYSLST. Assembler and
PUt always assume
ERRS=YES.
LINES 561nn
specifies the number of
lines per page on SYSLST.
The minimum is 3D, the
maximum is 99. (If job
control is running in
another partition at the
same time, the new value
becomes effective in that
partition when the next
page is started.)
LIST YESINO
Specifies if language trans-
lators are to write source
module listings and diagno-
stics on SYSLST.
LlSTX NOIYES
Specifies if compilers are
to write hexadecimal
object module listings on
SYSLST.
LOG YESINO
Specifies if all job control
statements are to be listed
on SYSLST. Invalid state-
ments and commands will
be listed on SYSLST if it
is assigned.
RLD NOIYES
Specifies if the relocation
dictionary information is
to be printed.
)

1117
JOB CONTROL- AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS 1_ .. Cont'dl

Name Operation Operand Remarks Accepted

STDOPT SXREF NOIYES

(Cont'd) Specifies whether the
assembler is to print short
cross-reference lists on
SYSLST. The printing of
unreferenced labels is
suppressed instead.
SXREF",YES forces
XREF=NO.
SYM NOIYES
SYM",YES specifies that
the PUI compiler is to pro
duce a symbol and offset
table listing on SYSLST.
or that American National
Standard Cobol is to pro-
duce a data division glos-
sary.
SYSDMP NOIYES
YES indicates that dumps
are to be written on
SYSOMP and NO that
they are to be written on
SY5LST.
TERM NOIYES
Specifies whether messages
from a compiler are to be
displayed on SYSLOG.
XREF YESINO
XREF"'YES specifies that
the assembler is to write
symbolic crossreference
lists on SYSLST. or that
American National Stan-
dard COBOL is to produce
a cross-reference listing.
XREF=YES forces
SXREF=NO.
STOP blank Stops batch ed-job progr. processing JCC
II TLBL filename. ('file-IO'l, filename: One to seven alphameric JCS
(date}, [file serial characters, the first of
number}, [volumese. which must be alphabetic
quence numbed.
[file sequence number1,
'file-IO': One to seventeen alpha-
[generation number),
meric characters
[version number1
date: One to six characters
Iyy/ddd or d-<ldddl
Note: For ASCII file Ilii. serial number IEBCDICI: }
processing the fourth
and fifth operands are
called set identifier
and file section number,
respectively
f One to six alphameric characters1
[set identifier (ASCII): Six alpha-
meric characters1
[volume sequence number }
IEBCDICIJ
[file section number (ASCII)] ]
One to four numer'ic characters
file sequence number: One to four
numeric characters
generation number: One to four
numeric characters
version number: One to two
numeric characters

II-IB
JOB CONTROL AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS (... Cont'd)

Name Oper!ltion Operand Remarks Accepted

by
TPBAL (nl rI '" number of partitions in which AR
processing can be delayed
(0, 1,2, ... number of partitions
minus one).
Allows the operator to display or
alter the status of the Teleproces-
sing Balancing function.
UCS SYSxxx, phase name Causes the 240-character universal JCC
(,FOLDH.BLOCKI character set contained in the core
(,NULMSGI image library phase specified by
phasename to be loaded as buffer
storage in the IBM 2821 CU.
SYSxxx must be assigned to a 1403
Printer with the UCS feature.
I
UN BATCH blank Terminates foreground processing JCC
1/ UPSI 0,1 or X JCS

II VOLUME [clculcuu] The VOLUME command provides AR

the operator with a short summary
of the volumes mounted on DASD
devices, together with an indication
of whether or not a volume is in

II ZONE {EAST} EAST A geographical position JCS

WEST Ihh/mm east of Greenwich
WEST A geographical position
west of Greenwich
hh/mm A decimal value which
indicates difference in
hours and minutes
between local time and
Greenwich Mean Time.
hh may be in the range
012; mm in the range
059.
1+ ignored [comments] Indicates end of procedure JCS

I' ignored ignored Columns 1 and 2 are the only JCS

columns checked
1& ignored (commentsl Columns 1 and 2 are the only
columns checked. Comments
appear on SYSLOG and SYSLST
at EOJ.
comments Column 2 must be blank

11-19
JOB CONTROL- AND ATTENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS ( ____ Cont'd)

Type of Command or Statement Operation Valid for

JCS AR JCC
Operator Communications ALTER x
DSPLY x
.DUMP x
ENDor
ENTER key x x
IGNORE x x
LOG x x
MAP x x
MSG x
MODE x
NEWVOL x
NOLOG x x
REPLID x
SETMOD x
ZONE x
Control of 1/0 System ASSGN x x
CLOSE x x
DVCDN x
DVCUP x
HOLD x
LFCB x
LlSTIO x x
LUCB x
MTC x x
RESET x x
ROD x
SETDF x
SETPRT x x
UCS x
VOLUME x
Execution of Program EXEC x x
RSTRT x

11-20
JOB CONTROL AND ATIENTION ROUTINE COMMANDS ( .. Cont'd)

JOB CONTROL STATEMENTS SUMMARY

ASSGN Used at execution time to assign a specific device address to the sym_bolic unit
name used.
CLOSE Closes either a system or a programmer logical unit assigned to tape, disk,
or diskette.
DATE Contains a date that is put in the communications region.
OLBL Contains file label information for DASD or diskette label checking and creation.
EXEC Indicates the end of job control statements for a job step and that the job step
is executed.
EXTENT Defines each area, or extent, of a DASD file or diskette volume.
10 Used to specify user identification and password.
JOB
LBLTYP

LlSTIQ
MTC
Indicates the beginning of control information for a job.
Defines the amount of storage to be reserved at link-edit time for processing tape
and nonsequential DASD file labels in the partition.
Used to get a listing of 1/0 assignments on SYSLOG or SYSLST.
Controls operations on logical units to IBM 2400(3400 series magnetic tapes.
I
OPTION Specifies one or more of the job control options.
OVENO Indicates that no more overwrite statements will follow for the respective procedure.
PAUSE Causes a pause immediately after processing this statement.
RESET Resets I/O assignments to the standard assignments.
RSTRT Restarts a checkpointed program.
SETPRT Loads the IBM 3800 buffers.
STDOPT Resets systems defaults.
TLBL Contains file label information for tape label checking and writing.
UPSI (User Program Switch Indicators.) Allows the user to set program switches that
can be tested.
ZONE Initializes the zone field in the communications region.
/* Indicates the end of a data set or the end of a job step.
/& Indicates the end of a job.
Job cO.ntro! comments.
/+ Indicates the end of a procedure.

Programming support continues for the following job control statements provided in previous
versions of the system (they should, however, not be used for new applications):
DLAB Contains file label information for DASD label checking and creation.
TPLAB Contains file label information for tape label checking and writing.
VOL Used when a set of label information for a magnetic tape file or a DASD file is
specified. It is not required with the current DLBL, EXTENT, or TlBl statements.
XTENT Defines each area, or extent, of a DASD file. It is used in conjunction with the
VOL and DlAB statements.

11-21
LINKAGE EDITOR CONTROL STATEMENTS

Name Operation Operand Remarks

blank PHASE name,origin[,NOAUTO] name: Symbolic name of the phase.
I.SVAU.PBDYJ One to eight alphameric
characters
origin: Specifies the load address of
the phase.
Load address can be in one of
the following formats:
11 symbol[(phase)]
[relocation]
21 .. [ relocatiOn]}
31 S[ + ~Iocation}
addresses relativ to begin of
virtual partition
41 ROOT
5) +diSPlacement}
6) F +address ....
absolute addresses
Note: A phase is eligible for relocation
by the relocating loader if its origin is
specified as a relative address (formats
1-4abovel.
However, if a phase is relative to another
phase whose origin is specified as an
absolute address (formats 5 or 6 above),
r,mne of the phases can ~e made relo
catable during this linkage editor execu
tionA Refer to ACTION statement for
additional information about the relocat
ing loader.
NOAUTO Indicates that the automatic
library lookup (AUTOLINKI
feature is suppressed for both
the private- and system relocat
able libs.
SVA Indicates that the phase is
SVA-eligible.
PBOV Indicates that the phase is to
be link-edited on a page
boundery.
blank. INCLUDE [modulenamel[,(name list)] If both operands are omitted the object
module to be included is assumed to be
an SYSIPT.
If the first operand is present, the object
module is assumed to be in either the
private- or the system re[ocstable library~
If the first operand is omitted and the
second operand is present, the abject
module to be included is assumed to be
.in the input stream (SYSLNK).
modulename: Symbolic name of the
module as used when cataloged
in the relocatable library.
It consists of one to eight alpha-
meric characters.
(namelist):The Linkage Editorconstructs
a phase from only the control
sections specified. The name-
Hst is in the following format:
Ics name 1, cs name 2, .. )
. Entries within the parentheses
are the names of the control
sections that are used to consti-
tute the phase.

1122
LINKAGE EDITOR CONTROL STATEMENTS ( Cont'd)

Name Operation Operand Remarks

blank ENTRY (entrypointl entrypoint Symbolic name of an entry
point.
If the operand field is blank,
the Linkage Editor uses as
transfer address the first signi-
ficant address provided in an
END record encountered
during generation of the first
phase.

{~~~El}
Indicates linkage Editor options:

I
blank ACTION
[,CLEAR]
CLEAR Indicates that the unused
[ .MAP 1 [,NOAUTO]
portion of the core image lib-
,NOMAPJ rary will be set to binary zero
before the beginning of the
[ ,Cancel 1 [,BGl Linkage Editor function.
[.Fn]
MAP Indicates that SYSLST is avail-
able for diagnostic messages,
In addition, a virtual storage
map is printed on SYSLST.
NOMAP Indicates that SYSLST is not
available when performing the
linkedit function.
NOAUTO Indicates that the AUTO
LINK function is to be suppres-
sed.
CANCEL Cancels the job automatically
if any of the errors 21001
through 21701 occur.
BG" Sets the end-ofsupervisor ad-
Fn dress used in Linkage Editor
calculation to the beginning"of
the partition specified, plus
the length of the label area and
of the save area.
If none of these operands are
present, the program is link-
edited to execute in the virtual
partition in which linkedit
takes place, unless otherwise
specified in the PHASE state-
ment.
REL Indicates that the phase(s) pro-
duced during this execution of
the Linkage Editor is to be
made relocatable if possible.
Refer to origin operand in
PHASE statement_
Note: If support for the relocating loader
was generated in the supervisor, ACTION
REL is the default;
NOREL Indicates that the phase(s) pro-
duced during this execution of
the Linkage Editor is not to
be made relocatable.
Nota: If support for the relocating loader
was not generated in the supervisor,
ACTION NOREL isthe default.

1123
.LlBRARIAN

Maintenance Functions
Function Unit Element Control State.ments
Catalog Cor Image Phase /I OPTION CATAL
Library (Linkage Editor control statements and if in card
form, the phase to be .cataloged)
,"/I EXEC LNKEDT
Relocatable Module /I EXEC MAINT
Library CATALR modulename [,v,m]
(module to be cataloged)
Source statem. Book /I EXEC MAINT
Library CATALS sublib.bookname [,v,mI,e]]
(book to be cataloged)
Procedure Proce- /I EXEC MAINT
Library dure CATALP procedurename [,VM=v.mJ

[.EOP~y) [DATA= ~~S]

(proced~re to be cataloged)
/+(or delimiter as specified in EOP parameter)
Delete Core Image Phase /I EXEC MAINT
.Library DELETe phase 1[,phase 2, ....... J
Program /I EXEC MAINT
DELETe prog1.ALLLprog2.ALL..... J
Relocatable Module /I EXEC MAINT
Library DELETR module H.module2 . .... . J
Program" /I EXEC MAINT
DElETR progl.ALLLprog2.ALL.... J

library /I EXEC MAINT

DELETR ALL
Source Book II EXEC MAINT
Statement DELETS sublib.book1I,sublib.book2, .. J
Library
Sub II EXEC MAINT
Library DElETS sublib.ALL
librarY II EXEC MAINT
DELETS ALL
Procedure Proca- II EXEC MAINT
Library dure DELETP procedurenameI,procedure-
name2, ..... J
Library II EXEC MAINT
DELETPALL
Rename Core Image Phase II EXEC MAINT
Library RENAMEC oldname, newname[,oldname,
newname, .... J
Relocatable Module II EXEC MAINT
Library RENAMR old name, newname I,oldname,
newname, .... J
Source Book II EXEC MAINT
Statement RENAMS sublib.oldname,sublib.newname
Library l.sublib.oldname,sublib.newname, .... ]
Procedure Proce- II EXEC MAINT
Library dure RENAMP oldname,newname[,oldname,
newname, .... J
Update Source Book II EXEC MAINT
Statement UPDATE sublib.bookname,Is.book1J,
Library Iv.mUnn]
) ADD,) DEL, or) REP statements as required
with source statements to be added
I END [v.m).C))

1124.
LIBRARIAN I . Cont'd)

Function Unit Element Control Statements

Condense Core Image Library II EXEC MAINT
Library CONDS CL
Relocatable II JOB jobname
Ubrary
Library /I EXEC MAIIH
~-------+------+c C~O~N~D~S_~~c~________________~
Source Library /I EXEC MAINT
Statement CONDS SL
Library
Procedure Library /I EXEC MAINT

Set
Library
Libraries

Libraries
.All

Any or
CONDS PL
/I EXEC MAINT
CONDS CL, RL, SL, PL
/I EXEC MAINT
I
Parameter All CON DL I ib=nnnnn[,l ib=nnnnn[,lib=nnnnn]]
for Notes: Values to be substituted for lib:
Automatic CL". - Core image library
Condense RL - Relocatable library
SL - Source statement library
PL - Procedure library
Values to be substituted for nnrmn:
for CKD devices one to five decimal digits with a
maximum value of 65536 for F8A devices, one to
nine digits.
Reallocation System Library /I DLBL IJSYSRS, 'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE
FI LE' date, code
/1 EXTENT SYSRES, balance of extent
information
/I EXEC MAl NT
ALLOe CL=cylin(tracks),RL=cylin(tracks),
S L=cyl in (tracks), PL =cyl in (tracks)
Notes:
CL - Core image library
RL - Relocatable library
SL - Source ststement library
PL - Procedure library
For FBA devices, CYLIN and TRACKS are to be
substituted by blocks.
Note: II JOB. I'"' and 1& must be Included where needed

Service Functions
Display Unit Element Control Statements
Core Image Phase /I EXEC CSERV
Library DSPL Y phase1 [,phase2, ... J
Program /I EXEC CSERV
DSPL Y progl.ALL[.prog2.ALL, ... 1
Library /I EXEC CSERV
DSPLY ALL
Directory /I EXEC DSERV
DSPL Y CD or DSPL YS CD
Phase(s) In the standard position:
with /I EXEC DSERV
Version DSPL Y[S] CD(phasename) or CD(phasenamel
and
In the nonstandard position or higher than DSERV in use:
Modifica-
/I EXEC DSERV
tion Level
DSPL V{S) CD(phasename,nn) or CD(phasename,~nl

11-25
LIBRARIAN ( Contd)

Display Unit Element Control Statements

Relocatable Module /I EXEC RSERV
library DSPLY modulelJ,module2, .... J
Program /I EXEC RSERV
OSPL Y progl.ALL[.prog2.ALL .... J
library /I EXEC RSERV
DSPLY ALL
Directory /I EXEC DSERV
DSPLY RDor DSPLYS RD
Source Book /I EXEC SSERV
Statement DSPLY sublib.bookl[.sublib.book2 ..... J
Library
Sublibrary /I EXEC SSERV
DSPLY subljbl.ALLl,sublib2.ALL, .... J
library /I EXEC SSERV
DSPLY ALL
Directory /I EXEC DSERV
DSPLY SO or DSPLYS SO
Macro- /I EXEC ESE.RV
Sublibrary GENEND
DSPLY E.book 1 (,E.book2, . .. )

Procedure Procedure /I EXEC PSERV

Library DSPLY procedurenamel[,procedurename2, .... J
Library /I EXEC PSERV
DSPLY ALL
Direct~ry /I EXEC DSERV
DSPL Y PO or DSPL YS PO
Transient Directory /I EXEC DSERV
Directory DSPLY TO or DSPLYS TO
System Directory /I EXEC DSERV
Directory

Directories All II EXEC DSERV

DSPL Y ALL or DSPL YS ALL

Punch Unit Element Control Statements

Core Image Phase /I EXEC CSERV
Library PUNCH phase 1[,phase2, .. .1
Program 1/ EXEC CSERV
. PUNCH progl.ALL[,prog2.ALL ... . J

Library /I EXEC.CSERV
PUNCH A~L
Relocatable Module /I EXEC RSERV
PUNCH module 1[,module2, ... . J .
Program /I EXEC RSERV
PUNCH progl.ALU.prog2.ALL ... .1
Library /I EXEC RSERV
PUNCH ALL
Source Book /I EXEC SSERV
Statement PUNCH slIblib.bookl[,subiib.book2, ... ](,CMPRSDJ
Library
Sublibrary /I EXEC SSERV
PUNCH sublibl.ALL[,sublib2.ALL, .... ][,CMPRSDJ

Library /I EXEC SSERV

PUNCH ALL[.CMPRSD]
Macro /I EXEC ESERV
Sublibrary GENEND
PUNCH E.book 1 tE.book2, ... )
Procedure Procedure /I EXEC PSERV
Library. PUf':JCH procedurenamel [,procedurename2, ... . J
Library /I EXEC PSERV
PUNCH ALL

1126
LIBRARIAN (0 0 0 0 Cont'd)

Display and Element Ct;lntrol Statements

Punch Unit
Core Image Phase /I EXECCSERV
Library DSPCH phaset[,phase2, 0 0 0 oj
Program /I EXEC CSERV
DSPCH progLALL[,prog2.ALL, ... 1
Library /I EXEC CSERV
DSPCH ALL
Relocatable Module /I EXEC RSERV

I
Library DSPCH modulel [,module2, .... ]
Program /I EXEC RSERV
DSPCH progl.ALLl.prog2.ALL, . 1
Library II EXEC RSERV
DSPCH ALL
Source Book /I EXEC SSERV
Statement DSPCH sublib.book1[,sublib.book2, .... ][,CMPRSDI,HEXI
Library ,CMPHEXI
Sublibrary II EXECSSERV
DSPCH sublibol.ALU.sublib2.ALL,. o. oJ[,CMPRSDI,HEXI
,CMPHEXI
Library II EXEC SSERV
DSPCH ALLI.CMPRSDI,HEXI,CMPHEX]
Macro II EXEC ESERV
SubUbrary GENEND
DSPCH e.book 1 (,E.book 2. 0 1
Procedure Procedure II EXEC PSERV
Librar'V DSPCH procedurename 1 [,procedurename2, 0 ]

Library II EXEC PSERV

. DSPCH ALL
Note: IIJOB,! and 1& must be Included where needed

Copy Functions
Copy Unit Element Control Statements
Core Image Phase /I ASSGN SYS002,cuu
Library II DLBL IJSYSRS,'DOSSYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date,code
II EXTENT SYS002. balance of extent information
II EXECCORGZ
ALLOC CL==cylin(tracksl,RL=cylin(tracks)
S L==cyli n(tracks),P L""'cy Iin Ctracksl
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
. COPYC phasel[.phase2, .... ]
Program II ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSRS:DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FI LE',
date, code
II EXTENT SYS002,balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALLOC CL==cylinCtracksl.RL::::cylin(tracksl.
S L=cyli n(tracks).P L=cy Iin (tracks)
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPY prog1.ALL[.prog2.ALL, .... J
Library II ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSRS.'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date,code
II EXTENT SYSOO2,balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALLOe CL=cylinitracks),RL=cylin(trecksl.
S L=cyl in (tracks),P L=cyl in(tracks)
) ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYCALL

1127
LIBRARIAN ( Cont'd)

Copy Unit Element Control Statements

Core Image Library /I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
Library II DLBL IJSYSRS, 'DDS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
(Cont'd) date; code
II EXTENT SYS002. balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALLOe CL=cylinitracksl,RL=cylinltracksl.
SL=cylin(tracks),PL=cylin{tracks)
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPY NEW
Relocatable Module .f I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
Library /I DLBL IJSYSRS.'DOSSYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date, code
II EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALloe CL=cylin{tracks),RL=cylin(tracks),
SL=cylinltracks),PL=cylinltracksl .
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
CQPYR modulel [,module2, .... J

Program II ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu

II DLBL KJSYSRS.'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date. code
II EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
/I EXEC CORGZ
ALLOe CL=cylin(tracks),R L=cylin(tracks),
S L=cyli n(tracks) ,PL=cyl in(tracks)
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYR progl.ALL[.prog2.ALL .... J
Library II ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSRS.'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date, code
1/ EXTENT SYSOO2, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
AllOC Cl=cyHn(tracks),Rl=cylin(tracks).
Sl=cylin(tracks),Pl:::cylin(tracks)
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYR ALL
libr~ry II ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
II DlBlIJSYSRS,'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FllE'A
date, code
I I EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
AllOC Cl:::cylin(tracks),Rl=cylin(tracks),
S V"'cyli n(tracks) ,Pl:::cyl in(tracks)
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYR NEW
Source Book II ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
Statement /I DLBL IJSYSRS,'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
library date, code
I I EXTENT SYS002, balanceof extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALlOC CL::cylin(tracks),RL:::cylin(tracks),
S L"'cyl in(tracks) ,P L=cyl in (tracks)
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYS sublib.bookl Lsublib.book2, .... J
Sublibrary I I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSRS.'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date, code
II EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALLOC CL=cylinltracksl,RL=cylin(tracksl,
S L=cyli n (tracks), PL::cyl in(tracks)
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYS sublibl.ALL[,sublib2.ALL, .... J
Library II ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSRS, DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE,
date, code
II EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information

1128
LIBRARIAN (, . ~ . Cont'd)

Copy Unit Element Control Statements

Source Library II EXEC CORGZ
Statement (Cont'd) ALLOC CL=cylin(tracks),RL=cylin(tracksl.
Library SL=cylin(tracks) ,P L=cyl in(tracksl
ALLOC STATEMENT MUST AI WAYS BE PRESENT
COPYS ALL
Library I I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
II DLBL lJSYSRS,IDOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILEr,
date, code
1/ EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information

I
II EXEC CORGZ
ALLOC CL=cylin(tracks),R L=cylin(tracks),
SL=cylin( tracks) ,PL=cyli n(tracks)
* ALLoe STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYS NEW
Procedure Procedure I I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
Library II DLBL IJSYSRS,IDOSSYSTEM RESIDENCE FILEI,
date, code
1/ EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
A LLOC CL=cylin{tracks), R L=cylin(tracksl.
SL=cylin (tracks) ,PL=cyl in (tracks)
* ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYP procedurenamel [,procedurename2,. .1
Library II ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
I I DLBL IJSYSRS,'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALLOe CL=cylin(tracks),RL=cylin(tracks)
SL"'cylin(tracks) ,P L=cyl in( tracks)
ALLOCSTATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
Capyp ALL
Library I I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
I I DLBL IJSYSRS,'DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALLOC CL=cylin(tracks),R L=cylin(tracks),
SL =cylin (tracks) ,PL=cylin (tracks)
* ALLOe STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPYP NEW
Libraries All I I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSRS,IDOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE',
date, code
II EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
ALLOC CL=cylin(tracksl, R L=cylin(tracksl,
SL=cyl in( tracks) ,PL ==cyl in(tracks)
* ALLOC STATEMENT MUST ALWAYS BE PRESENT
COPY ALL
Definition Core Image /1 ASSGN SYSOO3,cuu
of' II DLBL IJSYSPC, 'user identification of private library',
Private date, code
Library II EXTENT SYS003, balance of extent information
(See note 2) II EXEC CORGZ
NEWVOL CL==cylin(tracks)
Relocatable I I ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSR L,' user identification of private library',
date, code
1/ EXTENT SYSRLB, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
) NEWVOL RL=cylin(tracks)
Source II ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
Statement II DLBL IJSYSSL,' user identification of private library',
date, code
II EXTENT SYSSLB, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
NEWVOL SL=cvlin(tracks)
11-29
LIBRARIAN ( Cont'd)

Copy Unit Element Contrgl Statement

Definition Core Image II ASSGN SYS003,cuu
,nd II DLBL IJSYSPC,'user identification of private library',
Creation of date, code
a Private II EXTENT SYSOO3. balance of extent information
Library /1 EXEC CORGZ
(See note 2) NEWVOL CL=cylin(tracksi
COPYC operands
Relocatable /I ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
I I DLBL IJSYSRL,'user identification of private library',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYSRLB,baiance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
NEWVOL RL=cylin(tracks)
COPYR operands
Source I I ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
Statement I (DLBL IJSYSSL,'uSr identification of private library',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYSSLB, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
NEWVOL SL=cylin(tracks)
COPYS operands
Merge System II ASSGN (statements as required)
Residence to II DLBL IJSYSRS,'NEW SYSTEM RESIDENCE.,
New System date, code
Residence I I EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
MERGE RES,N~S
COPY statements (COPYC,COPYR,COPYS,COPYP,COPX,I)
as required
Merge New II ASSGN (statements as required)
System II DLBL IJSYSRS,'NEW SYSTEM RESIDENCE',
Residence date, code
to System I I EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
Residence II EXEC CORGZ
MERGE NRS, RES
COpy statements (COPYI,COPYC,COPYR,COPYS,COPYP,
COPY) as required
Merge System I I ASSGN (statements as required)
Residence II DLBL IJSYSRL,'PRIVATE RELOCATABLE LIBRARY',
to Private date, code
Libraries II EXTENT SYSRLB, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSYSSL:PRIVATE SOURCE STATEMENT
LIBRARY', date, code
II EXTENT SYSSLB, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSYSCL,'PRIVATE CORE IMAGE LIBRARY',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYSCLB, balance of extent information
ASSGN SYSCLB, cuu
II EXEC CORGZ
MERGE RES, PRV
COPY statements (COPYI,COPVR.COPYS,COPYC)
as required
Merge New II ASSGN (statements as required)
System II DLBL IJSYSRS,'NEW SYSTEM RESIDENCE', date, code
Residence II EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
to Private II DLBL IJSYSRL:PRIVATE RELOCATABLE LIBRARY',
Libraries date, code
/I EXTENT SYSRLB, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSYSSL:PRIVATE SOURCE STATEMENT
LIBRARY', date, code
I I EXTENT SYSSLB, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSYSCL:PRIVATE CORE IMAGE LIBRARY',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYSCLB, balance of extent information
ASSGN SYSCLB,cuu
II EXEC CORGZ
MERGE NRS,PRV
COPY statements (COPYR,COPYS,COPYC) as required

11-30
LIBRARIAN (.... Cont'd)

Copy Unit Element Control Statements

Merge /1 ASSGN (statements as required)
Private II DLBL IJSYSPR,'PRIVATE RELOCATABLE LIBRARY',
Libraries date, code
to System I I EXTENT SYS001, balance of extent information
Residence II DLBL IJSYSPS:PRIVATE SOURCE STATEMENT
LIBRARY', date, code
I I EXTENT SYSOOO, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSYSPC:PRIVATE CORE IMAGE LIBRARY',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYS003, balance of extent information

Merge
II EXEC CORGZ
MERGE PRV,RES
COPY statements (COPYR,COPYS,COPYC) as required
I I ASSGN (statements as required)
I
Private I I DLBL IJSYSRS, 'NEW SYSTEM RESIDENCE',
Libraries date, code
to New I I EXTENT SYS002, balance of extent information
System II DLBL IJSYSPR,'PRIVATE RELOCATABLE LIBRARY',
Residence date, code
I I EXTENT SYS001, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSYSPS!PRIVATE.SOURCE STATEMENT
LIBRARY', date, code
I I EXTENT SYSOOO, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSVSPC,'PRIVATE CORE IMAGE LIBRARY',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYS003, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
MERGE PRV,NRS
COPY statements (COPYR,COPYS,COPYC) as required
Merge I I ASSGN (statements as required)
Private I I DLBL IJSYSRL,'NEW PRIVATE RELOCATABLE
Libraries LIBRARY', date, code
to Private II EXTENT SYSRLB, balance of extent information
Libraries II DLBL IJSYSPR,'EXISTING PRIVATE RELOCATABLE
LIBRARY', date, code
I I EXTENT SYS001, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSYSSL,'NEW PRIVATE SOURCE STATEMENT
LIBRARY', date, code
II EXTENT SYSSLB, balance of extent information
II DLBL [JSYSPS,'EXISTING PRIVATE SOURCE
STATEMENT LIBRARY', date, code
I I EXTENT SYSOOO, balance of extent information
II DLBL IJSYSCL,'NEW PRIVATE CORE IMAGE LIBRARY',
date, code
I I EXTENT SYSCLB, balance of extent information
ASSGN SYSCLB, cuu
II DLBL IJSYSPC:EXISTING PRIVATE CORE IMAGE
LIBRARY', date, code
I I EXTENT SYS003, balance of extent information
II EXEC CORGZ
MERGE PRV,PRV
COPY statements (COPYR,COPYS,COPYC) as required
To define the private library in the same jobstep, precede
MERGE with NEWVOL statement (except for COPYC
statements).
Notes: 1) IIJOB, 1ft and /& must be Included where needed
2) The private library can be updated with either a MAINT or CORGZ MERGE function

11-31
Direction of Transfer for Merge Operations ...;;;
~
:0

b'
Logical Unit IJSVSRS IJSVSRL IJSVSPR IJSVSSL IJSVSPS IJSVSCL IJSVSPC
~
File Name SySRES SVS002 SySRLB SVS001 SVSSLB SVSOOO SVSCLB SVS003

Merge RES to NRS from to

Merge N RS to RES to from
Merge RE~ to PRV from to to to
~ Merge N RS to P RV from to to to
Merge PRV to RES to from from from

Merge PRV to NRS to from from from

Merge PRV to PRV to from to from to from

ESERV

Function: Deediting and/or updating of edited macro's.

(Refer to' Guide to DOS/VS Assembler (GC334024))
Control Statement Meaning
II EXEC ESE RV
GENEND Causes generation of an assembler EN D
statement, and a /* statement. GENEND, when
present, must be the first statement after the
1/ EXEC ESERV statement.
GENCATALS Causes generation of the appropriate
CATALS statement before each macro in thi
stream, and a / .. statement after the last macro,
GENCATALS, when present, must be the first
statement after the II EXEC ESERV statement.
Note: If neither GENEND nor GENCATALS is
I
used, GENCATALS is assumed.
DSPLY sublib!.mac1 [,sublibl.mac2, .... J Produces a printout of the de-edited macro on
the device assigned to SYSLST.
PUNCH sublibl.maclLsublibLmac2, .... J Produces a de-edited deck on the device assigned
to SYSPCH.
DSPCH sublibLmacll,sublibLmac2, ... ,J Produces a deck and printout of the deedited
macro on the devices assigned to SYSPCH and
SYSLST respectively,
) COL start col,n Specifies the columns containing the sequence
numbers .in the statement of a macro definition.
startcol A decimal number within the range
7380, which identifies the start
column of the sequence number.
A decimal number within the range
1-8, specifying the number of columns
used by the sequence number.
COL, when present must be the first statement
following DSPLY, PUNCH or DSPCH statement.
If the COL statement is omitted startcol receives
a default value of 73 and n a default value of 6.
} VER seqno[+rel],1 Specifies the source statement of a macro defini-
tion which contents are to be verified.
seqno+rel Identifies the source statement which
is to be compared with the statement
following the VER statement.
seq no: The sequence number of a
source statement.
rei: A decimal number of 1-4 digits in
length. If omitted, a is assumed.
A decimal number within the range
1-80. If omitted, 72 is assumed.
Only the first I characters are used in
the comparison.
} ADD seqno[+relj Add statements to a source macro definition.
seqno+rel Identifies the source statement after
which the new statements following
the ADD statement are to be inserted.
(seqno: See VER statement)
(rei: See VER statement)
) DEL seqnol+rell1,seqnol+re1]] Delete statements from a macro source defini-
tion.
seqno+rel,seqno+(el Identifies the first and the
last source statement of the section'
to be deleted. If the second operand
is omitted, ~nly the source state-
ment identified by the first operand
is deleted.
(seq no: See VER statement)
(rei: See VER statement)

11-33
ESERV ( ___ . Cont'd)

Control Statement Meaning

) REP seQno[+relJ[,seQno[+rel]] Replace statements in a source macro definiti0!1_
seQno+rel,seQno+rel Identifies the first and the
last source statement of the section
which is to be replaced by the state-
ments following the REP statement.
If the second operand is omitt .
omitted, only the source statement
identified by the first operand is
replaced.
(seQno: See VER statement)
(rei: See VER statement)
) RST seqno[+rel] Specifies a new sequence number serial starts.
seqno+rel Identifies the source statement
after which the new. serial starts.
(seq no: See VER statement)
(rei: See VER statement)
lEND Indicates the end of an update to a macro defini-
tion. Required statement for all updating.

Sample coding for de-editing without updating a macro definition

/I JOB NOUPDATE
/I EXEC ESERV
PUNCH E.MACI,E.MAC2
/"
/&

Sample coding for de-editing and updating a macro definition

I/JOB UPDATE
/I EXEC ESERV
GENEND
DSPCH E.MACI
I COL 77,3
IVER72+1,5
.ppg
I ADD 72 + I
AIF (&PCH NE 1400104
I DEL 102, 103
I REP 245
JOYCE CLC 0(4,REG61,BLANKS
lEND
/"
/I PAUSE CHECK LIST, MOVE DECK TO READER
// OPTION EDECK, NO DECK
/I EXEC ASSEMBLY

deck produced by ESERV

/I PAUSE MOVE SYSPCH DECK TO READER

/I EXECMAINT

deck produced by assembler

/"
/&

11-34
LSERV

The label inforrmtion cylinder is on the first full cylinder afte~the last system library on SYSRES.
A display of all labels on the cylinder, with the exception of Data Set Secured labels, can be ob-
tained by executing LSERV. Illustrations in this section show the location of the label informa-
tion cylinder on SYSRES, and the layout of label information and record format.

System requirements
LSERV may be executed in any partition, with a minimum of 8192 bytes of the real or virtual
address areas. LSERV assumes that the SYSRES label cylinder is formatted as described in
DOS!VSE DASD Labels.

Executing LSERV
The control statements necessary to execute LSE RV in a virtual partition are:
From the console:
1/ EXEC LSERV
I
From the reader:
II JOB jobname
,.,&
1/ EXEC LSERV

LSERV can also be executed in a real partition. The output of LSERV shows the contents of the
label cylinder on the device assigned to SYSRES. The output is directed to the device assigned to
SYSLST.

When and How to use

1. Operator action given in DOS/VSE Messages indicates when LSERV must be executed.
Programmer action, also given in DOSIVSE Messages, explains how to U$e the LSERV printout.
For example, under the message:
OP36NO REC FND
2. It is wleful to execute LSERV prior to running a program that is known to have been run some-
time in the past, but whose workfile assignments and partition allocations are unknown.
3. LSERV can be used for error analysis. LSERV displays the TLBL and the DLBL and EXTENT
information contained on the SYSRES label cylinder. Information about secured data files is
not displayed.

Summary of information provided

The printout of LSERV will show you the foHowing details about the previous run:
Whether the correct DLBL/EXTENT information is stiH on the label cylinder
The permanent files
The temporary files
Extent type
File type
For more information,
Refer to OOS/VSE Serviceability Aids and Debugging Procedures (GC33-5380).

11-35
SUPERVISOR MACROS

Supervisor Macro Instruction

Operation Operand Explanation
SUPVR
ASCII ={~~S} Indicates whether the supervisor is to support
American National Standard Code for Information
Interchange (ASCII). YES adds 512 Bytes to the
supervisor size.
YES must be specified if mixed parity tape process-
ing is required for the emulators, the tape prepro-
cessor and the tape postprocessor programs.
Specifies whether the Supervisor Select option is to
be used. By specifying an alphameric character
(AZ, 1-9), a unique name will be assigned to the
supervisor being generated. For example, ID=A
generates a supervisor named $$A$SUPA. [t this
parameter is omitted the supervisor will be named
$$A$SUP1.

J~9}
Indicates support for magnetic ink or optical
MICR= character reader/sorters .. The specification 14 indi-
l14190 cates support for 1419s with Single Address Adapter,
1255s, 12595, or 1270s. 1419D specification gives
support for 14195 with Dual Address adapter, or
12755. Burst mode and MICR devices cannot run
concurrently on the same byt multiplexor channel.

MODE ={3~O} Specifies whether 370 or 4300 hardware is

supported.
Specifies the number of partitions to be supported.
NPARTS={~} The minimum is 2. The maximum value for N is 5.
The default value is 3.

PAGEIN={~} Specifies that paging activity is to be controlled by

means of the macros PAGEIN, RELPAG, and
FCEPGOUT. The value n indicates the maximum
no. of pagein requests that can be queued for
execution. Each PAGEIN macro issued in a program
represents a page-in request. To obtain the support
for the 3 macros, the value n must be 1 or higher.
Although the maximum number is not restricted,
n should not exceed 15.

RMS={~~S} Specifies whether the entire RMS (MCAR, CCH,

and RMSR) is to be generated. RMS=YES is
(models 115and 125 required if the string switch feature is installed.
only) If RMS=NO is specified and TP:VTAM, then
RMS=YES is forced.
TP = BTAM/VTAM Specification of VTAM forces AB=YES, FCPREAL
=YES, IT=YES, OC=YES, PC=YES, PFIX=YES,
AP=YES, TOD=YES, WAITM=YES, and for
Models 115 and 125 RMS=YES.

Describe the Hardware Features

Operation Operand Explanation

FP={~~S}
CONFG Floating Point Feature

MODEL = mod number Specify the model number of the processor.

11-36
SUPERVISOR MACROS (.. Cont'd)

Specify Optional Support in the Supervisor

Operation Operand Explanation
FOPT Specifies whether output to a console printer
assigned as SYSLOG is to be buffered. n sp'ecifies
the number of buffers to be generated. Accepted
values are from 1 to 50. An invalid specification
causes one buffer to be generated.

OASDFP={(~~n2)}
Specifies support for protection of DASD files,
where n l ,n 1 indicates the whole range of channels
to which the devices may be attached. Specification

I
or nl,nl provides file protection for disk devices.

DDC=J~~Dl
Only valid in 370 mode.
Specifies whether support is required for Display
L327;J Operator Console (DCC). The necessary supervisor
routines are generated to allow to assign $YSLOG
either to a 1250 or 1 3277. The default taken is
dependent on the CPU model number as specified
by the MODEL parameter of the CONFG macro.
[f MOOEL=115, or 125, 1250 will be used as a
default. If MODEL=138. 148. 158.3011, or 4300,
3277 will be the default. For any other MODEL
the default will be NO.
Note: A Display Operator Console must not be
attached to the same selector or multiplexor
channel as SYSRES.
Specify the number of entries for the error queue.
ERRO={*} With multiprogramming support n may be from
5 to 50. Lhe lower value is the default value in
each case.
Specifies support for error by volume analysis for
EVA={NO:\'
r,wl 2400 and 3400 series tapes. r is the read error
threshold. w is the write error threshold.

FASTTR= {~~S} Specifies whether fast CCW translation is to be

supported. Specifying FASTTR=YES affects the
maximum, minimum and default values of
BUFSIZE=n in VSTAB.

~
Generates Job Accounting Interface support. YES
NO}
YES specifies basic support (SIOs not counted).
JA= (n1,n2,n3., ... ) (n1,n2,n3, ... ) specifies the number of devic es
per partition for which SIOs are to be counted.
The maximum value of n for any partition is 255;
the default value is 0.. n1 always specifies the
number for the background partition. The parti-
tions to which n2.n3 ... refer depend on the
number of partitions in the system_ The table
below shows the pattern for partition association
to values n2 through n5.
n2 n3 n4 n5
2 partitions Fl
3 partitions F2 Fl
4 partitions F3 F2 Fl
5 partitions F4 F3 F2 Fl

{n1,~}
Generates a user save area and an alternative label
JALlOCS= area for job accounting. n1 specifies the number
of bytes for the save area for user-written job-
accounting routines. The maximum acceptable
value is 1024 and the default value is 16. n2 spe-
cifies the number of bytes for the alternative
label area. The maximum value is 244 and the
default value is 0_
PRTY=(partion. partition. ' Specifies the dispatching priorities of partitions in
ascending order. The number of operands must be
equal to the number of partitions in the system.
The default sequence is BG, Fn, , . " that is,
SG has the lowest priority and Fl has the highest
priority,

11-37
SUPERVISOR MACROS (... Cont'd)

Specify Optional Support in the Supervisor (.... Cont'd)

Operation Operand Explanation
FOPT Specifies the numopr of entries in the Private
(cont'd) Second Level Directories. A PSLD is created for
each partition. The minimum value that may be
specified for n is 5. The upper limit is not re-
stricted but the value specified should not exceed
18 for CKD devices and 30 for FBA devices.
5 is assumed in" case of an incorrect specification.
A performance decrease will result if the number
specified is less than the number of actually used
directory tracks of a Private Core Image Library.
Provides support for the .Rotational Position Sens-
ing (APS) capabilities of DASD devices supporting
the feature.

Specifies the number of entries in the Second Level

Directory,'The minimum value for n is 5. This value
is assumed in the case of an incorrect specification.
A performance decrease will result if the number spe-
cified is less than the number of actually used direc-
tory tracks of the System Core Image Library. An
upper limit for CKD is 1B. for FBA it is 30. although
the number is not restricted.

Specifies whether the synchronous exit function is

to be supported. SYNCH=YES should be specified
if problem programs use the synchronous exit
facility (SVC screening) to support multiple users
in one ~artition.

{ NO}
YES
Specifies if system input and system output files
(SYSRDR, SYSIPT, SYSLST,'SYSPCH) in any
SYSFIL= (YES,nl,n2) partition may be assigned to a disk device or dis-
kette, or if extended support for the procedure
library is desired. Specification of YES gives sup-
port for all disk devices including diskette. nl indi-
cates the residual capacity fin records) for begin-
ning of operator notification when SYSLST is
assigned to a disk device. n2 indicates the same for
SYSPCH. Acceptable values for n1 and n2 are from
100 to 65535; if either is omitted, 1000 is assumed.
For diskette this notification is not supported.

TEBV={~} Specifies whether individual (I R) or combined (CR)

recording of error statistics is required for unlabeled
or nonstandard 2400 or 3400 series tapes.

TRKHLD={~} Specifies whether the Track-Hold feature is to be

supported for DASD in a supervisor that supports
multiprogramming. n indicates the maximum no.
of tracks/blocks to be held at anyone time.
Accepted values are from 1 to 255. A Track-Hold
Table (THTAB) with n entries is generated in the
supervisor. An invalid specification results in 10
entries being generated. The NPARTS parameter in
the SUPVR macro must specify more than one
partition if TAKHLD= n is specified.

~g}
Specifies whether the timer is to be supported and
TT1ME= {partition if so, the partition owning the task timer. Only one
partition ID can be specified. The partition tD is
BG or Fn (where n is one of the foreground parti-
tions generated into the system). If the partition
ID sequence does not correspond to the appropriate
NPARTS specification, or if the value specified for
NPARTS is invalid, an MNOTE is issued.

1138
SUPERVISOR MACROS (.. Cont'd)

Specify Optional Support in the Supervisor ( Cont'd)

Operation Operand Explanation
FOPT USERID-id Specifies whether a supervisor id is to be printed as
(Cont'd) part of the IPL COMPLETE message. id may be up
to 16 bytes long. If you specify more than 16 bytes,
the id will be truncated on the right. If you specify
less than 16 bytes, the id will be padded with blanks
on the right. The specified id is placed in a 16 byte
area that immediately precedes the BG communi-
cation region. The field contains blanks if the para-

I
meter is not specified.

XECB={~~S}
Specifies whether Cross Partition Event Control is
to be supported. If YES is specified, four XECB's
are generated per partition (as specified in NPAATS)
n must be specified as a numeric value and indi-
cates the number of XECB's for which an entry is
to be generated in a supervisor internal table.

ZONE={~~ST
Indicates the difference between Greenwich Mean
hh } Time and local time for obtaining the local time of
WEST' ,mm day. NC is assumed if the parameter is omitted
cr is invalid, or if TOD=NO is specified.

Define options and Configuration requirements to be included in Physical IOCS

Operation Operand Explanation
PIOCS
Describes
the System
I/O
Configu-
tion
CHANSW= {~~S} Specifies whether channel switching is to be sup-
ported for tape or disk control units on selector
cr block multiplexor channels. If CHANSW=YES
and TAPE=NOis specified, TAPE=YES is forced.
DISK=(device-list) Specifies the type of disk devices to be supported.
Specification of DISK=xxxx gives support to all
attachable DASD devices of the type specified.
If support for more than one type of DASD device
is required, each type must be specified.
For example, to provide support to 3330s and
3340s, specify DISK=(3330, 3340). For Model 115,
3340 is forced. For Model 125, 3330 is forced if nei-
ther 3330 nor 3340 is specified. If MODEL specifies
4300-hardware and MODE=370, 3340 is default.
VSTAB
Describes
Real and
Virtual
VSIZE-nK Only valid in 370 mode.
Storage
Specifies the size of virtual storage including SVA.
and the
n must be at least 128K times the number of parti-
Channel
tions specified by the NPARTS parameter and a
Program
multiple of 2, plus the size of the SVA. The mini-
Trans-
mum size for the SVA, for system purposes, is
lation
lOOK (including the system GETVIS area of 20K).
Copy
'his size and the amount of the SVA space to be
Blocks
used for user modules have to be added to the size
for the partitions.
BUFSIZE=n Specifies the number of copy blocks to be generat-
ed for the Channel Program Translation routine.
The default and minimum values are shown in the
DOSIVSE SYSGEN manual.

11-39
SUPERVISOR MACROS ( Cont'd)

Define options and Configuration requirements to be included in Physical loes (. ... Cont'd)
Operation Operand Explanation
IOTAB
BGPGR={*} Specifies the number of programmer logical units
(SYSnnn) for the BG partition. The minimum
value for n is.10, and the maximum is 241. A: parti-
tion LUB table is generated with a twobyte entry
for each system logical unit and additional entries
for the number of units specified by n.
Specifies the maximum number of SSC lines for
BSCLNS={*} Model 115 or 125 with Integrated Communications
Adapter (lCA). The minimum specification is 0
and the maximum is 6. The specified value is
entered in the second byte of the Line Mode Table
(MODTAB) and the table is generated with this
number of entries for SSC line mode settings. If the
parameter is omitted, n defaults to 1.
Specifies the number of 8byte entries to be gene-
rated for the channel queue. At least six entries are
always generated, but if more than three partitions
are specified by the NPARTS parameter of the
SUPVR macro, then this minimum is increased by
two for each additional partition and is further in-
creased by the number of console buffers specified
by the CBF parameter in the FOPT macro.

02311={*} Specifies the number of each type of special device

attached to the system. The number specified for
each device may be more than the actual number

02314={~} attached, but if the total number of special devices

specified exceeds the number of devices specified in
the IODEV parameter the latter number is set to
02400={*} the total number of special devices plus 5.

Dxxxx can have two functions:

03330={O 1. For each special device specified, a PUB table ex-
tension (PU B2) entry is generated of appropriate

03340={~ 1 length for that devi~e.

2. For device on a block multiplexer channel run
ning in block multiplex mode additional CCWs
are generated, for DASDFP.
03350={n For defaults and values to be specified refer to
DOSNSE System Generation Manual.

03410={t}
03420={n
03540={*}
03BOO={*}
03BBS={*}
03895=n
DBB09="
DFBA=n Only valid in ECPS:VSE mode.
Specifies the number of FBA devices attached to
the system.

1140
SUPERVISOR MACROS C Cont'd}

Define options and Configuration requirements to be included in Physical IOCS (... Cont'd)
Operation Operand Explanation
Specifies for foreground partition n the number of
programmer logical units. The minimum value for
m is 10, and the maximum value is 241.
Specifies the number of 110 devices attached to the
system. The maximum specification allowed is 254,
the minimum is 4. Each unit requiring an ADD
entry must be included in n.

JIB= {5xn~arts}

I
Specifies the number of Job Information Siocks
(JIBs) for the system (the minimum is 5, the maxi-
mum is 2551. Requirements are:
1. One JIB for each temporary logical unit assign-
ment.
2. One JIB for each alternate logical unit assign-
ment.
Indicates the number of Resource Usage Records
(RURs). The default value d is equal to the no. of
partitions supported plus 10. The minimum value
accepted is the no. of partitions increased by 2.
Specifies the maximum number of Start/Stop lines
for the Model 115 or 125 with the Integrated
Communications Adapter (lCA). The minimum
specification is 0 and the maximum is 16. The
specified value is en'tered in the first byte of the
Line Mode Table (MODTAB) and the table is
generated with this number of entries for Start/
Stop line mode settings. It the parameter is omitted
and MOOEL=115 or 125, then n defaults to 4 .

\
)

1141
DEVICE TYPE CODES

Device-
Card Type
Code Actual IBM Device X'nn' Device Type
2400T9 9-track Magnetic Tape units 50 Magnetic Tape devices
24QOT7 7-track Magnetic Tape units 50
341OT9 9-track 3410 Magnetic Tape units 53
3410T7 7-track 3410 Magnetic Tape units 53
3420T9 9-track 3420 Magnetic Tape units 52
3420T7 7-track 3420 Magnetic Tape units 52
8809 8809 Magnetic Tape unit 5A
1442Nl 1442Nl Card Read Punch 30 Card Read Punches
2520B1 2520B1 Card Read Punch 31
2560 2560 Multifunction Card machine 33
2596 2596 Card Read Punch 30
3525RP 3525 Card Punch (witch optional read 32
feature)
5425 5424/5425 Multifunction Card Unit 34
2501 2501 Card Reader 10 Card Readers
2540R 2540 Card Reader 11
3504 3504 Card Reader 12
3505 3505 Card Reader 12
2540P 2540 Card Punch 21 Card Punches
2520B2 252082 Card Punch 20
1442N2 1442N2 Card Punch 22
2520B3 252083 Card Punch 20
3525P 3525 Card Punch 23
PRT1 3211,3203-4,3203-5 and 3289-4 Printer 43 Printers
1403 1403 Printer 40
1403U 1403 Printer with UCS feature 42
1443 1443 Printer 41
2245 2245 KANJI Printer (Supported in Real 44
Mode only)
3203 3203 Printer 4A
3211 SAME AS PRT 1 43
3277 3284,3286, 3287, 3288 Printers with BO
(local 3270) 3277 Control Unit or 3284, 3286, 3287,
3288, and 3289 Printers with 3274
Control Unit. MODE operand must be
entered as X'Ol'_
3277B 3284,3286, 3287,3288 Printers with BO
(local 3270) 3277 Control Unit or 3284, 3286, 3287,
3288, and 3289 Printers with 3274
Control Unit, attached in burstmode to
a mUltiplexor chan_ (MODE operand must
be entered as X'Ol').
3800 3800 Printing Subsystem 45
3800B 3800 Printing Subsystem with Burster 45
Trimmer-Stacker (BTS)
3800BC 3800 Printing Subsystem (BTS and 45
Additional CGS
3800e 3800 Printing Subsystem with Additional 45
Character Generation Storage (CGS)
5203 5203 Printer 4C
5203U 5203 Printer with UCS feature 40
1050A 3210,3215 Console 00 Printer Keyboards
Printer Keyboards
3286-2 in Printer Keyboard Mode 00
1250 Model 115 or Model 125 Integrated B2 Display Operator Console
Display Operation Console
Model 138/148 Console in 115/125
Console Display Emulation Mode
125DP Model 115 or Model 125 Integrated B2
Display Operator Console
Model 138/148 Console in 115/125
Console with 5213 Console Printer
attached
3277 3277 Display Operator Console BO
3277 3284,3286 or 3287 Console Printer 80
(the MODE operand must be entered
as X'02')
11-42
DEVICE TYPE CODES ( Cont'd)

Device-
Card Type
Code Actual I BM Device X nn Device Type
UN5P Unsupported Device FF Unsupported Device
UN5PB Unsupported I?evice FF
FBA 3310/3370 Direct Access Storage Device 90 OA50
2311 2311 Disk Storage Device 60
2314 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility 62
2314 2319 Disk Storage Facility 62
3330 3330 Disk Storage, ModeLl and 2. or 63

I
33331
3330B 3330 Disk Storage Modell 11 65
3340 3340 Disk Storage (General) 6B
3340R 3340 Disk Storage with RPS Feature 68
j (with or without 3340 Data Module
Model 35)
3340R 3340 Disk Storage with RPS Feature 68
(with or without 3340 Data Module
Model 70)
3340 3344 Direct Access Storage 68
3340R 3344 Direct Access Storage with RPS 68
3340 3340 Disk Storage without RPS Feature 69
(with or without 3340 Data Module
/ Model 351
3340 3340 Disk Storage without RPS Feature 6A
(with or without 3340 Data Module
Model 70)
3350 3350 Disk Drive 67
1419 1255 Magnetic Character Reader 72 MICR-Magnetic Ink
1419 1259 Magnetic Character Reader 72 Character Recognition
1419 1419 Magnetic Character Reader 72 Devices
1419P 1419 Dual Address Adapter Primary 73
Control Unit
14195 1419 Dual Address Adapter Secondary 74
Control Unit

3895 3895 Document Reader/Inscriber 70 Reader/Inscriber

2701 2701/2715 Data Adapter unit DO Teleprocessing lines

2701 Integrated Communications Adapter 02
(Mod.1135)
2702 2702 Transmission Control unit 01
2703 2703 Transmission Control unit 02
2703 Integrated Communication Adapter 02
(Mod.11151125)
2703 3704/3705 Communication ContrOller 02
in Emulation Mode
3704 3704 Communication Controller DC
/ 3705 3705 Communication Controller DC
3791L 3791 Local Communication Controller DE
3274-1A
3705 SDLC ICA on 4300 Processors
(Mode must be entered AS10)
LCA2 3791 Cluster Controller, Locally Attached DE
1419 1270 Optical Reader/Sorter 72 Optical Readers
1419P 1275 Optical Reader Sorter 73
) 14195
Primary Control Unit
1275 Optical Reader Sorter 74
Secondary Control Unit
1287 1287 Optical Reader 77
1288 1288 Optical Page Reader 77
3881 3881 Optical Mark Reader 11
3886 3886 Optical Character Reader 7C
3540 3540 Diskette Input/Output Unit 80 Diskette
7443 7443 System Recording File 88
-./) 2260 2260 Display Station CO Display Stations
3277 3277 Display Station; MODE operand need BO
(local 3270) not be entered
3277B 3277 Display Station; attached in burst BO
(local 3270) mode to a mUltiplexor channel.
. MODE operand need not be entered

1143
DEVICE TYPE CODES I .... Co"t"d)
Device-
Card Type
Code Actual IBM Device Xnn Device Type
7710 7770 Audio Response Unit 03 Audio Response Units
7172 7772 Audio Response Unit 04
101'7 1017 Paper Tape Reader 78 Paper Tape Readers
with 2826 Control Unit M.l
1007TP 1017 Paper Tape Reader with 2826 05
Control Unit Model 2
2671 2671 Paper Tape Reader 70
1018 1018 Paper Tape Punch with 2826 79 Paper Tape Punch
Control Unit M.l
1018TP 1018 Paper Tape Punch with 2826 06
Control Unit Model 2

FORMAT OF THE ESD CARD

Card
Columns
Multiple punch (1229).
Identifies this as a loader card.
2-4 ESO - External Symbol Dictionary carel.
11-12 Number of bytes of information contained in this carel.
15-16 External symbol identification number (ESID) of the first SO, PC, CM or ER on
this card. Relates the SO, PC, eM or ER to a particular control section.
17-72 Variable information.
S positions - Name
1 position -Type code hex 00 ,at, 02 ,04 ,05, or OA to indicate SO, LO, ER,
PC, CM, or WX respectively.
3 positions - Assembled origin
t position - Blank
3 positions - Lenghth, if an SO type, CM type, or a PC type.
If an LO type, this field contains the external symbol identification number (ESIO)
of the SO containing the label.
May be used by the programmer for identification.

FORMAT OF THE TXT CARD

Card
Columns
Multiple punch (12-2-9).
Identifies this as a loader card.
2-4 TXT - Text card.
6-S Assembled origin (Address of first byte to be loaded from this card).
11-12 Number of bytes of text to be loaded.
~5-16 External symbol identification number (ESIO) of the control section (SO or PCI
containing the text.
17-72 Up to 56 bytes of text -data or instructions to be loaded.
73-80 May be used for program identification.

11-44
FORMAT OF THE RLD CARD

Carll
Columns
Multiple punch (12-2-9).
Identifies this as a loader carel.
2-4 RLD - Relocation List Dictionary Card.
11-12 Number of bytes of information contained in this card.
17-72 Variable information (multiple items).
al Two positions' (relocation identifier) pointer to the ESIO number of the ESO
item ~ln which the relocation factor of the contents of the address constant
is dependent.
b) Two positions (position identifier) pointer to the ESID number of the ESO

3
item on which the position of the address constant is dependent.
clOne position - flag indicating type of constant, as follows:
Bits
0-2 Ignored
0 a non branch type load constant
I
1 a branch type load constant
4-5 00 - load constant length = 1 byte
01 - load constant length = 2 bytes
10 - load constant length = 3 bytes
11 - load constant length = 4 bytes
0- relocation factor is to be added
1 - relocation factor is to be subtracted
0- Next load constant has different Rand P identifiers;
therefore, both Rand P must be present.
1 - Next load constant has the same Rand P identifiers;
therefore they are both omitted.
Five significant bits of this byte are expanded in the RSERV printout.
d) Three positions - assembled origin of load constant.
73-BO May be used for program identification.

FORMAT OF THE END CARD

Cam
Columns
Multiple punch 112-29).
Identifies this as a loader card.
2-4 END
6-8 Assembled origin of the label supplied to the Assembler in the END card
(optional).
15-16 ESID number of the control section to which this END card refers
(only if 6-8 present).
17-22 Symbolic label supplied to the Assembler if this label was not defined within
the assembly.
29-32 Control section length (if not specified in the last SD or PC).
73-80 Not used.

FORMAT OF THE REP (User Replace) CARD

) Multiple punch (122-9).

Identifies this as a loader card.
2-4 REP - Replace text card.
5-6 Blank.
7-12 Assembled address of the first byte to be replaced (hexadecimal).
Must be right justified with leading zero's if needed to fill the field_
13 Blank
14-16 External symbol identification number (E51D) of the control section (5D)
containing the text (hexadecimal). Must be right justified with leading zero's if
) 17-70
needed to fill the field.
From 1-11 4-digit hexadecimal fields separated by comma's, each replacing two
bytes. A blank indicates the end of information in this card.
71-72 Blank
73-80 May be used for program identification.

1145
CHAPTER III
DOSIVSE IDes IGENERALISAM/DAM/ISAMI I

)
''''-- ''-- '"
STANDARD VOLUME LABEL, TAPE OR DASD. IBM Standard Volume Lobel Format (SO bytes) for EBCDIC Tape or DASD

Field
Co. Volume label number

I 2 Volum.3 4 5 6 7 B 9
Data
Serial FII. Reserved Reserved Owner name Reserved for future expons~on
Number Directory & Address code

-Lobel
'" 5 ~
Volume
.::: , !:j ~ !:t :;&1 g

~ ~>::
FJELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LEN GTH DESCRIPTION
1 LABEL IDENTIFIER Must contain VOL to indicate that this is DATA FILE DIRECTORY For DASD only. The first 5 bytes contain'

~-2 3 byte.
VOLUME LABEL NR
a Volume Lobel.
Indicates the relative position (J-8) of a
10 bytes the starting address(CCHHR)of the vrOC.
The last 5 bytes are blank .For tape files
this field is not used and should be recor-
I byte volume label within a group of volume
ded as blanks.
labels.
6 RESERVED Reserved
VOLUME SERIAL NR A unique identification code which is as-
10 byte>
6 byte. signed to a volume when it enters an in-
7 RESERVED Reserved
stallation. This code may also appear on
10 byte>
the external surface of the volume for
OWNER NAME AND Indicates a specific customer, installation
visual identification. It is normally a nu-
ADDRESS CODE and/or system to which the volume be-
meric field 000001 to 999999,however
10 byte. longs. This field may be a standardized
any or all of the 6 bytes may be alphanerico
code,name,address etc.{OS/VS only).
4 VOLUME SECURITY Indicates security status of the volume:
RESERVED Reserved
I byte 0: no further identification for each file of
29 bytes
(OS/VS only) the volume is required.

-
1: Further identification for each file of Note: All reserved fields should contain blanks to facilitate their use in
the volume is required before processing. the future. Any information appearing in these fielck at the present
time will be ignored by the DOS/VS and OS/VS programs.
STANDARD VOLUME LABEL, TAPE OR DASD ( Cant'd) ANSI Standard Volume Lobel format and contents for ASCII tape.

Field r-Volume" Label numb,

23 45 6 7
Volume
Serial Reserved Reserved Owner name .nd Reserved
Number Identification code

5 !:! .,!:j ~!I! al ~

'" [ Accessibllit Lobel Standard Level I
FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
I LABEL IDENTIFIER Must contain VOL to indicate that this 6 RESERVED Reserved for future use as required by
3 bytes a Volume Label. 6 bytes American National Standards Institute,
~2 VOLUME LABEL NR Must be 1. If any other standard volume Inc. Should contain spaceJ.
1 byte labels are present (indicated by an en- OWNER NAME AND Indicates a spec1flc customer,installotion
try other than 1 in this fiold)they are IDENTIFICATION and lor system to which the volume be-
ignored. CODE longs.This field may be"a standardized
14 byte. code,name,addreJs etc.
VOLUME SERIAL NR Uniquely identifies this volume.Must
6 bytes consist of 6 bytes and may be any RESERVED Reserved for future use as required by
character exept a quote(!). 28 bytes the American National Standards hlSti-
4 ACCESSIBILITY Indicates accessibility protection:
tute, Inc. Should contain spaces.
1 byte Space: No accessibility protection. LABEL STANDARD Indicates whether this volume observes
Nonspace: Accessibility protection. LEVEL the American National Standards:
1 byte Dec. 1: Volume observes the standards
RESERVED Reserved for future use as required by
20 bytes the American National Standards Insti- (1 is also the default value)
stute, Inc. Should contain spaces. Space: Volume does not observe the
standards, but it follows an agreed femat.
,-
STANDARD MAGNETIC TAPE FILE LABEL IBM Standard Tope File Label Format and Contents

rFleld File Securit

l>1l12 10 12 13 14
File
File Identifier Serial ~~~~tion 15~~ation Block
Count
System Code Reserved
Number

..... Mi"<tll() NIN ~I~ MI~ :;ql;g .~I~ l:..t ;"rl~ i.c)ll/'lui 531:0 ~I;t o
'"
L:~~:I ~~~t~f{er Volume Sequence Nr-----1
File Sequence Number----..J I L~~~~~~t~~m~~~b~rGeneratjon

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
LABEL IDENTIF IER Identifies the type of label: VOLUME SEQUENCE Indicates the order of a volume in a given

~
3 bytes EBCDIC HDR: Heoder--beginning of doto file. NUMBER file ar multi-file set. This number must be
EOF: End of File--end of a set of data. 4 bytes numeric(OOOO-9999).Multiple volumes of
EOV: End of Volume--end of the phy- an output file will be numbered in conse-
sical reel. cutive sequence.
FILE LABEL NUMBER Always a 1 FILE SEQUENCE Assign numeric sequence to a file within
1 byte EBCDIC NUMBER a multi file set.
4 bytes
FILE IDENTIFIER Uniquely identifies the entire file, may
17 bytes EBCDIC contain only printable characters. GENERATION NUMBER Numerically identifies the various editions
4 bytes of the file.
FILE SERIAL NUMBER Uniquely identifies a file-volume relation-
6 bytes EBCDIC ship, This field is identical to the Volume VERSION NUMBER OF Indicates the version of the generation of
Serial Number in the volume label on the GENERATION a file.
first Of only volume of a multi-volume file 2 bytes
or a mult.i-file set. This field will normally
be numeric(OOOOOl to 999999) but may

-
contain any six alphameric characters.
STANDARD MAGNETIC TAPE FILE LABEL ( Cant 'd) IBM Standard Tape File lobe I Format and Contents

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTJON FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
CREATION DATE Indicates the year and the day of the year 13 SYSTEM CODE Uniquely identifies the programming
6 bytes that the fi Ie was created: 13 bytes system.
Position Code Meaning 14 RESERVED Reserved
none 7 bytes
1 blank
2-3 00-99 year
4-6 001-366 day of year
(e.go,January 31,1965 would be entered as
65031)
10 EXPIRATION DATE Indicates the year and the day of the year
6 bytes when the fi Ie may become a scratch tape.
The format of this field is identical to
~ field 9.0n a multi-file reel, processed se-
quentially,all files are considered to expire
on the same day.
11 FILE SECURITY Indicates the security status of the file.
1 byte 0: No security protection.
1: Security protection. Additional identifi-
cation of the file is required before it can
be processed.
12 BLOCK COUNT Indicates the number of data blocks written
6 bytes on the fi Ie from the last header labe I to the
first trailer label, exclusive of tape marks.
Count does not include checkpoint records.
This field is used in" trailer labels.
~- '--- '-

STANDARD MAGNETIC TAPE FILE LABEL ANSI Standard Tape File Label Format and Contents

.
Fiel ,
I 2 3 4
File
5 6 7 B 9 10 II
A bH
I"'\~~"':':'IUIIII

12 13 14
File Identifier Set Section Creation Expiration Block System Code Reserved for
Identifier Numbe Date Date Count ANSI

-N
N ~~ -N
~~ ~I~ N !;;!1l '" :g 51- ~ ... 0

I '" LFile Label Number "''''

Fi Ie Sequence Number---1 I L-Version Number of Generation
Label Identifier Generation Number

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
=1 LABEL IDENTIF IER Identifies the type of label: 5 FILE SECTION NUMBER Indicates the order of a volume in a given
3 bytes,ASCIl HDR: Header--beginning of a data file. 4 bytes file or multi-file set.(The first file must be
b EOF: End of File--end of a set of data. numbered 0001).
'" _EaV: End of Volume--end of the phy-
FILE SEQUENCE Assigns numeric sequence to a fi Ie within
sical reel.
NUMBER a multi-file set.(The first file must be num-
FILE LABEL NUMBER Indicates the sequence of this label within 4 bytes bered 0001).
I byte,ASCIl a label group(HDR,EOF ,EOV).DOS/VS
GENERATION NUMBER Numerically identifies this edition of the
supports File label 1 only and ignores sub-
4 bytes file. (Must be numerical or blank).
sequent numbers.
FILE IDENTIFIER Identifies the entire file.May be any cha-
VERSION NUMBER OF Indicates this version of the generatl on in
GENERATION field 7.(Must be numerical or blank).
17 bytes,ASCIl recter exept a quote(I).
2 bytes
4 SET IDENTIFIER Identifies the volume-file relationship.
6 bytes,ASCIl Generally,this field is identical to the
CREATION DATE Indicates the year and the day of the year
6 bytes that this file was created (byyddd),where:
volume serial number from the VOL label
b= blank yy= year (00-99)
or the first or only volume of the logical
ddd= day (001-366)
file.

-
STANDARD MAGNETIC TAPE FILE LABEL C Cont'd) ANSI Standard Tape File Label Format and Contents

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
TO EXPIRATION DATE Indicates the year and the day of the year
6 bytes that this file may become a scratch tape.
Same format as above (Field 9).
11 ACCESSIBILITY IndIcates tho accessibility protection of
I byte the file.
Space: no acceuibility protection.
Nonspace: accessibility protection.
12 BLOCK COUNT Indicates the number of data blocks (phy-
6 bytes sical records) written for this logical file.
T3 SYSTEM CODE Uniquely identifies the programming
13 bytes system.
~:T4 RESERVED Reserved for future use as required by
7 bytes ANSI.(American National Standards Insti-
tute,lnc:.). Should be recorded as spaces.
I
\'--- '''--'-' '-- '-
STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT I (Format 1: This format is common to all data files on Direct Access Storage Devices)

Field
112
File 61A71B7 17ci
FILE IDENTIFICATION I I Sedal System Code
Number

Opt" d lenath 'u""u,t Identif

''''''''"IIler! L VOlume L----
I"lle tvoe I I Ke len th Snare SeQuence number
II 33
9 10 II 13 14
Seco~~ Last
19 20
First Extent Additional Extent Additional Extent
~frlca
Record
Reserved
tion
Pointer 21FI~owlr31 U~e~4
limit Limit
Ii I I 28~ I I
32
-Pointer

~ ~~ g a g ~ gg: 5l ~ ~~~ ~= ~I~ I I ~~ I I n!l

set indicators rC
~ Record format-.J I I LOeta Extent sequence number
Bloc:k length Key Location Extent type indicator

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
FILE NAME This fie Id serves as the key portion of the if they are not used.
44 bytes,alphameric file label. Each file must hav~ a unique
2 Generation number. If used, this field
EBCDIC file name. Duplication of file names will
is separated from File 10 by a period.
cause retrieval errors. The file name can
It has the format Gnnnn,where G iden-
consist of three sections:
tifies the field as the generation number
1 File 10 is an alphameric name assig- and nnnn (in decimal) identifies the ge-
ned by the user and identifies the file. neration of the file.
Can be 1-35 bytes if generatian and
3 Version Number of Generation.
versian numbers are used,ar 1-44 bytes
If used,this section immediately follows the

-
STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 1 ( Cont'd)

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
FILENAME generation number and has the format 7A EXTENT COUNT Contains a count of the number of extents
(Cont'd) Vnn,where V identifies the field as the for this file on this volume. If user labels are
version of generation number and nnn 'JSed,the count does not include the user
(in decimal)identifies the version of label track. This f.ield is maintained by the
generation of the file. DOS/VS programs.
Note: DOS/VS compares the entire 7B BYTES USED IN LAST
field against the filename given in the
Used by OS/VS
BLOCK OF DIRECTORY
DLBL card. The generation and version
1 byte,binary
numbers are treated differently by OS!VS.
7C SPARE Reserved
The remaining fields comprise the DATA portion of the file label:
1 byte
FORMAT IDENTIFIER 1 =Format 1 SYSTEM CODE Uniquely identifies the programming system.
1 byte, EBCDIC numeric 13 bytes The character codes that can be used in this
~ 3 FILE SERIAL NR Uniquely identifies a file/volume rela- field are limited to EBCDIC characters. On
0:> 6 bytes,EBCDIC tionship.1t is identical to the Volume input,IOCS ignores thisfield.On output,
alphameric Serial Number of the first or only vo- IOCS writes the infonnation supplied in DLBL
lume of a multivolume file.
4 VOLUME SEQUENCE Indicates the order of a volume relative 9 RESERVED Reserved
NR,2 bytes, binary to the first volume on which the data 7 bytes
file resides. 10 FILE TYPE The contents of this field uniquely identify
CREATION DATE Indicates the year and the dar of the 2 bytes the type of data file:
3 bytes,discontinuous year the file was created. It is of the form Hex 4000: Consecutive organization
binary YDD,where Y signifies the year(O-99) Hex 2000: Direct access organization
and DO the day of the yeor(I-366). Hex 8000: Indexed sequential organization
Hex 0200: Library organization
EXPIRATION DATE Indicates the year and the day of the
Hex 0000: Organization not defined In lhe
3 bytes,discontinous year the file may be deleted. The form . file label
binary of this field is the same as that offield 5. Hex OOO&. VSAM
"'--. ,~ \,.

STANDARD DASD FILE LAIIEL , FORMAT I ( Cont'd)

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
11 RECORD FORMAT Used by OS/VS volume on which this file normally resides.
1 byte Bit 1,2,4,6,7: 0 lor DOS/VS-Used by
OS/VS.
12 OPTION CODES Bits within this field indicate various options
Bit 3: If on, data set "security is invoked.
used in building the file:
Bit 5: Used by DOS/VS ond OS/VS.
Bit 0: 0
Bit 1; Reserved 18 SECONDARY Used by OS/VS
Bit 2: Master index presont (ISAM) ALLOCATION
Bit 3: Independent overflow present (lSAM) 4 bytes, binary
Bit 4: Cylinder overflow present (ISAM)
19 LAST RECORD POINTER Used by OS/VS
Bit 5: Reserved
5 bytes,discontinuous
Bit 6: Delete record (OS/VS) binary
Bit 7: Reorganize (OS/VS)
i '13 BLOCK LENGTH Indicates the block length for fixed length
20 SPARE
2 bytes
Reserved
2 bytes, binary records or maximum block size for variable
21 EXTENT TYPE Indicates the type of extent with which the
length blocks. INDICATOR following fields are associated:
14 RECORD LENGTH Indi cates the record length for fixed length 1 byte HEX CODE
2 bytes,binary -records or the maximum record length for 00: Next three fields"do not indicate any
variable length recorch. extent.
Indicates the length of the key portion of
Of: -Data area(SAM. DAM). Pr.ime data
15 KEY LENGTH area (lSAM). Data Space (VSAM).
1 byte, binary of the data records in the fi Ie.
16 KEY LOCATION Indicates the high order position of the data 02: Overflow area of an indexed sequen-
2 bytes, binary records tial file.
04: Cylinder index or master index area of
17 DATA SET Bits within this field are used to indicate the
an indexed sequential file.
INDICATORS following:
40: User label track area.
1 byte Bit 0: If on, indicates that this is the last

-
8D: Shared cylinder indicator.
STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 1 ( Cont'd)

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
22 EXTENT SEQUENCE NR Indicates the extent sequence in a 24 UPPER LIMIT The cylinder and the track address
1 byte, binary multi-extent file. 4 bytes specifying the ending point (upper
23 LOWER LIMIT The cylinder and the track address limit) of this extent component.
4 bytes,discontinuous specifying the starting point(lower This field has the format cchh.
binary limit) of this extent component. This
fi~ld has the format CCHH.
25..28 ADDITIONAL EXTENT These fields have the same format as
10 bytes the fields 21-24 above.
29032 ADDITIONAL EXTENT These fields have the same format as
10 bytes the fields 21-24 above.
~i 33 POINTER TO NEXT The address (format CCHHR) of a con-
FILE LABEL WITHIN tinuation label if needed to further describe
THIS LABEL SET the file. If field 10 indicates Indexed
5 bytes,discontinuous Sequential organization,this field points
binary to a Format 2 file label within this label
set.Otherwise,it points to a Format 3 file
label/and then only if the file contains
more than three extent segments. This field
contains all binary zeros if no additional
file label is pointed to.
'---~

STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 2

,ndicatorm
r rIIrr=-
High Level Index Development
Index leve Is last~~bc~rT;;cl~ }i1~1rl~der Overflow

L~" ~
Format Indicator Highest "R" on high Level Index Track
last 2d Leve 1 Master Index Entry Address Highest "R" on Prime Track
Highest "R" on Overflow Track

Field
K
I 3d Level Ma,'ee Index En'ey Addee"

K6 DDD
"R" of la" Da'a Recoed on ,hoeed Teock

D4 D5 D DDD DDII Dl2 DI3 DI4 DI6 D

K2 K3 K4 K5
1 ~ddress of Address of I 3 78 15 Prime 1)
2d Level 3d Level Spare Record
Status
Mas ter Index Master Index Count Indicator

~IN ;(I;:l Ii ~ 9....;;- -

II
N
'" " ;!
~~ [Number Tracks for Highest Level Index
:;:: 9 Ueletion count Number bytes for Highest Level Index
Non first Overflow Reference Count Number of independent Overflow Tracks
Bytes remaining on Overflow Trock----, I.-Overflow Record Count
Cylinder Overflow
D18 DI9 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 026 027 fE8 029 D30 D31 Area Count
Address of Address of Address of Last Prime ast Indepen-

~~:ee
R
~:;~; ~:d:; M;'te Index Addee"
g:g ~::o
Highest level Data Record

S'<I:
Last Track Index Entry Address~
!

Last Cylinder Index Entry Address------1

S~
I
-N

L
ent Overflow
=dMde
!:: ~ ;:l ~
Last Master Index Entry Address
~ ~ B ~~
Pointer

<> 0
:! I
SEE NEXT PAGE FOR FURTHER EXPLANATION
STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 2 ( Cont'd)

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
KI KEY IDENTIFICATION This byte contains the hex code 02 in D3 HIGH LEVEL INDEX This field contains the number of tracks
1 byte order to avoid conflict with a file name. DEVELOPMENT determining development of Master Index.
INDICATOR (OS!VS only)
K2 ADDRESS OF 2d LEVEL This field contains the address of the
1 byte, binary
MASTER INDEX first track of the second level of the
7 bytes/discontinuous master index, in the form MBBCCHH. D4 FIRST DATA RECORD This field contains the address of the last
binary (OS!VS only) IN CYLINDER data track on each cylinder in the form HHR.
3 bytes
K3 LAST 2d LEVEL MASTER This field contains the address of the
INDEX ENTRY last index entry in the second level D5 LAST DATA TRACK IN This field contains the address of the lost
5 bytes,discontinuous of the master index,of the form CCHHR. CYLINDERS data trock on each cylinder,in the form HH.
binary (OS!VS only) 2 bytes

~ K4 ADDRESS OF 3d LEVEL This field contains the address of the first D6 NUMBER OF TRACKS This field contains the number of tracks in
MASTER INDEX track of the third level of the master index, FOR CYLINDER cylinder overflow area.(C6/VS only)
7 bytes, discontinuous in the form MBBCCHH. OVERFLOW
binary 1 byte, binary
K5 LAST 3d LEVEL MASTER This field contains the address of the lost D7 HIGHEST "R" ON HIGH This field contains the highest possible R
INDEX ENTRY entry in the third level of the master LEVEL INDEX TRACK on track containing high-level index
5 bytes, discontinuous index, in the form CCHHR.(OS/VS only) I byte entries.
binary
DB HIGHEST "R" ON This field contains the highest possible R
K6 SPARE Reserved PRIME TRACK on prime data tracks for form F records.
19 bytes 1 byte
DI FORMAT IDENTIFIER 2: Format 2
D9 HIGHEST "R" ON This field contains the highest possible R
I byte, EBCDIC numeric
OVERFLOW TRACK on overflow data tracks for form F records.
D2 NUMBER OF INDEX The contents of this field indicate how 1 byte
LEVELS many levels of index are present with an
1 byte,binary Indexed Sequential File.
'--- "-~
STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL. FORMAT 2 ( .... Cont'd)

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
010 "R" OF LAST DATA This field contains the R of the last doto DIS ADDRESS OF CYLINDER This field contains the address ci first track
RECORD ON SHARED record on a shared track. INDEX of the cylinder index, in the form MSBCCHH.
TRACK -I byte 7 bytes
011 HIGH RECORD ON The first byte of this 2-byte field indi- 019 ADDRESS OF LOWEST This field contains the address of the first
TRACK INDEX TRACK cates the high(O-256) record on the track LEVEL MASTER INDEX track of the lowest-level index of the high
2 bytes Index track. The second byte is reserved. 7 bytes level indexes, in the form MBBCCHH.
DI2 TAG DELETION This field contains the number of records 020 ADDRESS OF HIGHEST This field contains the address of the first
COUNT that have been togged for ,deletion. LEVEL INDEX track of the highest level master index, in
2 bytes,binary 7 bytes the form MBBCCHH.
DI3 NONF IRST OVERFLOW This field contains a count of the number D21 LAST PRIME DATA This field contains the address of the last
REFERENCE COUNT of random references to a nonfint over- RECORD ADDRESS data record in the prime data area, in the
3 bytes,binary flow record. S bytes fam MBSCCHHR.
E
014 NUMBER OF BYTES
FOR HIGHEST LEVEL
The contents of this field indicate how
many bytes are needed to hold the highest
022 LAST TRACK INDEX
ENTRY ADDRESS
This field contains the address of the last
normal entry in the track index on the last
INDEX-2 bytes binary level index in main storage. 5 bytes cylinder in the form CCHHR
015 NUMBER OF TRACKS This field contains a count of the number 023 LAST CYLINDER INDEX This field contains the address of the last
FOR HIGHEST LEVEL of tracks occupied by the highest level ENTRY ADDRESS index entry in the cylinder index in the
INDEX index. 5 bytes fam CCHHR.
1 byte,binary
024 LAST MASTER INDEX This field contains the address of the last
D16 PRIME RECORD COUNT This field contains a count of the number ENTRY ADDRESS index entry in the rTIO$ter index, in the form
4 bytes,binary of records in the prime data area. 5 bytes CCHHR.
017 STATUS INDICATOR The eight bits of this byte are used for the 025 LAST INDEPENDENT This field contains the addreSi of the last
1 byte following indications: OVERFLOW RECORD record written in the current independent
Bit 0-1 : must remain off ADDRESS overflow area,in the form MBBCCHHR.
Bit 2 : file closed for ADD or ADDRTR Sbytes

-
Bit 3-5: must remain off
Bit 6: last block full-8it 7:1ast track full
STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 2 ( Cont'd)

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
D26 BYTES REMAINING ON This field contains the number of bytes
OVERF LOW TRACK remaining on current independent
2 bytes, binary overflow track.(OS/VS only)
D27 NUMBER OF INDEPEN- This field contains the number of tracks
OVERFLOW TRACKS remaining in independent overflow area.
2 bytes,binory
D28 OVERF LOW RECORD This field contains a count of the number
COUNT of records in the overflow area.
2 bytes, binary
D29 CYliNDER OVERFLOW This field contains the number of
T AREA COUNT cylinder overflow areas full.
:;;: 2 bytes, binary
D30 DUMMY TRACK INDEX This field contoins the HHR portion of
ENTRY the dummy track index entry.
3 bytes (OS/VS only)
D3! POINTER TO FORMAT This field contains the address(in the
3 FILE LABEL form CCHHR) of a Format 3 file lobe I
5 bytes if more than 3 extent segf!lents exist for
the data file within this volume.
Otherwise it contains binary zeros.
(OS/VS only)
',,-- \
,~. \. ',-.
STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 3 Format 3: This format is used to describe extra extent segments on the volume if there
are more than can be described in the Format 1 (and Format 2 if it exists) file label.
This file label is pointed to by a Format I,Format 2,or another Format 3 file label.
~xreJlr I o Inou;;aU;II-

I Extent 1 Extent 2 Extent 3 Extent 4 Extent 5 Ext.n E ten

Key 2 Lower Upper
17 30
Identi- Limit limit
icatio

5:=
Extent Sequence Number
::! ;'i . :::l
Format Identifier
::: on
'"
on
"
Extent 8 Extent 9 Extent 10 Extent 11 Extent 12 Extent 13 55
54
,;:;; !
on
:f ll' 5l ~ !:! ~~ ~

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
KEY IDENTIFICATION Each byte of this field contains the Hex code 19-54 ADDITIONAL Nine groups of fields identical in format
4 bytes 03 in order to avoid conflict with a data EXTENTS to fields 21-24 in the Format 1 label
file namc. 90 bytes are contained here.
2-17 EXTENTS (;n KEY) Four groups of fields identical in format to 55 POINTER TO NEXT This field contains the address{in the form
40 bytes fields 21-24 in the Format 1 label are con- FILE LABEL CCHHR) of another Format 3 label if
toined here. S bytes additional extents must be described.
Otherwise, it is all binary zeros.
18 FORMAT IDENTIFIER 3: Format 3
1 byte, EBCDIC numeric

-
STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 4 This format is used to describe the Volume Table
of Contents and is alWO)lS the first label in the
vrOC. There must be one and only one of these
nNUrnber of Alternate Tracks
r:VTOC Indicators
Format 4 file labels per volume. I I~C:'~ Extents
nala
1 3 4 5 6 Device Constants 9
Last Next U
Key Active
Fonnat 1 ;rOil
h~Ln
Device
Size 11~lij 4!
- ~ iii ~ Ii f:l ill i? l!il !( ~ _!li ;:: I~
&:tent Sequence Number Format ID---.l LAvaiJable File Label Records.
F..~~.
IVSAM indicators lOA lOB OC Extent 15
11 14
'1;~ Y~'8l}!:Jrtamp
~~ ~u
VSAM Reserved Lower Upper Reserved
:' Timestamp compatibility) Limit limit
0: !!!:2
!fl :::~
00
l~ ::\ 10 -0 ..... ~
~~ ~

~ NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION

KEY FIELD Each byte of this field contains the Hex 4 bytes alternate for a bad track.
44 bytes,binary code 04 in order to provide a unique key.
6 N UMBER OF ALTER- Contains the number of alternate tracks
FORMAT ID 4: Format 4. NATE TRACKS available.
1 byte, EBCDIC numeric 2 bytes,binary
LAST ACTIVE FORMAT 1 Contains the addres.{in the farm CCHHR) 7 vroc INDICATORS Bit 0, if on indicates no DADSM(Format 5)
5 bytes of the last active Format 1 file label. It label,or DADSM label does not reflect
is used to stop a search on a file name. true status of volume.
(OS/VS only) Bits 1,2 not used.
Bit 3, if on indicates a stacked pack for the
NEXT AVAILABLE Contains the address(in the form CCHH)
1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program.
ALTERNATE TRACK of the next track to be assigned 'as an
Bits 4-7 are not used.
\'-..... '~

STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 4 ( COnt'd)

FIELD . NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION

Bits: 0':'5 : Reserved
8A NUMBER OF EXTENTS Contains the hexadecimal constant Ol,to 6/7 : CC and HH must be used as I-byte values,as in the
I byte indicate one extent in the vrOC. case of the 2321.A tolerance factor must be applied
8B RESERVED Reserved to all but the last recerd on the track.
2 bytes Tolerance: (2 byte.s)-A value that is to be wed to determine the ef-
fective length of the record on the track. The effective
DEVICE CONSTANTS This field contains constants describing the
length of a record is calculated in the following manner:
14 bytes device on which the volume was mounted
1 Add the key length to the data length of the record
when the vroc was created. The following 2 Test bit 7 in the flag byte:
describes each of the subfields: a. If 0, go to step 3
Device Size: (4 bytes)-The number of cylinders(CC) and tracks per cyl- b. Multiply value from step 1 by the tolerance factor
inder(HH). c. Shift result 9 bits to the right
T:Track length: (2 bytes)-The number of available bytes on a track exclusive 3. Add overhead bytes to the result.
;;::; of home address and record zero. (record zero is assumed to Note: Step 2 is not required if the calculation is for the
be a nonkeyed record with an eight bytes data field) last record on the track.
Record Overhead: (3 bytes)-The number of bytes required for gaps, check bits, Lobe Is/track: (1 byte)-A count of the number of labels that can be written
and count field for each record. This value varies according on each track in the vrOC. (Number of full records of
to the record characteristics and thus is broken down into 44-bytes key md 96-bytes data lengths that can be contain-
three three subfields. ed on one track of this device)
I: Overhead requ.ired for a keyed record other than the last Directory Brocks/ (l byte)-A count of the number of directory blocks that can
record on the track. Track be written on each track for an OS/VS partitioned data set.
l: Overhead required for a keyed record that is the last (Number of full records of 8-bytes key and 256-bytes data
record on the track. lengths that can be contained on one track of this device)
K: Overhead bytes to be subtracted from I or l if the record
does not have a key field.
Flag: (1 byte)-Further defines unique characteristics of the device.

-
STANDARD DASD FII lABEL, FORMAT 4 ( Cont 'd)

FIELD NAME AND INGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND INGTH DESCRIPTION

9 DEVICE CONSTANTS The following illustrates the device con- lOA VSAM CATALOG BllO-1 : This volume is owned by
( Cont'd) stonts field for the various direct access (Cont'd) (I byte) a VSAM catalog,
devices: Bit 1-7: Unused

TT of CRA Rela.tive track number of first track

(2 bytes) of. catalog recovery area
Device ~ HH Track .! h !S f.!!a. !Q!.:. ~ VSAM TIMESTAMP
~ ~ (8 bytes)
2311 203 10 3625 81 20 20 537 16
2314/2319 203 20 7294 146 45 45 534 25 lOB RESERVED Reserved
(10 bytes)
3330 411 19 13165 191 191 66 512 39
333011 815 19 13165 191 191 56 512 39 11-14 VTOC EXTENT These fields describe the extent of
, 3;J40135M8 350 12 8535 242 242 75 512 22 the VTOC and are identical in
;; 3340/70MB 700 12 8535 242 242 75 512 22 format to fields 21-24 of the
3350 555 30 19254 257 267 82 8 512 46 Format I file label. Extent type
01 (prime date area),

15 RESERVED Reserved
(25 bytes)
Note: Labels per track = track length
-- I + label length

lOA VSAM INDICATORS The VSAM indicators are present on

(19 bytes) any volume that contains space
allocated to VSAM. If a volume
does not contain any VSAM-owned
space, these fields are set to zeros.

VSAM TIMESTAMP Is the time the most recent VSAM

(8 bytes) data space was added to the volume.
"~
'--

STANDARD DASD FILE LABEL, FORMAT 5 ~ Format 5 Label used by OS/VS only)

rJ 1eld 11
Available
Available Extents in Key Available Extents
Extent

5! ::;""'"
LKcy Identification LFormat Identifier
281 29
Pointer
Available Extents to next

;- @FO, mot5 1
-
-.0
I;;; ..... ~
'" 0
;::t

FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION FIELD NAME AND LENGTH DESCRIPTION
1 KEY IDENTIFICATION Each of these four bytes is an hex 05. 3-9 AVAILABILITY EXTENTS These fields are identical, to field 2.
4 bytes IN KEY 35 bytes They are in relative trock address sequence.
AVAILABLE EXTENT This field indicates on extent of space avoil- 10 FORMAT IDENTIFIER 5: Format 5
5 bytes able for allocation to a data file. The first 1 byte EBCDIC numeric
two bytes ore relative track address. The next
11-28 AVAILABLE EXTENTS These fields ore the same as field 2. There are
two are the number of fu II cylinders included
90 bytes 26 available extents fields in the Format 5
in the extent. The last byte is the number of
label.
tracks in addition to the cylinders in the ex-
tent. 29 POINTER TO NEXT Contains the address (in the form CCHHR) of
FORMAT 5 the next Format 5 file label if one exists.

-
LABEL INFORMATION CYLINDER
DEVICE TYPES Track
o ,-BG(USRLABEL) .~ Temporary
1 I BG (pARSTD) Standard (permanent)
2I F2 (USRLABEL) Temporary
3 I F2 (PARSTD) Standard (permanent)
4 I Fl (USRLABEL) Temporary
5 I
3340
Fl (pARSTD) Standard (permanent)
(see
Note 2) 6 I
7\
(STLABEL)
Standard Labels
1
~
,:~
2314 3330
3350 0'
2319

llEE Standard (permanent)

Note 1: The layout of the label infor-
mation cylinder depends on the number
of partitions defined in your system.
This example assumes that three partitions
are present. For more information see
1~ ~I
AddiHonalStanda;d Lab~hl DOSIVSE Serviceability Aids and
Debugging Procedures.
19
Note 2: For the 3340, a second label
information cylinder is provided
containing 12 standard label tracks
for all partitions.
29
LABEL Information Cylinder Layout and Record Format (see Note 1)
',- '--- '- -"
LlOCS MODULE NAME VERSUS OPTIONS

character

CDMOD
I" 1 2

I J
3

C F
4

RECFORM~IXUNB
5

A CT LCHR= ASA(not
6 7 8

B RDONLY= YES and Z WORKA and loo.REA: 0 DEVICE=2540,3881

(always for TVPEFLE", specified if CMBND TYPEF LE= CMBND not sped fied 1 DEVICE= 1442,2596
INPUT, TYPEF LE= Y CT LCHR= YES C TYPEF LE= CMBND W WORKA=YES 2 DEVICE=2520
CMBND or FUNC= I C CONTROL= YES H RDONLY=YESand I IOAREA2= YES 3 DEVICE=2501
files) Z CT LCHR or CON- TYPEFLE= INPUT 8 WORKA and 10AREA2 4 DEVICE=2540 cmd
V RECFORM= VARUNB TROl not specified I TYPEFLE= INPUT Z WORKA= YES not CRDERR
U RECFORM= UNDEF N RDONLY= YES and specified (CMBND 5 DEVICE=252D and
TYPEF LE= OUTPUT file only) CRDERR
o TYPEFLE='OUTPUT 6 DEVICE=3505 or
3504
7 DEVICE= 3525 and
FUNC=R!P or
t::: omitted
~ 8 DEVICE=2560 and
FUNC=R/P or
omitted
A DEVICE=3525 and
FUNC=RP
B DEVICE=3525 and
FUNC=RW
C DEVICE=3525 and
FUNC=PW
D DEVICE= 3525 and
FUNC=I
E DEVICE= 3525 and
FUNC=RPW
F DEVICE=2560 and

-
FUNC=RP
L10CS MODULE NAME VERSUS OPTIONS ( Cont'd)

character I + I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CDMOD G DEVICE=2560 and

(Cont'd) FUNC=RW
H DEVICE=2560 and
FUNC=PW
I DEVICE=2560 and
FUNC=I
J DEVICE=2560 and
FUNC=RPW
K DEVICE=5425 and
FUNC=RP
L DEVICE=5425 and
FUNC=RW
M DEVICE=5425 and
FUNC=PW
~ N DEVICE=5425 and
FUNC=I
0 DEVICE=5425 and
FUNC=RPW
DIMOD I J J F always C non-RPS version B TYPEF LE=OUTPUT I IOAREA2=YES C RDONLY;YES
of module (processes both in Z IOAREA2=YES;, D RDON LY=YES ;,
V RPS doto set put and output) not specified not specified
I TYPEFLE=INPUT
DRMOD I J M Z S SETDEV=YES R RDONLY=YES D always 0 always
Z SETDEV=YES Z ROON LY=YES not
not specified specified
DUMOD I J N D I =DUMODFI C ERROPT=YES and Z Y RDONLY=YES
0 =DUMODFO ERREXT=YES Z RDON LY not specified
E ERR OPT =YES
Z neither is specified
L10CS MODuLe NAME VERSUS Ot, ,JNS ( Cont'd)

character # .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MRMOD 1 J U 5 Addrcss=SIN GLE Z Z Z Z

D Addrcss=DUAL
MTMOD I J F F RECFORM=F IXUNB B READ=8ACK C CKPTRECoYES W WORKAoYES M ERREXT oYES ond
(GET/PUT) (0' FIXBLK) Z READ=F ORWARD 0' Z CKPTRECoYES;s Z WORKA=YES is not RDONLYoYES
(EBCDIC mode) if READ is not sped not specified specified N ERREXToYES
X RECFORM=FIXUNB fied Y RDONLYoYES
(0< FIXBLK) Z ERREXT ond RDON
(ASCII mode) l Y not specified
V RECFORMoVARUNB
(0' VARBLK)
(EBCDIC mode)
R RECFORM~VARUNB
(0' VARBUK)
~ (ASCII mode)
S RECFORMoSPNUNB
(0' SPNBLK)
(spanned records)
U RECF ORMoUN DEF
(EBCDIC code)
N RECFORMoUNDEF
(ASCII mode)
MTMOD I J F W always E ERROPT oYES N NOTEPNToYES Z always M ERREXToYES ond
(WORKFILE) Z ERROPT is not S NOTEPNToPOINTS RDONLYoYES
specified Z NOTEPNT is not N ERREXToYES
specified Y RDONLYoYES
Z ERREXT ond RDON
LY not specified
I

-
.LlOCS MODULE NAME VERSUS OPTIONS ( Cont'd)

character , .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ORMOD I J M F RECFORM=f IXUNB C CONTROL=YES I IOAREA2=YES T device is in tape Z always

X RECFORM=fIXBLK Z CONTROL=YES i. W WORKA=YES mode
U RECFORM=UNDEF not specified B both are specified D device is in docu-
D RECFORM=UNDEF Z neither is specified ment mode
and BLKF AC=YES
PRMOD I J D F RECFORM=f IXUNB A CTLCHR=ASA B ERROPT-YES and I IOAREA2=YES V RDONLY=YES
V RECFORM=VARUNB Y CTLCHR=YES PRINTOV=YES Z IOAREA2=YES i. and WORKA=YES
U RECFORM=UNDEF C CONTROL=YES P PRINTOV=YES, not specified W WORKA=YES
S STLlST=YES DEVICE i. not 3525 Y RDONLY=YES
Z none of these is spe- and ERROPT is not Z neither is specified
cified specified
T DEVICE=3525 with I PRINTOV=YES,
2-line printer DEVICE=3525 and
~ U DEVICE=256Q FUNC=W[Tl or
I
V DEVICE=5425 omitted
F PRINTOV=YES,
DEVICE=3525 and
FUNC=RW[T]
C PRINTOV=YES,
DEVICE=3525 and
FUNC=PW[TJ
D PRINTOV=YES,
DEVICE=3525 and
FUNC=RPW[ TJ
Z PRINTOV=YES and
ERROPT not speci-
fied and DEVICE is
not 2560, 3525, or
5425
LIOCS MODULE NAME VERSUS OPTIONS \ .... Cont'd)
. .. -,

character , . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6
PRMOD o PRINTOV=YES not
(Cont'd) specified, DEVICE=
3525 and FUNCT=
wt T] or o;;'itted
R PRINTOV=YES not
specified,DEVICE=
3525 and FUNCT=
RW[T]
S PRINTOV=YES not
specified,DEVICE=
3525 and FUNCT=
PW[T]
T PRINTOV=YES not
;(; specified,DEVICE=
'" 3525 and FUNCT=
RPW[TJ
E ERROPT=YES and
-
PRINTOV=YES ;,
not specified
U FUNC=W or omitted
and DEVICE=256Q
or 5425
V FUNC=RWand
DEVICE=2560 or 5425
W FUN C=PW and
DEVICE=2560 or 5425

..
X FUN C=RPW and
DEVICE=2560 or 5425
LlOCS MODULE NAME VERSUS OPTIONS ( Cont'd)

character I . I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PTMOD I J E S SCAN=YES T TRANS=YES (SCAN) F RECl'ORM=F IXUNB I DEVICE=IOI7 Z always

Z SCAN=YES is not =YES is not speci- and SCAN=YES 2 DEVICE=IOIB
specified fied) U RECl'ORM=UNDEf Z DEVICE=2671 or if
Z TRANS=YES is not and SCAN=YES this entry is omitted
specified Z SCAN=YES is not
specified and/or
DEVICE=101B

SDMOD I J G C SDMODFx specifies I SDMODxl (non-RPS C ERROPT=YES and M TRUNCS=YES and B CONTROL=YES
(GET/PUT) HOLD=YES version of module) ERREXf=YES FEOVD=YES and RDON LY=YES
F SDMOOFx does not o SDMODxO (non-RPS E ERROPT=YES T TRUNCS=YES C CONTROL=YES
specify HOLD=YES version of module) Z neither is specified W FEOVD=YES Y RDON LY=YES
R SDMODUx specifies U SDMODxU (non-RPS Z neither is specified Z neither is specified
HOLD=YES version of module)
~ U SDMODUx does not
W SDMODxl (RPS in-,
put data set)
specify HOLD=YES X SDMODxO (RPS out
P SDMODVx specifies put data set)
HOLD=YES and Y SDMODxU (RPS up-
RECFOR,M=SPNBLK/ date data set)
SPNUNB
Q SDMODVx does not
specify HOLD=YES
and specifies
RECFORM=SPNBLK/
SPNUNB
S SDMODVx specifies
HOLD=YES
V SDMODVx does not
I.......-------L....
specify HOLD=YES
LIOCS MODULE NAME VERSUS OPTIONS ( Cont'd)

Charocter # + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SDMOD I J G T HOLD=YES C ERROPT=YES ond N NOTEPNT=YES C CONTROL=YES T RDONLY=YESand

(WORK FILES) W HOLD=YES not ERREXT=YES R NOTEPNT=POINT Z CONTROL=YES;, UPDATE=YES
specified E ERROPT=YES RW not specified U UPDATE=YES
W RPS version of Z NOTEPNT is not Y RDONLY=YES
module specified Z neither is specified
Z neither is specified
DAMOD I J I F RECFORM--fIXUNB A AFTER-YES E IDLOC-YES and H ERREXT - YES and W HOLD-YES and
B RECFORM=UN DEF W RPS version of modul FEOVD=YES RELTRK=YES RDONLY=YES
handles both UNDEF Z AFTER is not I IDLOC=YES P ERREXT=YES X HOLD=YES
and FIXUNB specified R FEOVD=YES R RELTRK=YES Y RDONLY=YES
S RECFORM=SPNUNB Z neither is specified Z neither is specified Z neither is specified
;;:; V RECFORM=VARUNB
" ISMOD I J H A RECFORM=BOTH, A lOR OUT-ADDRTR B TYPEFLE=RANSEQ B CORINDX=YES and F CORDATA=YES,
IOROUT=ADD or (non-RPS version of G IOAREA2=YES HOLD=YES ERREXT=YES,
ADDRTR module) TYPEF LE=SE QNTL C CORINDX~YES RDONLY=YES
I IOROUT=ADD or IOROUT=LOAD o
HOLD=YES
B RECFORM=FIXBLK, L IOROUT=LOAD (non R TYPEFLE=RANDOM Z neither is specified G CORDATA=YES
IOROUT=ADD or RPS version of modul S TYPEFLE=SEQNTL and ERREXT=YES
ADDRTR R IOROUT=RETRVE Z neither is specified o CORDATA=YES
U RECFORM=F IXUNB, V IOROUT=ADDRTR (lOROUT=LOAD or and RDON LY=YES
IOROUT=ADD or (RPS version of ADD) P CORDATA=YES
ADDRTR module) S ERREXT=YES and
Z RECFORM is not X IOROUT=LOAD RDONLY=YES
specified (RPS version of T ERREXT=YES
(IOROUT=LOAD module) Y RDONLY=YES
or RETRVE) Z neither is specified

-
'---- -~
DTFCD (Reader)

Bytes Contents Function

Bib'
Dec Hex
0-15
8
oo-FF
8 ~li~5011ruble - CON sUfport
16 1O 1= OMR ; It Omitted
2I 1= ERROPT 2 ; 0= Omitted
COBOL'open; ~'" option
3 1= GET Issued ; 0= GET not iauad 7)
4 DTF table address con.tanb relocated by
OPENR
5-7 File assocIation:
000= READ only
010= READ/PRiNT 4)
101= READ/PUNCHhRINT 5)
001= READ/PUNCH 5)
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 X'02' DTF type
X'OS' DTF type for 2560 or 1>124/1>125
21 15 I=-Open; 0= Closed
2I Fil1t time switch
1= 1442 or 2596; 0= Other
3 1= 2560, 3525 or 5424/5425; O=Other
4 1= 3504, 3505; 0= Othe,
5 1= 2 I/O .",..; 0= I I/o .rea
6 1= 2520; 0= Other
7 1= 2540; 0= Other
22 16 B'5SFOXOIO' Nonna! command code (not for
2560 or 5424/642!:J:
55: DD= pocket 1;6~i= ~cket 2;
10= pock.t 3
F : 1= Column bina~ 3); 0= EBCDIC
X: 1= OMR or RCE ; 0= neIther
B'HOBOOOIO' Read command code (2560):
H : 0= hopper I; I = hopper 2
8: 0= EBCDIC; 1= column binary
B'HMMMilOll, 55 command code (5425).
H: D=hopperT, l=hopper 2.
MMM: 001=stacker 1,OlO=stacker 2.
011=stacker 3, l00=stacker 4.
23 17 B'HOBOO010' Control command code (not for 2560
or 5424/5425).
Read command code (2560, 5425)
24-27 18-IB Address af IOAREA2
28 IC 1= 2560: 0= Other
2-7
1 1" 5424/5425; 0= Other
Not used
29-31 ID-IF Address of EOF routine
32-39 20-27 Read CCW
Bytes 40-49 as used for all files except 2560 and 5424/5425 files
40-43 28-2B LA &IOREG,0(14) load user pointer register

44-4,9
NOP
2C-31 MVC O(&BLK5IZE, lleve IOAREA ta WORKA
13),0(14)
NOP
In" ><'0000'
111-28
DTFCD' (Reader) ( Cont'd)

Dec
Bytes
I Hex i Bits Contents Function

The following bytes (50-105) are used for 2501 double-CON support.

50-55 32-37 Unused CCB

56-71 38-47

72 48 0 1= OMR 1, 2=
omitted.
1 1= ERROPT , DC: omitted.
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 1= GET iS5ued 3 , 0 = GET not issued 7 .
4 DTF table address constants
re located by 0 PEN R.
5-7 File Association
000 - READ only
=
010 READ/PRINT4
101 READ/PUNO~PRINT5
=
=
001 READ/PUNCH

73-75 49-4B Address of logic module.

76 4C X'02' DTF type.

X'05' DTF type for 2560 or 5424/5425.
77 4D 0 l=open; 0= closed
1 First time switch
2 1::= 1442 or 2596; 0 =other.
3 1= 2560,3525, or 5424/5425; O=Other.
4 1:= 3504 or 3505; 0= other.
5 1= 2 I/O areas; 0 = 1 0/1 area.
6 1= 2520; 0 = other.
7 1= 2540; 0 ::= other.

78 4E B'SSFOXOIO' Normal command code {not for 2560

or 5424/5425.
SS : 00 = pocket 1'60 1 = pocket2,
10 = pocket 3 . 3
F: 1= column binar>3 ' 0", EBCDIC.
X: 1 =OMRorRCE, o = neither.
B'HOBOOOIO' Read command code (2560, 6424/5425)
H, 0= hopper I, 1 = hopper2.
B, 0= EBCDIC, 1 = column binary.

79 4F Control command code (not for 2560

or 5424/5425},
B'HOBOOOIO' Read command code (256O~ 5424/5425).

80-83 SO-53 Address of IOAREA2. (If IOAREA2 is

not specified, address of IOAREA1).
DTFCD (Reade,)( Cont'd)

Bytes
Bits Contents Function
Dec Hex

84 54 0 1 :: 2560; 0 ::: other.

I 1 = 6424/5425; 0 = other.
2-7 Not used.
I---
85-87 55-57 Address of EOF routine.

88-95 58-5F Read CON.

96-99 60-63 LA &IOREG, 0(14) Load user pointer register.

NOPO

100-103 64-67 MVC 0 (&BlKSIZE, 13), l4) Move IOAREA to WQRKA

NOPO

104-105 68-69 DC X'OODO'

The following bytes (SO-57) are used for 3504, 3505, and 3525 associated files.

50-53 32-35 DC A (name) If ERROPT=name 2 .

B 16(15) If ERROPT=SKIP.
B 20(15) If ERROPT=IGNORE.
DC F'O' If ERROPT~mitted.

54-57 36-39 DC A(ASOCF lE) Address of associated DTF tobl/.

(3525 on Iy).

Bytes 40 onward os used for 2560 and 5425 fi les.

40-47 28-2F Stacker select CON (2560).

Read CON (5424/5425).

48-51 30-33 LA &IOREG,0(14)

NOPO

52-57 34-39 MVC O(&BlKSIZE, 13), 0(14)

NOPO
Mave IOAREA '0 WORKA
DC X'OOOO'

58-63 3A-3F ClC O(l, 14),64(1) Test for end of file.

L= 4 if MODE=C; L=2 in other cases.

64-67 40-43 DC C/* End-oF-file indicator if MODE=E

DC X' OCOOI022' In other cases.

111-30
DTFCD (Reode,) ( Cont'd)

B tes
Bits Contents Function
Dec Hex

68-71 44-47 DC A(nome) If ERROPT=name2 .

816(15) If ERROPT=SKIP.
820(15) If ERROPT=IGNORE.
DC F'D' If ERROPT=omitted.

72-75 48-48 DC A(ASOCFLE) Address of associated DTF tabl/.

76-81 4C-51 MVC 0 (&8LKS1ZE, 14), 82(1)

I Move co,d image to IOAREA 1

82 52 DC &BlKSIZE.C" Buffer for cord image.

1
2
3
OMR only for 3504 and 3505,
ERROPT for 2560, 3504, 3505, 3525, 5424/5425 READ file.
3504, 3505, and 3525 with or without CONTROl=YES specified.
I
4 2560, 3525, or 6424/5425 with or without CONTROL"'YES specified.
) 5 2560, 3525, or 6424/5425 without CONTROL=YES specified.
6 Defaults to pocket2 for 3504, 3505, and 3525.
7 Present only when 2560, 3525, or 6424/5425 associated files are specified
for the input D1F .

111-31
DTFCD (Punch)

Bytes
Bits Contents Function
Dec Hex
0-15 oo-FF CCB
16 TO 0 Not used
I 1= ERROPT 3); 0= OmHted
2 COBOL open; "iynore option
3 1= PUT issued 2 i 0= PUT not issued
4 DTF table address constants relocated
by OPENR
5-7 File Association:
000= PUNCH only
OTT= PUNCH;\'RINT 3)
001= READ;\'UNCH 3)
IOT= READ;\'UNCH;\,RIN! 3)
100= PUNCH/INTERPRET )
17-19 TT-13 Address of logic module
20 14 X'04' DTF type
21 15 0 1= Open; 0= Closed
I First time switch
2 I=CTlCHR
3 1= Fixed unblocked
4 1= Variable unblocked
5 1= 2 1/0 areas
6 1= Workarea
7 1= 2 CCWs in table; 0= 1 CCW in table
22 16 B'SSFOoooI' Norma I command code:
SS : 00= pocket 1; 01= pocket 2;
10= pocket 3 4)
F : 1=column binary; 0= EBCDIC
B'HSSSooTT' Normal stacker select command code
(2560 or 5424/542BI.
H : 0= hopper t; 1= hopper 2
SSS: stacker information
23 17 B'HSSSooTT ' Control command code (not for 2560
or 5424/5425).
Actual stacker select command code
(2560 or 5424/5425)
24--27 18-IB DC A(lOAREAltx) Address of data in IOAREAl
28-31 TC-IF Buck.t I)
32-33 20-21 LR 12, (RECSIZE) Undefined records only
34-37 22-25 LA &IOREG,4(14) load user pointer register
NOPR 0
38 26 0-2 Not used
3 1= 5424/5425
4 1= 2560
5 1= 3525
6 1= 1442 or 2596
7 1= 252081
39 27 DC C' , Blank for eject last card

111-32
DTFCD (Punch) ( Cont'd)

Byte.
Bits Contents Function
I Dec Hex
For all nles except 2560 and 5425 files:
40-47 2B-2F Punch CCW
48-55 30-37 Eject CCW for last cord if 2520
For 2540 files If CRDERR is specified
48-55 30-37 RetryCCW
56-135 3B-B7 DC CLBO' , Savearea card image
For 3525 PUNCH/INTERPRET mes
48-55 30-37 LoodCCW
56-63 3B-3F PrintCCW
64-127 4O-7F
For 3525 Associoted files
48-51 30-33
DC 64C' ,

DC A(ASOCFLE)
Print buffer

Pointer to associated file

I
For 2560 and 5424/5425 files
40-47 28-2F Eject CCW
DC 0'0' If FUNC= RP or RPW
48-55 30-37 Stocker select CCW
56-63 38-3F Punch and Feed CCW
For 2560 PUNCH/INTERPRET file.
64-71 40-47 load print head buffer 1 CCW
72-79 48-4F load print head buffer 2 CCW
BO-B7 50-57 PrintCCW
88-151 58-97 DC 64C' , Save area for printing line Z
For 5425 PUNCH/INTERPRET file.
64-71 40-47 PrintCCW
For 2560 and 5424/5425 Ass~ciated files
64-67 40-43 DC A(ASOCFLE)
68 44 DC C" If mode is EBCDIC
DC X'OO' If mode is Column Binary
69- 45- DC &BLKSIZE .C' , Buffer for card image

1) The bucket bytes handle undefined length records

2) Valid for 2560 or 3525 READ/PUNCH, PUNCH/PRINT, and READ/PUNCH/PRINT file.
3) Volid for 2560 or 3525 only. (3504, 3505, 5425) non- associated files
4) Default. to pocket 2 for 3525

111-33

)
DTFCD (Combined Reader/Punch)

B es
Bits Contents Function
Dec ex

o -15 OO-OF CCB

16 10 0-1 Not used
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 Not used
4 OPENR relocotes DTF address constants
5-7 Not used
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 X'OO' DTF type
21 15 Command code (X'02' for 1442, X'C2'
for 2520, 2540)
22 16 Command code (X'DI' for 1442, X'09'
for 2520, 2540)
23 17 COrrrncnd code (X'OI' for 1442, X '09'
for 2520, 2540)
24-31 IS-IF CON
32-35 20-23 Input area address

36-39 24-27 Output orea address

40-41 2S-29 Input blocksize
42-43 2A-2B Ouput blocksize
44-49 2C-31
MVC (&BLKS,
13,0(14)
SO-55 32-37
MVC (&OUBL,
14),0(13)
56-59 38-3B End-of-fi Ie address
60-67 3C-43 Save area
68-73 44-49 MVC 1 (&OUBL-l,
13),0(13)
74-77 4A-4D MVIO(13),X'40'
78-79 4E-4F Constant (b lonks)
SO-S3 50-53 Constant address (bytes 78-79)

111-34
DTFPR

Bytes
Bits Contents Function
Dec He,

o -IS OO-OF CCB

16 10 0 1= 2-line printer (3,4); 0::: Other
I 1= ERROPT (3,4); 0= Omitted
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 1= 3525; 0= Othe.
4 OPENR relocates DTF address constants
5-7 000= PRINT only
011= PUNCH/PRINT 3)
010= READ/PRINT 3)
101= READ/PUNCH/PRINT 3)
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20

21
14

IS 0
X'08'
X'07'
DTF type
DTF type for 2560 and 5424/5425

1= Open; 0= Closed
I
I First time switch
2 1= Control character
3 I::: Fixed unblocked records
4 1= Variable unblocked relO:ords
5 1= 2 I/O areas
6 l=Workoreo
7 1= Print overflow channel 9

For Printer and Cord Punch devices

22 16 X'09' Normal command code 5)
23 17 X'09' Contro I command code 5)
24-27 18-1B DC A(JOAREAI+x) Address of data in IOAREAl
28-31 IC- IF Bucket 1)
32-33 20-21 LR 12,(RECSIZE) For undefined records only
NOPRO
34-37 22-25 LA &IOREG,4(14) Only If IOREG= (r)
NOPO
38-39 26-27 Bucket 2)
40-47 28-2F 11,',X'60', I CCN- Set up Selective Tape List Control
9,IOAREA,X'20', SILiST not specified 6)
121
48-55 30-37 9, IOAREA, X'20', CON- STliST specified 6)
121
A (Nome) Address of user error routine (for all the
3211-compatible printers identified by
device type code PRT1)

DC A(ASOCF LE) If ASOCFlE= filename 3)

For the 2560 and 5424/5425 Multi Function Card Machine

22 16 X'OO' Not used

23 17 B'HHHHHHOO' Print head selection byte
H= 1 specifies the corresponding head
24-27 18-1B Address of IOAREA J

1r1-35
DTFPR ( Cont'd)

Bytes
Dec Hex
I Bits Contents Function

For the 2560 Multi Function Card Machine (Cont1d)

28-31 IC-IF Bucket

32-33 20-21 LR 12,(RECSIZE) For undefined records only
NOPRO
34-37 22-25 LA &IOREG,4(14) Only if IOREG, (r)
NOPO
38-39 26-27 Number of bytes to be printed by the last
specified print head
40-43 28-28 DC A(ASOCFLE) If FUNC= RW, FW or RFW
DC PO' In all other cases
44 2C 0 1=2560
I Not used
3 1= Print control switch for 2560 associa-
ted files
4-7 Not used
45-47 2D-2F DC 3X'QQ' Reserved for future use
For 2560 simple files

48-55 30-37 Eject CON

56-63 38-3F load print head buffer CON
64-71 40-47 Print CON
For 2560 associated files

48-55 30-37 Load print head buffer CON

56-63 38-3F Print CON
Far 5424/5425 files
48-55 30-37 PrintCCW

1) The bucket bytes handle undefined records. Bit 0 of byte 28 at open time determines
the mode set of a printer with UCS. If bit 0= I, the mode is set so that data checks
occur if on invalid character is printed. Otherwise, mode is set to suppress doto checks.
The use of the UCS parameter determines the setting of this bit. If STlIST=YES, byte
31 saves the STlIST control byte provided by the Pur macro.
2} The 2 byte bucket saves print overflow conditions if CTLCHR= ASA. If STLlST= YES,
byte 38 contoins the current $lLlST control byte. Byte 39 is set by the Pur macro to
indicate spacing or skipping. (X'OO' no spacing, no skipping; X'Ol' spacin9i
X'02' skipping).
3) Valid fo, 2560,3525 READ/PRINT, PUNCH/PRINT ond READ/PUNCH/PRINT file,.
4) Valid for 3525 PRINT only files.
5) X'05' for 3525; X'09' for other devices
6) Valid for 1403 only

111-36
DTFCN

Byte.
Contents Function
Dec Hex

o -15 OO-OF CCB

16 10 X'20' COBOL open; ignore option
X'OB' OTF table address constants relo-
cated by OPENR
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module:
GET and PUT logic if TYPEFLE=
INPlJT; PUT logic jf TYPEFlE=
OUTPUT; GET, PUT and PUTR
logic ifTYPEFlE= CMBND
20 14 X'03' OTF type
21-23 15-17 For input and output: not used
For combined: byte 21 contoins
X'Q l' and bytes 22-23 c'lntain
INPSIZE
I
24-31 lB-IF X'09',IOAREA1,X'OO', CCW
BLKSIZE
End of toble if RECFORM=FIXUNB and WORKA not specified. The following bytes ore
added if WORKA is specified.
32-35 20-23 DC A(IOAREA1) I Address of I/O orea
36-39 24-27 DC F'O' IReg;"e, ,ave acea
40-43 2B-2B DC F'O' Register save area
End of toble if RECFORM=FIXUNB. The following bytes are added if RECFORM=UNDEF
DC F'O' Register save area
DC F'O' Register save orea
DC H'BlKSIZE' I/o orea size
DC AL2(BLKSIZE-I) For input files only
The following bytes are added to the toble if TYPEFLE= CMBND
32-35 20-23 DC A(JOAREA I+BLKSIZE) I/O area address for input
36-37 24-25 DC H'BLKSIZE' Blocksize

111-37
DTFDR

Bytes
Bits Contents Function
Dec Hex

o -15 OO-OF CCB

16 JO 0- I Not used
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 Not used
4 OPENR relocates DTF table addresses
5-7 Not used
17- 19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 X'CO' DTF type
21 15 PIOCS switches:
0 1= open; 0= c lased
I B'I' Input
2-5 B'OOOO' Not used
6 B'I' Device is 3886
7 B'O' Not used
22 16 Error indicator byte
23 17 Lloes switches:
0-4 B'OOOoo' Not used
5 1= SETDEV
6 1= Control passed to COREXIT
7 1= FR loaded from disk
24-31 18-IF FR phasename at open time

32-39 20-27 Phasenome of currently used FR

40-43 28-2B X'OOooOOoo' Not used

44-47 2C-2F Start address of FR area in DTF
48-51 30-33 Address of four-byte pointer at the end
of the FR crea in the DTF
52-55 34-37 EOF routine address
56-63 38-3F Secn CON
64-71 40-47 Reed CON
72-79 48-4F Read CON
80-87 50-57 Control CON
88-95 58-5F Load format record CCW

96-99 60-63 COREXIT routine address

100- 103 64-67 I OAREA 1 orea address
104- 107 68-6B Header crea address

108- II I 6C-6F Exit indicator address

112 70 Start of FR area

111-38
DTFOR

Bytes
Bits Function
lJee ex

0-15 OO-OF Dummy CCB

16 10 0-1 Not used
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 Not used
4 OTF table address constants relocated by OPENR
5-7 Not used
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 DTF type, (X'09 1)
DTF type, (X'OA' if HEADER= YES)
21 15 PIOCS switches:
0
I
2
3
1= Open; 0= closed
1= Input
1= Control
1= Device is 1287
I
4 1= Header
5 Reserved for future use
6 I=RDLNE
7 Not used
22 16 Not used
23 17 0-6 Not used
7 1= lI0CS posts a hopper empty condition to OTF
24-39 18-27 CO
40-47 28-2F Sense CON
48-51 30-33 lost lines (equipment check)
52-55 34-37 After 9 retries for journal tape, or ofter 2 retries for documents
56-59 38-38 Wrong length records

60-63 3C-3F After 4 retries for journal tape, or after 2 retries for documents
64-67 40-43 Keyboard corrections

68-71 44-47 Count of data check errors

72-75 48-48 Lines marked

76-79 4C-4F Total lines reod (CeN chains executed)

80 50 Error indicators:
0 I=EOP
I 1=lost reference mark indicator
2 1=tate stacker selection
3 1=Non-recovery error
4 1=Equipment check
5 =
1 Wrong length record
6 =
1 Hopper empty
)
7 =
1 Data check
81 51 LlOCS switches:
0 1=First time
I 1= 2 1/0 arees

T1T-39
)
DTFOR ( Cont'd)

Bytes
Dec
Bits Function
He.

81 2 1= WORKA= YES
(Cont'd) 3 1= RECFORM= FIXUNB
4 1= RECFORM= UNDEF
5-7 Not used
82 52 Normal command code
83 53 Control command code

84-87 54-57 IOAREA2 address

88-95 58-SF Read CON
96-103 60-67 Go to next line CON
104-111 6B-6F Control CON
112-115 70-73 EOF address
116-119 74-77 Correction exit addreu
120-123 7B-7B IOAREA I address
124-127 7C-7F DC A(&BLKS-I)
128-129 80-81 SR 13,&RECS
130-131 82-83 LR &RECS,13
132-133 84-85 LR &IOR,13
134-135 86-87 Sense

111-40
DTFMR

., Bits Function
uee

o -5 00-05 CCB indicators

6 -7 06-07 logical class and unit numbers (primary if DUAL addressing)
08 Zero
9 -11 09-0B CON address
12-15 OC-OF Zeros
16 10 0-1 Not used
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 Not used
4 DTF toble address conctonts relo~oted by OPENR

I
5-7 Not used
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 DTF type= X'OS'
21 15 Logic module option switches:
0 User disengage 0= off; 1= on
1 Program sort mode O=no; l=yes
2 First time switch (after engage) 0= no; 1= yes
3 Addressing:::: DUAL 0= no; 1= yes
4 Waiting O=no; l=yes
5 Read logic indicator O=no; l=yes
6 Not used
7 Supervisor initiol read (after open) 0= no; 1= yes
22-29 16-1D Symbolic filename
30 IE Open/Close switch:
0= closed; 1= open
31-33 IF-21 Open/Close option switches
34-35 22-23 logic module option switches
36-39 24-27 Error information status
40-41 28-29 length of DTF table
42-43 2A-28 Device type indicator
44-45 2C-2D Record type
46-49 2E-31 Reserved for future use
50-51 32-33 I/O register
52-55 34-37 End-of-file address
56-59 38-38 10AREA2jl address
60-63 3C-3F Document buffer size
64-65 40-41 Blocking factor/Number of buffers
66-67 42-43 I/o aree size
68-71 44-47 Record length
72-76 48-4C Sense information

111-41
)
OTFMR C Cont'd)

Bytes
Bits Function
Oec Hex

77 40 Supervisor switch
78-79 4E-4F logical cI ass and unit numbers (secondary, for DUAL
addressing only)
BO-BI SO-51 Register alignment bytes
B2-B3 52-53 logical class and unit numbers (primary, for DUAL
addressing)
B4-B7 54-57 Document buffer size
BB 58 Command code (4C)
B9-91 59-58 Address of lost byte of first document buffer
92 5C Command code (4C)
93-95 50-SF Address of last byte of last document buffer
96-99 60-63 Stacker select routine address
100-103 64-67 Address of stacker select CON chain
104-107 68-6B Current buffer address pointer (Supervisor)
108-111 6C-6F Supervisor count

112-113 70-71 Number of buffers minus 7

114-115 72-73 Message indicator
116-119 74-77 ERROPT routine address
120- i2I 7B-79 logical class and unit numbers (secondary, for DUAL
addressing only)
122-123 7A-7B Reserved for Future use

124-127 7C-7F Address of lost buffer given to user

12B-131 BO-B3 Address of first byte of lost buffer
132-139 B4-BB Channel status word (CSW)
140-143 BC-BF Address of active GET record
144-147 90-93 GET counter
148-159 94-9F Reserved for future use
For single addressing
160-167 AO-A7 CON - Engage

168-175 AB-AF CON - Reed

176-IB3 BO-B7 CON - Sense
184-191 BB-BF CON - NOP
192-199 CO-C7 CON - Stacker select
200-207 CB-CF CON - TIC
208-215 00-07 CON - Contro I

216-223 OB-OF CON - BN

111-42
DTFMR ( . Con.'d)

Bytes
Bits Function
Dec ex

224-231 EO-E7 CON - Read

232-239 EB-Ef CON - Sense
240-247 FO-F7 CON - Disengage
For DUAL Address Adapter
160-167 AO-A7 CON - Engage
168-175 AB-AF CON - Read buffer 1
176-183 80-87 CON - Sense
IB4-191 BS-8F CeN - NOP
192-199 CO-C7 CON - Read buffer 2
200-207
20B-215
216-223
CB-CF
DO-D7
DB-DF
CON - MOD Sense
CON - Read buffer 1
CON - MOD Sense
I
224-231 EO-E7 CeN - TIC '0 NOP
232-239 EB-lF CON - NOP
240-247 FO-F7 CCW - MOD CTL
24B-255 fB-Ff CON - Stacker se lect
256-263 100-107 CON - MOD Sense

111-43
DTFMT (Data FHe,)

Bytes Record
Bits Contents Function
Dec ex Format

o -15 OO-OF CCB

8 08 Input: X'OO'- Buffer offset length, ASCII
X'63'
Output: X'OO '-
X'04'
(variable)
X'OO' (undefined)
16 10 0 First time entered MTMOD for a
file
1 Not used
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 American Notional Standard COBOL
4 DTF toble address constants reloca-
ted by OPENR
5 1= sponned records
6 1= ASCII- 0= EBCDIC V-V,S
7 ASCII input: 1= Length check V
ASCII output: 1= Buffer offset length V
length= 4
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 X'11' Nonstandard or unlabeled
X'12' Standard labeled, output
X'13' Standard labeled, input, backwards
X'14' Standard labeled, input I forwards
21 15 0 First time switch:
I = not first-time entry
0= First-time entry
1 J= blocked
0= unblocked
2 1=2 I/O area's
0= 1 I/o area
3 l=workarea F/U,V
0= no workarea F,U,V
0= workorea, spanned S
4 1= input
0= output
5 1= backwards
0= forwards
6 1= checkpoint
0= no checkpoint
7 1= TRUNC required during Close
22-29 16-10 Symbolic filename
30 IE Same as command code in CON;
(X'Ol', X'02' or X'Oe')
31 IF 0-4 Bits 0-4 are used as displacements by
OPEN to determine the location of
variable fields of the DTF.

111-44
DTFMT (Data Files) ( Cont'd)

Bytes Record
Bits Contents * Function
LJec ex Format

31 IF B'01110' Input F
(Cont'd) B'01100' Output F
B'IOOOI' Input V
B'Ol1l1' Output V
B'01101' Input U
B'01011' Output U
5 1= Tape label information included
in DTF (see bytes 88-95)
0= Tape label information not inclu-
ded in DTF
6 l.~ed by COBo.
7 1= Header label and EOV informatior

32 20 0
wanted
0= No header label and EOV infor-
mation wanted
Standard labels: 1=yes; 0= no
I
1 Labels: 1= nonstandard; 0= unlabeled
2 Rewind un load: 1= yes; 0= no
3 R~wind option: ]= no rewind;
0= rewind
4 Drive direction: 1= backwards;
0= forwards
5 User label address: 1= yes; 0= no
6 Tapemark option: 1= no; 0= yes
7 EOF-EOV switch (used by IBM
SORT): J= yes; 0= no
33-35 21-23 User label routine address
36 24 0 DTF PH: 1= yes; 0= no
1 COBOL indicator: 1= yes; 0= no
2 File type: 1= input; 0= output
3 FEOV switch: 1= yes; 0= no
4 EOF-EOV switch (output): 1= EOF
O=EOV
5 Open indicator: 1= open; 0= closed
6 l=variable or spanned records V,S
7 1= undefined records U
37-39 25-27 EOF address
40-43 28-2B Block count
44-47" 2C-2F BXH 11,12, Farward F
24(15)
BXlE 11,12 Backward F
24(15)
l &VARBlD, If VARBLD parameter is used V
DEBlOCKER
NOP 0(0) S
DCF'O' DEB LOCKERT U

111-45
)
DTFMT (Data Files) ( Cant'd)

B es Record
Bits Contents* Function
Dec Hex Format

48-51 30-33 LA 14,1(14) F,V,S

BCTR 14,0 + Backward F,V,S
NOPRO
L &RECSIZE, If RECSIZE given U
DEBLOCKERI
NOP 0(0) For input if not NOP U
52-55 34-37 L &IOREG, If [OREG specified F
DEBLOCKERI
L &IOREG, If [DREG specified V
DEBLOCKER5
L EIOREG, If [DREG specified U
DEB LOCKER2
NOP 0(0) If na 10REG
L &RECSIZE, If spanned input S
IJFVSREC
51 &RECSIZE, If spanned output S
IJFVSREC
56-63 38-3F CeN
64-67 40-43 DC A(lOAREA I) One I/O area
DC A(IOAREA I One I/O area, read backward
+BLKSIZE-I)
DC A(lOAREA2) Two I/O area's
DC A(IOAREA2 Two I/o area's, read backward
+BLKSIZE-I)
68-71 44-47 DC F'O' Input F
DC A(IOAREA I Input backward: DEBLOCKERJ F
+BLKSIZE-
RECSIZE)
DC A(lOAREA I) 1 I/O areal output: DEB LOCKER 1 F
DC A(lOAREA2) 2 I/O area's, output: DEBLOCKERI F
DC A(BLKSIZE) DEBLOCKERI, EBCDIC V,S
DC A(IOAREAI) I I/O area, DEBLOCKER2 U
DC A(IOAREA2) 2 I/O area'" DEBLOCKER2 U
72-75 48-4B DC F 'RECSIZE' Forward: DEBlOCKER2 F
DC F'-RECSIZE' Backward: DEBLOCKER2 F
DC A(IOAREAI) I I/O area, DEBLOCKER2 V,S
DC A(IOAREA2) 2 I/O area's: DEBlOCKER2 V,S
LA 14,1(14) FOl"'Ncrd U
BCTR 14,0 + Backward U
NOPRO
76-79 4C-4F DC F'O' Input forward: DEBLOCKER3 F
DC A(lOAREAI Input backwards: DEBLOCKER3 F
+BLKSIZE -
RECSIZE)
DCA(lOAREAI Output I 1 I/o area: DEB LOCKER3 F
+B LKSIZE-I)
DC A(lOAREA2 Output, 2 I/O area's: DEBlOCKER3 F
+BLKSIZE-I)

111-46
DTFMT (Data Files) ( Cant'd)

Bytes Record
Bits Contents Function
Dec Hex Format

76-79 DC F'O' DEBLOCKER3 V,S

(Cant'd) DC Y(BLKSIZE) (Bytes 76-77 anly) U
DC Y(B LKS IZE (Bytes 78-79 anly) U
-I)
80-83 50-53 DC Y(BLKSIZE) Forward F
+ Y(BLKSIZE-I)
DC &(BLKSIZE) Backward F
+Y(BLKSIZE+I)
DC F'O' DEBLOCKER4 V,S
LR 12,RECSIZE (Byt.s BO-81 anly) U
DC H'O' (Bytes 82-83 anly) U
84-B7 54-57 DC Y(RECSIZE
-I)
DC 2X'OO'
(Bytes B4-85)

(Bytes 86-87) Output, Standard labels F

DC A(IOAREAI I I/o area, DEB LOCKER 5, EBCDIC V,S
+4)
F

I
DC A(IOAREA2 21/0 area's: DEB LOCKER 5, EBCDIC V,S
+4)
DC A(IOAREA 1 1 I/o area' DE6LOCKER5, ASCII V
+6UFOFF)
DC A(IOAREA2 2 I/O area'" DEBLOCKER5, ASCII V
+6UFOFF)
DC 2X'00' (Bytes 84-85 output only) F,U
Standard lobe Is; resp.rved for OPEN
628(15) Input only, ERROPT;;; omitted U
624(15) Input on1YI ERROPT:: SKIP U
628(15) Input only, ERROPT== IGNORE U
DC A(ERROPT) Input only, ERROPT==ADDRESS U
B8-91 56-56 DC A(WLRERR) Input only, WlRERR::= ADDRESS
624(15) Input only, WLRERR omitted and
ERROPT= SKIP
626(15) Input only, WLRERR omitted and
ERROPT= IGNORE or omitted
DC 2X'00' Output only, standard labels (bytes
88-89), reserved for OPEN "Q
DC A(ERROPT) Input only, WLRERR omitted and

90-95 5A-SF DC 6X'00'

ERROPT = ADDRESS
File serial number, Standard labels,
~
g
Output only
~
92-95 5C-SF DC A(ERROPT) Input only, ERROPT= ADDRESS a
Output, nonstond"'rd labels only. 8
ERROPT= ADDRESS i!-
626(15) Inpu~ only, ERROPT= omitted g
624(15) Input only, ERROPT= SKIP -<
626(15) Input anly, ERROPT= IGNORE
96-99 60-63 DC 4X'00' Volume sequence number, Standard
labels, output only
96-97 60-61 DC 2X'00' Standard labels, input only, reserved
for OPEN

111-47
DTFMT (Data FHes) ( Cont'd)

B tes Bits Contents* Function

Record
Dec Hex Format
~

98-103 62-67 DC 6X'OO' File serial number, Standard labels, 0

Input only.

100-103 64-67 DC 4X'00' File sequence number, Standard

labels, output only
~
g
104-107 68-69 DC4X'00' Volume sequence number I Standard ~
labels, input only ;;
DC A(ERROPT) Output only, Standard labels only. 8
ERROPT= ADDRESS e-o
108-111 6C-6F DC 4X'00' File sequence numberI Standard
,
label, input only -<
88-91 58-59 DC F'O' DE9LOCKER6
92-95 5C-5F C~ A(ERROPT) Output only, Nonstandard lobe Is
only. ERROPT= ADDRESS
92-93 5C-5D DC Y(9LKSIZE) Input only
DC Y(9LKSIZE Output onlr- EBCDIC
-4)
DC Y(9LKSIZE Output only:-ASCII (Vonly)
-9L1FOFF)
94-95 5E-5f DC Y(9LKS1ZE
-1)
96-97 60-61 DC Y(RECSIZE ~
Q
-1)
98-99 62-63 DC H'O' Input only: Residual count ~
g:
100-103 64-67 DC A(WLRERR) Input only, WLRERR=ADDRESS
924(15) Input only, WLRERR= omitted and
if
932(15)
ERROPT= SKIP
Input only, WLRERR= omitted and
f;r
ERROPT= IGNORE or omitted
i
1
100-101 64-65 DC 2X'OO' Output only, Standard labels, reser-
ved for OPEN
104-107 68-69 DC A(ERROPT) Input only, ERROPT= ADDRESS it
928(15) Input only, ERROPT= omitted ;;;
B 24(15)
B 28(15)
Input only, ERROPT= SKIP
Input only, ERROPT= IGNORE ~
DC A(ERROPT) Output, NonstQ1dard labels only
(version 3 onwardh ERROPT=ADDRESS
108-111 6C-6F DC4X'00' Volume sequence number; Standard
labels, autput anly
108-109 6C-6D DC 2X 'OO' Standard labels, input only; Reserve
for OPEN
110-115 6E-73 DC 6X'00' File serial number; Standard labels,
input only
112-115 70-73 DC 4X'OO' File sequence number; Standard labelr'
output only

111-48
DTFMT (Data Files) ( Cont'd)

Bytes Record
Bits- Contents Function
Dec He. Format
a."
116-119 74_77 DC' A(ERROPT} Output only, ERROPT= ADDRESS, a.~
Standard labels only <
o ,0

0..
"

116-119 74-77 DC4X'00' Volume sequence number; Standard

gm li'
.,.
labels, input only
f
120-123

86-91
7B-7B

56-58
DC4X'00'

DC 6X'00'
File sequence number; Standard
labels, input only
File serial number; StondClrd lobe Is,
. '"
a.~

output only
88-91 58-58 DC A(WLRERR} Input only; WLRERR= ADDRESS
B 24(I5} Input on Iy; WLRERR= omitted and

B 28(15}

DC A(ERROPT}
ERROPT= SKIP
Input only; WLRERR= omitted and
ERROPT= IGNORE or omitted
Input only; WLRERR= omitted and
I
ERROPT= ADDRESS. Output only;
nonstandard labels, ERROPT= ADDRESS ."

92-95 SC-5f DC4X'00' Volume sequence number; Standard ~

92-93 5C-5D DC 2X'OO'

labels, output only
Standard labels; input only, Reserved
i[
for OPEN
@
94-99 5E-63 DC 6X'00' File serial number; Standard labels,

96-99 60-63 DC4X'00'

input only
File sequence number; Standard
lg
labels, output only '<
100-103 64-67 DC4X'00' Volume sequence number; Standard
labels, input only
100-103 64-67 DC A(ERROPT) Output only; Standard labels only,
ERROPT= ADDRESS
100-103 64-67 DC 4X'00' Volume sequence number; Standard
labels, output only
104-107 68-68 DC4X'00' File sequence number; Standard
labels, input only
100-103 64-67 DC A(WLRERR} Input only; WLRERR- ADDRESS
824(I5} Input only; WLRERR= omitted and ."
ERROPT= SKIP ~
832(I5} Input only; WLRERR= omitted_and
ERROPT= IGNORE or omitted g
100-101 64-65 DC2X'00' Output only; Stondard labels, ~
reserved for OPEN ~

102-107 66-68 File serial

number
Standard labels, output only
lg
100-103 64-67 DC4X'00' Output only; ERROPT= ADDRESS '<
Nonstandard lobe Is on Iy

J 111-49
DTFMT (Data FHes) ( Cont'd)

Bytes Record"
Bits Contents* Function
Format
Dec Hex

100-123 64-7B DC 24X'00' Output only; ERROPT= omitted,

nonstandard labels

104- 107 68-68 DC A(ERROPT) Input only; ERROPTo ADDRESS

824(15) Input only; ERROPT= omitted
824(15) Input only; ERROPTo SKIP
828(15) Input only; ERROPT= IGNORE
104- 107 68-68 DC A(ERROPT) Output only; ERROPT= ADDRESS,
nonstandard labels

108-123 6C-7B DC 16X'00' Output only; ERROPT= ADDRESS I

nonstandard labels
108-111 6C-6F Volume sequen- Standard labels, output only
ce number

112-115 70-73 File sequence Standard labels, output only

number

116-119 74-77 DC A(ERROPT) Output only, ERROPT= ADDRESS,

standard lobe Is
120-123 78-7B DC 4X'00' Output only, ERROPT= ADDRESS, ~
a
standard lobe Is
108-123
108- 109
6C-7B
6C-6D
DC 16X'00'
DC 2X'00'
Input only, nonstondard labels
Standard labels, input only, reserved
for OPEN
1;;
8
110-115 6E-73 File serial Standard labels, input only
~
number a
0
116-119 74-77 Volume sequen- Standard labels, input only -<:
ce number

120-123 7B-7B File sequence Standard labels, input only

number
124-127 7C-lF DC F'O' Full word for loading and storing
USER RECSIZE, IJFVSREC
128 80 DC X'OO' IJFVSFLG
0 Sign bit I not used
I Skip to first segment
2 First segment
3 Segment out of sequence, input only
4 Read back for EOV, output only
5 File reversed for logical spacingi
Input CNTRl onlYi Trunc issued, out-
put only
6 User Trunc issued, output only
7 Mult; segment, output only; Sidp Gei
segment, input CNTRl only

129-131 81-83 DC 3X'00' Pointer within WORKA

See Notes on next page

III-SO
DTFMT (Dete Files) ( . Cont'd)

* The format of the tape data file DTF is different starting at byte 44.
The location indicated by the numbers in the left hand column can contain only
one of the foctors listed under Contents.
The factor used for any given DTF table is determined by whether the file record
format is-fixed, variable or undefined, and by other DTF parameters as indicated.
A blank in the record column indicotes that the contents apply to all record types.

Record Format explanation

F :::: Fixed Record
V :::: Variable
U :::: Undefined
S :::: Spanned (variable format superset)

The deb lockers ore scratch areas used by the modules t~ sove data from one GET/
PUT macro instruction to another. In the text and listings, they ore referred to by
the names DEBlOCKERl to 6. These are not labels; they are comments used to
make it easier to follow the listings. -
I

Ill-51
DTFMT.(Workfiles)

Bytes
Bits Function
Dec Hex

o -15 OO-OF CCB

16 10 0-1 Not used
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 1= VOll label is at user specified density
4 1= DTF table address constants relocated by OPENR
5-7 Not used
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 DTF type= X'10'
21 15 0 l=No rewind
1 J= Rewind unload
2 I=Workflle
3 1=Read backward
4 1= Write
5 I=POINTW
6 Not used
7 1= Forward-space file before next operation
22-23 16-17 Not used
24-25 18-19 Record length
26-27 lA-lB Maximum BLKS IZE
28 lC Read command code (X'02 1 for read forward; X'OC I for read
backward)
29-31 lD-1F EOF address
32-39 20-27 CCW
40-43 28-2B Block count, initialized 00000000 for read forward, 00400000
for read backward

44 2C 0 1= Error routlne
1 1= Ignore
2 Not used
3 1= Record fixed unblocked
4-7 Not used
45-47 2D-2F DC A(ERROPT) Acldrelis of error routine

III-52
DTFSD (Da'a FHes)
DTF Assembly B tes
Bits Function
label Dec Hex

&Filename a -15 OO-OF Command Control Block (CCB)

16 10 0 1= Dequeue old volume extents
I 1= Dummy OPEN to obtain extents from label track
2 1= File assigned 'IGN' (COBOL)
3 1= Track hold option specified
4 1= OTF reloco~ed by OPENR
5 1= Input trailer labels tobe processed at close time
(COBOL only)
6 1= Sponned processing
7 1= COBOL end-oF-extent option specified
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 OTF type for OPEN/CLOSE (X'20'= seguential
access DASD fi les)
21 15 a
I
2
3
1= Not used
1= Blocked file
l=Work file
1= Workarea specified
I
4 1= Not a Version 1 type table
5 1= Open; 0= closed
6 1:::: Input; 0= output
7 1= User labels specified
22-2B 16-lC Filename (OTF name)
29 10 Device type code:
X'OO'= 2311 Note:
X'OI'= 2314,2319 ~vious versions, last
X'04 t::3330-1,-2 byte of filename contains
X I 05 '= 3330-11 device type code
X '07 '= 3350
X '08'= 3340 general
x' 09 '= 3340 35MB
X 'OA '= 3340 70MB

30-35 IE-23 Address of Format I label in VTDC (BCCHHR)

36-37 24-25 Volume sequence number
3B 26 Open communication byte:
Input file
a 1= No more extents
I 1= Update file
2 1= Process trailer labels
3 1=:= Exit to user's EOF routine
4 1= Next extent on new volume
5 1= Return to close routine
6 1= Process header lobe Is
7 1= Extent switch
Output file
a 1= No more extents
I 1= Extents needed at close time
2 1= Process trailer labels
3 1= Process header lobe Is
4 1= Next extent on new volume
5 1= Extents entered via console

) 111-53
DTFSD (Data Files) ( . Cont'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes Function

Bits
Label Dec Hex

38
(Cont'd)
I Output file (Cont'd)
6 1= Process trailer lahels at close
7 1= Check extent for minimum of 2 tracks
39 27 0 1= Extent bypassed before file is opened (input
only)
1 1= FEOVD has been issued (input only)
0-7 Sequence number of current extent opened
(Output only)
40 28 Sequence number of last extent opened
41-43 29-2B Address of user's label routine
44 2C 0 not used
1 1= Device supports RPS
2 1= Version 3 DTF

3-6 not used

7 1= DTF has been extended into the partition
virtual area
45-47 2D-2F Address of IOAREA 1
48-51 30-33 CCHH address of user's lobe I trock (X'80000000')
&Filename.S 52-53 34-35 Lower heed limit (HH)
54-57 36-39 Extent upper limit (CCHH)
58-59 3A-3B Seek address (BB) :
X'OOOO' if a disk device
60-63 3C-3f Seorch argument (CCHH)
64 40 Record number
65-67 41-4 EOF address if input file; Key length and data
length if output file
68-71 44-47 CCHH control field:
CCHH= X '00C80009 I if 2311 - type 1
CCHH= x'OQC80013' ;f 2314 0'
2319 - type 1
CCHH=X'01940012 , ;f3330 - type I
CCHH= X '03280012' If 3330-11 - type I
CCHH=X'015COOOB' If 3340 35MB
CCHH=X '02B8000B ' ;r 3340 70MB
CCHH=X '022BOOI D' If 3350 - type 1

where nn= current upper head number

72 48 Number of records per track (input) or number of
records per track - minus one (output)
73 49 Switch byte used by the logiC modules for various
switching purposes. Functions indicated are for
the ON condition(l) of the respective bit.
Fixed length Record Modules

0 Not first entry after Open (INPUT and UPDATE)

Not first write after Open (OUTPUT)
1 Short record (INPUT and UPDATE without
truncation)
2 Partial block written (OUTPUT)
3 ERROPT= SKIP (INPUT); TRUNC= YES (OUTPUT)
4 End-of-file record written (OUTPUT)
End of extent (UPDATE)

III-54
DTFSD (Data Fnos) ( ... Cant'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

73 Fixed length Record Modules (Cont'd)

(Cont'd)
5 Truncation not specified (used by OPEN routines)
6 Write block of records (UPDATE)
7 End of Hie (UPDATE)
Variable length Record Modules
0 Not first entry after OPEN (lNPlIT and UPDATE)
Write record (OUTPUT)
I Wrong length record (INPUT); TRUNe::: YES
{OUTPLJT)i Second GET operation performed (UP-
DATE)

I
2 Return to close routine (OUTPlfT)
Update specified (UPDATE)
3 Not first entry after OPEN (OUTPUT)
4 New extent required by CLOSE
5 Capacity of I/O area exceeded (OUTPUT)
Second GET required (UPDATE)
6 Not first read (INPUT)
Second GET issued (UPDATE)
7 Unnecessary to read (lNPUf)
Track capacity exceeded (OUTPUT)
Save record count (UPDATE)
Undefined length Record Modules
0 Not first entry after OPEN (All modules)
I Save record count (UPDATE)
2 Return to close routine (OUTPUT)
3 Second GET issued (UPDATE)
4 Not used
5 PUT command issued (UPDATE)
6 End of file reached (UPDATE)
7 Multi-track operation (UPDATE)
74-75 4A-4B Block size minus I
76-BO 4C-50 CCHHR= Extent lower limit and record number.
Field is used as a search argument bucket by the
logic modules
BI 51 I 1= FEOVD has been issued (output only)
BI-83 51-53 Address of user wrong-length record routine if
input file; Track capacity counter if output file
84-87 54-57 Instruction to load user's register IOREG.
(Note: This field is a NOP unless blocked records
are processed in one I/O area, or two I/O areas
are specified and records are processed in the
I/O areas)
88-91 58-5B Address of current available input/output area
92-95 5C-SF Logical record size
96-99 60-63 Address of end of input/output area

III-55
)
DTFSD (Data FHe.) ( Cont'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

100 64 logical indicators:

0 1= ERROPT= address
I 1= ERROPT= IGNORE
2 1= ERROPT= SKIP
3 1= VERIFY=YES
4 1=2 VOereas
5 l=WLRERR=address (fixed length and variable
records)
1= Output file (undefined length records)
6 1= Fixed-length records
0= Variable or undefined length records
7 Control parameter specified
101-103 65-67 Address of user's read error routine
104-111 68-6F Seek CON
112-119 70-77 Search 1D. Equal CON
120-127 78-7F TIC CON
128-135 80-87 Read/'Nrite Data CON
This is the end of the common portion of the DTFSD table. The followmg sections are a
added depending on the parameters specified in the operand of the DTFSD macro instruction.

DTF Assembly Bytes Record

Label Dec
Bits Function
Hex Format

If RECFORM= FIXBLK and TRUNCS=YES

136-143 88-8F Read count CON

144-151 90-97 Count fie Id input area
If CONTROL= YES, the following section is added
152-167 98-A7 Control CO
168-175 AB-~ Control CON
ig
If UPDATE= YES
~
136-143 88-8F Search ID Equal CON ;
8
144-151 90-97 TIC CON i!.
S
152-159 98-9F Verify CON
If CONTROl= YES, the following section is added
!
160-175 AO-~ Control CCB if
176-183 BO-B7 Control CON

If RECFORM=FIXBLK, TRUNCS=YESand UPDATE=YES

136-143 88-8F Read Count CeN

144-151 90-97 Search ID Equal CON

III-56
DTFSD (Data Files) ( Cont 'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes IBits Function

Record
Label Dec Hex Format

If RECFORM= FIXBLK, TRUNCS= YES and UPDATE= YES (Cont'd)

152-159 98-91' TIC CON (Bytes 158-159 contain saved

block length If two files are using same

160-167 AD-A7
logic module)
Verify CON
.ifa
."

n
168-175 AB-AF Count field input area
If CONTROl= YES, the following section is added
a
176-191 BO-BF Control CCB I
f
I
192-199 CO-C7 Control CON

If TRUNCS or UPDATE are not specified, no additions are made to the OTFSD
table except when CONTROL=YES is specified, the following section is added.
r
/ 136-151 8B-97 Control CCB
152-159 98-91' Control CON

136-143 BB-8F Search 10 Equal CON

."
144-151 90-97 TIC CON
152-159 98-91' Verify CON
[
a
If CONTROL is not specified S
a.
160-163 AD-A3 End-of-extent routine address (primarily
used by COBOL compiler) if
~
If CONTROL= YES g
160-175 AD-AF Control CCB -if
So
176-1B3 BO-B7 Control CON
184-187 B8-BB End-of extent routine address (primarily
f
used by COBOL compiler)

136-143 B8-BF Read count CON

If UPDATE Is not specified:

i~
~ ~~
Q.;m
144-151 90-97 Count field input area ac.._
If CONTROL= YES 8 ;- g
a.~ ;:.
152-167 98-A7 Control CCB _. ""
iJ ... Cil
168-175 AB-AF Control CON ~ 8S
176-179 BO-B3 logical record length =a.~
~ .
lBO-1B3 84-B7 RX type instruction

* These bytes are always generated when spanned processing is specified

III-57
/
DTFSD (Da'a Files) ( .... Can' 'd)

DTF Assembly! Bytes IBits Function

Record
Label Dec Hex Format

If UPDATE is not specified:(Cont'd) ~ i ~

t----.,::-:==-::-''-:-:==---:-::-------------I~
I-I_f_C_O_NTT_RO_L=_Y_ErS_{:...Cron_'_'d.:..)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ --lH ~
; s:
184 B8 0 No' used 8
1
2
1= Skip segment
1= Spanned first time
a.i" ~
~':r ~
3-7 Not wed c CiI ~
:;'8 ~
185-187 B9-BB Pointer in logical record
a-:a--
If UPDATE= YES:

144-151 90-97 Search ID Equal CON ~ "5-

~
152-159 98-9F
OCC~ !~
160-167 AO-A7 Verify CON ~ ~
168-175 AS-AF Count field input area :;:. g
176-183 BO-B7 Count field save area if one IVO area gg 3:-CiI
184-191 B8-BF Count field save area if two Vo areas 0. S
I---~---L-+-~-------~-----l~'a.
If CONTROL= YES'
F-~~~~~-+-C-o-n-'ro~I-C-C-B-----------I ;~
192-207 CO-CF
08-215 DO-D7 Control CON
a-
216-219 D8-DB logical record length
220-223 DC-DF RX type instruction
224 EO 0 Not used
I 1= Skip segment ~
2 1= Spanned first time 8 g:
3 1= Null segment a.m
4
5
1= Spanned PUT return
Not used
ig
a'a
6 Not used ib:
:rg
7 ]= No update
~
225-227 EI-E3 Pointer in logical record t
228-235 E4-EB Count save area

236-239 EC-EF Extent status save area

136-143 88-8F Search 10 Equal CON

~
144-151 90-97 TlCC~
a a'-
0-
152-159 98-9F Verify CON c

160-163 AO-A3 Space remaining in output area if

::::ca
a~
164-165 A4-A5 Track capacity
166-169 A6-A9 Instruction to load user IS register VARBlD
(If VARBlD is not specified, instruction a.
is NO-OP)
.. These bytes are always generated when spanned processing is specified

III-58
DTFSD (Data FHe,) ( .. Cant'd)

DTF Assemb Iy B tes Record

Bits Function
Lobel Dec Hex Format

If CONTROL= YES'
170-172 AA-AC Not used
173-175 AD-AF End-of-extent routine address (primarily
used by COBOL compiler)
176-191 BO-BF Cantml CCB
192-199 CO-Cl Cantml CeN

200-203 C8-CB Logical record length

204-207 CC-CF RX type instruction
208 DO Not used
Not used
1= leading segment
1= Output block truncated
1::: End of track
1= Track truncated
1= Save count
1::: Volume spanned

209-211 Dl-D3 Pointer in logical record

212-219 D4-DB Count save area
220-223 DC-DF Extent status save area

136-143 88-8F Search 1D Equo 1 CON

144-151 90-97 TIC CeN
152-15998-9F Verify CON
160-161 AO-AI Track capacity
If CONTROL= YES
162-164 A2-A4 Not used
164-167 M-A7 End-of-extent routine address (primarily
used by COBOL compiler)
168-183 A8-B7 Control CCB
184-191 B8-BF Control ci:::vI
* These bytes are always generated when spanned processing is specified

III-59
DTFSD (Werklile,)

DTF A.sembly Bytes Function

Bits
Label Dec Hex
&Filename 0-15 OO-OF Command Control Block (CCB)
16 10 0-1 Not used
2 1= File ",,;gned 'IGN' (COBOL)
3 t= Track hold option specified
4 1= DTF relocated by OPENR
5-7 Not used
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 DTF type fer OPEN/CLOSE (X'20' =,equenHal
access DASD files)
21 15 0= Disk device
1= CLOSE macro is not to delete Format 1 and
Fonnet 3 file labels
2 1= Work file
3 Type of open: 1= Point; 0= Normal
4 1= Routine entered from close routine
5 1= File opened; 0= File closed
6 Not used
7 1= Re-entry to close routine
22-28 16-1C Filename (OTF nome)
29 ID Device type Code:
X'OO'= 2311
X'OI' =2314, 2319
X'04'= 3330-1, 2
IX'OS '= 3330-11
be '07 '= 3350
X 'Q8 '= 3340 general
X 'oq '= 3340 35MB
X'OA '= 3340 70MB
Note: In previous versions, last byte of filename
contains device type code
30-31 IE-IF Track capacity counter
32-35 20-23 Address of Format 1 lobe I in VTOC (CCHR)
36 24 Extent sequence number
37 25 Open communication byte
0 Not used
I 1= Device supports RPS
2 1= Version 3 OTF
3 1= symbolic unit in DTF
4 1= next extent on new volume
5 1= extent opened
6 Not used
7 1= DTF has been extended into the partition
virtual area
38 26 lower head limit
39 27 Upper head limit

&Filename.L 40-41 28-29 Record length

42-45 2A-2D Initial extent lower limit
46-49 2E-31 Current extent lower limit
SO-53 32-35 Extent ul?per limit

111-60
DTFSD (Workfiles) ( Cont'd)

DTF Assembly B tes Bits Function

Label Dec Hex

8filename.S 54-55 36-37 Seek address (BB= X'OOOO')

56-59 38-3B Search address (CCHH)
60 3C Record number
61 3D Switch byte used by logic module
0 1= First write entry indicator
1 l=Write update indicator
2 1= POINTS macro issued
3 Not first record of a track (RECFORM= UNDEF)
4 1= Track upper limit reached
5 Not used
6 Check after read/write

I
]=
7 Not used
62-63 3E-3F Maximum record length

64 40 Verify chain bit

65-67 41-43 Address of user's EOF routine
68 M logical indicators
0 1= ERROPT= address
1 1= ERROPT= IGNORE
2 1= Fixed-length unblocked records
3 1= Verify specified
4 I=ERROPT= SKIP
5 1= Re-read after read error
6-7 Not used
69-71 45-47 Address of user read/write error routine
72-143 48-8F CON chain for work files
IM-151 90-97 Input area for Verify CON and Read Count CCW

111-61
)
DTFDA

DTF Assembly Module DSECT B tes

Bits Function
Label Label Dec Hex

&Filename IJICCB 0-15 aD-OF Command Control BJoc:k (CCB)

IJIMOD 16 10 0 1= Trailer labels
I Used by FREE macro
2 1= COBOL Open/Ignore option
3 1= Track hold option specified
4 1= DTF relocated by OPENR
5 Not used
6 1= SPNUNB
7 Used by CNTRL macro
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 DTF type fo, OPEN/CLOSE
(X'22'= direct access files)
IJISWI 21 15 1= Output; 0-=0- Input
1= Verify option specified
1"" Search multiple track (SRCHM)
specified
1= WRITE AFTER 0' WRITE RZERO
mocro used
1;;: IDLOC specified
Jo=; Undefined; 0 = FIXUNB,
VARUNB 0' SPNUNB
1= RELTYPE= DEC
1= End of file
IJIFNM 22-28 16-IC filename (DTF name)
IJIDVTP 29 ID Device type code: X'05'=3330-11
X'00'=2311 X'07'=3350
X'Ol'=2314,2319 X'08'=3340 general
X'09'=3340 35MB
X'04'=3330-1, -2 X'OA'=3340 70MB
IJIUNT 30-31 IE-IF Starting logical unit address of
the first volume containing the
data file. This value is supplied
by the OPEN from EXTENT cords
(con be initially zero)
IJIRPS 32 20 0 Not used
1 1= Device supports RPS
2-6 Not used
7 1= DTF has been extended into
the partition virtual area
IJIULB 33-35 21-23 Address of user's label routine
IJIUXT 36-39 24-27 Address of user's routine for pro-
cessing EXTENT information
IJIRELPT 40 28 Pointer to re lative address area:
&Filename.P - &Filename
2
IJIERC 41-43 29-2B Address of a 2-byte field in which
lOCS can store the error conditi-
on or status codes
IJITST 44-45 2C-2D Macro code switch for internal use:
X'OOOO'= READ 10
X'OOO I' =READ KEY
X'OO02'= WRITE ID
X'OOO3'= WRITE KEY
X'0004'= WRITE RZERO
X'0005'= WRITE AFTER

111-62
DTFDA ( .... Contld)

DTF Assembly Module DSECT Bytes

Bits Function
Label label Dec Hex

IJIBPT 46-47 2E-2F Pointer to channel program build

area (8filenome.B) minus 32
IJICB2 4B-63 30-3F Control seek CCB
&Filenome.Z IJICCW 64-71 40-47 Control Seek CON for overlap
seek routine
IJIXMD 72-75 48-48 Channel program builder instruc-
tion: Xl 36(2)/C'O'
IJIMSZ 76-77 4C-4D Maximum data length for FIXUNB
or UNDEF records; BlKSIZE for
VARUNB or SPNUNB records
IJISPT 78 4E Pointer to READ ID string (File
ncme.Dh X'OQ' if no READ ID
issued
79

80
4F

50
Pointer to READ KEY string (File
name. I); X'OO' if no READ KEY
issued
Pointer to WRITE [D string (File
I
name.2)j X'OQ' if no WRITE 10
issued
81 51 Pointer to WRITE KEY string (File
nome.3); X'OQ' if no WRITE KEY
issued
82 52 Pointer to WRITE RZERO string
(FilenameA)i X'OO' if no WRITE
RZERO issued
83 53 Pointer to WRITE AFTER string
(Filename.5); X'OO' if no WRITE
AFTER issued
IJITRK 84-85 54-55 Track constant:
231 h H'O' if key length=O
H'20' if key length;iO
2314/2319, H'O' if key length=O
H'45' if key lengthiO
3330, H'135' if key length=O
H'191' if key lenQthiO
3340, H'167' if key length=O
H'242' if key lengthi4J
3350, H'l85' if key length=O
H'267' if key length;lO

IJIRIC 86-87 56-57 2311 , H'61'

2314/2319, H'101'
3330, H'135'
3340, H'167'
3350, H'l85'

IJILAT 88 58 0 Not used

1 1= Wrong-length record
2 1= non data transfer error
3 Not used
4 1= no room found

111-63
DTFDA ( ConI 'd)

DTF Assembly Module DSECT B es

Bits Function
Lobel Lobel Dec He.

88 5-6 Not used

(Conl'd) 7 1= Record out of extent area
89 59 0 1= Data check in count area
I 1= Track overrun
2 1= End of cylinder
3 1= Data check when reading key
or data
4 ]= No record found
5 1= End of file
6 1= End of volume
7 Not used
IJILBTK 90-95 SA-SF Label track oddress, XBCCHH,
where X is the volume sequence
number of the device on which the
label track is located.

The following section is included if UNDEF, AFTER or RZERO is specified

&Filename.l IJILST 96-143 6O-8F Basic CCW's to build channel pro-

gram
144-183 9O-B7 Basic CeN's for undefined length
or formatting macros
IJIVIT 184-IB5 B8-B9 Instruction to give record length
to user if record length is undefined
(NOPR 0 if no RECSIZE specified)
IJIFRU 186-1B7 BA-BB Instruction to get record length
from user if record length is unde-
fined. (NOPR 0 if no RECSIZE
specified)
&F i lename. F IJIFLD 188-192 BC-CO Work orea (used for RO address -
CCHHO)
&Filename.K IJICNT 193-200 Cl-C8 Work area (used for RO data field)
8filename.C IJICTS 201-208 C9-DO Work area (included only for span-
ned or variable records for record
count field)
The channel program builder strings are generated following the DTFDA table and preceding
the channel program building area

111-64
DTFDA ( . Cont'd)

DTF ~:~Iy Mod~~~SECT t-"D""ec,.:B,yt,e;:""H"'ex,,--lBits Function

8filename.3 Variable Channel program builderstring for

WRITE KEY macro. II WRITE KEY
is not specified, the string is not
generated

8filenome.4 Variable Channel program builder string for

WRITE RZERO macro. II WRITE
RZERO orWRITE AFTER is not speci-
fied, the string is not generated
&filename. 5 Variable Channel program builder string for
WRITE AfTER macro. II WRITE
RZERQ or WRITE AFTER isnotspe-
~~~~-L~____~~~~__~____~~c_;I_;e_d~,_th""e_'_tr~;n~g~;'_n~o_tg~e_n_er_o_te_d-i
I
The following section contains the channel program build oreas and varies in size

&filename.S 0-7 I 00-07 Seek CON that is generated ot

program assembly time and used
by all channel programs
Variable Area to build:
1) Eight CON's if AFTER is not
specified
2) Eight CON's if spanned or vari-
able length records and AFTER=
YES is specified
3) Seven CON's if undefined or
fixed records and AFTER::: YES
is specified
Variable Area to build:
1) Eight CON's if AfTER is not
specified and VERIFY::: YES is
specified
2) Eight CON's if spanned or vari-
able length records and AFTER:::
YES and VERIFY::: YES are spe-
cified
3) Five CON's if undefined or fixe
records and AFTER= YES and
VERIFY= YES are specified
The following section is added for spanned records only

8 bytes Count save area

8 bytes SEEKADR save area
1 byte 1= Relative addressing
1= UIGET switch on
1= Ignore hold switch on
1= Reserved for use by DAMODV
1= New volume SEEKADR
5-7 Not used

111-65
DTFDA ( . Cont'd)
DTF Assembly Module DSEcr Bytes Bits Function
Label label Uec ex
1 byte Reserved
2 bytes Record size
12 bytes Work area
8 bytes Contro I word save area
Thefollowingsection is added to the DTFDA table if DSKXTNT (relative addressing) is specified
8filename.P 3 bytes 3X'OQ' for podding
8filename.1 5 bytes IDlOC record area (bucket used by
module)
&Filename. 5 8 bytes SEEKADR in the form:
M,B l,B2,Cl,C2,Hl,H2,R
4 bytes DC A( &SEEKADR)
4 bytes DC A(&IDLOC)
8 bytes Work area for RELTYPE= DEC
&Filename.X 4 bytes Save area for CCHH portion of
actual DASD address
4 bytes Alteration factor for Cl in SEEK
ADR (see bytes 112-119)
2311 X'OOOOOOOI'
2314/2319, X'OOOOOOOI'
3330 ,X'OOOOI300'
3340 ,X'OOOOOCOO'
3350 ,X'OOOOl EOO'

4 bytes Alteration factor for C2 in SEEK

ADR (see bytes 112-119)
2311 X'OOOOOOOA'
2314/2319, X'OOOOOOI4'
3330 ,X'OOOOOOI3'
3340 ,X'OOOOOOOC'
3350 ,X'OOOOOOl E'

4 bytes Alteration factor for Hl in SEEK

ADR (see bytes 112-119)
2311 X'OOOOOOOI'
2314/2319, X'OOOOOOOI'
3330 ,X'OOOOOOOI'
3340 ,X'OOOOOOOI'
3350 ,X'OOOOOOOl'

Variable DSKXTNT table composed of a

to end of variable number of B-byte entries
DTF table containing extent information in
the following format:
Bytes 0-2 TTI2 - cumulative number of trocks in the DSK
XTNT table entries up to and including
the current entry
3 M- volume sequence number
4 B - bin number (0 for disk devices)
5-7 TTTl - relative track number of lower limit of
this entry
A 2-byte end-oF-table indicator containing X'FFFF'
follows the last entry in the DSKXTNT table
111-66
DTF Assembly B tes
Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

&Filename o -15 OO-OF Command Control Block (CCB)

16 10 0 Used by ISAM Interface Program
I Not used
2 1= COBOL open; ignore option
3 Not used
4 1= DTF table address constants relocated by
OPENR
5 Not used
6 1= Data set security
7 I=Wrong blocksize error during file extension
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20
21
14
15
0
I
FUe type fo, OPEN/CLOSE (X'24'= LOAD)
Option byte:
Not used
Not used
I
2 1= Cylinder overflow option
3 Not used
4 1= Blocked records (used by previous versions)
5 1= Verify
6 Not used
7 1= 2 I/O areas present
22-28 16-1C Fil~ name
29 ID Pri me data dev ice type i nd i cator:
X'OO'= 2311 ; X'Ol '= 2314/2319 ;
X'04'= 3330;
X'OB'= 3340 general; X'09'=
3340 35MB; X'OA'= 3340 70MB
&filename.C 30 IE Status byte:
0 1= Uncorrectable DASD error (except WLR)
I l=WLR error
2 1= Prime data area full
3 1= Cylinder index area not large enough to
reference prime data area. Set on only if
error detected at SETFL time
4 1= Master index not large enough to reference
prime data area. Set on only if error detec-
ted at SElF L time
5 1= Duplicate record
6 1= Sequence error
7 1= No EOF record written in prime data area
31 IF High level index device type indicator:
X'QQ'= 2311 ; X'OI '= 2314/2319 ;
X'04'= 3330;
X'OS'= 3340 general; X'09'=
3340 35MB; X'OA'= 3340 70MB
32 20 Relative position of the DSKXTN (logical unit,
cell number) table (in words). This value is the
length of the DTF table divided by 4

111-67
DTFlS (Load) ( . Cant'd)

OTF Assembly Bytes Function

Bits
Label Dec Hex

33-34 21-22 First prime track in cylinder (HH)

35 23 First prime data record in cylinder (R)
36-37 24-25 last prime track in cylinder (HH)
38 26 High record on master index!cylinder index
t,ack (R)
39 27 High record on prime data track (R)
40 28 High record on overflow track (R)
41 29 High record on last track index track in
cylinder (whether shared or unshared)
42 2A High record on track index track other than last
in cylinder. If only one track index track in
cylinder, it is equal to byte 41
43 2B Condition code:
0 1= WLR checks requested (for extension)
1 1= First record in file
2 1= Prime data extent full
3 1= Master index/cylinder index extent too small
4 1= Prime data upper limit has been increased
(for extension)
5 1= Extension
6-7 Not used
44-50 2C-32 Prime data lower limit (MBBCCHH)
51-57 33-39 Cylinder index lower limit (MBBCCHH)
58-64 3A-4O Master index lower limit (MBBCCHH)
65 41 Number of index levels
0-3 Not used
4 1= RPS type device (data)
5 1= RPS type DTF
6 1= Master index
7 1= RPS type device (index)
&Filename.H 66-73 42-29 Address of last prime data record (MBBCCHHR)
74-75 4A-4B Logical record length
76-77 4C-4D Key length
78-79 4E-4F Block length (logical record length times
number of records)
80-81 50-51 Overflow record length (logical record length
plus 10)
82-83 52-53 Blocking factor (number of logical records)
84-85 54-55 Index entry length (key length plus 10)
86-87 56-57 Prime data record length (key length plus
physical record length)
88-89 58-59 Overflow record length with key (key length
plus logical record length plus 10)
90-91 5A-58 Prime data record format length (key length plus
physical record length plus 8)

111-68
DTFlS (load) ( .... Cont'd)

DTF Assemb Iy B tes

Bits Function
label Dec Hex

92-93 5C-5D Overflow record format length (key length plus

logical record length plus 18)
94-95 5E-SF Key location (in blocked records)
This is the end of the common DTF area. The format of the remainder of the table is vari-
able and is generated according to the parameters specified in the DTFIS macro instruction

Bfilename.S 96-103 60-67 Seek/search address orea (MBBCCHHR)

SF i lenome. P 104-105 68-69 logical record counter (for blocking)
106-107 6A-6B Number of bytes for high level index

I
108-111 6C-6F Prime dota record counter (logical records)
112 70 Status indicators:
0-1 Not used
2 J=File closed
3-5 Not used
6 1== last prime data track full
7 1= last block full
113-117 71-75 Last trock index normal entry address (CCHHR)
118-122 76-7A lest cylinder index entry address (CCHHR)
123-127 7B-7F last master index entry address (CCHHR)
8filename.B CON build area, See description of SETFl
macro, phase 1 - $SBSETFl
128-135 80-87 Seek CCN
136-143 88-8F Seorch 10 Equal CON
144-151 90-97 TIC CCN
152-159 98-91' Read/Write C'ON
160-167 AO-A7 Seorch 10 Equal CON
168-175 AB-M TIC CCN
176-183 BO-B7 Verify CON
8Filename.M 184-187 B8-BB Address of IOREAl
188-191 BC-BF .A.ddress of dota in WORKL. (FIXBlK=address
of WORKl; FIXUNB= address of WORKl plus
key).
192-195 CO-C3 Address of key in WORKL. (FIXBLK= address
of WORKl plus KEYlOC minus 1; FIXUNB=
address of WORKl.)
196-199 C4-C7 Block position indicator (address of logical
record in IOAREAl)
200 C8 Master index, extension indicator:
0-2 Not used
3 1= Extending file; 0= Creating file
4-6 Not used
7 1= Master index being usedi 0= No master index
being used

111-69
DTFIS (Load) ( .. Cont'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

201-204 C9-CC Cylinder index upper limit (CCHH)

205-20B CD-DO Master index upper limit (CCHH)
209-215 DI-D7 Prime data upper limit (old upper limit if exten-
,;on) (MBBCCHH)
216-222 DB-DE Prime data new upper limit (for extension)
(MBBCCHH)
223 DF Last prime data track in cylinder minus 1
224-225 EO-EI Key length minus one

226-227 E2-E3 logical record length minus 1

22B-229 E4-E5 Address of track index dummy record (HR)
230-231 E6-E7 Address of record before first prime data record
in cylinder (HR)
232 EB Number of records on master index/cyl inder
index track minus 1
233-236 E9-EC Master index/cyl inder index DASD address
control field (CCHH):
2311 = X'OOC70009'
2314/2319= X'OOC700l3'
3330 = X'0IFFOOI2'
3340 = X'OlFFOOOC'

237-239 ED-EF Prime data address control field (CCH):

2311 = X'OOC700'
2314/2319= X'OOC700'
3330 = X'OIFFOO'
3340 = X'OIFFOO'

240-242 FO-F2 Prime data beginning of volume (CCH):

2311 = X'OOOIOO'
2314/2319= X'OOOlOO'
3330 = X'OOOIOO'
3340 = X'OOOlOO'
243-245 F3-F5 ~3if1e data =ex!oJcv70~,me (CCH):
2314/2319= X'OOC700'
3330 = X'019300'
3340 = X'015BOO'(35MB), X'02B700'(70MB)

246-247 F6-F7 Used for alignment

24B-251 I FB-FB First entry in DSKXTN table (logical unit,
ce II number)
256-2592 100- 103 X'FFFFFFFF'= End of DSKXTN table
260-263 104- 107 Address of IOAREA2
264-267 lOB-lOB Address used to relocate IOAREA2
..
1) Each entry in the DSKXTN table is 4 bytes long. The minimum number of entries IS
two. There is one entry per extent.
2) Location of the end-of-table indicator depends on length of DSKXTN table

111-70
DTFlS (Add) - part I

DTF Assemb Iy Bytes

=i"s Function
Label Dec He.>:

Bfilename o -15 C<l-:= ; CCB

16 10 i0 Not used
I Not used
2 1= COBOL open; ignore option
3 1= Track hold specified
4 1= DTF table address constants relocated by
OPENR
5 Not used
6 t"" Data set security
7 1= Wrong blocksize error during addition to file
17-19 11-13 logic module address
20
21
14
15
0
I
File type for OPEN/CLOSE (X'25'= ADD)
Option byte:
Not used
1= Prime data in core
I
2 1= Cylinder overflow
3 1= Cylinder index in core
4 1= Blocked records
5 1= Verify
6-7 Not used
22-28 16-1C DTF file name
29 10 Prime data device type indicator:
X'OO'= 2311 X'OJ '= 2314/2319
X'04'=3330
X'OS I = 3340 general
X'09'= 3340 (35MB) X'OA'= 3340 (70MB)
Bfilename.C 30 IE Status byte:
0 1= Uncorrectoble DASD error (except WLR)
I ]=WlR error
2 1= EOF (sequential)
3 1= No record found
4 1= Illegal 10 specified
5 1= Duplicate record sensed
6 1= Overflow area full
7 1= Record retrieved from overflow area
31 IF Highest level index device type:
X'OO'= 2311 X'OI '= 2314/2319
X'04'=3330
X10B 1= 3340 general
X'09'= 3340 (35MB) X'OA'= 3340 (70MB)
32 20 Relative position of the DSKXTN {logical unit,
cell number} table (in worc!s). This value is the
length of the DTF table divided by 4
33-35 21-23 First prime data record in cylinder (HHR)
36-37 24-25 last prime data track in cylinder (HH)
38 26 High record number on master index/cylinder
index track (R)

111-71
DTFIS (Add) - port I ( Cont'd)

DTF As.emb Iy Bytes

Bits Function
label Dec Hex
39 27 High record number on prime data track (Rr
40 28 High record number on overflow track (R)
41 29 High record number on shared track (R)
42 2A High record number on track index (TI) track (R)
43 2B Retrieval byte:
0 1= WORKR area specified
I 1= WORKS area specified
2 Overflow switch
3 1= Read
4 Not used
5 1= Output
6 t=Write key
7 1= PUT macro issued
44-50 2C-32 Prime data lower limit (Iv1BBCCHH)
51-57 33-39 Cylinder index lower limit (MBBCCHH)
58-64 JA-40 Master index lower limit (Iv'IBBCCHH)
65 41 Switches
0 1= From WAITF routine
I 1= WAllF seek check hit
2-3 Not used
4 1= RPS type dev;ce (data)
5 1= RPS type DTF
6 1= Master index
7 1= RPS type device (index)
66-73 42-49 last prirne data record address (MBBCCHHR)
74-75 4A-4B lag;cal record length (RECSIZE)
76-77 4C-4D Key length (KEYLEN)
78-79 4E-4F Block siz:e (logical record length times number
of records)
SO-81 50-51 Overflow record length (logical record length
plus 10)
82-83 52-53 Blocking factor (number of logical records in
block (NRECDS)
84-85 54-55 Index entry length (key length plus 10)
86-87 56-57 Prime data record length (key length plus
physical record length (block size)
88-89 58-59 Overflow record length plus key (key length
plus logical record length plus 10)
90-91 5A-58 Prime dota record format length (key length
plus blocksize plus 8)
92-93 5C-5D Overflow record format length (key length
plus logical record length plus 18)
94-95 5E-5F Key location (KEYLOC) for blocked records
96-97 60-61 Constant = 5
98-99 62-63 Constant = 10

111-72
DTFIS (Add) - part 1 ( Co'")

DTF Assembly
Labol Doc
Biles
H..
I Sits FunctIon

100-101 64-65 D:~;:;b-=ument of part 2 of the DTFIS table from

start of part 1
102-103 66-67 Displacement of p.lrt 3 of the DTFIS table from
start of part 1
afilename.S 104-113 68-71 Seek/search addr... area (MBBCCHHRFP)
Bflloname.W 114-123 72-75 Random/sequential retrieval work area
Ullename.P 124_127 7C-7F Prime data record count

128 80 Status indicators:

0-1 Not used

I
2 1= File closed
3-5 Not used
6 1= Last prime data track full
7 1= Block complete
129-133 81-85 Last track index normal entry a~dress (CCHHR)
134-138 86-BA Last cylinder index entry address (CCHHR)
139-143 8B-8F last master index entry address (CCHHR)
144-151 90-97 L.ast independent overflow record address
(MBBCCHHR)
&Filename. I 152-153 98-99 Number of independent overflow tracks
&Fllename.A 154-155 9A-98 Number of full cylinder overflow areas
&filename. 0 156-157 9C-9D Overflow rec::Ird count

158-164 9E-M Independent overflow area lower limit

(M8BCCHH)
165-171 AS-AS Independent overflow area upper limit
(MBBCCHH)
172-175 AC-AF A(BFilename.O) - Address of work area for
cylinder overflow control record (COCR)
176-179 BO-83 A(BFilename.D+8) - Address of workarea for
tl-e current track index normal entry count field
180-183 B4-B7 A(8filename.D+16) - Address of work area for
current track Index overflow entry count field
184-187 B8-BB A(BFilename.0+24) - Address of workarea for
current prime data record count field
188-191 BC-BF A(BFilename.0+32) - Address of work area for
currer1t overflow record count field
192-195 CO-C3 A( BF ilename. 0+40) - Address of work area for
track index normal entry data field
196-199 C4-C7 A( BF ilename. 0+50) - Address of work area for
current overflow record linkage field
200-203 C8-CB A(&IOREAL) - Address of 10REAL, the I/O
area used for adding records to a file

111-73
/
DTFIS (Add) - pert I ( Cont'd)

DTF Assemb Iy
Label Dec
e,
Hex
Bits Function

204-207 CC-CF A(&WORKL) - Address of WORKl, workarea

containing user data records to be added to the
file
208-211 00-03 A(&Filename.K) - Address of the ADD key orea
212-215 04-07 A(&IOAREAL+8) - Address of key position in
IOAREAL
216-219 D8-DB A(&IOAREAL-+1l+&KEYLEN) - Addcess of doto
position in IOAREAL

DTFlS (Add) - pert 2

DTF Assembly B tes

Bits Function
label Dec Hex

8filename.2 o -3 00-03 A(&Filename.5+3) - Address of the seek/search

address area plus 3
4 04 0 1= Seek check indicated
1-5 Not used
6 1= Over/under seek has occurred
7 1= An error has been found, but a seek check
is indicated
5 -7 05-07 A( &F ilename. W) - Address of random,Aequentiol
retrieval work orea
The following information is generated if the cylinder index in core option is specified

12-15 OC-OF A(&INDAREA) -Starting address of main storage

area specified for cylinder index
16-17 10-11 AL2(&INDSIZE) - Number of bytes in main
storage available for cylinder index
18-25 12-19 Next cylinder index entry to be read
(MBBCCHHR)
26-30 IB-IE Last cylinder index entry (CCHHR)
31 IF Core index byte:
1= First time through B-transient, $$BINDEX
1= End of cylinder index reached
1= Index skip option specified
1= Suppress in-core option and read cylinder
index
4-7 Not used
32-35 10-23 Pointer to key (stored by module)

111-74
OTFIS (Add) - part 2 ( C:-",

OTF Assembly L ~ytes

Function
label Dec HeJt
The following information is ge:-:e::'e:! if ~he prime data in core add function is specified
This information is aligned on a c!::'-!lle werd boundary

36-37 24-25 S;ze of IOAREAL

38-39 26-27 Maximum number of prime data records in main
storage

40-43 28-2B Address of write CON's

44-47 2C-2F Address of read CCW's
48 30 Switch byte;
0 1= EOF

I
1-7 Not used
49 31 Reserved.
IJHDCWRK 50-51 32-33 Work fieldJor 1/0 Module.

OTFIS (Add) - part 3

OTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Lobel Dec Hex

&Filename.B 0-7 00-07 CCW X'07I, 8filename.S+I, X'40', 6 - long

seek CON with command chaining
8 -127 08-7f Channel program build area.
&Filename.D 128-135 80-87 Cylinder overflow control record (COCR)
136-143 88-8F Current track index normal entry counf field
address
144-151 90-97 Current track index overflow entry count field
address
152-159 98-9F Current prime data record count field address
160-167 AO-A7 Current overflow record count field address
168-177 AS-BI Track index normal entry data field
178-187 B2-BB Current overflow record sequence link field
188-197 BC-B5 Current track index overflow entry data field
198 C6 X'OI - Add to EOF
X'02 1 - Add to independent overflow area
199-201 C7-C9 Overflow control bytes (CCH)
202-203 CA-CB High HR on overflow track
204-211 CC-03 Volume upper limit for prime data records
(MBBCCHHR)
212-217 04-09 CLC 0 (&KEVLEN, 13),0 (6) - Lnblock.d
CLC 0 (&KEVLEN, 13),&KEVLOC-1 (6)-
Blocked Uti Hty CLC for key

111-75
)
DTFIS (Add) - pmt 3 ( Cont'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Lobel Dec Hex

218-223 DA-DF MVC 0 (&KEYLEN, 13),0 (12) - Unblocked

MVC 0 (&KEY LEN, 13), &KEYLEN-l (12) -
Blocked Utility MVC for key
&Filename.E 224_2271) EO-E3 First entry in DSKXTN table (logical unit,
I cell number)

232_235] E8-EB 4X'FF' - End of DSKXTN table

8Filename.K 236+ EC-end Key area for ADD only, Number of bytes de-
pends on key length, KEYlEN

1) Each entry in the DSKXTN toble is four bytes long. The minimum number of entries is
two. There is one entry per extent.
2) location of the end-oF-table indicator depends on length of DSKXTN table.

111-76
OTFIS (RETRVE,RANOOI,I) - :0:" 1

OTF AsJembly B
Label Dec '" r.ex Bits Function

Bfilenamo 0-15 CO-Cf Comm<lnd Control Block (CCB)

16 10 0 Not used
1 1= GET issued
2 1= COBOL open; ignore option
3 1= HOLD option specified
4 1= OTF table address constants relocated by
OPENR
5-6 Not used
7 1= Different blocksize in formato' label than
in DTFIS.
17"19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 File type for OPEN/CLOSE (X'26'= RETRVE)
21 15
0
1
2
3
Option byte:

1=Prime data in core

1= Cylinder overflow option
1= Cylinder index in core option
I
4 l=Blocked records
5 1= Verify
6-7 Not used
22-2B 16-1C File name (DTF name)
29 10 Prime data device type:
X'CO'= 2311 X'OI '= 2314/2319
X'04'= 3330
X'OSI= 3340 general
X'09'= 3340 (35MB) X'OA'= 3340 (70MB)
&filename.C 30 IE Status byte:
0 1= Uncorrectable DASD error (except WLRerror)
1 l=WLR error
2 1= EOF (sequential)
3 1= No record found
4 1= Illegal 10 specified
5 1= Duplicate record sensed
6 1= Overflow area full
7 1= Record retrieved from overflow area
31 IF High level index device type:
X'CO'=2311 X'OI '= 2314/2319
X'04'= 3330
X'08 1= 3340 general
X'09'= 3340 (35MB) X'OA'= 3340 (70MB)
32 20 Relative position of the OSKXTN (logical unit,
cell number) table (in words). This value is the
length of the OTF table divided by 4
33-35 21-23 First prime data rec:ord in c:ylinder (HHR)
36-37 24-25 Last prime data track in cylinder (HH)
3s 26 High record number on master index/cylinder
index track (R)
39 27 High record number on prime data track (R)

111-77
)
DTFlS (RETRVE, RANDOM) - part 1 ( ... Cont'd)

DTF Assemb Iy Bytes

Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

40 28 High record number on overflow track (R)

41 29 High record number on shared trock (R)
42 2A High record number on track index track (R)
43 2B Retrieval byte:
0 1= WORKR specified
1 1= WORKS specified
2 Overflow switch
3 1= Read key
4 Not used
5 1= Output
6 1-= Write key
7 1:= PUT macro issued
44-SO 2C-32 Prime data lower limit (MBBCCHH)
51-57 33-39 Cylinder index lower limit (Iv'IBBCCHH)
58-64 3A-4D Moster index lower limit (MBBCCHH)
65 41 Switches

0 1= From WAITF routine

1 1= Seek check from WAITF
2 1= Index track held
3 1= Dato track he Id
4 1= RPS type device (doto)
5 1~ RPS type DTF
6 1= Master index
7 1= RPS type device (index)
66-73 42-49 last prime doto record address (MBBCCHHR)
74-75 4A-4B Logical record length
76-77 4C-4D Key length
78-79 4E-4F Block size (logical record length times number
of records)
80-81 SO-51 Overflow record length (logicol record length
pi", 10)
82-83 52-53 Blocking factor
84-85 54-55 Index entry length (key length plus 10)
86-87 56-57 Prime data record length key (key length plus
phys i co I record length)
88-89 58-59 Overflow record length with key (key length
plus logical record length plus 10)
90-91 SA-5B Prime data record format length key (key length
plus physical record length plus 8)
92-93 5C-5D Overflow record format length key (key length
plus logical record length plus 18)
94-95 5E-Sf Key location (blocked records)

111-78
DTFIS (RETRVE,RANDO!.l) -~" I ( ... Cont'd)

DTF Assemb Iy Bytes

Bits Function
label Dec r.ex

96-97 60-61 Constant= 5

98-99 62-63 Constant= 10
100-101 64-65 Displacement of port 2 of the DTFIS table from
part 1
102-103 66-67 Displacement of part 3 of the DTF IS table from
part 1
Bfilenome. S 104-113 68-71 Seek/search address area (MBBCCHHRFP)
&filenome.W 114-123 72-7B Random/sequential retrieval work area

DTFIS (RETRVE RANDOM)

DTF Assembly
- po,t 2
B tes
I
Bits Function
Lobel Dec Hex

8filename.2 o -3 00-03 Address of seek/search address area plus 3

4 04 0 1= Seek check indicated
1-5 Not used
6 1= Over/under seek has occurred
7 t= An error has been found, but a seek check
is indicated
5 -7 05-07 Address of random/sequential retrieval work area
8 -II 08-0B Address of IOAREAS
12-15 OC-OF Address of IOAREAR
16-19 10-13 Address of KEYARG
20-23 14-17 Address of WORKR
24-27 18-IB Current sequential I/O area address
28-31 IC-IF 4-byte NO-OP instruction, or
lIOREG, * - 4 if IOREG specified.
32 20 X'OO'= No verify; X'40'= Verify
33 21 X'OS'= Unblocked; X'OO'= Blocked
34 22 R= First prime data record on shared track
35-39 23-27 Upper limit for sequential retrieval (CCHHR)
40-41 28-29 H'O'= Blocked records
H'2'= Overflow record
H'8'= Unblocked records
42 2A X'C7'= 2311,2314 0,2319
X'FF'= 3330, 3340
43-47 2B-2F Initial values for sequential retrieval
8filename. H 48-55 30-37 Current DASD address for sequential (MBBCCHHR)
56-63 38-3F Current overflow DASD address for sequentia I
(MBBCCHHR)

111-79
DTFIS (RETRVE,RANDOM) - part 2 ( Cont'd)

DTF Assembly B tes

Bits Functlon
Label Dec Hex

64-65 40-41 Sequential record counter

66-67 42-43 Current track index entry for sequential (HR)
&filename. T 68-69 44-45 Number of records tagged for deletion
70-71 46-47 Load IOREG for random retrieval
&Filename.G 72-79 48-4F DASD address save area (MBBCCHHR)
80-83 50-53 Record pointer within I/O area for write operation
&Filename.R 84-87 54-57 Nonfirst overflow record count

The following information is generated when the cylinder index in core option is specified

92-95 5C-5F A(&INDAREA) - Starting address of main storage

area specified for cylinder index
96-97 60-61 A12(&INDSIZE) - Number of bytes in main sto-
rage available for cylinder index
98-105 62-69 Next cylinder index entry to be read (MBBCCHHR
(Initialized by $$BINDEX to cylinder index
starting address)
106-110 6A-6E last cylinder index entry
111 6F Core index byte:
0 1= First time through transient
1 1=End of index reached
2 1= Index skip option
3-7 Not used
112-115 70-73 Pointer to key (stored by the module)
116-131 74-83 Reserved

DTFIS (RETRVE,RANDOM) - part 3

DTF "'semb Iy B tes

Bits Function
Lab. I Dec Hex

8filename.B 0-7 00-07 X'07',8filename.S+1,X'4Q',6 - Long seek CON

with command chaining
8 -63 08-3F Area to build CCW-string
64-67 1) 40-43 First entry in DSKXTN table (logical unit, cell
number)
72_752 ) 48-4B 4X'FF' End of DSKXTN table

1) The length of one entry is the four bytes shown here. The minimum number of entries is"2.
There is one entry per extent.
2) The location of the end-of-table indicator depends on the length af DSKXTN table.

111-80
DTFIS (RETRVE,SEQNTL) - pc" 1

DTF Assembly B
Label Dec '" Hex 3ih Function

8filename o -15 DO-Cf Command Control Block (CCB)

16 10 0 Used by ISAM Interface Program
1 1= GET issued
2 l=COBOLopeni ignore option
3 l=Track Hold specified
4 1= DTF table address constants relocated by
OPENR
5 1= EOF on sequential retrieve
6 1::: Data set security
7 1= Different blocksize in format 1 lohel thon in
DTFIS
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module
20 14 File type for OPEN/CLOSE (X'26'= RETRVE)
21 15 Option byte:
0 Not used
1 1::: Prime data in core
2 1= Cylinder overflow option
3 1= Cylinder index in core option
4 1= Blocked records
5 1= Verify
6 1= IOAREAS just used; 0= IOAREA2 just used
7 1= 2 I/o oreas present
22-2S 16-lC File name (DTF nome)
29 lD Prime doto device type:
X'DO'= 2311 X'OT'= 2314/2319
X'04'= 3330
X'OS'= 3340 gen.",1
X'09'= 3340 (35MB) X'OA'= 3340 (70MB)
8filename.C 30 IE Status byte:
0 1= Uncorrectable DASD error (except WLR error)
1 l=WLR error
2 1= EOF (sequential)
3 1::: No record found
4 1= Illegal ID specified
5 1= Duplicate record sensed
6 1= Overflow area full
7 1= Record retrieved from overflow area

31 IF High level index device type:

X'DO'= 2311 X'OI '= 2314/2319
X'Q4'= 3330
X'OS'= 3340 gencrcl
X'09'= 3340 (35MB) X'OA'= 3340 (70MB)
32 20 Relative position of the DSKXTN (logical unit,
cell number) table (in words). This value is the
length of the DTF table divided by 4)
33-35 21-23 First prime data record in cylinder (HHR)
36-37 24-25 last prime data track in cylinder (HH)

III-Bl
DTFlS (RETRVE, SEQNTL) - part 1 C Cont'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

38 26 High record number on master index/cylinder

index track (R)
39 27 High record number on prime data track (R)
40 28 High record number on overflow track (R)
41 29 High record number on shored track (R)
42 2A High record number on track index track (R)
43 28 Retrieval byte:
0 1= WORKR specified
1 1= WORKS specified
2 Overflow switch
3 1= Read key
4 1= First record being processed (after issuing
SETL macro)
5 1= Output
6 1= Write key
7 1= PUT macro issued
44-SO 2C-32 Prime data lower limit (MBBCCHH)
51-57 33-39 Cylinder index lower limit (MBBCCHH)
58-64 3A-40 Master index lower limit (MBBCCHH)
65 41 Index level number, WAITF indicator:
0 1= From WAITF routine
1 1= WAITF seek check bit
2-3 Not used
4 1= RPS type device (data)
5 1= RPS type DTF
6 1= Master index
7 1= RPS type device (index)
66-73 42-49 Last prime data record address (MBBCCHHR)
74-75 4A-4B Logical record length
76-77 4C-40 Key length
78-79 4E-4F Block size (logical record length times number
of records)
80-81 SO-51 Overflow record length (logical record length
plus 10)
82-83 52-53 Blocking factor
84-85 54-55 Index entry length (key length plus 10)
86-87 56-57 Prime data record length (key length plus
physical record length
88-89 58-59 Overflow record length with key (key length
plus logical record length plus 10)
90-91 SA-58 Prime data record format length (key length
plus physical record length plus 8)
92-93 5C-5D Overflow'record format length (key length plus
logical record length plus 18)
94-95 5E-SF Key location (blocked records)

111-82
DTFIS (RETRVE,SEQNTL) - pcrt 1 ( Cont'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Lobel Dec Hex

96-97 60-61 Constant= 5

98-99 62-63 Constant= 10
100-101 64-65 Displacement of part 2 of the DTFIS table from
part 1
102-103 66-67 Displacement of part 3 of the DTFIS table from
part 1
8filename. S 104-113 68-71 Seek/search address arca (MBBCCHHRFP)
Bfilename.W 114-123 72-7B Random/sequential retrieval work area

DTFlS (RETRVE SEQNTL)

DTF Assemb Iy
-part 2
B tes
I
Bits Function
Lobel Dec Hex

afilename.2 o -3 00-03 Address of seek/search address area plus 3

4 04 0 1= Seek check indicated
1-5 Not used
6 1= Over/under seek has occurred
7 1= An error has been found, but a seek check
is indicated
5 -7 05-07 Address of random/sequential retrieval work area
8 -11 08-0B Address of IOAREAS
12-15 OC-OF Address of IOAREA2
16-19 10-13 Address of KEY ARG
20-23 14-17 Address of WORKR
24-27 18-IB Current sequential I/O area address
28-31 lC-IF L IOREG, *-4 - load IOREG
or a 4 byte NO-OP instruction
32 20 X'QO'= No verify; X'40'= Verify
33 21 X'OS'= Unblocked records; X'QO'= Blocked rec'ds
34 22 R= First prime data record on shared track
35-39 23-27 Upper limit for sequential retrieval (CCHHR)
40-41 28-29 H'Q'= Blocked records
H'2'= Overflow record
H'8 '= Unblocked records
42 2A X'C7'= 2311,2314 or 2319; X'09'= 2321;
X'FF '= 3330, 3340
43-47 2B-2F Initial values for sequential (CCHHR)
8filename.H 48-55 30-37 Current DASD address for sequential retrieval
(M8BCCHHR)
56-63 38-3F Current overflow DASD address (MBBCCHHR)

111-83

/
DTFlS (RETRVE , SEQNTl) - part 2 .... Cont'd)
DTF Assembly Bytes
Bits Function
Label Uoc Mox

64-65 40-41 Sequential record counter

66-67 42-43 Current track Index entry (HR)
&Filename. T 68-69 44-015 Number of records tasged for
deletion.

70-75 46-48 For boundary alignment.

76-91 4C-5E Reserved.

DTFlS (RETRVE SEQNTl) -part 3

DTF Assemb Iy Bytes
8lts Function
Label Dec Hex

&Filename.B 0-7 00-07 X'07 1 ,8Filename.S+l, X'40',6 - Long seek

CeN with command chaining
8-63 08-3F Area to build CCW-string
8filename.E 64_671) 40-43 First entry in DSKXTN table (logical unit, cell
number)
72_752) 48-48 4X'FF' - End of DSKXTN table

1) The length of one entry is the four bytes shown here. The minimum number of entries is 2.
There is one entry per extent.
2) The location a:f the end-of-table indicator depends on the length of DSKXTN table.
DTFlS (ADDRTR) - part I

DTF Assemb Iy Bytes

Bits Functfon
Label Dec Hex

&Filename 0-15 OO-OF Command Cont",1 810ck (CC8)

16 10 0 Used by ISAM Interface Program
I 1= GET issued
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 1= Track hold option specified
4 1= DTF table address constants relo.cated by
OPENR
5 EOF switch
6 1= Data set security
7 1= Wrong blocksize error during addition tofile
17-19 11-13 Logic module address
20 14 File type for OPEN/CLOSE (X'27'= ADDRTR)
21 15 Option byte:
0 Not used
1 1= Prime data in core
2 1= Cylinder overflow
3 1= Cylinder index in core
4 1= Blocked records
DTFIS (ADDRTR) - port 1 ( ... C,,"d)

DTF Asoemb Iy
label Dec " Hex Bits Function

21 5 1= Verify
(Cont'd) 6 1= IOAREAS just used; 0= IOAREA2 iust used
7 1= 2 I/O areas present
22-28 16-1C DTF file name
29 ID Prime data device type indicator:
X'OO'= 2311 X'OI'= 2314/2319
X'04'= 3330
X'OS';:: 3340 generoi
X'09'= 3340 (35MB) X'OA'= 3340 (70MB)
&i lenome. C 30 IE Status byte:
0 I= Uncorrectable DASD error (except WLR error)
1
2
3
4
l=WlR error
1= EOF (sequential)
1= No record found
1= Illegal 10 specified
I
5 1= Duplicate record sensed
6 1= Overflow orea full
7 1= Record retrieved from overflow area
31 IF Highest level index device type:
X'OO'= 2311 X'Ol '= 2314/2319
X'04'= 3330
X'OS ';:: 3340 general
X'09'= 3340 (35MB) X'OA'= 3340 (70MB)
32 20 Relative position of the DSKXTN (logical unit,
cell number) table (in words). This value is the
length of the DTF table divided by 4.
33-35 21-23 First prime dato record in cylinder (HHR)
36-37 24-25 last prime dota track in cylinder (HH)
38 26 High record number on master index/cylinder
index track (R)
39 27 High record number on prime data track (R)
40 28 High record number on overflow track (R)
41 29 High record number on shored track (R)
42 2A High record number on track index (TI) track (R)
43 2B Retrieval byte:
0 1= WORKR area specified
1 1= WORKS area specified
2 Overflow switch
3 1= Read
4 1= First record being processed (after issuing
SETl macro)
1= Output
1= Write key
I = PUT macro issued
44-SO 2C-32 Prime data lower limit (MBBCCHH)

IIf-85
DTFIS (ADDRTR) - part I ( . Cont'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

51-57 33-39 Cylinder index lower limit (I\ABBCCHH)

58-64 3A-40 Master index lower limit (NIBBCCHH)
65 41 Index level number, WAITF and track
hold indicators :
0 1= From WAITF routine
1 1= Seek check from WAITF
2 1= Index track held
3 1= Data track he Id
4 1= RPS type device (data)
5 1= RPS type DTF
6 1= Master index;
7 1= RPS type device (index)
&Filename.H 66-73 42-49 last prime data record address (NlBBCCHHR)
74-75 4A-4B logical record length (RECSIZE)
76-77 4C-4D Key length (KEYLEN)
78-79 4E-4F Block size (logical record length times number
of records)
80-81 SO-51 Overflow record length (logical record length
plus 10)
82-83 52-53 Blocking foctor (number of logical records in
block (NRECDS
84-85 54-55 Index entry length (key length plus 10)
86-87 56-57 Prime data record length (key length plus phy-
sical record length (block size)
88-89 58-59 Overflow record length with key (key length
plus logical record length plus 10)
90-91 5A-58 Prime data record format length (key length plus
block size plus 8)
92-93 5C-5D Overflow record format length (key length plus
logical record length plus 18)
94-95 5E-5F Key location (KEYLOC) for blocked records
96-97 60-61 Constant =5
98-99 62-63 Constant = 10
100-101 64-65 Displacement of part 2 of the DTFIS table from
start af part I
102-103 66-67 Displacement of part 3 of the DTFIS table from
start of part 1
&Filename.S 104-113 68-71 Seek/search address area
&Filename.W 114-123 72-78 Random/sequential retrieval work area
&Filename.P 124-127 7C-7F Prime data record count
128 80 Status indicators :
0-1 Not used
2 1= File closed
3-5 Not used
6 1= Last prime data track full
7 1= Block complete

111-86
DTFIS (ADDRTR) - po,t I ( C,,,'d)

DTF As,emb Iy S e,
Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

129-133 81-85 last track index normal entry address (CCHHR)

134-138 86-8A last cylinder index entry address (CCHHR)
139-143 88-8F last master index entry address (CCHHR)
144-151 90-97 Last independent overflow record address
(MBBCCHHR)
BFilename.1 152-153 98-99 Number of independent overflow tracks
&Fllename.A 154-155 9A-9B Number of full cylinder overflow areas
BFilename.O 156-157 9C-9D Overflow record count
158-164 9E-M Independent overflow area lower limit (MBBCCHH
165-171
172-175
AS-AS
AC-AF
Independent overflow area upper limit (MBBCCHH
A(Bfilenome.D)- Address of work area for cy-
linder overflow control record (COCR)
I
176-179 BO-B3 A(BFilenome.D+8) - Address of work area for
the current track index normal entry COUfit field
180-183 84-B7 A(BFilename.D+16) - Address of work area for
current track index overflow entry count field
184-187 B8-BS A{ 8f i lename. 0+24) - Address of work area for
current prime data record count field
18B-191 BC-BF A( 8f i1ename. 0+32) - Address of work area for
current overflow record count field
192-195 CO-C3 A( 8f i lename. 0+40) - Address of work area for
track index normal entry data field
196-199 C4-C7 A(&Filename.D+50) - Address of work area for
current overflow record sequence-link field
200-203 C8-CB A(&IOAREAL) - Add,.., of 10AREAL, the 1/0
area used for adding records to a file
204-207 CC-CF A( &WORK L) - Add,e.. of WORK L, worn a,ea
containing user data records to be added to a file
20B-211 DO-D3 A(8filename.K) - Address of the ADD key area

212-215 D4-D7 A(&IOAREAl+8) - Address of key position in

10AREAL
216-219 D8-DB A(&IOAREALill+&KEYLEN) - Add,... of data
position in IOAREAl

111-87
DTFIS (ADDRTR) - part 2

DTF Assemb Iy B es
Bits Function
Label Dec Hex

8filename.2 0-3 00-03 A(8filename.S+3) - Address of the seek/search

address area plus 3
4 04 0 1= Seek check indicated
1-5 Not used
6 1= Over/under seek has occurred
7 1= An error has been found, but a seek check is
indicated
5 -7 05-07 A(&Filenc:tme. W) - Address of the random/sequen-
tial retrieval work area
8 -II 08-0B Address of IOAREA5, VO area used for sequen-
tial retrieval
12-15 OC-OF Address of IOAREAR, Va area used for random
retrieval or address of IOAREA2 (if specified) for
sequential retrieval
16-19 10-13 Address of KEYARG, field containing usersupplied
key used for random READ,tWRITE operations and
sequential retrieval initiated by key
20-23 14-17 Address of WORKR, work area used for rondom
retrieval
24-27 18-IB Current sequential I/O area address
28-31 IC-IF 1) L IDREG, *-4 - Load rio register for sequen-
tialor
2) 4- byte NO-OP instruction for random
32 20 X'OO'= No verify; X'.(Q'= Verify
33 21 X'OO'= Blockedi X'OS'= Unbloc~ed

34 22 R= First prIme data record on shared track

35-39 23-27 Limits for sequential (CCHHR)
40-41 28-29 H'O'= Blocked records
H'2'= Overflow records
H'S'= Unblocked records
42 2A X'C7'= 2311,2314 or 2319;
X'FF'= 3330, 3340
43-47 2B-2F Initial values for sequential
8Filename.H 48-55 30-37 Current sequential DASD address (MBBCCHHR)
56-63 38-3F Current overflow DASD address (MBBCCHHR)
64-65 40-41 Sequential record count
66-67 42-43 Current track index entry for sequential (HR)
8filename. T 68-69 44-45 Number of records tagged for deletion
70-71 46-47 LR &IOREG,O for random (or 2-byte NO-OP
for sequential)
&Filename.G 72-79 48-4F DASD address save area for random retrieval
(MBBCCHHR)

111-88
DTFlS (ADDRTR) - part 2 ( Cont'd)

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
Lab.1 Dec Hex

BO-B3 SO-53 Record pointer within va area for write (for

random retrieval)
Bfilellame. R 64-87 54-57 Non-first overflow"record count

The following information is generated if the cylinder index in core option is specified.
8yte. 88-91 (58-58) are not used.

92-95 SC-SF A(&INDAREA) - Starting address of main storage

area specified for cylinder index
96-97 60-61 A1.2(&INDSIZE) - Number of bytes in main sto-
rage avialable for cylinder index
98-105

106-110
62-69

6A-6E
Next cylinder index entry to be read
(MBBCCHHR)
Last cylinder index entry (CCHHR)
I
III 6F Core index byte:
0 1= First time through B-transient, $$BINDEX
I 1= End of cylinder index reached
2 1= Index skip option specified
3 1= Suppress index in-core option and read
cylinder index
4-7 Not used
112-115 70-73 Pointer to key (stored by module)

The following information is generated if the prime data in core add function is specified.
This information is aligned on a double word boundary. Jf both cylinder index in core and
prime data In core add functions are specified, the following information is found"in bytes
116-131 174-83l.

116-117 74-75 Size of IOAREAL

118-119 76-77 Maximum number of prime data records in main
storage
120-123 78-78 Address of write CONls
124-127 7C-7F Address of read CON IS
128 80 Switch byte:
0 I=EOF
1-7 Not used
129 81 Reserved.
IJHDCWRK 130-131 H2-83 Work field -for 110 module.

11I-B9

,/
DTFlS (ADDRTR) - part 3

DTF Assembly Bytes

Bits Function
label Dec Hex

8filename.B o _7 00-07 X'07', 8filename.S+-l, X'4.0', 6 - long seek

CON with command chaining
8 -63 08-3F Channel program build area
64-127 40-lF Channel progr.build orea for add function only
8Filename.D 128-135 80-87 CyUnder overflow control record (COCR)

136-143 88-8F Current track index normal entry count field

144-151 90-97 Current track index overflow entry count field

152-159 98-9F Current prime data record count field

160-167 AO-A7 Current overflow record count field
168-177 A8-BI Track index normal entry doto field
178-187 B2-BB Current overflow record sequence-link field
188-197 BC-C5 Current track index overflow entry data fie Id
198 C6 X'OI' - Add to EOF
X'02' - Add to independent overflow area
199-201 C7-C9 Overflow control bytes (CCH)
202-203 CA-CB High HR on overflow track

204-211 CC-D3 Volume upper limit for prime data records

(MBBCCHHR)
212-217 D4-D9 CLC O(&KEYLEN, 13),0(6) - Unblocked
CLC O(&KEYLEN, 13),&KEYLOC-I(6) - Blocked
Utility CLC for key

218-223 DA-Df MVC O(&KEYLEN, 13),0(12) - Unblocked

MVC O(&KEYLEN, 13),&KEYLOC-I(12)-
Blocked Utility MVC for key

&filename.E 224_2271) EO-E3 First entry in DSKXTN table (logical unit,cell

I number)

232_
236+
2352
1 E8-EB
EC-end
4X'FF' - End of DSKXTN table
Key orea for add on Iy. Number of bytes depends
&Filenome.K
on key length, KEYLEN

I) Each entry in the DSKXTN table is four bytes long. The minimum number of entries is 2.
There is one entry per extent.
2) Location of the end-of-table indicator depends on length of DSKXTN table.

111-90
DTFDU

Bytes
I"ec Hex Bits Contents Function

0-15 O-F Command Control Block (CCB).

16 10 0-3 8'0000' Not used.
4 I=DTF relocated by OPENR.
5-7 8'000' Not used.
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module.
20 14 X'IA' DTF type for OPEN/CLOSE
(X'lA'=cIiskette file).
21 15 0 l=Command chalned file.
1-2 8'00' Not used.
3 1=Work area specified.
4 8'0' Not used.

I
5 l=Open; O=Close.
6 l=lnput; O=Output.
7 Not used.
22-28 16-IC Filename.
29 ID X'06' Device type code (X'06=3540).
/ 30-35 IE-23 C'OOCHROO' Address of HDRt label in VTOC.
36-37 24-25 Volume sequence number.
38 26 Open communications byte.
Input File
0 l=No more extents
1-2 8'00' Not us...d.
3 l=Exit for user's EOF routine.
4 l=Next extent on new volume.
5-6 Not used.
7 l=Extent switch.
Cutput File
0 l=No more extents.
I l=Extents needed at Close time.
2-3 8'00' Not used.
4 l=Next extent on new volume.
5 l=Extent entered via console.
6-7 Not used
39 27 0 1=Extent bypassed before fi Ie
opened (input).
0-7 Sequence number of current
extent opened (output).
40 28 Sequence number of last extent
opened.
41-43 29-2B X'OOOOOO' Reserved.
44-47 2C-2F Address of IOAREA 1.
48-51 30-33 Address of lost Read/Write CCW
in chain.
52-53 34-35 X'Oool' Lower record limit.
54-57 36-39 X'OOCCooRR' End-of-data seek address (last
record + 1)
58-59 3A-3B Number of records in I/O area
(used in short chain processing).
60-63 3C-3F X'ooFFOOO I' Seek argument (OCHR).
64-67 40-43 End-of-file routine address
(input); 4X'OO' (output).
68-71 44-47 X'004900IA' Seek argument control field.
72 48 Command chaining factor.

111-91
j
DTFDU ( Continued)

Bytes
Dec Hex Bih Contents Function

73 49 Switch byte 1.
0 l=Not first entry after open.
1 8'0' Not used.
2 1=ln close routine (output).
3 l=Error chain to be skipped.
4 l=End of extent.
5-7 B'OOO' Not used.
74-75 4A-4B (record size multiplied by
command chain factor)-l.
76-80 4C-SO X'FFFFFFFFFF' Seek argument bucket.
81-83 51-53 X'OOOOOO' Reserved.
84-87 54-57 Instruction to load user's va
register (or NOP).
88-91 58-5B Address of current VOarea.
92-95 5C-5F Logical record size.
96-99 60-63 Address of 100t byte of the
I/O area.
100 64 Logical indicators.
0 h ERROPT=address.
1 h ERROPT=IGNORE.
2 1: ERROPT=SKIP.
3 Not used.
4 l=Two I/O areas.
5-7 Not used.
101-103 65-67 Address of user's error handling
routine.
104 68 CON count (write command
only).
105 69 Allowed operations
0 l=Allow read commands.
1 t=Allow write commands.
2 l=Suppress unit check on C4/C6.
3-7 B'OOOOO' Not used.
106 6A X'OQ' Sector factor (X'QO'=128).
107 6B X'OO' Reserved.
108 6C 0 l=Write protect.
1 l=No feed at EOF.
2 1=O-aeck multivolume sequence.
3 l=Multivolume file.
4 l=Verify requested.
5 1=c6s written (update ERMAP) .
6 l=Read/Write security.
7 B'O' Not used.
109-111 6D-6F X'OOOOOO' Not used.
112-119 70-77 Feed CCW.
120-127 78-7F Define ops CCW (output);
8X'OQ' (input).
128-135 BO-87 Seek CCW.
136-143 88-8F TICCCW.
144-X 9O-Y X= 143+l1*(# of CCWS) Read/Write data CONs, 1,2, 13,
or 26.
Y=8F-Ill*(# of CCW.) Reod/Write CCWS.
X+l Y+l NOP CCW (output only).

111-92
DTFPH (Magnetic Tape)

Bytes
Bits Contents Function
Dec Hex

0-15 OO-OF CCB

16 10 0-1 Not used
2 COBOL open; ignore option
3 Not used
4 DTF Table address; constants relocated
by OPENR
5 Not used
6 1= ASCII
0= EBCDIC
7 Not used

I
17-19 11-13 3X'OO'
20 14 X'I2' Standard labeled, output
X'I4' Standard labeled, input, forward
21 15 0-3 Not used
4 1= input; 0= output
5-7 Not used
22-29 16-10 Symbolic filename
30 IE Not used
31 IF 0-4 B'Ol100' Used as displacement by OPEN
5
6-7 Reserved
32 20 0 1= Standard labels
1-2 Not used
3 1= No rewind
4 Not used
5 User lobe I address; 1= yes, 0= no
6-7 Not used
33-35 21-23 User label routine address
36 24 0 1= DTFPH table
I Not used
2 File switch: 1= input, 0= output
3 Not used
4 1= EOF switch
5-7 Not used
37-39 25-27 User label exit
40-43 28-2B DCF'O' Reserved for OPEN
44-87 2C-57 EOVroutine
88-89 58-59 DC 2X'OO' Reserved for OPEN
90-95 5A-SF DC 6X'OO' F ilo serial number
96-99 60-63 DC 4X'OO' Volume sequence number

100-103 64-67 DC4X'OO' File sequence number

111-93
DTFPH (Sequential Disk)

~D_ec...:B:J.Tytte::.s'H'ex-----4B its Function

o -15 OO-OF CCB

16 10 0 1= Dequeue old vo Iume extents
I Not used
2 1= File assigned 'IGN' (COBOL)
3 Not used
4 1= DTF relocated by OPENR
5-7 Not used
17-19 11-13 3X'00'
20 14 DTF type (X'21')
21 15 Open/Close indicators
0 Not used
I 1= Blocked files
2 1= Work file
3 1= Work area
4 1= Not version 1 table type
5 1= Open; 0= Closed
6 1= Input; 0= Output
7 1= User labels specified
22-2B 16-1C Filename (See byte 29)
29 ID Device type code: X'OS'= 3330-11
X'OO'~ 2311 X'07 '= 3350
X'OI'~ 2314,2319 x'08'= 3340 general
X '09'~ 3340 35MB
X'04'~ 3330-1, -2 X 'OA'~ 3340 70MB

30 IE C'F '= EOF indicator for DTFPH

30-35 IE-23 (BCCHHR) Address of F I label in VTOC (output)
(BCCHHR) Address of next DlBl-EXTENT record (input)
36-37 24-25 Volume sequence number
3B 26 Open communication byte:
Output
o 1= No more EXTENTS
1 1= EXTENTS for lIOCS at close
2 1= Process trailer labels
3 1= Process header labels
4 1= New volume on next extent
5 J= EXTENTS entered via console
6 1= Process trailer labels at close
7 1= Check EXTENT for minimum of 2 tracks
Input
1= No more EXTENTS
J Not used
2 1= No F 1 label, process EXTENTS only
3 Not used
4 1= New volume on next EXTENT
Not used

111-94
DTFPH (Sequential Disk) ( ... Cont'd)

Bytes
Bits Function
Dec Hex

38 26 Open communications byte (Input) (Cont'd)

(Contld
6 1= Process header labels
7 Not used
39 27 Sequence number of current EXTENT being opened
40 28 Sequence number of last EXTENT opened (not a console EXTENT
entry)
41-43 29-2B Address of user's label routine
44 2C 2 1= Version 3 DTF
45-47 2D-2F Not used
48-51 30-33 CCHH address of user IS label track. Initially X'80000000 '
52-53 34-35 Lower head limit (HH) XIOOOO' if type Ii X'OOnl;l' if type 128
(n= head limit)
54-57
58-59
36-39
3A-3B
EXIENT upper limit (CCHH)
BB seek address:
X'OOOO' if disk device
I
60-63 3C-3F EXTENT lower limit (CCHH)
64 40 Record number: 1= Input; 0= Output
65-67 41-43 Not used
68-71 44-47 CCHH control bucket
CCHH= X'00C80009' if 2311 - type 1
CCHH= X'OOC80013' if 2314 or 2319 - type 1
CCHH= X'01940012' if 3330 - type 1
CCHH= X'032BOOI2' if 3330-11 - type 1
CCHH= X'015COOOB' if 3340 35M8
CCHH= X'02BBOOOB' if 3340 70MB
CCHH= X'022BOOlD' if 3350 - type 1

72 48 Record number
73 49 Not used
74-75 4A-4B Not used
76-80 4C-50 CCHHR bucket= extent lower limit and record number
81-83 51-53 Not used

Note: where nn = current upper head number

111-95
DTFPH (DAM F Il.ES)

Bytes
Dec Hex Bits Function

0-15 O-F CCB

16 10 X'OS' indicates DTF relocated by OPENR.
17-19 11-13 3X'OO'.
20 14 DTF type (X'23').
21 15 Option codes.
0 l=Output,O=lnput.
1 Not used.
2 Not used.
3 Not used.
4 Not used.
5 Not used.
6 Not used.
7 Not used.
22-28 16-1C Filename
29 10 Device type code:
X'OO' = 2311
X'OI' = 2314,2319
X'04' =3330-1,-2
X'OS'= 3330-11
X'07'= 3350
X'OB' = 3340 general
X'09' = 3340 35MB
X 'OA' = 3340 70MB.
30-31 IE-IF Logical unit address of first volume containing
the file.
32 20 0 Not used.
1 1= Device supports RPS.
2 1= Version 3 DTF
3-7 ReselVed for future use
33-35 21-23 Address of user lahel routine.
36-39 24-27 Address of user routine to process EXTENT information.

111-96
DTFPH (DISKETTE)

Byte.
Doc Ho. Bits Function

0-15 O-F COl.

16 10 0 l=Oequeue old volume extents.
1-3 Not used.
4 I=DTF relocctod by OPENR.
5-7 Not used.
17-19 11-13 3X'DO',
20 14 DTF :?ce (X'21 ').
21 Open close indicators.
0-2 Not used.
3 l=Work area.
4 1=Not version 1 DTF table type.

22-28 16-IC
5
6
7
l=Opon; O=Closed.
l=lnput; O=Output.
Not used.
Filename (see byte 29).
Device type code (354O=X'06 1).
I
29 10
30 IE C'F '=EOF indicator for DTFPH.
30-35 IE-23 (OCHROO) Address of HDRI lobel in VTOC
(output).
36-37 24-25 Volume sequence number.
38 26 Open communications byte.
Input
0 ,-;r:;;:ro more extents.
1-3 Not used.
4 I=New volume or new extent.
5-7 Not used.
Output
0 I=No more extents.
I l=Extents for LlOCS at dose.
2-3 Not used.
4 I=New volume on next extent.
5 l=Extents entered via console.
6 Not used.
7 l=Check extent for minimum of 2 tracks.
39 27 Sequence number of current extent being opened.
40 28 Sequence number of lost extent opened (not a console
extent entry).
41-43 29-2B Not used.
44-47 2C-2F Address of IOAREA 1.
48-51 30-33 Not used.
52-53 34-35 X'OOOO'.
54-57 36-39 Extent upper limit ( OCHR).
58-59 3A-3B Not used.
60-63 3C-3F Extent lower limit (OCHR).
64 40 Record number. l=lnput, O=Output.
65-67 41-43 Not used.
68-71 44-47 OCHR control bucket.
OCHR= X'004900IA' for 3540 (output only).
72 48 Record number.
73 49 X'lO' - multivolume file (input)
X'40' - lost volume on multivolume file (input).

111-97
/
DTFPH (DISKETTE) ( Continued)

Bytes
I "ec ex Bits Function

74 4A Record size {maximum of 128}

75 4B Not used.
76-80 4C-50 OCHR bucket = extent lower limit and record
number (output).
81-83 51-53 Not used.

111-98
DTFDI

Bytes
Dec Hex Bits Function

0-15 OO~F CCD. If RPS is supported, the CCWaddress in bytes

9-11 (09-0B) is changed by OPEN to point to an
RPS CCW string in the user virtual area. CLOSE
restores it.
16 10 0-1 Not used.
2 COBOL open; ignore option.
3 Not used.
4 DTF table address constants relocated by OPENR.
5-7 Not used.
17-19 11-13 Address of logic module. If RPS is supported, OPEN
changes this address to point to an RPS version of the
logic module in the system virtual area. CLOSE

20
21
22-28
14
15
16-IC
restores it.
DTF Type =X'33'.
Open/Close indicators - X'02'=input, X'OO'=output.
Symbolic filename.
I
29 ID DASD or diskette device indicators
X'00'=2311
X'OI '=2314, 2319
X'04'= 3330-1, -2
X'05'= 3330-11
X'07'=3350
X'08'=3340 general
X'09'=334O 35MB
X'OA'=334070MB.
30-35 IE-23 DASD address of formot-l label.
36.37 24-25 DASD or diskette volume sequence number.
38 26 Open communications switch.
0 l=No more extents --diskettes.
1-3 Not used.
4 Always I.
5-7 Not used.
39 27 Sequence number of c::urrent extent.
40 28 Sequence number of last extent, or X '80 ' for 1442
reader punch.
41 29 Open indicator = X'20'.
42 2A Device type indicators :
Unused.
I=DTF has been extended into the partition GETVIS
area.
2 I=DASD
3 l=tape
4 l=printer
5 1=punch
6 l=reader
7 I=RPS supported.
43 2B logic module device indicators :
X 'F3 1 = DASD or diskette device.
X 'Fl l = reader or tape device.
X'FO ' = other type devices.

111-99
DTFDI ( ConHnued)

Bytes
Dec Hex Bits Function

44 2C Logic module option switches

0 l=input, O=output.
1 l=ejec:t for RDR-PCHi O=no eject.
2 l=not first pass; O=first pass.
3 l=two VO areas; O=one VO area.
4 1=2540 Punch.
5 I=SYSLST/SYSPCH.
6 I=Tape SYSLST/SYSPCH.
7 I=ASCII ; O=EBCDIC code.
45-47 2D-2F
30
Alternate va area address.
Resarved for future use.
48 0-1
2 1= Version3 DTF.
3-7 Reserved for future use.
49-51 31-33 Reserved for future use.
52-53 34-35 Extent lower head limit.
54-57 36-39 Extent upper head limit.
58-64 3A-40 DASD seek address.
Diskette seek address at byte 60 (3C).
65-67 41-43 Users EOF address.
68-72 44-48 Control bucket CCHHR.
Byte 72 (48) always X'O]' for diskettes.
73 49 Logic module switches
X'Ol'=input
X'OO'=oufput
X'QO'=both input and output on diskettes.
74-75 4A-4B logic module constants
X'0020' DASD output
X'0018' DASD input
X'OOO8' Diskette devices
X'OOOO' Non-DASD devices.
76-80 4C-50 Count field CCHHR (OCHRO for diskettes).
81 51 Key length.
82-83 52-53 Data length.
84-87 54-57 Instruction to load 10REG with correct I/O area
address.
88-103 58-67 Seek, Search CCWS.
Seek, Read/Write CCW for diskette files.
104-111 68-6F TIC CCW.
NOP CON for diskette output files; unused for
diskette input files.
112-119 70-77 Input/output CCW.
120-127 78-7F Second output CCW.
128-151 80-97 Verify CCWs for output.
152-159 98-9F Error CCWI.
160-167 AO-A7 Error CCW2.
168-231 A8-E7 Save area (64 bytes).
232-235 E8-EB DC A(WLRERR) ;f WLRERR=Add,.".
B 28(15) if ERROPT=omilted.
B 25(15) if ERROPT=SKIP.
B 28(15) If ERROPT=IGNORE.

111-100
Byte,
Dec Hex Bits Function

236-239 EC-EF DC A(ERROPT) if ERROPT=Add,e".

B 0(15) if ERROPT=omitted.
B 24(15) if ERROPT=SKIP.
B 2B(15) if ERROPT=IGNORE.
0-15 OO-OF CCB. If RPS is supported, the CON address in bytes
9-11 (09-0B) is changed by OPEN to point to an RPS
CON string in the user virtual save area. CLOSE
restores it.
16 10 0 Not used
1 Set by Main!; indicates that lJOCS must retrieve
extents from the VTOe instead of the label cylinder.
2 COBOL open; ignore option.
3 X'10' indicates on unlabeled FORTRAN tape.

I
4 DTF table address constants relocated by OPENR.
5 Used by FORTRAN (Sequential Disk Backspace and
Rewind).
6 1 = ASCII, 0 = EBCDIC.
7 FORTRAN is colling DTFCP.
17-19 11-13 Logic module address. If RPS is supported, OPEN
changes this address to point to cn RPS version of the
logic module in the system virtual save orea. CLOSE
restores it.
20 14 DTF type X'32' except in the case of disk assigned to
units SYSOOO to SYSnnn. In this case, a DTFCP open
phose changes it to X'20'.
21 15 Open indicators: X'02' input, X'OO' output, except
for tapes assi~ned to SY$OOO to SYSnnn when
X'OO' = input and X'OS' is output.
X'OS' DISK=YES indicator.
0 =
1 no rewind, 0 = rewind.
22-28 16-lC Filename (see byte 29).
29 lD Device type code:
X'QO' = 2311
X'OI' = 2314, 2319
X'04' =3330-1, -2
X'OS'= 3330-11
X'O?'= 3350
X'OS' = 3340 general
X '09' = 3340 35MB
X 'OA' = 3340 70MB.
30-35 lE-23 File address for disk; block count if bit 7 of byte 16
is on.
36-37 24-25 Volume sequence number or work area.
3B 26 Open switch
39 27 Sequence number of current extent.
40 2B Sequence number of last extent, or X'SO' if 1442 punch.
41 29 X'SO' indicates request for standard label tape OPEN.
42 2A X'80' device is a 2560.
X'40' DTF has been extended inta the user virtual
save area

111101
DTFCP (DISK"YES) ( ... ConHnued)

Bytes
Dec Hex Bits Function

42 2A X'20' device a DASD

X'lO' device a tape
X'OS' device a printer
X'04' device a punch
X'02' device a reader
X'D1' RPS is supported.
43 2B X'F3' device is a DASD
X'Fl' device is a reader
X'FO' device is other type.
44 2C 0 1=input I O=output.
1 l=eject needed for a reader punch; O=::no eject.
2 Oo=firsl pass, 1=nol first pass.
3 l=two 1/0 areas, O"'one I/O area.
4 1=2540 punch.
5 I"SYSLST 0' SYSPCH.
6 l=$YSlST or SYSPCH on output tape.
7 l=TLBL is present and tape is labeled.
45-47 2D-2F 10AREA2 address.
48 30 1= Always on.
I Reserved for future use.
2 1= Version 3 DTF
3-7 Reserved for future use.
49-51 31-33 Reserved for future use.
52-53 34-35 Lower head limit.
54-57 36-39 Extent upper limit,
58-64 3A-40 BBCCHHR seek address.
65-67 41-43 EOF address.
68-71 44-47 Control bucket CCHH.
72 48 Number of record per track for output, number of
record per track +1 for input.
73 49 X'OO' for output, X'Ql' for input.
74-75 4A-4B X'0020' for output, X'0018' for input for DASD
X'0008' for 2560 and 5424/5425 output.
X'OOOO' for nondisk device.
76-80 4C-50 CCHHR for count field.
81 51 Key length.
82-83 52-53 Doto length.
84-87 54-57 Instruction to load user I/O area address to I/O
register.
88-111 5B-6F Seek, search, TIC CCWs.
112-119 70-76 CCW for DASD input and first CCW for DASD output.
This CCW can be used for ather device if unit is not
a DASD

End-of-table if DTF is defined for an input file

120-17 77-7F Second CCW for output.

12B-151 80-97 Verify CCWs for output.

111-102
DTFCP rDISK::YES) ( .. Continued)

De,
Bytcs
Hex
J Bits Function

End-of-table if DTF is defined for output file and DEVADDR does not equal SYSPCH.

152-159 98-9f 2540 punch error recovery CCW I

160-167 AO-A7 2540 punch error recovery CCW 2.
168-231 A8-E7 Reserved.

When the CP open initializes the table and determines that the device is a 2540 punch,
the following bytes in the table are changed:

30 If X'FF' indicator 10 DTFCP open phases and logic module.

32-35 20-23 Instruction to load user I/O area to 1/0 register.
48-55 30-37 CCW.
56-63 3B-3f 2540 punch error recovery CCW 1.
64-71
72-151
152-231
40-47
4B-97
98-E7
2540 punch crror recovery CCW 2.
SO-byte card image, saveorea 1..
SO-byte card image, save area 2. I
When the CP open initializes the table and determines that the device is a 2560 or
5424/5425, the following bytes in the table are changed:

32-35 20-23 Instruction to load user I/O area to I/O register.

48-55 30-37 First output CCW.
56-63 3B-3f Second output CON.
64 40 Stacker select character V for ASCII.
65 41 Stocker select character W for EBCDIC.

1[[-103
DTFCP (DISK=NO)

Bytes
Dec Hex Bits function

0-15 OO-OF CCB.

16 10 0-1 Not used.
2 COBOL open; ignore option.
3 Not used.
4 OTF table address constants relocoted by OPENR.
5 Not used.
6 I=ASCII (",ed only If DISK=YES), OooEBCDIC
(used only If DISK=YES).
7 FORTRAN is calling DTFCP.
17-19 11-13 logic module address.
20 14 DTF type X'32' except in the case of tape assigned
to units SYSOOO to SV$nnn. In this case, a DTFCP
open phase changes it to X'10'.
21 15 Open indicators X'02' input, X'OO' output (except
for tapes assigned to SYSOOO to SYSnnn when it is
X'OO' input, X'OB' output).
22-2B 16-lC Filename (see byte 29).
29 ID Reserved for future use.
30 IE Indicator to DTFCP open phase and logic module.
X'FF' for input files.
X'QO' for output files.
31 IF Reserved for future use.
32-35 20-23 Instruction to load user's I/O area address into
I/O register.
36-37 24-25 Volume sequence number or work area.
38 26 Open switch.
39 27 Sequence number of current extent.
40 28 Sequence number of last exteht, or X'80' iF 1442 punch.
41 29 X'20'.
42 2A X'80' device is a 2560.
X'40' device is a 6424/5425.
X'10' device is a tape.
X'08' device is a printer.
X'04' device is a punch.
X'02' device is a reader.
43 2B X'fl' device is a reader or tape.
X'FO' device is other type,
44 2C 0 l=input, O=output.
I l=eject needed For a reader-punch, D= no eject.
2 l=nat first pass, O=first pass.
3 l=two I/O areas, D=one I/O area,
4 1=2540 punch.
5 I=SYSLST 0' SYSPCH.
6 l=SYSlST or SYSPCH on output tape.
7 Reserved for future use.
45-47 2D-2F lOAREA2 address.
48-55 30-37 CCW.

End-oF-table if DTF is defined as output file and DEVADDR knot equal to SYSPCH.

111-104
DTFCP (DI51(=N0) ( Continued)

Bytes
Dec Ha. Bits Function

56-63 38-3F 2540 punch error recovery CCW 1.

64-71 40-47 2540 punch error recovery CCW 2.
65-67 41-43 EOF address, input only.

End-of-table if DTF is defined as input file

72-151 49-97 9O-byte card image, save area 1.

152-231 98-E7 8O-byte cord image, save area 2.

If the device is a 2560 or 5424/5425, bytes 66 onward contain the following Infonnation.

56-63
64
65
66-75
76-235
38-3F
40
41
42-4B
4C-EB
Second output CCW.
Stacker se lect character V for ASCII.
Stacker select character W for EBCDIC.
Reserved for future use.
First I/O area.
I
236-237 EC-ED Reserved.
238-317 EF-13D Second I/O area.
318-319 13E-13F Reserved.

111-105
DTFCP (DISK=PARAMElER OMITTED)

Bytes
Dec Hex Bits Function

0-15 OO-OF CCB

16 10 0-1 Not used.
2 COBOL open; ignore option.
3 Not used.
4 OTF table address constants relocated by OPENR.
5 Not used.
6 l=ASCIl (used only if DISK=YES), O=EBCDIC
(used only if DISK=YES).
7 Used by FORTRAN
17-19 11-13 Logic module address.
20 14 OTF type X'31' except in the case of tape assigned to
units SYSOOO to SYSnnn. In this case DTFCP open
phase changes it to X'10'.
21 15 Open indicators X'02' input, XIOO' output (except for
tapes assigned to SYSOOO to SYSnnn when it is X'OO'
input, X'OS' output.
22-28 16-lC Filename.
29 10 Reserved for future use.
30 IE X'OQ' indicator to DTFCP open phases and logic
module.
31 IF 0 l=input, <Foutput.
1 ]=eject needed for a read punch, O=no eject.
2 l=not first pass, O=first pan.
3 1=two I/O areas I O=one va area.
4 1=2540 punch.
5 I=SYSLST or SYSPCH.
6 l=SYSLST or SYSPCH on output tape.
7 l=TLBL specified and tape is labeled.
32 20 Open indicators.
33-35 21-23 IOAREA2 address.
36-39 24-27 Instruction to load user's I/O area address into
I/O register.
40-47 28-2F CCW.

End of table if DTF is defined as output file and DEVADDR is not equal to SYSPCH.

48-55 30-37 2540 punch error recovery CCW 1.

56-63 38-3F 2540 punch error recovery CCW 2.
57-59 39-3B EOF address, input only.

End of table if DTF is defined as input file.

64-143 40-8F SO-byte card image, save area 1.

144-223 9O-13F BO-byte card image, save area 2.

111-106
DTFCP (DISK=PARAMETER OMITTED)

Bytes
Dec Hex Bits Function

For 2560 and 5424/5425, bytes 48 onwards contain the following information:

48-207 30-CF IOAREAI.

208-209 00-01 Reserved
210-369 D2-171 IOAREA2.
370-371 172-173 Reserved
372-451 174-IC3 Compare area.

111-107
DTF - Table Types

DTF Type Code

(Byte 20)
of DTF Table DTF Description

X'OO' DTFCD Combined files

X'OI' DTFPT Paper tope fi les
X'02' DTFCD Reader and 3881 Optical Mark Reader files
X'03' DTFCN Console
X'04' DTFCD Punch files
X'05' DTFCD Reader files on 2560, 5425
X'07' DTFPR Printer files on 2560
X'OB' DTFPR Printer files
X'09' DTFOR Optical Reader files except 3881 and 3886 files
X'OA' DTFOR Opticol Reader files (HEADER=YES)
X'OB' DTFMR Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR)
and Optical Reader/Sorter files
X'OC' DTFDR 3886 Optical Character Reader files
X'lO' DTFMT Magnetic tape workfi les
DTFCP Magnetic tape workfiles (compiler). (Note 1)
X'Il' DTFMT Nonstandard or unlabeld tape files
X'12' DTFMT Standard labeled, output tope files
DTFPH Standard labeled, output tope files
(phY'ical IOCS)
X'13' DTFMT Standard labeled, input tope files (reod backward)
X'14' DTFMT Standard labeled, input tape files (read forward)
X'IA' DTFDU Diskette Input/Output Unit files
X'20' DTFSD Sequential DASD workfiles and data files
DTFCP DASD workfiles (compiler)
X'21' DTFPH Sequentiol DASD files, MOUNTED=SINGLE
(phY'ical IOCS)
X'22' DTFDA Direct access files
X'23' DTFPH Direct access files, MOUNTED==ALL (physical
IOCS)
X'24' DTFlS Indexed sequential, LOAD file
X'25' DTFlS Indexed sequential, ADD file
X'26' DTFlS Indexed sequential, RETRVE file
X'27' DTFlS Indexed sequential, ADDRTR file
X'2B' ACB Access Method Control Block for VSAM
X'30' DTFCP Compiler file for DOS Version 1 (Note I)
X'31' DTFCP Compiler file for DOS Versions 2 onward
X'32' DTFCP Compiler file for DOS Versions 2 onward (Note 2)
X'33' DTFDI Device independent system unit files
X'40' DTFBT Basic Telecommunication Access Method (BTAM)
file (Note 3)
X'5O' DTFOT Queued Tel ecommunication Access Method
(OTAM) file (Note 3)
X'60' - X'67'

Notes

1. DTF type is X'30' except for tope or DASD assigned to units SYSOOO to
SYSnnn. In this case, the DTFCP open phases change the DTF type to
X'lO' for tape workfiles t or X'20' for DASD workfiles.

III-lOB
DTF - Table Types ( Continued)

Notes (continued)

2. DTF type is X'32' except for DASD assigned to units SYSOOO to SYSnnn.
In this case, the DTFCP open phases change the DTF type to X'20' for
DASD workfiles.

3. The following control unit codes are ORed into the low-order 4 bits of
the DTF type code.

Control Unit Code

7770 1
2848 3
2701 4
2702 5

I
2703 6

111-109
RPS DTF/MODULE RELATIONSHIP

Before OPEN After OPEN

DTF

CCN. CCN.

VIRTUAL
PARTITION

T
partition
T
partition
OTF ext.
CCN.
GETVIS GETVIS S.A.
area area

1 1
,.

TSVA

1
RPS DTF-Extention

o (X'OO')

RPS Channel Program

(Variable length)

,---- - - - - - - -- -- - - - - -

Work space I

172 (X'AC')
Sector values (up to 4) (except ISAM)
176 (X'BO') lBO (X'B4')
Address of original chonnel program Address of original logic module

184 (X'BB')

72 Byte Register Save Area

256 (X'100')
I
I Additional Work Space I
I 256 bytes for DAM
I
I 12B bytes for ISAM

IL (This field is not present for SAM or Device Independence)

________ _
I
.-J

111-111
CHAPTER IV
DOSNSE SUPERVISOR CONTROL BLOCKS AND AREAS I
SUPERVISOR STORAGE ALLOCATION

Gener- Macros Generated Code Base

atian Called Registers
Macro Used
IOTAB SGLOWC Hardware/Software Interface fPSW's, Logout RD, R11
Areas,etc.1.
SGNUC Interrupt Handler, Job Accounting In-Line RD, A11
Routine.
SGSVC Various SVC Routines. RD, R11
Various Constants and Tables must be below RD, R11
8 K. CRTGEN, PIB Tables, Exit Tables,
I/O Tables, Foreground Communication Regions
etc., having V-Type Address Pointers in Low
Storage, must be below 32 K.
SMICR External Interrupt Handler. R14
C-Transient, B-Transient, and A-Transient Area
SGEFCH FTTAB and SSLD Initialization. R9
DISP Task Selection. R6
SGAFCH Fetch Data Section (CGWs, Control Blocks). R11
SGOFCH Fetch Overall Logic and Directory Search. R9
SGCCWT
SGCCWF

SGPCK
CCW Translation for 370 Mode.
CCW Analysis and Fixing Routine for ECPS:VSE
Mode.
Program Check Handler.
R8, R9
RS, R9

R14
I
SGPMR Page Manager. R9
(SGPLLEV) Load Leveller. R15
(SGPFIX) Fixing Routines. R9
(SGPOPT) Page in SVCs. R9
(SGPDATA) Data for Page Manager. R8
SGSVCX Various SVC Routines. R7, R14, R15
MCRAS Machine/Channel Check Handler, RTA. R15
SGSCVRT RPS Convert Routine. R9
SGIOS SVCO (EXCP) and SVC 15 (SYSIO) Routines. R13
(SGSCHED) Channel Scheduler Routine. R13
(lOINTER) I/O Interrupt Handler R9

~~~
(SGDSK) Disk Error Recovery Routine.
(SGSERI) Service Task Interface and Data.
SGCFCH Fetch SVC Routines. R13
SGERP Interface to ERP Transients. R13
SGAP Asynchronous Processing SVC Routines. R13
SGRM Resource Management SVC Routines. R13

SGLOCK USE, RELEASE Routines. R13

SGAM CDLOAD, GETVIS, and FREEVIS Routines. R14

SG8FCH IDRA Area and Program Fetch. R9
SGSM Allocate and Setlimit SVC Routines. R13
SGPREAL Get/Free Real Storage for 370 R9
SGSER AVR Task and SVC Routines. R13
SGXECB Cross Partition Common SVC Routines. R12
SGACCT GET JA SVC Routine. R13
SGINF Logical SV/PP Common SVC Routines. R12
SGATAB Tables having A-Type Address Pointers in low
Storage (CRTSAV, SDAGDT, ISTAVT).
SEND SGEND IPL Initialization Routine. R7, R9
CCW Translation Copy Buffers.
DSECT Macros etc.

Note:
Other generation macros like PIOCS, FOPT, etc. only set globals but do not generate code.

IV..ol
SUPERVISOR CALLS

SVC
Macro supported Function
Dec Hex
EXCP Execute Channel Program.
FETCH Fetch any phase.
Fetch a logical transient IB-transient).
Quiesce I/O
4 LOAD load any phase.
MVCOM Modify supervisor communication region (if issued
by MVCOM macro).
Fetch another physical transient (if issued by a
physical transient).
CANCEL Cancel a problem program or task.
WAIT Wait for a cee (or IORB) or TECS.
Transfer control to the problem program from a
logical transient (B-transient).
LBRET Return to a logical transient (S-transient) from the
problem program after an SVC 8.

10 A SETIME Set timer interval.

11 Return from a logical transient (B-transient).
12 C Reset pelL being condensed bit (displ. 59 in
COMREGI.
13 D Set pelL being condensed bit (displ. 59 in
COMREGI.
14 EOJ Cancel job and go to job control for end of job step.
15 SYSIO Headqueue 110 request and execute channel
program.
16 10 STXITCPCI Provide supervisor with linkage to user's PC routine
for program check interrupts.
17 11 EXITIPCI Return from user's PC routine.
18 12 STXITIITI Provide supervisor with linkage to user's IT routine
for interval timer interrupts.
19 13 EXITIITI Return from user's IT routine.
20 14 STXITCOCI Provide supervisor with linkage to user'sOC routine.
forexternal orattentio n interrupts (operator comm.).
21 15 EXITIOCI Return from user's DC routine.
22 16 Seize/Release system;
Enable/disable external and 110 interrupts;
Set key in user's PSW.
23 17 Store the load address of a phase at a defined user
address.
24 18 SETIME Set timer interval and provide supervisor with link
age to user's TECB, if any.
25 19 Issue HALT 110 on a teleprocessing device, or
HALT 110 on any devjce if issued by OLTEP.
Dequeued an unstarted OLTEP I/O request
to a shared device.
26 lA Validate address limits.
27 lB Issue an HID for a telecommunication device with-
out dequeueing the CeB.
28 lC EXITCMRI Return from user's stacker select routine (MICR
type devices only).
29 lD WAITM Provide support from multiple wait macro WAITM.
33 21 COMRG Force task select for system tasks.
34 22 GETIME Provides Time-of-Day and updates the DATE field.
35 23 Hold a track for use by the requesting task only.
36 24 FREE Free a track held by the task issuing the FREE.

IV.a2
SUPERVISOR CALLS (. Cont'd)

SVC
Macro supported Function
Dec Hex
37 25 STXIT(AB) Provide supervisor with linkage to user's AB routine
for abnormal termination of a task.
38 26 ATTACH Initialize a subtask and establish its priority.
39 27 DETACH Perform normal termination of a subtask. It in-
cludes calling the FREE routine to free any tracks
held by the subtask.
40 28 POST Inform the system of the termination of an event
and ready any waiting tasks.
41 29 Den Inform the system thata previously enqueued re-
source is now available.
42 2A ENQ Prevent tasks from simultaneous manipulation of a
shared data area (resource).
44 2C Support the creation of unit check records from
outside the A or R-transient area.
45 2D Provide emulator interface.
46 2E Provide OLTEP with the facility to operate in
supervisory state.

I
47 2F WAITF Provide support for multiple wait macro WAITF
for MICR type devices.
48 30 Fetch a CRT transient.
49 31 Used by VTAM to init. exec. of channel program
51 33 HIPROG Make directory entry information for a phase avail
able to the requesting task.
Calculate the highest address of an overstructure of
phase and store it in the COMPREG.
52 34 TTIMER Return the remaining time interval, or cancel a
time interval.
53 35 Used by VTAM/ACF to schedule user exit in applic.
program.
54 36 Replease page frames to selection pool.
Applies only to 370 mode of operation.
55 37 Allow SDAID to acquire processor storage needed
for program initialization (applies only 370 mode
of operation).
56 38 Support the POWERIVSCP interface when DOSI
VSE operates under VM/370 (applies only 370
mode of operation).
57 39 GETPRTY Return partition priorities to the requesting task.
SETPRTY Change partition priorities as specified.
58 3A INVPART Initialize partition.
59 3B INVPAGE Initialize Tables or invalidate pages.
60 3C GETDADR Provide virtual address of location within 110 areas
for ERP and CRT routine5.
61 3D GETVIS Request allocation of storage within the same
partition or within the SVA.
62 3E FREEVIS Free storage requested through a GETVIS macro.
63 3F USE Use a resource.
64 40 RELEASE Release a resource.
65 41 CDLOAD Load a phase in the requesting partition's GETVIS
area unless that phase is already in the SVA.
66 42 RUNMODE Return mode which program is running.
67 43 PFIX Fix pagels) in real storage.
68 44 PFREE Free pagels) in real storage.
69 45 REALAD Return real address corresponding to a given virtual
address.

IV'()3
SUPERVISOR CALLS (" " " Cont"dl

SVC
Macro supported Function
Dec Hex
70 46 VIRTAD Return virtual address corresponding to a given real
address.
71 47 SETPFA Establish or terminate the linkage between the
supervisor and an user page-fault appendage routine.
72 4B GETCBUF/FEECBUF Get or free copy buffer for IDALor tapeERP.
73 49 SETAPP Allow linkage to channel and appendage routines.
74 4A Fix pagels) in real storage for restart.
75 4B SECTVAL Calculate a sector value (diskdev. with RPS feature)
76 4C Initiate recording on SYSREC file.
77 40 TRANSCSW Return the virtual address of an ERP CCW address
copied from the pertinent CSW.
7B 4E CHAP Change subtask priority (supported if AP..YES).
79 4F SYNCH Give control to synchronous exit.
BO 50 SETT Set task time interval.
Bl 51 TESTT Return the remaining task time interval or cancel a
time interval.
B2 52 Reserved.
B3 53 ALLOCATE Allocate real or virtual partitions.
B4 54 SETLIMIT Set partition sizes.
B5 55 RELPAG Release contents of one or more pages.
B6 56 FCEPGOUT Force a page-out of one or more pages.
B7 57 PAGEIN Page-in one or more pages.
BB 5B TPIN Start TP Balancing.
B9 59 TPOUT Stop TP Balancing.
90 5A PUTACCT Provide interface with POWERNS for additional
account information (by user).
91 5B Provide interface with POWERNS for standard
account information.
92 5C XECBTAB Define, delete, or check an entry in the cross
partition ECB table.
93 50 XPOST Set the traffic bit in a cross-partition ECB and
ready any waiting tasks.
94 5E XWAIT Wait for a cross-partition ECB to be posted.
95 5F EXITAB Return from an user'sabnormal termination routine.
96 60 EXIT(TTI Return from user's task timer exit.
97 61 STXIT(TTI Provide supervisor with linkage to user's task timer
exit routine for task time interval end.
9B 62 EXTRACT Extract system control information.
MOOCTB Modify a PUB 2 table entry.
99 63 GETVCE Return a specific volume characteristics table entry.
100 64 PFIX Fix or free a page in the system GETVIS area.
PFREE
101 65 MOOVCE Update the volume characteristics table.
102 66 GETJA Update the fields in the requesting partition's job
accounting table.
103 67 Execute 110 operations for SYSFIL on a" FBA
device.
104 6B EXTENT Build, return, or delete DASD extent information.
105 69 SUBSIO Accept, return, and delete subsystem identification
information.

IV.Q4
r
COMMAND CONTROL BLOCK (CCB)

Trans-
mission

tion
1 2
CSW
Status
Informa- Bits

3 4
Type
Code
and
logical 3895
Reserved eew
for logical Address
IOeSar

56 Unit 7 PIOes 89 11
Reserved eew
for
physical
IOes
12
Address
inCSW

13 15 16
.""J
Sense
CCW

Bytes Description
0-1 Used for residual Used by BTAM to indicate the numer of copy blocks needed
Count. at channel end appendage time 1370 mode only).
2-3 Transmitting in- Byte 2 Set on by:
formation between
Bit 0: Traffic Bit (Wait) Ploes'
PhysicallOCS &
(Note 51
Problem Program
Bit 1: End of File cr
or 1&) PIDCS
PRT1 UCSB Parity Check (Line Complete)
(Note 2)
81t2: Unrecoverable 1/0 error Ploes
8it3: Accept unrecoverable I/O error Pro Pr .......
81t4: Return OASD Data Checks Diskette Data Pro Pro
Checks, 2671 errors, or 1017/1018 errors
to the user; indicate actiontype messages for
DOC; Return 5424/5425 not ready.
Bit 5: Post at Device End (Note 5)
Bit6: Return Tape Read Data Check; 101B or
2560 Data Check; 2520, 2540,2560,
3881 or 5424/5425 Equipment Check:
Pro Pro
Pro Pro I
Accept 3504, 3505 or 3525 Perm. Error:
DASD Data Chechs on Read or Verfiy
Command on 3203, PRT1, or 5203 PasS'-
back Requested.
(Notes3,6,8and 10)
Bit7: User Error Routine (Note 9) Pro Pro
Byte 3 Set on by:
Bit 0: DASD Data Check in Count Area; PIDeS
Permanent Error for 3330, 3340 or 3350
MICRSCU Not Operational; 1287/1288
Data Check; 3203, PRT1, or 5203 Print
Check/Equipment Check; 3540 Special
Record Transferred.
Bit 1: DASD Track Overrun; MICR Intervention PIDeS
required; l287Keyboard Correction in
Journal Tape Mode: l017Broken Tape
PRT1Print Quality/Equipment Check.
Bit2: DASD End of Cylinder; MICR (Note 4)
l287/1288Hopper Empty in Document
Mode. PRT112245 Line Position Error.
(Note 7)
Bit 3: 2520,2540, 3881Equipment Check; 2560 PIDeS
3203, 5203, 5424/5425 Data eheckl
Equipment Check; Tape Read Data Check;
DASDAny Data Check: 1287Equipment
Check; 101711018 Data Check; PRT1Print
Check/Data Check; 3504, 3505, 3525 Perm.
Error (Note 81; Diskette Data Check.
Bit4: NonRecovery Questionable Condition: Ploes
CardUnusual Command Sequence DASD-
No Record Found 1287/1288Document
Jam or Torn Tape; PRT1UCSB Parity Check
(Command retry); 5424/5425 Not Ready.
/
Bit5: No Record Found Condition (Retry on Pro Pro
Disk Devices).

PhysicallOCS
** Problem Program
IV-05
r
COMMAND CONTROL BLOCK ICCB)I .. Contd)

oun-;-r;:;:;n;-csw -r;:;;;e-~rv-;;-~W -~..:d CcW - Q;iOJ'1

mission
Informa-
tion
Status
Bits
Code
and
logical
for logical Address
IOCS or
3895
o ......!L .2.!- -..!.!~n~ECS...!~ 2........2 2_.!!.. ~ 22....
Byte(s) Description
for
physical
loes
Address
in CSW
Sense
CCW

2-3 (... Cont'd) Byte 3 (Cont'd)

Bit 6: Carriage Channel 9 Overflow or Verify Ploes

Error for DASD; 1287-Document Mode-
Late, Stacker Select; 128B-End of Page.
Bit 7: Command Chaining, Retry from the next Pro Pro
CCW to be executed.
4-5 CSW Status Bits Byte 4 (Note 1) Byte 5
Bit 0: Attention Bit 0: Program Controlled
1: Status Modifier Interruption
2: Control Unit End 1: Incorrect Length
3: Busy 2: Program Check
4: Channel End 3: Protection Check
5: Device End 4: Channel Data Check
6: Unit Check 5: Channel Control Check
7: Unit Exeption 6: Interf. Control Check
7: Chaining Check
6-7 Type Code and Byte 6
Logical Unit
X'Ou' Original CCB
X'OB' Physical addressing is requested. Byte 7 contain the PUB
index.
X'2u' Translated eeB
X'4u' BTAM request original eeB
X'6u' BTAM request translated eeB
X'Bu' User-translated CeB in virtual partition
o= The address in byte 7 refers to a System Logical Unit.
1 = The address in byte 7 refers to a Programmer Logical
Unit.
Byte 7
Hexadecimal representation of SYSnnn:
SYSRDR = 00 SYSREC = OA
SYSIPT = 01 SYSCLB = OB
SYSPCH = 02 SYSVIS = OC
SYSLST = 03 SYSCAT = 00
SYSLQG = 04 SYSOOO = 00
SYSLINK = 05 SYS001 = 01
SYSRES = 06 SYS002 = 02
SYSSLB = 07
SYSRLB = 08
SYSUSE = 09 SYS240 = FO
Reserved for Buffer Offset:
LogicallOCS or ASCII Input Tapes X00'-X'63
3895 PIOCS
ASCII Output Tapes Fixed X'OO'
(Note 10)
Variable X'OO' or X'04'
Undefined XOO
2501 Double CCW-Support X'BO' (2501 Double-CCW Support
is active)
SNS Task I/O Request X'80' % Erroron Alternate
Channel)
9-11 CCW Address Virtual or real address of CCW associated with this cea depending
on byte 6:
Real address if byte 6 = X'2u', X'6u', or X'8u';
Virtual address if byte 6 = X'Ou', or X'4u'.

IV06
COMMAND CONTROL BLOCK ICCB) I Cont'd)

Ccoun, 1 2Tran ,.
mission
Informa-
tion
34
csw
Status
Bits
Type
Code
and
logical 3895
Reserved CCW
for logical Address
IOeSer

5 6 Unit 7 PIOCS 89 11
Reserved ccw
for Address
physical inCSW
IOCS
CCW

12_!2... 15 16 23 1
Sense

By tel,) Description
12 Reserved for X'80' eee being used by ERP
PhysicallOCS X'40' Channel Appendage Routine present for TP Device.
VSAM or POWE RNS
X'20' Sense Information desired (Note a)
X'10' Message writer
X'OS' EU Tape Error
X'04' OLTEP Appendage available
X'02' Tape ERP Read Opposite Recovery
X'Ql' Reserved
13-15 CCW Address in Virtual Address of CCW pointed to by CSW at ChaMel End
CSW (if byte 6 '" X'Su', it ist the real address) or address of the Channel
End Appendage Routine for TP devices, VSAM or POWER/VS.
16-23 Optional Sense 8 bytes appended to the eGa when Sense Information is de!>lred.

I
CCW

Note 1: Bytes 4 and 5 contain the status bytes of the Channel Status Word (Bits 32-47). If
byte 2. bit 5 is on and device end results as a separate interrupt, device end will be
OR-ed into CCB byte 4_
Note 2: Indicates/* or 1& statement on SYSRDR or SYSIPT_ Byte 4, bit 7 (unit exception) is
also on.
Note 3: DASD data checks on count not returned.
Note 4: For 1255/1259/12701127511419. disengage. For 1275114190.1/0 Error is external
interrupt routine (Channel data check or bus-out check)_
Note 5: The traffic bit (Byte 2, bit 0) is normally set on at channel end to signify that the
I/O was completed. If byte 2. bit 5 has been set on, the traffic bit and bits 2 and 6 in
byte 3 will be set on at device end. Also see Note 1.
Note 6: 1018 ERP does not support the Error Correction Function.
Note 7: This error occurs an equipment check, data check or FCB parity check_ For 2245, this
error occurs as a data check or FCB parity check.
Note 8: For 3504, 3505. 3525 input or output files using ERROPT, byte 3, bit 3 is set on if a
permanent error occurs. Byte2, bit 6 is set on to allow you to accept permanent errors_
Note 9: If user error routine is specified and the user needs the sense information to further
process the error, byte 12,bit 2 mustalosbe set. Otherwise. the supervisor error routine
will clear off the status on return and the sense information ist not available.
Note 10: 3895 error codes are returned in CCB Byte 8. Refer to 3895 document reader/inscriber
maschine and programming description for information on these error codes.

IV.(J7
INPUT/OUTPUT REOUEST BLOCK (lORB)

Count Trans- CSW Type Code Reserved CCW Reserved

mission Status and for Address for
lnforma- Bits Logical logical Physical
tion Unit 10CS IOCS
2 6 8 12

CCW Fix Address Version Special Optional Extension

Address Flag of 10 Process-
inCSW Fixlist ing Flags 10 Address

13 16 17 20 22 24 25
Input/Output Request Block (lORS)

Byte(s) Description
0-1 Used for residual count
2-3 Byte 2:
For transmitting information between physicallOCS and problem program.
Set by the physicallOCS:
Bit 0: Traffic bit, wait (Note 3)
Bit 1: End-ofFile 1* or 1& (Note 2)
Bit 2: Irrecoverable lID error
Set by the Problem Program:
Bit 3: Accept irrecoverable I/O error
Bit 4: Reserved
Bit 5: Post at device end (Note 3).
Bit 6: Reserved
Bit 7: Skip system error recovery
Byte 3:
Reserved fur ERP return information.
4--5 Byte 4 (Note 1):
Bit 0 (32): Attention
Bit 1 (33): Status modifier
Bit 2 (34): Control unit end
Bit 3 (35): Busy
Bit 4 (36): Channel end
Bit 5 (37): Device end
Bit' 6 (38): Unit check
Bit 7 (39): Unit exception
Byte 5:
Bit 0 (40): Program controlled interruption
Bit 1 (41): Incorrect length
Bit 2 (42): Program check
Bit 3 (43): Protection check
Bit 4 (44): Channel data check
Bit 5 (45): Channel control check
Bit 6 (46): Interface control check
Bit 7 (47): Chaining check
6--7 Byte 6 {Class byte):
Bit 0: Reserved
Bit 1: Reserved
Bit 2: Copied IORB (370 mode only)
Bit 3: Reserved
Bit 4: Physical addressing
Bit 5: IORB1D
Bit 6: Reserved
Bit 7: Programmer logical unit
Byte 7 (Addressing byte)
Hexadecimal representation of SYSnnn:
SYSROR "00 SYSREC "OA
SYSIPT " 01 SYSCLB "08
SYSPCH = 02 Reserved = OC
SYSLIST "03 SYSCAT "00
SYSLOG "04 SYSOOO " 00
SYSLINK "05 SYS001 " 01
SYSRES "06 SYS002 "02
SYSSL8 "07
SYSRL8 "08
SYSUSE "09 SYS240 " XX

IV-08
INPUT/OUTPUT REOUEST BLOCK (lORB) ( Cont'd)

Byte(s) Description
Reserved for LogicallDCS
9-11 Address for the CCWassociated with this IORB. The address is virtual. except if in
byte 6, bit 2 is on, then the address is real.
12 Reserved for physicallOeS:
Bit 0: IORB is used by ERP
Bit 1: Reserved
Bit 2: IORB has an extension
Bit 3: Reserved
Bit 4: EU tape error
Bit 5: Reserved
Bit 6: Tape ERP read opposite recovery
Bit 7: Reserved
13-15 Virtual address of CCW pointed to by CSW at Channel End.
16 Fix Flag (ignored in 370 model:
Bit a =1 Compressed: The system needs not to compress the fix list. Each page
to the fixed for the channel program is covered only once by the fix-
list.
=0 Not compressed: The system must compress the fixlist.
Bit 1 '" 1 Fixed: No fixlist is provided by the user. The user has fixed all areas.
'" 0 Not fixed: The user has provided a fixlist.
Bit 2- 7 Reserved
17-19 Address of thefixlist (ignored in 370 mode):
Each fixlist area is contiguous and consists of one or more B-Byte fixlist entries.
Each entry contains a begin and an end address describing a storage area that has to be
fixed for the I/O request (an area containig the channel program or an input/output
area).
I
20-21 Version identification code.
22-23 Special processing flags (set by L10eS):
Bit 0: SYSFIL request for FBAdevice.
Bits 1-15: Reserved

Begin of optional parameters (set by the problem program).

24 Optional parameter 10:
Bit 0: Last parameter
Bits 1-7: 10 code (00 - ECBI
25-27 Address portion of optional parameter

Note 1: Bytes 4 and 5 contain the status bytes of esw (Bits 32-471. If byte 2, bit 5, is on, the
accumulated interrupt information will be stored in byte 4 and 5 of the IORB.
Note 2: Indicatesr or /& statement on SYSROR or SYSIPT. Byte 4, bit 7, (unit exception) is
forced on.
Note 3: The traffic bit (byte 2, bit 0) is normally set on at channel end to signify that the data
transfer is completed. If byte 2, bit 5, has been set on, the traffic bit is set on at device
end. See also Note 1.

IV09
. C(
~
'"
~
Format Address Address Address Address
01 olSVA ofBG of Fn of Fl
Address Table
Adress
Table
Entry Entry Entry Entry
~
~m
))

"
For:~"'" 0 iii
12 16 20 24
SVA Entry
olSVA System System Minimum Number of System SVA SVA Pageable Pageable !Ii
I Entry PFIX Limit PFIX Count Page Pool Pages in GETVIS Begin End SV SV g
I~,''''''"", (number of (number of (number of Pageable Area Address Address Begin End !Ii
" pages) pages) pages) SV Address +1 Address Address
.as;!
~~~
BG Entry
,,........ ..5'"
o
....
~~g.
~~~ , n
~~s.
< !i.; g \0 12 ,. 20 24 "
~
Fn Entry
r'----.-----~----~~----~----~---
~ iH
iil~.!
Format
of any
Partition
Partition
PFIX Limit
(number of
Partition Partition
PFIX Count Save
(number of Area
en : Partition
:> <II: GETVIS
tuE:
Partition
Begin
Partition
End
Address Address
Real
Partition
End Address
n
.!!!
on
o
u.: Area '3:"
~I[ ~ Al pages) Address Address +1 +1
pages) c:l )-
Entry
'l" I
I c:
j
I
I ~
F1 Entry I
I ...
'"
::;
I
I
oz

Bytes 220-223 (X'DC'-X'DF') of the system communication region (SYSCOM) contain the
~
m
address of the storage management control block (SMCBI. Label SMCB identifies the first byte 3:
of the tabel.
...~
SYSCQM

0 4 8 OC 10 18
~
Ii 0

Address of
4

Address of
8

Address of
12

Address of
16

Reserved
24

Address of
"o
...'"
Error Block Attention Exit Operator SYSRES PU8 Ext.lnterr,
"~

T
Option Routine

""o
Cancel Exit

E
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxxxxxx xxxx
.."'s:"
E
~ 1C 20 24 25 28 2A 2C 12E 30 "s:o
Si- 28 32 36 37 40 42 44 46 48 s:
D c
f Address of Address of Free Address Number of Length of Number of Flags and Reserved '"
Logical
Transient
1st byte of
Problem Program
List
Pointer
of
Channel
Channel
Queue
One Error
Queue
Partitions Switches
(see expansion)
E
o
Area Area Entries
Queue Entry
'"~
xxxx
--~-- ---- - - -
o'"
'"
34
52
35
53
38
56
40
64
44
68
46
70
48
72
4C
76
~
"o
~
Configuration Address of Reserved Flags and System Task Address of Reserved TH
Byte CRT Table Switches Selection Task Free
(see expansion) (see expansion)* Control Field* Selection List
Pointer

x xxx xxxxxxxx xxxx xx xx xxxx x

----- - -

-
* See end of tables for further explanation.
Note: The address of SYSCOM can be found at fixed location X'SO'-X'S3'.
'"
~m
4D 50 54 58 5A 5C 60 64 68 ;s:
77 80 84 88 90 92 96 100 104
g
2
-I
Address Address of Address of Key of Task Key of Task Address of Address of Address of Address of
of Timer Request AB Table owing LTA funning PQWERiVS VTAM Address RF Table EU ECB "o
r-
TH Table Table (LI KJ (TI K) Table Vector Table Table ."

"o
L - ~xx _ _ _ xxxx xxxx xx x~ _ xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
"'"l>
;s:
o
0
6C 70 74 78 7C 80 88 ;s:
108 112 116 120 124 128 136 ;s:
C
2
Address of
Address of
oLTEP bucket
Address of
RAS Linkage ASCII
Translate
Address of
PUB Ownership
Address of
Job Accounting
Reserved Addres of
SDAID
Comm. Area
E
a
Area Table Cammon Table
~ Table 2
I
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxxxxxx
i::
__ ~x~
'---- - - - - -- -_ .. _.- --- -- -- -
a'z"
8C 90 94 98 9C AO Al A2 A3
140 144 148 152 156 160 161 162 163 !i
a
Address of
~
Reserved Address of PTA Address of first Address of Task 1 byte for Pointer to Pointer to Pointer to I
Line Mode System Task Blo"ck Block of Active Alignment SENSE Task Disk ERP RAS Task
Table System Task Block Task Block Block

xxxx
L ... _
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx x x x x
A4 A5 A6 A7 AB A9 AA AB AC AF BO
~
m
;:
164 165 166 169 171 175 176
167 16B 170 172
g
Pointer to Pointer to Pointer to
Pointer to Reserved Pointer to Reserved Pointer to Reserved Pointer to Address of ...
z

PMGR
Task Block
PGT
Task Block
PAGEIN
Task Block
SUPV
(FETCH)
CRT
Task Block
ERP
Task Block
SVF
Task Block
Task Timer
Table
'....o"
.'"
Task Block
o
'"'"~
x x x x x x x x xxx x xxxx

n
B4 BB BC BE CO CB CC CE DO
o
;:
1BO 1B4 1BB 190 192 203 204 206 20B ;:
c:
z
fw Reserved TRTMSK
pointer
TP Balanc-
ing
Parameter
Key of
partition
owning
Repositioning Information
for 2560/5424/5425 ERP
Number of
Error Queue
Entries
Length of
PUB Table
in bytes
Number of
Active
Partitions
Address of
Segment Table
(370 mode) !
S
o
Task Times z
xxxx xxxx xx xx xxxxxxxxxxx x xx xx xxxx '"m
!
'oz"
D4 DC EO E4 E6 'EB EC
212 220 224 22B 230 232 236 l?
Reserved Address of Storage Address of Address of Reserved Reserved Address of End I ~
Management OPO Table System Operator of Real Storage
!
Control Block Console in 370 mode
I
xxxxxxxx xxxx xxxx xx xx L-_ _ _~~x ____ --_~~~ _ _

-
I
en

FO F4 F5 F8 FC 100 104 108 ~

;:
240 244 245 248 252 256 260 264
8z
Address of SVA Flags Address of Address of Address of
Address of
Address of Reserved
...
'"i2
Fetch Table (see expansion) SVA System
GETVIS area
RPS Local
Directory List
RPS Sector
Calculation
Routine
System Code
.'"
o
-
xxxx x xxx xxxx
-
xxxx
-.~--.--~
xxxx xxxx xxxx
'";:'"
l>
n
we 110 114 118 11C 120 124 128
o
;:
268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 ;:
c:
z
Address of
Pointer for
Symbolic Supv,-IPL
Communication
Address of
SVA
Address of
Operator Option
Reserve" Save area if
Progr. Check
Reserved Table of
System Units ~i5
Label Access Phase Area Cancel Exit in SUPVR z
~ Region
:;: i::
xxxx xxxx __x~~___ xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

* See end of tables for further explanation.

'"i5z
Note: The address of SYSCOM can be found at fixed Location X'80'-X'83',
b'
a
~
SYSTEM CONTROL PROGRAM COMMUNICATION REGION (," Conl'd)

Expansion of SYSCOM Flag Bytes

Syte Description
Oec Hex
46 2E BitO 1:::: VSE/Advanced Functions package
o = SCP package
Bit 1 1 ;; DOS/VSE and follow-on releases
Bit2 1 :::: 1 TPBAL not active
Bit 3 Reserved)
Bit 4 1 == CBF supported
81t55-7 Reserved
47 2F Bit 0 1 '" 4300 support generated
o = /370 support generated
Bits 1-4 Reserved
Bit 5 1 :::: AT least on CKD disk supported
Bit6 1 :::: FBA support generated
Bit7 1 :::: 3800 support generated
52 34 BitO 1 ::: CRT support initialized
Bits 1-5 Reserved
Bits 6, 7 00 :::: Typewriter support generated
01 ::: 1250 support generated
11 :::: 3277 support generated
64 40 Reserved for RMS

65 41
X'SO'
X'40'
X'20'
RMSR supported
Full RMS support (MCAR/CCH and RMSR)
Reserved. must be 0
X'SO' Initial selection of ERP
I
X'40' Reserved
X'20' Timer interrupt pending
X'10' r. ICR Stacker-select active
X'OS' Invalid address during fetch
X'04' SIO routine entered after interrupt
X'02' Reserved
X'QI' IPL in progress
66 42 X'SO' Initial RAS request
X'40' RAS WAIT request outstanding
X'20' RAS IPL in progress
X'10' Reserved
X'OS' POWERIVS supported, always on
X'04' POWERIVS initialized
X'02' GETREAL for SDAID in progress
X'OI' Reserved
67 43 X'SO' System GETVIS area initialized
X'40' ECPREAL supported, always on
X'20' VSAM supported, always on
X'10' Reserved
X'OS' XECB support generated
X'04' Reserved
X'02' Batch deactivated by TPIN
X'O" Reserved
6S 44 Always zero
69 45 SELECT byte:
X'OO' No system task active
X'O,' SNS active
X'02' DSK active
X'03' RAS active
X'04' PMGR active
X'05' PGT active
X'OS' PGIN active
X'O?' SUPVactive
X'09' CRT active
X'OS' ERP active
X'OF' SVTactive

IV,15
SYSTEM CONTROL PROGRAM COMMUNICATION REGION I. Cont'dl

Expansion of SYSCOM Flag Bytes

Byte Description
Dec Hex

244 F4 SVAFlag
X '80' Reserved
X'40' SDL active
X'20' Reserved
X'lO' Build of SOL in progress
X'OS' SOL overflow
X'04' Reserved
X'OZ' Reserved
X'Dl' Reserved
252 FG X'OOOOOOOO' RPS not initialized
X'OOXXXXXX' Pointer to RPS LDLinSVA
256 100 -x'OOOOOaDO' No RPS support
X'OOXXXXXX' Pointer to Sector Calculation Routine

IV-16
nnCOMREG ~
Jl
-<

~o
0 DC 17 1B 20 24 2B 2C
o=<z
l
12 23 24 32 36 40 44

x Q,te Re",~ed Um "e, UP SI Job N,me

Highest
Swage End Add .." of
Address of upper-
most Byte of Pha'" Label
8
::I: ~
II
Byte Address of
the Partition
Last Phase
Fetched or loaded
with highest
Ending Address
Area
Length
""c:z
1 xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx ~
oz
~ 2E 30 34 35 36 37 3B 39 3A 3B 3C 3E ~
1.i-
Ci 46 4B 52 53 54 55 56 57 5B 59 60 62 o'z"
~ PIK
End of
Virtual
Machine
Configur.
System
Configur.
Standard
Language
Dump, Log,
RELLDR and
Job Control
Byte
Linkage
Control
Language
Translator
Job Duration
Indicator Byte
Reserved Address
of
Storage Translator ASCII Control
Byte Byte Byte FOCL
Address I/O Options Options Byte
xx
Job Control Switches

40 42 44 46 4B 4A 4C 4E 4F 58 5A 5C
64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 79 88 90 92

Address Address Address Address Address Address Address Line Count System Date LlOCS Address of ID Number of
of of of f of of of Comm. PIB Table last Checkpoint
fo'
PUBTAB FAVP JIBTAB BTAB FICL NICL LUBTAB SYSLST Bytes or DASDFP
Indicator
xx xx xx xx xx xx xx x xxxxxxxxx xx xx xx

-
Note:
A communication region exists for each partition supported by the system.
The address of the communication region of the active partition is in fixed loc.X'14'-X' 17'.
6C 6E
....~
5E 60 62 63 64 66 6B 6A :3
94 96 9B 99 100 102 104 106 lOB 110 o
z
Job Zone
in
Minutes
Address of Disk
Information
Block (DIBI
Device Flag
for
Automatic
Reserved Address of PC
Option Table
less 8 bytes
Address of IT
Option Table
less 8 bytes
Address of DC
Option Table
less 8 bytes
Kevo f
Partition
Reserved Logical
Transient Key
(LTKI
I
c:
z
Close
xx xx x x xx xx -
xx ----
xx xx xx ~
~
70 74 7B 7C 7E BO 84 B6 B7 "m
112 116 120 124 126 128 132 134 135 '"oz
Address of Address of Address of Address of Address Slat for Address Option System Configuration
SYSPARM J. A. Partition TOO clock PlBTable ofMICR DTF Pointer to ofBGComm. Indicator Byte 2 and RMSR
Table Common Area Extension Table (PDTABBI LableArea Region Open Flag Byte
&'
~ ~
xxxx xxxx xxxx xx xx xxxx xx
--
x
-- --
x
---

8B BC BD BE BF 97 9B 9F
136 140 141 142 143 151 152 159

Reserved for Standard Job Temporary Disk Catalog Switch for JCL 81 bytes
compatability Control Job Control Configuration Procedure Name Catalog Statement SYSIN Indicator
Reasons Options 1 Options 1 Procedure Name

xxxx x x x xxxxxxxx x xxxxxxx x

Note:
A communication region exists from each partition supported by the system.
The address of the communication region of the active partition is in fixed loc. X'14'-X'17'.
i!
:ll
-<
AD A4 AS A6 A8 AC AD AE AF 80 84 :;
160 164 165 166 168 172 173 174 175 176 180 i5
z
Address of
POWER/VS
POWER/VS POWER/VS Reserved Address of Job Control Job Control Standard Temporary Reserved Reserved "
o
Partition
Control Block
Flag Byte 1 Flag Byte 2 LUB Table
Extension
Switch 5 Switch 6 Job Control
Options 2
Job Control
Options 2
''c:z""
n
-_._-----
~
i5
z
Note: :ll
A communication region exits for each partition supported by the system. m
Gl
The address of the communication region of the active partition is in fixed lac. X'14'-X'17'. i5
z
;;:
<0
17
i!
~

-
PARTITION COMMUNICATION REGION (.. Cont'd)

Key to Communication Region Displacement

MMiDDiYY or DDiMM/YY either set permanently by the job control date statement, or
updated every time a GETIME macro is issued when time-of-day support is provided. Format
controlled by BGCOMREG + 53.
(System Configuration Byte, date convention bit 0).
Reserved
12 User area.
23 User program switch indicator.
24 Job name set by the job control program form information found in the job statement.
32 Address of the uppermost byte available to the problem program.
36 Address of the uppermost byte of the last phase of the problem program fetched of loaded.
Not filled in when phase is in SVA.
40 Address of the uppermost byte of the phase with the highest ending address for this
partition, starting with the same 4 characters as the root phase (operand on the exec
statement) and residing in the same core image library as the root phase. If the root phase
is in the SVA, the partition start address plus 2 K will be used.
44 Length of the problem program label area.
46 Partition identification key (PIK) of the partition owning this communication region. How-
ever, the communication region of the BG partition always contains the PI K of the currently
active partition. That is, if contains the PIK of the BG partition only, if the BG partition is
active.
48 End address of virtual storage.

IV-20
PARTITION COMMUNICATION REGION (.. Cont'd)

Expansion of COMREG Flag Bytes

Byte Description
Dec Hex
52 34 Machine Configuration Byte (Values set as supervisor generation time)
X'SO' Always set to indicate standard storage protect
X'40' Decimal feature (always set)
X'20' Floating point feature
X'IO' Physical transient overlap option (always set)
X'OS' Always set to indicate standard timer feature
X'04' Channel switching support
X'02' Burst mode on multiplex channel support (always setl
X'Ol' Reserved
53 35 System Configuration Byte
x'so DDMMYY (Date convention bit set by STOOPT statement)
X'40' Two or more partitions, always on
X'20' DASD file-protect support
X'lO' DASD SYSIN - SYSOUT
X'OS' Teleprocessing, always on
X'04' Two or more partitions, always on
X'02' Asynchronous processing, always 011
X'Ol' Track hold/Block hold
54 36 This byte contains the standard language translator [/0 options
after generation, defaults are valid: 1100 110
X'SO'
X'40'
DECK option
LIST option
output objekt modules on SYSPCH
output source module listings and diagnostics on
SYSLST
I
X'20' LlSTX option output hexadecimal object module listings on
SYSLST (compi[ers only)
X'lO' SYM option output symbol tables on SYSLST!SYSPCH
X'OS' XREF option output symbolic cross-reference [ist on SYSLST
X'04' ERRS option output diagnostics on SYSLST (compilers only)
X'o2' CHARSET option input on SYSIPT is 48 or 60 character set
X'Ol' Reserved
55 37 This byte contains the standard supervisor options for abnormal EOJ.
Relocating Loader and Control statement display and the indicator for the
presence of the ASCII-EBCD[C and EBCDIC-ASCII translation tables.
X'BO' Always on
X'40' DUMP option (DUMP=YES OR DUMP=PARTl
X'20' Partition is in wait state, because a volume is to be mounted
X'10' LOG option Yes, list all control statements on SYSLST
X'OS' Dummy device search in progress;
do not enter ERP
X'04' Reserved
X'02' Relocating Load option yes, Relocating Loader supported (always set)
X'Ol' ASCII option yes, ASCII supported
56 3B Job Control Byte
X'SO' Job accounting Interface (JA) not supported
X'40' Return to caller on LI OCS disk open failure
X,20' Job control input from SYSROR
X'lO' Job control output on SYSLOG
X'oa' Cancel job
X'04' Pause at end-of-job step
X'02' SYSLOG is a console printer-keyboard or DOC (always on)
X'Dl' SYSLOG is assigned to the same device as SYSLST
57 39 Linkage Control Byte
X'SO' SYSLNK open for output
X'40' Update of Second Level Directory and RAS load list in progress
(interface between SMA1NDIR and Supervisorl
X'20' Allow EXEC
X'lO' Catalog linkage editor output
X'OB' Supervisor nas been updated
X'04' PCI L open in progress
X'02' Update of System Core Image Library in progress (interface between
SMAIN01R and Supervisor)
X'Ol' Reserved

IV-21
PARTITION COMMUNICATION REGION C Cont'd)

Expansion of COMREG Flag Bytes

Byte Description
Dec Hex
58 3A Language processor control byte. This is a set of switches used to specify
nonstandard language translator options. The switches within the byte are
controlled by job control OPTION statements and when set to 1, override
standard options. The format of this byte is identical to the standard option
byte (displacement 54) with one exception: Bit 7 in this byte is used to in-
dicate to LlOCS that the rewind and unload option has been specified.
59 38 Job Duration Indicator Byte
X'80' Job in progress
X'40' Dump or partition dump on an abnormal EOJ condition (see byte 141)
X'20' Pause at EOJ step. Set by attention routine for job control
X'IO' Job control output on SYSLST
X'08' Job is being run out of sequence with a temporary assignment for
SYSRDR
X'04' PCI L is being condensed
X'02' //DATE statement processed for current job
X'Ol' Batch command just issued
60 3C Reserved
62 3E Addresses
of I!Otables
as
76 4G illustrated
78 4E Set to the value nn specified in the LlNES=nn parameter of the STDOPT
statement. Initial value = 56.
79 4F The format of the system date contained within this field is determined by
the ]PL program from information supplied in the date convention bit
(displacement 55). Bytes 85-87 contain the day count.
88 58 Bytes reserved for use by LlOCS. Transient dump programs insert a key to
indicate to the LlOCS End-of-Volume routine, gSBCMT07, that it was called
by B-transient.
90 5A Address of the first part of the Program Information Block (PIB) table.
92 5C 10 number of the last checkpoint (hexadecimal).
93 5D Bytes 92 and 93 are also the temporary indicator of file protected OASD.
Bits 0-15 correspond to channels 0-15. A bit ON means OASDFP for that
channel.
94 5E Job zone forTime-of-Day. If ZONE=EAST, value is positive, if ZONE=WEST,
value is negative.
96 60 Address of disk I/O position data. This is the starting address of the Disk lri-
formation Block (OIB) table for the partition.
98 62 Device flag for automatic close.
BitO: One or more 3800 printer extended buffering DTFs is/are open.
99 63 Flag byte X'80' = BTAM in the partition.
100 64 PC table
102 66 IT table
104 68 OCtable
106 6A PIKofpartition
108 6C Reserved
110 6E Logical Transient Key (L TK) contains the same value as the PI K (Displace,
ment 46) when the logical transient is requested. When the transient area is
not in use, LTK is equal to zero. The SVC 2 routine sets the LTK. The SVC
11 routine resets the LTK. (Only significant in BG communication region.J
112 70 Address of SYSPARM field.
116 74 Address of Job Accounting partition table.
120 78 Address of Time-ofDay clock common area.
124 7C Address of second part of Program Information Block (PI B) table.
126 7E Address of POTABB, table of DTF addresses for MICR support.
128 80 Slot for pointer to label area.

IV22
PARTITION COMMUNICATION REGION (," Cont'd)

Expansion of CDMREG Flag Bytes

Byte Description
Dec Hex
132 84 Address of background communications region.
134 86 Option Indicator Byte
X'80' Reserved
X'40' EU interface active
X'20' Teleprocessing request
X'10' Supervisor support for tape, ~Iwavs on
X'08' Reserved
X'04' Reserved
X'02' Reserved
X'Ol' GETVIS function has been initiated
135 87 System Configuration Byte 2 and RMSR Open Flag Byte
X'80' PCIL supported, always on
X'40' TOO clock supported, always on
X'20' PFIX macro supported, always on
X'10' Fetch SS80PEN by SJDBCTLJ
X'OS' Fetch SSBOPEN by SJDBCTLD
X'04' Fetch SSBOPEN by SJOBBCTLJ for WTM
X'02' Reserved
X'Ol' RPS supported
136
140
SS
SC
Reserved for compatibility reasons.
Standard Job control option byte
X'SO' EDECK Standard Option
X'40' ALIGN Standard Option
Initial value:
0
1
I
X'20' PART DUMP Standard Option 0
X'10' RLD Standard Option 0
X'OS' SXREF STD Option 0
X'04' TERM STD Option 0
X'02' Reserved
X'Ol' ACANCEl Standard Option
141 SO Temporary Job control option byte
X'SO' EDECK Temporary Option
X'40' ALIGN Temporary Option
X'20' PARTDUMP Temporary Option
X'lO' RlD Temporary Option
X'OS' SXREF Temporary option
X'04' TERM Temporary option
X'02' SUBlIB=DF Temporary Option
X'01' 1=ACANCEl Temporary Option
142 SE Disk Configuration Byte
0-3 Reserved
X'OS' 3350 supported
X'04' 3340 supported
X'02' 3330 supported
X'Ol' 2311 and 2314/2319 supported.
143 SF Cataloged Procedure Name
151 97 Interface Byte for Cataloged Procedures
X'SO' Procedure being executeCt
X'40' Overwrite processing
X'20' Procedure with data
X'10' Overwrite request for Job Control
X'OS' Insert request for Job Control
X'04' Procedure end
X'02' SYSlOG procedure
X'Ol' Overwrite request for Supervisor
152 9S ICl statement name for Cataloged Procedure

IV-23
PARTITION COMMUNICATION REGION (. Cont'd)

Expansion of COMREG Flag Bytes

Byte Description
Dec Hex
159 9F SYSIN 81 Bytes Indicator
X'SO' Permanent 81 bytes on SYSRDR
X'40' Permanent 81 bytes on SYSIPT
X'20' Temporary 81 bytes on SYSRDR
X'10' Temporary 81 bytes on SYSIPT
Reserved
X'Ol' Allow/& for MAINT CATAI.S
160 AO Pointer to POWERIVS partition control block.
164 A4 POWERNS Flag Byte 1
X'BO' POWER/VS Accounting Supported
X'40' Partition under control of POWERNS
X'20' POWERNS Partition
X'10' Reserved
X'OB' Partition is waiting for work
ReserVed

165 A5 POWERIVS Flag Byte 2 Reserved

166 A6 Reserved
166 AB Pointer to LUB Table Extension
172 AC Job Control Switch 5
Bit 0, 1= EXEC LNKEDT statement is to be generated
1, Reserved
2, Reserved
3, 1=NEWVOL ignored
4, Reserved
5, Reserved
6, Reserved
7, 1"'Job Control active
173 AD Job Control Switch 6
0-6 Reserved
7, 1=Fetch search sequence changed
174 AE Standard Job Control Option 2
(Reserved I
175 AF Temporary Job Control Option 2
(Reserved)

IV24
PARTITION IOENTIFICATION KEY (PIKI

PIK value in BGCOMREG

Task
Number of partitions supported
Partition

Attention X'OO' X'OO' X'OO' X'OO'

BG X'10' X'10' X'lO' X'lO'
F4 X'20'
F3 X'30' X'20'
F2 X'40' X'30' X'20'
F1 X'50' X'40' X'30' X'20'

TASK INTERRUPT KEY (TIKI

TIK value

Task Number of partitions supported

Attention X'OO' X'OO' X'OO' X'OO'

BG X'10' X'10' X'10' X'lO'
F4 X'20'

I
F3 X'30' X'20'
F2 X'40' X'30' X'20'
F1 X'50' X'40' X'30' X'20'
Subtask* X'60'-X'FO' X'50'-X'FO' X'40'-X'FO' X'30'-X'FO'

* ItAP-YES

LOGICAL TRANSIENT OWNER IDENTIFIKATION KEY (UK)

The halfword UK at displacement 88 in SYSCOM contains the same value as the TIK when the
Logical Transient Area {LT Al is in use and therefore identifies the owner of the LT A. When LT A
is free, the halfword LlK contains zeros. The SVC2 routine sets the UK, and the SVC11 routine
resets it to zero,

LOGICAL TRANSIENT KEY (LTKI

The halfword LTK at displacement 110 in each partition communication region has a zero value
in the high-order byte and a key value in the low-order byte. In a foreground communication
region, the key value in the LTK is not Significant. The LTK in the background communication
on region (BGCOMREG) has the same value as the PIK of partition of the task that owns the
LTA, or contains zeros when the LTA is free. The SVC2 routine sets the LTK, and the SVC11
routine resets it to zero.

IV25
RASLINK

0 8 9 OA 08 OC 10 14 16 18

~
0 8 9 10 11 12 16 20 22 24

CPU ID Field Damaged RAS Machine Reserved RAS Table Base Address Internal Length of Address of

y 110 Extended
Channel Flag Byte Check (RASTA8) fo' Model extended mach.
Byte Flags Address RAS Monitor Number Logout Area check LOGOUT
area
xxxxxxxx x x x x xxxx xxxx xx xx xxxx
- - -- - - - - - - ----- --- --
e
~

E
~
~ Key to RAS Linkage Area displacement
is
CPU ID Field 10 Machine Check Flags
Address of damaged channel, or X'FF' if no channel damaged bit flag description
<: RAS Flag Byte 0::4 Reserved
5 X'04' Hard machine check
~ bit flag descriPtion 6 X'02' All machine records built
0- X'80' ~ 7 X'Ol' All channel check records built
1 X'40' RAS SIO flag
11 Reserved
2 X'20' RTA in control
3 X'10' RAS liD delayed 12 Address of RAS Monitor Table (RASTAB)
4 X'08' Channel check on error SIO
16 Address for base register in RAS Monitor Program
5 X'04' Reserved
6 X'02' Channel check on SIO 20 Internal Model Number
7 X'Ol' I/O active for SID 22 Length of I/O extended logout area
24 Address of machine check extended LOGOUT area
(if byte 0:= x'ao', address not yet valid)

Bytes 112-115 (X'70'-X'73') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of the area. Label RASLINK identifies the first byte of the area.
SYSTEM TASK BLOCKS

\
SNS BLOCK \

\\ I. I
\
\
DSKBLOCK \
\
\
RASBLOCK Address of PIS Flag for System Task
Reserved
PMGR BLOCK \ ,Job Accounting ID
;;;t~~\lO I
PGT BLOCK
~.~ 3
~~ ~
I
2

.
I
5
Address of System
. Task Save Area
7
I
.
PGIN BLOCK ~ ~ ~ ,I-----'-'L--'-.....JL--""--...:....-=-.J
" PIK orTIK of Serviced User Task
,,
SUPV BLOCK

CRT BLOCK I
I
I
I
ERP BLOCK I
I
I
SVTBLOCK I

Notes:
Bytes 152-155 (X'98'-X'98') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOMI contain the
address of the first System Task Block.
I

IV-27
PIBTAB 10 11 12 13 14 15 ."
:0
a
Attention PIB ,." Flag Cancel SYSLOG OAT Address of Switch Address of X'07' BG Number Flag
..'"
:0

Background PIS \\
~~
0 .....
Byte Code 10
(ARI
FLAG System Save
Area
Byte LTASave
Area
PIB
assign
user
LUB
of BG Byte
program
3:

\\ ;~ (Note 1) {Note 1 flag index LUBs ~

a
FGn PIB (See~1 (See [illl (See [E)I and 2) (See [QJI (See~1
"\ \ ...'" - - - _ . - c_ _ _._-
:0

~
- -_.- - -

~
,
,, oz
FG2
, ,
PIB
,, l!!
g
FG1 PIB ,,
o .""
10 11 12 13 14 15 '"
'C

Subtask PIB Flag Cancel SYSLOG OAT Address of Problem Address of system save PIB User
~~~
Gate Number Flag

=-= -.,,-
Byte Code 10 Flag Program save area or ID area assign LUB of Byte
m , 0 LTA save area flag index Program ;;"
<: ;~ (See~1 (See [illl
(Note 2)
(See 191 (See [QJI
LUBs
(See~1 1l
Subtask PIB
:\l --
"'3-<
- -
"
Note 1: When the LTA is active for logical attention the contents of bytes 5-7 and bytes 9-11
of the attention PIS are exchanged.
Note 2: When the LTA is active for problem programs the contents of byte 9-11 of the attent-
ion PIB and byte 5-7 of the problem program PI B are exchanged,

Byte 90-91 (X'5A'-X'5S') of the partition communication regions contain the address of the
first part of the PIS table_ Label PIBTAB identifies the first byte of the table,
PROGRAM INFORMATION BLOCK P!B - First Part (," Cont'd)

[A] Flag Byte (First Byte in P18)

Flags which are always used:
X'6S' Task is waiting for free page frames
X'67' Task is waiting for IDRA
x'69' Task is waiting for ALLOCATE routine
X'6B' Task is waiting for SETLlMIT routine
X'60' Task is waiting for GETVIS routine
X'71' Program is waiting for GETREAL
X'73' Program is waiting because system is seized
X'7S' Program is waiting for copy block
X'77' Program is waiting for TFAEE
X'79' Program is waiting for channel queue entry
X'7B' Program is waiting for CCW translation
X'70' Program is waiting for AVA information
X'7F' Program is waiting for XECB table
X'SO' Program is not active
X'S1' Program is SVC2 bound (waiting for the LTA to be released)
X'S2' Program is SVC7 bound (waiting for I/O interruption)
X'S3' Program is ready to run
X'S5' Program is SVC5 bound (waiting forthe PTA to be released)
X'S6' Initial selection of AAS (used only for RAS PI B flag)
X'S7' Program is set to common bound condition
X'S9' Program is terminator bound (waiting for terminator to be released)
X'SS' Task is waiting for USE/RELEASE routine

I
X'SD' Task is waiting for subsystem identifier routine
X'SF' Extent bound/task is waiting for ext. routine
X'91' CIL bound
X'93' Task is waiting for SOL update to be completed
Flags used only under certain conditions:
Flags with partition-dependent values:
The table below shows the various possible values of these flags and the partition to which a
given value refers, depending on the number of partitions. The meanings of the flags types
A, B, C, and 0 are explained below the table.

Flag Partition referenced

NPARTS '"
A C D 3

X'27' X'35' X'43' X'55' BG BG BG BG

X'29' X'37' X'45' x'S7' F1 F2 F3 F4
X'2S' X'39' X'47' X'59' F1 F2 F3
X'2D' X'3S' X'49' X'5S' F1 F2
X'2F' X'3D' X'4S' X'SD' F1

Flag A The codes are used by the PFIX routine to set a partition PFIX bound
Flag B The codes are used to gatetheCDLOAD routine fortasksrunning in one partition.
Flag C The codes are used to gate the GETVIS routine for tasks running in one partition.
Flag 0 The codes are used by the load leveler to deactivate a partition.
Flags with partition independent values:
X'62' Program is SVC3S.bound}
X'63' Program is SVC35.bound only if TRKHLD=n
X'60' Program is waiting for the next freed page frame.
X'51' Program is SVC38-bound
X'S3' Program is SVC41/42-bound
The following flag is used only if CBF=n:
X'6F' Program is waiting for free console buffer table entry
The following flag is used only if DASO File Protect is supported:
X'8F' Task is waiting for extent routine

IV29
PROGRAM INFORMATION BLOCK PIB - First Part (.. Cont'd)

o PIB DAT FLAG

X'Ol' Return to reentrant supervisor routine
X'02' Return to gated supervisor routine
X'04' Move CCB/IORB at dispatching time
X'08' Service delayed external interrupt
X'lO' Deactivation for this task is being delayed
X'20' Operator communications to be serviced
X'40' Task has seized the system
X'80' Program is running in virtual mode

~ Gate Identifier
X'71' Gating of SVC 58 required
X'53' Gating of SVC41/42 required
The flags are only used if PI B OAT Flags is X'03', that is, Bits 6 and 7 are on.
(See B).

~ PIB Assign Flag

X'SO' SYSRES DASD file protect inhibited (allow write operation on SYSRES)
X'40' Channel appendage exit allowed (BTAM, POWERIVS)
X'20' Cancel occured in LT A
X'lO' Cancel control (set on a foreground cancell
X'OS' Hold foreground assignments
X'04' Do not ready task for cancel
X'02' Terminator finished (fetch end-of-job monitor)
X'01' Privileged status indicator (either the LTA or the SVA resident terminator is
active for this task)

o Problem Program PIB Flag (Last Byte in PIB)

Bit 0: 1:: Return to terminator
Bit 1: 1 = Cancel in L TA and device not assigned
Bit 2: 1 = 1& on SYSIN
Bit 3: 1 = Partition in stopped state
Bit 4: 1:: Initialize Terminator
Bit 5: 1:: Task is terminating
Bit 6: 1 '" Maintask: Subtask attached
Subtask: Cancel all requester
Bit 7: 1 = Task in AB routine is active

o Attention PIB Switch Byte

Bit 0: Reserved
Bit 1: 1 '" Fetch Physical Attention Transient SSABERRZ
Bit 2: Reserverd
Bit 3: 1:: Emergency cancel request
Bit 4: Reserved
Bit 5: 1 = Command available (DOC)
Bit 6: 1:: Fetch Logical Attention Routine (SSBATTNA)
Bit 7: 1= External Interrupt request

IV-3D
PIS2TAS ."
:D
10 11 12 13 14 15 o
."" "
:D
Attention PIS -0
"'"
m3 Address of System Interrupt Address of termination ECB Program unused Flag ";:
~
x
~
w
~ communication LUS Information if any, otherwise zeros Interrupt Byte
Background PIB
~ e. region index Key (PIK) o
~. Ql :D
(Note 1)

~o
o "
FGn PIS "< (See table below)
"
-~-

~ -< z
Note 1: Always BG communication region in Attention and Background PI B extension.
FG2 PIS Appropriate communication region in other PI B extensions. To place this address in a '"5
register instruction leM should be used. n

FG1 PIS For each PIB Table entry (first part) an entry exists in the PIB Table Extension "m
<: Subtask PIS
(second part).
~
~ Bytes 124-125 (X'7C'-X'70') of the partition communication region(s) contain the iii
address of the PIB Table extension. Label PI B2T AB identifies the first byte of the PI B o
~== Table extension. Z
I

Subtask PIS @
Type of interruption C Contents of PIS Extension Bytes
4 5 6 7

Byte 15 I
;2

SVC
PC
00
00
ICL'
ICL'
Interruption Code
Interruption Code
Bits 0-1: Reserved
Bit 2: 1 .. Task owns CRT
"
I/O 00 00 I/O Address Bit 3: VSAM automatic close in progress
-----
Bit 4: Not used
* ICL (Instruction Length Code) is in bits 5 and 6, other bits are zeros.
Bit 5: 1 .. SVC screening
Bit 6: Reserved

-
Bit 7: XECB: Task issued SVC 92, 93, or 94
SAVE AREAS

Layout of LTA and Problem Program Save Area

Note 1 PSW Reg9 I Reg A

Reg B I Rege Reg 0 I Reg E Reg F I Reg 0
Reg 1 I Reg2 Reg 3 I Reg 4 Reg 5 I Reg 6
Reg 7 I RegS Note 2 FLTPT RO
FLTPT R2 FLTPT R4 FLTPT R6

Note 1: Problem Program Save Area: Program Name

LTA Save Area: Transient Name
Note 2: Problem Program Save Area: Byte 0, 1: Reserved
Bytes 2-7: Job Start Time in TOO Format
L TA Save Area: Reserved

"Layout of User Save Area Ifor AS, PC, DC, IT, and TT Routines)

Interrupt Status Information:

Byte 0: Reserved
Byte 1: Protection key and mask (from PSW byte 1)
Bytes 2,3: Interruption Code
Byte 4: Bits 0-1 Instruction Length Code
Bits 2-3 Condition Code
Bits 4-7 Program Mask
Bytes 6-7: Instruction Address
ByteS: General Register 0-15

IV-32
I/O TABLE INTERRELATIONSHIP

Syst~ tl:,"M~~H Illmrrir~'"'

~~ ~ ~
m = number of units
n '" Index to first
pr0 9"mmerun;t rn 4 ",' FAVP
EEEEn ~ ~
t-
O>
.D"11
~~
eHNADRl
~3
=>-

lli
~~ .~'''''~.
INTTAB1

~ ~'''''"''
~ ~1tE1 I
~
i!
PUB-
~WNER PUBTAB
L
~~
[m""l ". " --- _.- LMT plana

~I Usoo by PIOeS)

FOel CHAND (Entry length 32 bytes)

ED
"II
oef
:::::::::--::::~

FlPTR
0-+

... Optionally allocated and initialized by IPL.

IV-33
LOGICAL UNIT BLOCK (LUB) TABLE

Number in First in
Class List Class List
(NICL) LUBTAB (FICL)

SYS SYS

BG ~r--------- __~----IBG
Fn Fn

F2 F2
F1 F1

00 aa0 0 aa- Points to first PUB and PUBOWNER

aa 0 0 a0 0 1 - Points to second PUB and PUBQWNER
000 aaa 1 a - Points to third PUB and PUBOWNER

LUB Table
for any Partition
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 - Ignore, assigned ignore
SYSRDR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - Null Pointer, the LUB is unassigned
SYSIPT When a logical unit is assigned, the system inserts a pointer
SYSPCH to the PUB for the phyisical device specified.
SYSLST
SYSLOG - - --- - ->r-----,--==-::..:..:....---,
SYSLNK
SYSRES
-. of any LUB
....Format
SYSSLB
SYSRLB
JIB Index (Multiply by 4 = Displacement into JIB Table) or
1) SYSUSE X'FF':: Null Pointer, no JIB for this LUB.
SYSREC A LUB has a JIB pointer when:
SYSCLB 1. The logical unit is temporarily assigned.
2. The logical unit assignment is alternate (ALT).
Reserved
3. A DASO file (exept a system 1/0 file on disk) is opened
SYSCAT (DASD file protect only).
SYSOOO
SYSOO1 Bytes 76 and 77 {X'4C'-'4D'j of the partition communication
region contain the address of the LUB table. Label LUBTAB
SYSOO2 identifies the first byte of the table.
SYSOO3
Notel: SYSUSE may be called SYSCTL in error recovery messages.
Syr04

2) SYSnn
tI3
IV-34
PHYSICAL UNIT BLOCK (PUB) TABLE

PUBTAB
Channel a
PUBs
~

Channell
PUBs

Channel 6
-=
PUBs

-=- or SAB Pointer

~ PU~-:able
C PUBEND
delimiter

Byte 0: Channel number (Hex 0-6, FF = NULL)

Byte 1: lID device unit number
Byte 2: Hex 0, 1. 2, .......... points to the first channel queue entry far this device
Byte 3:
Byte 4:
Byte 5:
This byte is an ERP retry counter
Device type code
S5 of the MODE = parameter in the DVCGEN macro fortabe unit. (See section 2)
I
For an leA line Model 115 or 125, this byte contains the displacement index of the
entry in the Line Mode Table (LMT). The address of the LMT is in SYSCOM.
For CASe with track hold this byte contains a pointer to the track hold table or
X'FF'.
For MICR type devices, this byte indicates which external interrupt line is in use.
For a 3704/3705 Communications Controller, this byte contains the type number of
the Channel Adapter.
For 2560 or 5424/5425
Bit 1 = Repositioning required
o= SYSPCH temporarily assigned to hopper 1
1 = SYSPCH temporarily assigned to hopper 2
o = SYSIPT temporarily assigned to hopper 1
1 = SYSIPT temporarily assigned to hopper 2
o = SYSRDR temporarily aSSigned to hopper 1
1 = SYSRDR temporarily assigned to hopper 2
o = SYSPCH permanently aSSigned to hopper 1
1 = SYSPCH permanently assigned to hopper 2
o = SYSIPT permanently assigned to hopper 1
1 = SYSIPT permanently assigned to hopper 2
o = SYSRDR permanently assigned to hopper 1
1 = SYSRDR permanently assigned to hopper 2
For 3800
BitsOand 1
00 = 3BOO
01 = 3BOO B
10 = 3BOOC
11 = 3BOOBC

IV35
PHYSICAL UNIT BLOCK TABLE ( Conl'd)

Notes: A null entry is generated at supervisor generation time for each device to be supported
by the supervisor. Then standard physical unit assignments are made to the PUB table.
Physical unit assignments can also be made during IPL. PUBs are ordered by channel
and priority within a channel. A PUB entry must be generated or added during IPL for
any device of the installation.
An entry in the PUB ownership table is associated with each entry in the PUB table.

PHYSICAL UNIT BLOCK OWNERSHIP TABLE

Byte 0: Bit 0 1 '" Volume is owned by VTAM

1 1 '" Waiting for volume to be mounted
Bit 2-7 Reserved
Byte 1: Identifies the partition that owns the PUB according to follwing table:
Flag Partition owning PUB if number of partitions is:

X'OO' UA
X'OI' BG BG BG BG
X'02' Fl F2 F3 F4
X'Q4' Fl F2 F3
X'OS' Fl F2
X'IO' Fl
* unassigned

Note: The number of entries in the PUB Ownership table is equal to the number of entries in
the PUB table. Associated with each PUB entry is an entry in the PUB Ownership table.
Bytes 120-123 (X'78'-'7B'1 of the system communications region (SYSCOMI contain
the address of the PUB Ownership table. Label PUBOWNER identifies the first byte of
the table.

IV36
JOB INFORMATION BLOCK (JIB) TABLE

JIBTAB
~

~.;;;2
,'
~ ~3 '\
~~ \
[;. :11'\
, '" c ''l---r-1 -r-1 1---'
-'-2

~:r ~</
~ ~
H ...J
,/ ,/

Byte{s) Description
0-1 Bit setting Contents
(Contents depends Byte 2
on the bit setting !-;B"'i,:-:O:-'-1;---\--;-LU'"'B;:-'-en-:-,,--y-o"-tst-:-o-'-ed,-st-:a-n"7
in byte 2) Stored standard
assignment
Bit 1 '" 1
(PUB and JIB pointer)

Byte 0: PUB Pointer

d'-rd,-a--ss""ig--n-::m-:en-:-L-----/
I
Alternate Byte 1: X'OO'
assignment
Meaning if bit"" 1
Bit 0: Stored standard assignment
Bit 1: Alternate assignment
Bit 4: The alternate assignment indicated in bit 1 is permanent.
Bit 5: Cataloged procedure processing
Bit an: Reserved
Chain byte
Contains the displacement index of the next JIB.
X'FF' defines the end of the chain.

Bytes 68-69 (X'44'-'4S') of the partition communication region contain the address of the JIB
table entry. Label JIBTAB identifies the first byte of the table.

IV-37
CHANNEL GUEUE TABLE (CHANG)

Bytes 37-39 (X'25'-X'27'1 ofthesystem Communication Region (SYSCOM) contain the address
of the Channel Queue table. Label CHANQ identifies the first byte of the table.

CHANG

~ ----G:TI:EJ
o 31
1-----1------

Channel Queue Table (CHANa)

The layout of an entry is as follows:
Bytes Contents
Contains the displacement within the channel queue of the next entry in the free list or
in the list for an specific device, or X'FF' when it is the last entry in the free list or a
device list.
1-3 Contains the eee/IORB address for the specified device.
4 Contains the storage protection key for the 110 request, in the form X'nk', where
n :: user storage protection key.
(Attention or system task (or if the request is from the LTA) "" 0, BG task'" 1,
FG task = 2-5, depending on the number of partitions).
K '" 0 for Attention and all user tasks.
System tasks:
X'OI' SNS
X'02' DSK
X'03' RAS
X'04' PMGR
X'OS' PGT
X'OS' PG1N
X'07' SUPV
X'09' CRT
X'OB' ERP
X'OF' SVT
Contains information on special processing that is required for this 1/0 request:
X'SO' Interrupt not yet processed
X'40' Dequeue unconditional
X'20' Reserved
X'lO' Console'buffering request
X'OS' Reserved
X'04' DASD file protect needed
X'02' SYSFIL on CKD device
X'Ol' SYSFILon FBAdevice
Contains pointer (displacement index) to the LUB table, identifying the logical unit
making the 1/0 request. This is doubled to get the actual displacement into the LUB
table.
Contains the displacement within the PIB table of the PIB of the task requesting I/O.
Contains information on the conditions encountered at SIO-time.
X'FO' Physical If0 information
X'BO' Device running
X'40' Alternate channel 1/0
X'30' Reserved
X'OF' SIO condition code
X'OS' Condition code is 0
X'04' Condition code is 1
X'02' Condition code is 2
X'Ol' Condition code is 3
IV-38
CHANNEL QUEUE TABLE (." Cont'd)

9-11 Contains transmission information as passed from the user CCB/IORB (bytes 2, 3
and 12).
12 Reserved for page fixing routine,
13-15 Address of internal fix list as returned from pagefix routine.
16 Error retry count
17-19 Contains the address of the PUB2 entry,
20 Contains head Queue related processing information:
X'SO' Reserved
X'40' Head Queue request
X'20' Device busy status from PUB
X'lO' Queuedin-error from PUB
21 Contains information on the requestor issuing the I/O request:
X'04' RAS retry request
X'FB' Reserved
22 Contains information on the group of devices the device belongs to:
X'SO' CKD device or diskette
X'40' FBA device
X'20' Tape device
X'lO' Teleprocessing device
X'OS' 2260 or 3277 device

23
X'04'
X'03'
Unit record device
Reserved
Contains information on where to continue I/O interrupt processing:
X'OO' Dispatcher (DISP)
I
X'04' I/O initiator (lNITRG)
X'OS' I/O interrupt handler ONTRIN)
X'OC' I/O error IGNORE routine (IGNORE)
X'lO' CANCEL IERR1AJ
X'14' CANCEL IERR311
24-31 Contain the accumulated I/O interrupt information.

CHANNEL CONTROL TABLE

CHANTAB
CHANNELO
CHANNEL 1
CHANNEL 2
CHANNEL3
-
CHANNEL 4
CHANNEL 5
CHANNEL6
Channel Control Table (CHNTAB)
Bytes
X'lO' Byte Multiplexer Channel
X'11' Byte MUltiplexer Channel with burst mode support
X'13' Byte Multiplexer Channel running in burst mode
X'20' Block Multiplexer Channel
X'OO' Selector Channel
X'SO' Channel not operational or not present to the system
Number of unit checks pending on this channel
Flag Byte
X'SO' Channel must be restarted
X'7F' Reserved
Reserved
4-7 Address of first PUB on channel
S-11 Address of last PUB started on channel
12-15 Address of PUB that needs channel exclusively

Bytes 60--63 (X'3C'-X'3F') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of the Channel Control Table, Label CHNT AB identifies the first byte of this table.
IV39
TRACK HOLD (THTAB) TABLE

THTAB o 4 12 13 14

THCCB THTRK THKEY

LTHPTR THBWBT~~
Fl. and Count Byt e

THFLPTR

Track Hold Table (THTAB)

o The length of the table is determinded
at supervisor generation time.

Bytes
o Pointer to next entry in chain (forward pointer). All table entries belonging to one
PUB are chained together. The chain delimiter is X'FF'.
1-3 eea/IORB address
4-11 For eKD devices: Address aftha track held, in the form BBCCHHOO.
For FBA devices: Physical block number of first and last block of the range held.
12 Pointer to previous entry (backward pointer). The first entry of the chain contains the
PUB index.
13 Flag and count byte:
Bit 0: A task is waiting for this track or range of blocks.
Bit 1: First entry of queue. Byte 12 contains PUB index.
Bit 2. 3: Reserved
Bit 4-7: Hold count: the number of holds is one more than this value.
14,15 Key of task owning this entry.

Bytes 77-79 (X'40'-X'4F') of the System Communication Region (sYsCOM) contain the address
of the Track Hold table. Label THTAB identifies the first byte of the table.
Byte 76 (X'4C') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOM) contains the address of the
Track Hold Free list Pointer. Label THFLPTR identifies the location of the pointer.

CONSOLE BUFFERING TABLE

CBTAB

ICBNEXTII--------I
""" 0 7 B
~~~ Q~~_ 'TI~-""':'"TI'::""-
. CBCCW CBCCB
23 24
I
CBDATA~.
(10 103

~~
-,
CD 0

<:"
,.

,
f--------1/,/
CBEND

I CBNEXTI points to next buffer entry

Bytes 0-7 CCW:

Command code, chain byte, and count field copied from the user's CCW. The data
address is always the address of the data portion of the buffer entry.
BytesB-23 CCB/IORB:
The CCS/IORS used by the console buffering routine. The CCW address is always
the address of the CCW in the buffer e.ntry.
Bytes 24-1 03 Contains the data moved from the requestor's output area.

Label CBTAB identifies the first byte of the Console Buffer.

IV40
LINE MODE TABLE

The first 4 bytes of the table

MODTAS
r-
:Jj Maximum number of start/stop lines. Set by the IOTAB macro
at system generation.
number of sse lines. Set by the IOTAB macro at
0 :J:MaXimum
mgeneration.
~

1 y : : : : a I number of start/stop lines. Determined by DVCGEN

r- macr 05at system generation and ADD commands at IPL.
2
r- JActua I number of sse lines. Determined by DVCGEN macro
at sy stem generation and ADD commands at IPL.
3

II
~ ~~
=

if~L
~

r-n

I
;:0
~~ Line Mode settings for
J; 1~_ _ _ _~_M_O_d_'I_l_15_/_12_5_c_o_m~m_.A_d_a~Pt_er--,
, ,

JILl: [/
<.,'
-

m :
,
,

Bytes 140-143 (X'8C'-X'8F') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of the table. Label MODTAS identifies the first byte of the table.
This table is required by the models 115/125 only and is used to save the TP mode at IPL time.

IV41
RELATIONSHIP OF CONTROL AND WORKBLOCKS FOR CHANNEL PROGRAM FIXING

Workblock MGMT Information FHBl

I x'oo' I PTR to FHB X'OO'

I X'04' I PTR to FRB I--- X'04' PTR to next FHB
I X'~8' I
~
PTR to Workblocks

1~-~
X'20' PTR to next FLB (Fixlist)

xr' I Begin of copy blocks I FRBl

---+ X'OO' Flag byte a
X'24' X'Ol' Flag byte 1
X'02' TIK/PIK requester
X'04' PTA to 5etflag RTN
X'08' PTR to Statusmodifier
X'OC' PTR to Contrl. Comm. List
X'10' PTR to FHB (Fixlistl
X'14' PTR to lINEPTR Stack
X'18' PTR to Lo:"ate List
X'20' Workfile
X'34' Savearea
X'74' PTR to next FRB

IV-42
LAYOUT OF FIXLIST HEADER BLOCK

FHBI
X'OO'
Note:
FI"Bytel 1 FI" Byte2 1 TIKiPIKol Bytes 0-3 (X'OO'-X'03') of the
(General (Reserved) Requestor
Fixing Workblock Management In-
Function) formation contain the address
oftheFHB1.
X'04' Pointerto next active FHB
X'OS' BAI EAl
X'OC' BA2 EA2
X'10' BA3 EA3
X'14' BA4 EA4
X'1S' BA5 EA5
X'lC' BA6 EA6
X'20' Pointer to next fixlist block
Layout of FIXllst Header Block (FHB) for General Flxmg
Function
Flag Byte 1 (General Fixing Function):
Bit 0 = 1 Fixing function request complete.
Bit 1 = 1 At least one page is fixed for this task or the fixing
request is pending.
Bit 2 = 1 Fixing of pages required.
Bit 3-7 Reserved

FHBn
Note:
I
X'OO' FI" Byte 1 1 FI" Byte 21 TIKiPIK 01 Bytes 16-19IX'14'-X'17'1 01
(General (fast Requestor
the Fix Request Block (FRB)
Fixing Fixing
contain the address of the Fix-
Function) Support}
Jist Header Block (FHB).
X'04' Saved queue forward pointer
X'OS' Saved queue backward pointer
X'OC' Pointer to replica or zero
X'10' Pointer to next active FHB
X'14' BAI I EAl
X'lS' BA2 I EA2
X'le' BA3 I EA3
X'20' Pointer to next fixlist block
Layout of Flxllst Header Block (FHB) for Fast FIXing
Support
Flag Byte 2 (Fast Fixing Support):
Bit 0 '" 1 Fast fixing in progress.
Bit 1 '" 1 FHB belongsto saved FHB queue.
Bit 2-7 Reserved

IV43
FIX REQUEST BLQCK

FRBl
Note:
X'QQ' Flag byte 0
Bytes4-7IX'04'-X'07')ofWork-
X'Ol' Flag byte 1 block MGMT I nformation contain
the address of Fix Request Block
X'02' TI K/PI K requester
(FRBI.
X'04' PTR to 5et11ag RTN
X'OB' PTR to Statusmodifier
'X'OC' PTR to Contrl. Comrn. List
X'lO' PTR to FHB (Fixlistl
X'l4' PTR to LlNEPTR Stack
X'lB' PTR to Locate List
X'20' Workfile
X'34' Savearea
X'74' PTR to next FRS

Fix request Block Example

Flag Byte 0:
Bit 0 Data chaining specified
Bit 1 AEADISENSE command
Bit 2 READ BACKWARD command
Bit 3 Status modifier command ISTMI and data chaining
Bit 4 Status modifier command (STM)
Bit 5 Status modifier handling in process
Bit 6 Reserved
Bit 7 0010 request (Routine CCWDOIOI
Flag byte 1 (Fast Fixing Support):
Bit 0 = 1 Replica creation required
Bits 1-7 Reserved

LAYQUT QF FIXLIST BLOCK (FLB)

Note:
X'QQ' BAl EAl
Bytes 4-B (X'04'-X'OB'1 of the
X'04' BA2 EA2 Fixlist Header Block (FHB)
contain the address of the Fix
X'OB' BA3 EA3
list Block (FLB).
X'DC' BA4 EA4
X'lO' BA5 EA5
X'l4' BA6 EA6
X'lB' BA7 EA7
X'lC' BAB EAB
X'20' . Pointer to next fixlist brock or zero
Layout of Flxhst Block (FLB)

IV-44
LAYOUT OF LOCATE LIST BLOCK

Locate List Block 1

Note:
SAl EAl Byte. 24-27 (X'lB'-X'l F'I of
F RB contain the address of
Locate List Block 1.
BA2 EA2

X'OO 00 00 00'

Pointer to
Next Block

1 Locate Block 2

BA4 EA4

X'OO 00 00 00 '

Pointer to
Next Block
I
+
Locate List Block Exampel

LAYOUT OF LINE POINTER BLOCKS

Note:
Free Entry Free Entry Bytes 20-23 (X'14'-X'17'1 of
FRB contain the address of Line
'I. ,, LPB LP7
Pointer Block.
,
Pointer to Current
LP6"'-
Entry Block

Pointer to
Next Block

~
It
\ LP5 LP4
\
,,
'LP3 LP2
"
,
,- Pointer to Current
LPl Entry in Block

X'OO 00 00 00'

Line Pointer List Example

IV-45
EMULATOR ECB TABLE IEUECBTAB)

EUECBTAB

Attention Task

EeB address

Bytes 104-107 (X'6S'-X'6S') of the System Communications Region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of the Emulator ECB Table. Taber EUECBTAB identifies the first byte of the table.

FIXWTAB

Address of Reserved
Page Frame Table Entry

Bytes
0, 1: TI K of task issuing the PFIX request; inserted when the PFIX request is started.
2: Flag byte. Set when the PFIX request is started.
X'OO' '" PFIX request
X'40' '" PFIX restart request
X'SO' '" GETREAL request

DENSITY DATA

Density Parity Convert Translate 55 Code *

(Bytes per inch) Feature
200 odd on off 10
200 odd off off 30
200 odd off on 38
200 off off 20
200 off 28
556 odd on off 50
556 odd off off 70
556 odd off on 78
556 off off 60
556 off 6B
800 odd on of 90
800 odd off off BO
800 odd off on B8
800 off off AD
800 even off A8
800 dual density nine-track---- C8
1600 dual density nine-track--------------------- CO
6250 dual density nine-track------..---__-------- DO
800 single density nine-track-------------------- CO
1600 single density nine-track-------------------- CO
6250 single density nine-track--------------------

* Refer to PUB Table, byte 5

IVA6
EVENT CONTROL BLOCK (ECB)

X'SO' Normal termination of subtask

X'CO' Abnormal termination of subtask

RESOURCE CONTROL BLOCK (RCB)

ByteQ X'FF' if resource is in use, X'OO' if resource is not in use

Bytes 1-3 Reserved
Byte 4 Bit a:=: 1 Another task waiting for the resource

Bit 1 = 1 No other task waiting for the resource
Bytes 5-7 ECB address of current resource owner

CROSS PARTITION ECB (XECB) TABLE

11 12 13 14 15
ByteS
Parameterlist for TYPE = DEFINE
Bytes 0-7 XECB name
Byte 8 X'On', bits 4-7 contain the access code

Paramterlist for TYPE:=: DELETE or DELETALL or RESET or CHECK

Bytes 0-7 XECB name
Bytes 8-9 X'loao' TYPE = RESET
X'400Q' TYPE = DELETE
X'480Q' TYPE = DELETALL
X'BODO' TYPE = CHECK

lV-47
OSKPOSBG Format of any DIB table if SYSFIL "" YES o
BG OIB iii

OSKPOSFn
Table
Fn DIB
0 6 7 9 10 16 17 18 19 20121 22 23 "~
Current Address K 0 0 End Address UL LL M RC o
Table :II

~
SYSLNK C C H H 00 00 00 P P 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
SYSIN B B C C H H R 00 00 50 B B C C H H R H H XX XX XX 00 00
OSKPOSF2
Table
SYSPCH
SYSLST
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
H
H
H
H
R
R
00
00
00
00
51
78
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
H
H
H
H
R
R
H
H
H
H
XX XX XX 00
XX XX XX 00
00
00
..b
o
z

o
OSKPOSF1
F10lB
Table
PRCCl8 8 8 C C H H R 00 00 50 8 8 C C H H R H H XX XX XX 00 00
"
'6

Format of any DIB Table if SYSFll '" NO
The number of 01 B tables depends
on the number of partitions speci ~
r-
fied at supervisor generation. m

SYSLNK

~ PRCCl8

Format of 3540 Diskette DIB Table

0 6 7 9 10 16 17 18 19 20121 22 23
Current Address K 0 0 End adress M RC
SYSIN 00 00 00 00 C H R 00 00 00 FLG EXT HOR 00 C H R 00 00 XX 00 00 00 00
# #
SYSPCH 00 00 00 00 C H R 00 00 00 FLG EXT HOR 00 C H R 00 00 XX 00 00 00 00
# #
SYSLST 00 00 00 00 C H R 00 00 00 FLG EXT HOR 00 C H R 00 00 XX 00 00 0000
I # #
DISK INFORMATION BLOCK (DIB) TABLE (, "Cont'd)

Bytes 0-6 Current address

Bytes 0-5 Current address of key: the next address to be used (both for input
and output).
Byte 6 Record number of current address.
Bytes 7-9 KDD
Key and data length of the symbolic device.
PP: starting cylinder of private core image library if pcr L is assigned; otherwise zero.
Bytes 10-16 End address
Bytes 10-15 End address of key: the last address within the limits of the extent.
16 Record number of end address.
Byte 17 UL Upper head limit
Byte 18 LL Lower head limit
Byte 19 M Maximum number of records per track.
Byte 20-21 RC Record count; residual capacity for beginning of operator notification. Set a
system generation time with SYSFIL parameter, or after IPL with SET state
ment (RCLST and/or RCPCH operands).
A warning message is issued by job control after end-of-job step when the
minimum number of remaining records has been reached or exceeded during
the previous job (not supported for 3504).
Byte 22 X'40' Indicates RPS support
Bytp.23 Reserved

Label DSKPOSBG identifies the first byte of the BG 01 B table.

The address of the DIB tables are contained in bytes 96 and 97 (X'60'-X'61') of the appropriate
partition communication region.
I
DIB Table for FBA devices
Byte(s) Label Description
0-3 ULPBN End addres of extent. Upper limit of physical block number
4-7 CRPBN Current address. Current physical block number
B,9 CIOFF Offset of current record within control interval
10,11 LNGCI Length of control intervals in bytes
12 PBPERCI Number of physical blocks per control interval
13-15 PBUFFER Pointer to data buffer
16 DIBFLAGS X'Ol' Bufferin-use flag
X'02' End of extent reached
X'04' Force write out
Xl0' Source begin readjustment required
X'40' Task waiting for DIB
X'SO' DIB gage flag
17-19 PDIBX Pointerto DIB extension (DIBX).
20,21 DIBRSCNT Residual count for JCL message
22,23 Reserved

A FBA device also requires a DIS extension (DIBX) table It has the following format:
Byte(s) Description
0--23 IORB
24-31 Fixlist first area
32-39 Fixlist second area
40-47 DEFINE EXTENT CCW
48-55 LOCATE CCW
56-63 READIWRITE CCW
64-79 Parameter field for DEFINE EXTENT CCW
B0--87 Parameter field for LOCATE CCW
Disk Information Block ExtenSion Table (DIBX) for FBA DeVIces

IV49
TABLES FOR MICR DTF ADDRESSES AND POINTERS

The table of DTF addresses (PDTABB) contains six 8-byte entries; one for each line of the direct
control feature on the system.

PDTABB
0 T 1 T 2 I 3 4 5 I 6 I 7
Byte AND instruction Owner DTF address for MICR
ship
Flags
0 NI PDSTAT+l X'FE' Device on line 7
B NI PDSTAT+l X'FD' Device on line 6
16 NI PDSTAT+l X'FB' Device on line 5
24 NI PDSTAT+l X'F7' Device on line 4
32 NI PDSTAT+l X'EF' Device on line 3
40 NI PDSTAT+l X'DF' Device on line 2

Bytes 0-3 The NI instruction is executed in main line coding to turn off the external line
status after its detection.
PDSTAT+l will contain one more of the following interrupt codes:
External interrupt Interrupt Code External interrupt
code bit (byte X'B7') cause
15 nnnnnnn1 External signal 7
14 nnnnnnl" External signal 6
13 nnnnnlnn External signal 5
12 nnnnlnnn External signal 4
11 nnnlnnnn External signal 3
10 nnlnnnnn External singal 2
n =other external interrupt conditions
Byte 4 Contains the flag of the partition containing the DTF
Background = 10
Foreground = 10-50, depending on the number of partitions
Bytes 5-7 Contain the address of the DTF table
Table of pointers (PDTABA) to DTF addresses with the external interrupt line. The table is set
up to handle the status in descending order from bit 15 to bit 10 of the external interrupt code.
PDTABA
Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 00 OB 00 10 00 OB 00 lB
B 00 OB 00 10 00 OB 00 20
16 00 OB 00 10 00 OB 00 lB
24 00 OB 00 10 00 OB 00 2B
32 00 OB 00 10 00 OB 00 lB
40 00 OB 00 10 00 OB 00 20
4B 00 OB 00 10 00 OB 00 lB
56 00 OB 00 10 00 OB 00
..
Bytes 126 and 127 (X'7E'-X'7F') of the partitions communication region contain the address of
these tables. Label PDTABB identifies the first byte of the first table. The tables are also used for
optical reader/sorters.

IV50
ERROR RECOVERY PROCEDURE INFORMATION BLOCK IERPIB)

ERPIBQ
..........
",
~ ~ "~--------~--------~------.--------,
a!
, 0

/~,~/ rO______.-______r-____-.______-r____---,

Byte 20 Flag Byte:

Bit 0 1 = Channel Check on SID
Bit 1-4 Reserved
5 1 = Sense data stored
6 1= DASD ERPIB active
7 Reserved
Note:
A free entry is indicated by X'FF' in byte zero, end of Queue is indicated by 'FF' in byte zero.
label ERPIBQ id.entifies the first byte of queue.

IV51
ERBLOC ERROl m

""o
lo 718 11112 15116 19120 231 First error queue entryl ~ == ====-- -I~st error que~e entr~1 ""
Name of phase
to be fetched
Branch address
to retry the
I Branch address
to ignore the
I Branch address
to cancel the
Return address
for A-transient Error queue entries 144 bytes each) i"
failing operation error task

The Atransient loads one of these addresses in

register 14 before branching to the return address
The number of entries is determined at supervisor generation,
..::;
<
o

Note:
(see bytes 20-23).
'"
I>
Z

The address of the ERBLOC can be found in SYSCOM at Displacement a (X'OQ'). "m
""o
Layout of an error queue entry for 110 error or BTAM
Bytes 0-7 CSW
"o
CKD devices: ffi
<: Bytes8-9 Address of PUB for device in error Bytes 12-15 Disk seek address. For an alternate entry. this field contains tho address of the ffi
m
~ Byte 10 Flag byte: PUB of the originating routine, z
Bit 0 1 = No record found on DASe FBA devices: ;!
1 1 "" Intervention required
<
Byte 12 OS FBA device type code
2 1 = Passback (set by device ERP)
3 1 = Allow ignore Bytes 13-15 X'QQ'
4 Force automatic retry Byte 16 PUB channel queue pointer
6 Sense command outstanding
7 1 = Active entry Bytes 17-19 Address of CCB/IORB

Byte 11 Message code: may refer to a device error recovery message generated by physical Bytes 20-43 Sense data or alternate entl}' name: If byte 11 contains X'AE', bytes 20-21
10CS ISee Cancel Codes and Messages) or: contain the last two characters of the phase name of the physical transient to be
fetched,
This location may contain one of the following:
X'E2' The error is recoverable
X'AE' A record is to be recorded on the system recordRr file
and a physical transient is to be fetched !last two
characters of phase name are in bytes 20-21),
CANCEL CODES AND MESSAGES

Cancel Message Description part of Message or Condition label

Code (hex) Code
00 --- In all casas default value axept those listed
OA OS21 I Processing error in access control ERROA
OB OS201 Access control violation ERROB
OC OS191 Execution failure in ICCF pseudo partition ERROC
OF OP801 Invalid 'read from/or write' to system file on FBA ERROF
device
10 -- Normal EOJ ERR10
11 OV071 No channel program translation for unsupported ERRll
device
12 OV061 Insufficient buffer space for channel program ERR12
translation
13 OV051 CCW with count greater than 32 K ERR13
14 OV041 Page pool too small ERR14
15 OV021 Page fault in disabled program ERR15
17 OS021 Program request (Same as 23 but causes dump ERR17
because subtasks were attached when maintask
issued CANCEL macro.)
18

19
lA
---
OP741
OP731
Elimates cancel message when maintask issues
DUMP macro with subtasks attached
I/O operator option
I/O error
ERR19
ERR1A
I
lB OP821 Channel failure ERR1B
lC OS141 CANCEL ALL macro
10 OS121 Main task termination
lE OS131 Unknown ENQ requestor
IF OP811 CPU failure ERR1F
20 OS031 Program check ERR20
21 OS04I IlIegalSVC ERil21
22 OS051 Phase not found ERR22
23 OS021 Program request ERR23
24 OSOli Operator intervention ERR24
25 OP77I Invalid address ERR25
26' OP711 SYSxxx not assigned (unassigned LUB Code) ERR26
27 OP701 Undefined logical unit ERR27
2A OV10i I/O error on page data set
2B OP841 I/O error during fetch from PCI L ERR2B
2C OV091 Illegal parameter passed by PHO routine ERR2C
20 OP8BI Failing strorage block (program cannot be executed) ERR2D
2E OS161 Invalid resource request (possible deadlock) ERR2E
2F OV031 More than 255 PFIX requests for 1 page ERR2F
30 OP721 Reading past/&statement Ion SYSRDR or SYSIPT) ERR30
31 oP751 I/O error queue overflow (error queue overflow) ERR31
32 0P-761 Invalid DASD address ERR32
33 OP791 Invalid first CCW
34 Reserved
35 OPB51 Job control open failure ERR35
36 OVOBI Program check or page fault in I/O appendage routine ERR36
37 Reserved
38 OVlll Wrong privately translated CCW ERR3B
39 Reserved

IV-53
CANCEL CODES AND MESSAGES I . Cont'd)

Cancel Message
Code (hex) Code
Description part of Message or Condition Label

40 5J971 ACFNTAM error (invalid condition code)

41 5J971 ACFNTAM error (invalid condition code)
42 OPS61 Violated DASD file Protection
XX OP781 Unrecognized Cancel Code
OPS3A" Supervisor catalog failure
OPS7A" IPL Failure

If the eCa/IORB is not available, the logical unit is SYSxxx.

** The cancel code is not significant in case of a supervisor catalog or IPL failure, because the
system is placed in the wait state without any further processing by the terminator.
xx Any other DIGITS.

IV-54
PUB2 ENTRY ADDRESSING

PUBTAB

58 ~ength of PUB2 AREA

~ +60 Length 01" PUB2 AREA

! A device PUB

IA
1

_I
"I
---=-
3
0--
ii
"I
2 bytes entries giving the
displacement from the be" "
ginning of the PUB2AREA,

L_- - _- - - Jir-PU:":B~2 T A:..;.R.;.:E;.;.A_ _ _-,

I
How to find the PUB2 entry for a device:
[!] Subtract from the address of the device
PUB, the PUB Table start address and
devide the result by 4.
~ Find in the RF Table a displacement 64
IX'40') the PUB2 Index Table.

@] Use the result from 1 as a displacement

into the PUB2 Index Table. This will give
you the two bytes index n. e. displacement)
of the PUB2 entry of the device PUB.
@] Fint in the RF Table at displacement 60
IX'3C' ) the address of the PUB2 AREA.
~ Use the value from 3 as a displacement See PUB2 for the format of
in the PUB2 AREA. the entries for the various
device types

IV-55
PUB 2 TABLE

PUB 2 Table Entry Format for Unit Record and Unsupported Devices
Decimal Byte Description
Displace- Length
ment
Usage Count (number of non-ERP SIOs)
Flag Byte: Bit 0: 1 IS Device in intensive mode
Bit 1: 1 "" Device in diagnostic mode
Bit 2: 1 "" No recording mode
Bit 3: 1 = Call statistics transient 2
Bit 4: 1 = Use PUB 2 name completion field
Bit 5: 1 = Volume opened on this device
Bit 6, 7: Reserved
CE mode limit byte
CE mode bytelbit mask
Statistical data counters
Total length 12

PUB 2 Table Entry Format for DASD

Decimal Byte Description
Displace- Length
ment
Usage Count (number of non-ERP SIOsl
Flag byte: Bit 0: 1 = Device in intensive mode
Bit 1: ,;; Device in diagnostic mode
Bit 2: 1 = No recording mode
Bit 3: 1 = Call statistics transient 2
Bit 4: 1 "" Use PUB 2 name completion"field
Bit 5: 1 "" Volume opened on this device
Bit 6, 7 Reserved
CE mode limit byte
CE mode bytelbit mask
Flag byte: Bit 0: 1 "" Soft DASO error is queued
Bit 1: 1 "" ERP requests logging of error
Bit 2-7: Reserved
Reserved
Physical module identifier
10 Volume serial number
End 3340 Total length 16
16 I Statistical data counters
End 2311 and 2314/2319 Total length 24
24 I8 I Additional statistical data counters (3330, 3350, and FBA)
End all other DASD Total length 32

PUB 2 Table Entry Formats for Tapes

Decimal Byte Description
Displace- Length
ment
Usage Count (number of non-ERP SIOs)
Flag Byte: Bit 0: 1 "" Device in intensive mode
Bit 1: 1 = Device in diagnostic mode
Bit 2: 1 = No recording mode
Bit 3: 1 "" Call statistics transient 2
Bit 4: 1 '" Use PUB2 name completion field
Bit 5: 1 '" Volume opened on this device
Bit 6, 7: Reserved
CE mode limit byte
CE mode bytelbit mask
Name of ERP that wants control

IV-56
PUB 2 TABLE C Cant'd)

PUB 2 Table Entry Formats for Tapes

Decima I Byte Description
Displace Length
ment
Flag byte 1: Bit 1 - Unsolicited interrupt
Bit 1 :: ERP is in control
Bit 1 = ERP requests repositioning
Bit 1 :: Use original TIE byte *
o :: Use opposite TIE byte *
Bit 5: 1 = Intercept next 510 request *
Bit 6: 1 = ERP read opposite request *
Bit 7: 1 :: Restart user's CCW chain *
Flag byte 2: Bit 0: 1 :: Last ERP operation was ERG *
Bit 1: = Last ERP operation was reposition *
Bit 2: '" Cleaner action in progress *
Bit 3: = Read Opposite Recovery in progress *
Bit 4: = Message stored in P20RGTIE
Bit 5: = Error on attempt to recover by repositioning *
Bit 6: = Data check after ERP in control *
Bit 7: Reserved
10 Flag byte3*: Bit 0: = Failing CCW is Write or Control command
Bit 1: = User reading backwards
Bit 2: = Read Opposite Recovery (AORI
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
3:
4:
5:
6:
= Maximum ROR retries
= Command chaining ROR
1 = ROR suppressed incorrect length
1 = User used Sill (Suppress Incorrect Length
Indicator)
I
Bit 7: 1 = Reserved
11 Temporary read count
Save Area for 1st 8 sense bytes (8809)
12 Temporary write count
13 Noise record count
14 Erase gap count
16 Cleaner action count
18 Permanent read errors count
19 Permanent write errors count *
20 TIE original direction
SAVE AREA for message number (8809)
21 TIE opposite direction *
22 ERP counter 0 *
23 ERP counter 1 *
24 ERP work area
32 Tape serial number
38 Block Length
40 User ROR command address from CSW
User CCW area during rewind/unload (8809)
44 User ROR residual count from CSW
46 Reserved
48 16 Work area for rewindunload error action
24 SAVE AREA for last 24 sense bytes (8809), end of 8809 entry; total
length 72 bytes
64 10 2400series statistical data counter area
74 Reserved
End 2400'series; Total length 76
64 20 3410/3420 statistical data counter area
End 3410/3420: Total length 84
Fields not used for 3402 tape entry

IVS7
PUB 2 TABLE t Cont'd)
PUB 2 Table Entry Format for 3886 Optical Character Reader
Decimal Byte Description
Displace- Length
ment
Usage count (number of non-ERP SIOs)
Flag byte: Bit 0: 1 = Device in intensive mode
Bit 1: 1:::: Device in diagnostic mode
Bit 2: 1 = No recording made
Bit 3: 1 '" Call statistics transient 2
Bit 4: 1 "" Use PUB2 name completion field
Bit 5: 1 = Volume opened on this device
Bit 6, 7: Reserved
CE mode limit byte
CE mode byte/bit mask
20 Statistical data counters
End 3886 Total length 26

PUB 2 Table Entry Format for 3540 Diskette

Decimal Byte Description
Displace- Length
ment
Usage Count (number of non-ERP SICs)
Flag byte: Bit 0: 1 = Device in intensive mode
Bit 1: 1:::: Device in diagnostic mode
Bit 2: 1 = No recording mode
Bit 3: 1 "" Call statistics transient 2
Bit 4: 1 "" Use PUB2 name completion field
Bit 5: 1 "" Volume opened on this device
Bit 6, 7: Reserved
CE mode limit byte
CE mode bytelbit maske
Statistical data counters
14 Bit 0-5: Reserved
Bit 6: 1 "" System file opened by Job Control
Bit 7: 1 "" System file opened by Problem Program
15 Reserved
End 3540 Total length 16

IV58
RECORDER FILE TABLE (RF TABLE)

Displacement Label Byte Description

Dec Hex Length
AFTABLE Label of Starting Address
RFFLAGSl Bit 0, 1 :: File full
Bit 1, 1 :: ROE option included
Bit 2, 1 '" lnitiallPL
Bit 3, Reserved
Bit 4, 1 = File is to be created
Bit 5, 1 = File has been created
Bit 6, 1 :: FHe is on FBA device
Bit 7, 1 = File open and ready
RFFLAGS2 Bit 0, 1 = File full message request
Bit
Bit 2,
Bit 3,
" 1 = Threshold message request
= I/O error message request
= Data lost message request
Bit 4, = EVA message request
Bit 5' = File owned by RTA recorder
Bit 6, = File owned by PTA recorder
Bit 7, 1 :: File being accessed by EREP
RFLAGS3 Bit 0, 1 = Last track message issued once
Bit 1, = Error is to be recorded
Bit 2, = Short form records request
Bit 3' 1 = Individual records for unlabeled tapes
Bit 4,
Bit 5,
Bit 6,
Bit 7,
= Reserved
= Reserved
1 = Exit to SSBOMT05 indicator for SSBOPEN
1 == Exit to SSBOMTOl indicator for SSBOPEN
I
RFFLAGS4 Work area switches for various transients including BT AM
Bit 0, 1 == Multiple records required (PAT1, 3895,
recording)
Bit L 1 == PLB record required (PRT1 recording)
OBA record required (3895 recording)
Bit 2, 1 == FCB record required (PATl recording)
MDA records required (3895 recording)
Bit 3, == UCB record required (PRTl recording)
Bit 4, == Ignore exit requested (PATl recording)
Bit 5, Reserved
Bit 6, 1 == Retry exit requested
Bit 7, 1 == Record not written
RFFLAGS5 Aeserved
RFNOFN N of N records (low order 4 bits contain the number of
records to be recorded and high order 4 bits contain the
record number being processed
RFRECTYP 1 Record type code
RFREL DOS/VS ID-Release Level code
RFRDSWl Record dependent switch 1
RFRDSW2 Record dependent switch 2
10 A RFBUFLG Length of data buffer (FBA)
12 C RFMCONST Multiplier for track balance (CKD)
RFBUFAD Address of data buffer (FBA)
14 RFDCONST 2 Divisor for track balance (CKD)
16 10 AFOCONST 2 Overhead track for balance (CKD)
RFNAVR (2) Displacement of next available ADF in buffer (FBA)
18 12 AFAECLEN 2 Length of record
20 14 RFTIMEA Address of RMSA time entry
24 18 RFRECADR 4 Address of record
28 1, AFSEEK 7 Work area for seek address (BBCCHHR)"(CKD)
AFCUBL (4) Work area for block number (FBA)
(3) Reserved

IV-59
RECORDER FILE TABLE (RF TABLE) ( Contd)

35 23 RFEREPK 1 Kev of EREP partition

36 24 RFHDRCH 4 SYSREC cylinder/head (CKD)
RFHDRBL (4) SYSREC block number {FBA
40 28 RECHMAP 2 Map of supported channels
42 2A RFCHIDC 8 Channel I D codes
50 32 2 ReselVed
52 34 RFEXIT 4 Exit phase name or exit address
56 38 RFEVARTH 1 EVA read threshold
57 39 RFEVAWTH 1 EVA write threshold
58 3A RFP2ENTL 2 Length of PUB2 Entry Area
60 3C RFP2ENT 4 Address of PUB2 Entry Area
64 40 RFP21TAB * PUB2 Index Table
* Two bytes are generated for each PUB2 entry In the system. (See PUB2 Entry Addressmg for
using the PUB2 Index Table to access the PUB2 entries.
Bytes 100-103 IX'64'-X'67') of the system communication region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of the Recorder File Table. Label RFTABLE identifies the first byte of the table.

IV-60
CRT CONSTANT TABLE (CRTTAB)

11 12 13 15 16 17 1920 27

* limited channel logout is saved here

Byte 8 - Sense byte:

Bita 1 = Command reject
Bit 1 1 = Intervention required (only if Console Printer is attached)
Bit 4 1 = Equipment check (only if Console Printer is attached)
Bit 7 1 = Operation check
or: this byte is used for saving Name Indicator

Byte 12- Flag byte 1:

X'SO' ERP message
X'40' Unit check for CRT
X'20' CRT Fetch bound
X'lO' Device End simulated
X'OB' Validation error
X'04' Redisplay mode

I
X'02' CRT error

Byte 16 - Flag Byte 2:

X'BO' CRT busy
X'40' Sense byte prepared
X'20' End of CRT routine
X'lO' pata already read
X'OS' Attention pending
X'04' Request pending
X'02' Attention request
X'Ol' EOJ on CRT
Bytes 52-55 (X'34'-X'37') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of the CRT CONSTANT Table. Label CRTTAB identifies the first byte of the table.
The first byte of this address, byte 52, inidcates the type of the generated CRT support. The
bits have the following meaning:
Bits 0-5 Reserved
Bits 6-7 Indicate the support for the operator console that has been generated in the supervisor:
00 = Typewriter
01 = 1250
11 3277/3278

IV-61
PROGRAM CHECK OPTION TABLE

PCTAB

~. \\
,
'.\
BG

Fn
, \

=- ..,.., ,
\
\

F2
~~ \~~~~~~~~_4~r-~~~~7~
fl'
z Fl
E:!!I.
m
m
I
0 PC Routine Address Save Area Address

"
~

$ Subtask ~~ ,,
,
= ,,
,,
,,
Subtask

Subtask ,,
Bytes 0-3 No STXIT issued: zero
SIXT issued: Address of the user Program Check Routine
SIXT issued and
the user routine
is already in use: Complement of user Program Check Routine address
Bytes 4-7 No STXIT issued: zero
STXIT issued: Address of the user Save Area
Note:
Each generated table always comprises 16 entries; the subtask entries occupy the higher address
locations in the table.
Bytes 100-101 (X'64'-X'65') of the partition communication region contain the address of the
PC Option Table. Label PCTAB identifies the first byte of the table.

OPERATOR COMMUNICATION TABLE

oeTAB
\

I
BG \
\
\
Fn \

fl' ~ ~ \)-;:,;--r--.,.....~......::....,--.:~--T--.......:...."I
-.=. ;t~ Save Area Address
a'r-=" 0"0
ii";;'
10
~~ , /
-<
F2
I
;"
Fl , I

Byte 0 X'80' Routine active

Bytes 1-3 No STXIT issued: zero
STXIT issued: Address of the user Operator Communication Routine
STXIT issued and
the user routine
is already in use: Complement ofthe userOperatorCommunication Routine address
Bytes 4-7 No STXIT issued: zero
STXIT issued: Address of the user Save Area
Note:
There is one entry for each partition supported.
Bytes 104-105 (X'68'-X'e9') of the partition communication region contain the address of the
OC Table. Label OCTAB identifies the first byte of the table.
IV-52
INTERVAL TIMER TABLE

gg
ITTAB

r-=--
G

Fn
\\

\\
,,

F2
'" ;~v~~~~: TECB Address
z F1
~
Subtask

-=
Subtask

Subtask 1/
Byte 0 X 80 IT Routine active
Bytes 1-3 No TECB orSTXIT issued: zero
TECB issued: Address of the timer event control block
STXIT issued: Address of user interval timer routine

Note:
STXIT issued and user
routine is already in use:

Bit 1 of the byte 0 is used as a flag bit:

Complement of the user interval timer routine
I
Bit 1 = If timer interrupt occurred and timer exit routine could not be entered. The process-
ing of the timer interrupt is delayed until exit IT or Exit AB is issued.
Bytes 4-7 No TECB or STXIT issued: zero
TECB issued: Complement of the TECB address
STXIT issued: Address of the user save area
Note:
One table entry is built for each partition.
The table always comprises 15 entries; the subtask entries occupy the higher address locations in
the table.
Bytes 102-103 (X'66'-X'67') of the partition communication region contain the address of the
IT Table. Label ITT AB identifies the first of the table.

TASK TIMER OPTION TABLE

3 4 7 B 15

Task Timer Interval

Bytes 0-3 No STXIT issued: zero

STXIT issued: Address of entry point of user'stask timer routine address
STXIT issued and user's
routine already in use: Complement of the task timer routine address
Bytes4-7 No STXIT issued: zero
STXIT issued: Address of the user's save area
Bytes 9-15 No SETT issued: zero or negative
SETT issued: Time remaining of the interval specified. The time is ex-
pressed in micro-seconds in bits 4-51. Bits 52-63 are
ignored.
Note:
Bytes 176-179 fX'BO'-X'B3') of the System Communications Region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of Task Timer Table. Label TTTA8 identifies the first byte of the table.

IV-63
INTERVAL TIMER REQUEST TABLE

ITREQ

:g 1----;---- Clock Comparator Value

(= end of time interval)

Interval Timer Request Table OnREOl

The entries in the ITREQ are either active or inactive. An active entry contains in bytes 0-7 the
clock comparator value (= end of interval) and in bytes 8-9 the task identifier. The lowest value
occupies the first position of the table, the highest value the position before the inactive entries.
All bits of an inactive entry are set to one (binary format). The last entry is always inactive and
all entries are set inactive after IPL.
The clock comparator is set to the value contained in the first entry of the ITREQ table.
Bytes 80-83 (X'50'-X'53') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of the IT Request Table. ITREQ identifies the first byte of the table.

IV-S4
ABNORMAL TERMINATION TABLE

ABTAB

1 ~\
~\
F2 > >''1"0__,-_,..._-,-__3,4_,__.,-_,_,
'"~ "'"
a;lg
a: Fl ~;;

61) Subtask ji p

,I
I'
Subtask I~I
,I
II
Subtask /'
L-_ _ _--"/
,
,,,
,
,,
I
,,
I
,
I
I

,,
I

,
I

,,
,I

Byte 0 X'SO'Routine active

X'40'Suppress message and DUMP before entering AS routine
Bytes 1-3 No STXIT issued: zero
STXIT issued: Address of entry point of user's abnormal termination
routine
STXIT issued and the user
AS routi~e already in use: Complement of the user AS exit routine address
The maintask and subtasks may have the same or different AS routines. When a
subtask is ATTACHed after a STXIT AS macro has been issued by teh maintask,
the subtaks will receive the AS routine address specified by the maintask only if
the AITACH macro for that subtask has the ABSAVE parameter specified. The
subtask can override this by issuing its own STXIT AB macro.
Bytes 4-7 No STXIT issued or no
save area parameter passed: zero
STXIT issued and save
area parameter passed: Address of a 72-byte save area used by the supervisor to
store the interrupt status information and the contents
of the general requesters.

Note:
One table entry is generated for each partition supported. The table always comprises 15 entries;
the subtask entries occupy the higher address locations in the table.
Bytes 84-87 (X'54'-X'57') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOMI contain the
address of the AB Table. Label ABTAB identifies the first byte of the table.

IV-55
m,:'\. "
PAGE FAULT HANDLING OVERLAP TABLE

PFATAB

."",
i F2 0
"T1
~l> ~
\
~=-r;;~--""::;""T--'-----';""
Z m 0 Page Fault Information
Fl
~ a~ "
-
Subtask
<~/
-
Subtask
, ,,
:'
Subtask ,,
SETPFA issued
Byte 0 Bit 1 = A page fault from the task is in the Page Queue
Bit 1 = A page fault occuring in a supervisor service of the task is queued in the
Page Queue Table
Bits 2-7 Reserved
Bytes 1-3 Address of the user's page fault appendage routine
Bytes4-7 Page fault information (for detail layout see Page - IN - Queue Table)
. This information is stored here only when a page fault occurs in a supervisor service
working for the task, while another page fault is queued for the task in the Page
Queue, otherwise zero.

NO SETPFA issued
Bytes 0--7 zero
Note:
One table entry is generated for each partition supported. The table always comprises 15 entries;
the subtask entries occupy the higher address locations in the table. label PFATAB identifies the
first byte of the table.

IV-66
JOB ACCOUNTING INTERFACE COMMON TABLE

Displacement Label Description

iACCTCOMN)
0-15 ACCTSVRG Temporary register save area
16-17 ACCTSVRX Reserved
lB-19 ACCTSVRE Reserved
20-23 ACCTPCNT Count of partitions using the Job Accounting interface
24 ACCTSAID Reserved
25 ACCTFAID Reserved
26 ACCTRAID Accounting to:
X'OO' Overhead time
X'04' Allbound time
Byte 1 of PI K for CPU time

27 ACCTSWCH Accounting switches:

Bit 0 1 '" Cancel accounting
Bit 1 1 '" No active partitions
Bit 2 = Catalog in process
Bit 3 == Alternate label area
Bit 4 = IPL indicator
Bit 5 = Reserved
Bit 6 1 = Reserved
Bit 7 1 = Reserved
28-31
32-33
34-35
ACCTIME
ACCTRESC
ACCTUSEP
Reserved
Reserved
Address of user save area (ACCTUSER)
I
36-37 ACCTUSEL Length of user save area (Set with 1 st operand of FOPT
macro parameter JALIOCS)
38-39 ACCTSJOB Job accounting partition indication
40-43 ACCTBLES Address of BG Job Accounting Table
This table is to be extended (dependmg on the number of supported partItions) according to the
pattern shown below.

NPARTS=n
44-47 Address of Fn Accounting Table

+4 Address of F2 Job Accounting Table

+4 Address of Fl Job Accounting Table
+ In*21-1 ACCTSEAS Control Field: prevents the accounting routine being
loaded twice

.. These values are the same as the PI K values for the relevant tasks.
Byte 124-127 IX'7C'-X'7F') of the system communication region ISYSCOM) contain the
address of the Job Accounting I nterface Common Table. Label ACCTCOMN identifies the first
byte of the tabel.

IV-67
JOB ACCOUNTING INTERFACE PARTITION TABLE

Displacement Label Description

(ACCTABlEI
0-3 ACCTWK1 Work area used by job control
4-7 ACCTWK2 Work area used by job control
8-11 ACCTSVPT Job card pointeri address of job card field following job-

12-13 ACCTPART 10 of partition in charge (partitions switch name)

14-15 ACCTlEN Length of SID area = 6n+1, where n = number of devices
for this partition in SYSGEN option JA = (n, n, ... )
16-21 ACCTLOAD Label area instruction; moves JAr label area adress to
OPEN/CLOSE transients
22-23 ACCTRES3 Reserved
24-27 ACCTlADD Address of alternate fabel area
28-31 ACCTCPUT Counter for program execution time (processor time) in
the current jobstep. Counted in 300th of a second.
32-35 ACCTOVHT Counter for system excution time (overhead time) in the
current job step, distributed in proportion of the processor
time,
36-39 ACCTBNDT Counter for all-bound time; system wait state time divided
between running partitions,
40--47 ACCTSVJN Save area for job name during simulated EOJ
48-55 ACCTJBNM Job name; taken from job card
56-71 ACCTUSRS User information; 16 bytes form job card
72-73 ACCTPTID Partition ID: 'BG', 'Fl', 'F2', etc, in EBCDIC format
74 ACCTCNCL Cancel code; see Cancel Codes and Messages
75 ACCTYPER Type of record'S' = job step, 'L' = last step of job
76-83 ACCTDATE Date in format specified at SYSGEN (MM/DD/YY or
DD/MM/YYI
84-87 ACCTSTAT Start time of a jOb-step, in packed decimal
(DHHMMSSF; F = sign)
88-91 ACCTSTOP Stop time of a job step in the same format as ACCTSTRT.
This value is used as the start time for the next step.
92-95 ACCTRES Reserved
96-103 ACCTEXEC Phase name; taken from execute card
104-107 ACCTHICR 2K * number of partition pages referenced (or pfixed for
real execution) by the problem program in the current
job step.
108-111 ACCTIMES Same as ACCTOPUT at the end of the job step
112-115 Same as ACCTOVHT at the end of job step
116-119 Same as ACCTENDT at the end of job step
120 ACCTSIOS c)IO tables: 8 bytes for each device specified by SYSGEN
options, as follows: 2 bytes for device address (Ocuu\
4 bytes for count of SIOS in current jobstep.
Overflow byte: norally X'20', but is X'3D' if more defices
are used within a partition that specified by SYSGEN
options.
Notes:
DSECT ACCTABLE symbolically addresses the JAI Partition Tables with labels, as shown. Each
partition inwhichJAI is supported has its own JAI Partition Table. Thistableis labeled ACCTBG
for the active partition BG; ACCTFl for the active partition F1; ACCTF2 for F2, etc.
The address of this table is in ttle partition Communication Region at displacement 116 {X'74'j.

IV-6B
ASCII EBCDIC TRANSLATION TABLES

ASCII/EBCOIC (010 to 3/21

ASCII EBCOIC
Charact. Col Row Bit Pattern Col Row Bit Pattern Comments
(in hex)

NUL 0 0 0000 0000 0 0 0000 0000

SOH 0 1 0000 0001 0 1 0000 0001
STX 0 2 0000 0010 0 2 0000 0010
ETX 0 3 0000 0011 0 3 0000 0011
EOT 0 4 0000 0100 3 7 0011 0111
ENQ 0 5 0000 0101 2 0 0010 1101
ACK 0 6 0000 0110 2 E 0010 1110
BEL 0 7 0000 0111 2 F 0010 1111
BS 0 B 0000 1000 1 6 0001 0110
HT a 9 0000 1001 a 5 0000 0101
LF a 10 0000 1010 2 5 0010 0101
YT a 11 0000 1011 a B 0000 1011
FF a 12 0000 1100 a C 0000 1100
CR a 13 0000 1101 a 0 0000 1101
SO a 14 0000 1110 a E 0000 1110
SI a 15 0000 1111 a F 0000 1111
OLE 1 a 0001 0000 1 a 0001 0000
OCI 1 1 0001 0001 1 1 0001 0001
OC2 1 2 0001 0010 1 2 0001 0010
DC3
DC4
NAK
SYN
ETB
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
0001
0001
0001
0001
0001
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1
3
3
3
2
3
C
0
2
6
0001
0011
0011
0011
0010
0011
1100
1101
0010
0110
I
CAN 1 B 0001 1000 1 B 0001 1000
EM 1 9 0001 1001 1 9 0001 1001
SUB 1 10 0001 1010 3 F 0011 1111
ESC 1 11 0001 1011 2 7 0010 0111
FS 1 12 0001 1100 1 C 0001 1100
GS 1 13 0001 1101 1 0 0001 1101
RS 1 14 0001 1110 1 E 0001 1110
US 1 15 0001 1111 1 F 0001 1111
SP 2 0 0010 0000 4 a 0100 0000
I 2 1 0010 0001 4 F 0100 1111 Logical OR
" 2 2 0010 0010 7 F 0111 1111
# 2 3 0010 0011 7 B 0111 1011
S 2 4 0010 0100 5 B 0101 1011
% 2 5 0010 0101 6 C 0110 1100
& 2 6 0010 0110 5 0 0101 0000
2 7 0010 0111 7 0 0111 1101
( 2 B 0010 1000 4 0 0100 1101
1 2 9 0010 1001 5 D 0101 1101
2 10 0010 1010 5 C 0101 1100
+ 2 11 0010 1011 4 E 0100 1110
2 12 0010 1100 6 B 0110 1011
- 2 13 0010 1101 6 0 0110 0000 Hyphen, Minus
2 14 0010 1110 4 B 0100 1011
/ 2 15 0010 1111 6 1 0110 0001
0 3 0 0011 0000 F 0 1111 0000
1 3 1 0011 0001 F 1 1111 0001
2 3 2 0011 0010 F 2 1111 0010

IV-69
ASCII EBCDIC TRANSLATION TABLES ( Cont'd)

ASCII/EBCDIC (3/3 to 616)

ASCII EBCDIC
Charact. Col Row Bit Pattern Col Row Bit Pattern Comments
(in hex)
3 3 3 0011 0011 F 3 1111 0011
4 3 4 0011 0100 F 4 1111 0100
5 3 5 0011 0101 F 5 1111 0101
6 3 6 0011 0110 F 6 1111 0110
7 3 7 0011 0111 F 7 1111 0111
B 3 B 0011 1000 F B 1111 1000
9 3 9 0011 1001 F 9 1111 1001
: 3 10 0011 1010 7 A 0111 1010
3 11 0011 1011 5 E 0101 1110
< 3 12 0011 1101 4 C 0100 1100
= 3 13 0011 1101 7 E 0111 1110
> 3 14 0011 1110 6 E 0110 1110
1 3 15 0011 1111 6 F 0110 1111
@ 4 0 0100 0000 7 C 0111 1100
A 4 1 0100 0001 C 1 1100 0001
B 4 2 0100 0010 C 2 1100 0010
C 4 3 0100 0011 C 3 1100 0011
D 4 4 0100 0100 C 4 1100 0100
E 4 5 0100 0101 C 5 1100 0101
F 4 6 0100 0110 C 6 1100 0110
G 4 7 0100 0111 C 7 1100 0111
H 4 8 0100 1000 C B 1100 1000
I 4 9 0100 1001 C 9 1100 1001
J 4 10 0100 1010 D 1 1101 0001
K 4 11 0100 1011 D 2 1101 0010
L 4 12 0100 1100 D 3 1101 0011
M 4 12 0100 1101 D 4 1101 0100
N 4 14 0100 1110 D 5 1101 0101
0 4 15 0100 1111 D 6 1101 0110
P 5 0 0101 0000 D 7 1101 0111
Q 5 1 0101 0001 D B 1101 1000
R 5 2 0101 0010 D 9 1101 1001
S 5 3 0101 0011 E 2 1110 0010
T 5 4 0101 0100 E 3 1110 0011
U 5 5 0101 0101 E 4 1110 0100
V 5 6 0101 0'10 E 5 1110 0101
W 5 7 0101 0111 E 6 1110 0110
X 5 B 0101 1000 E 7 1110 0111
Y 5 9 0101 1001 E B 1110 1000
Z 5 10 0101 1010 E 9 1110 1001
[ 5 11 0101 1011 4 A 0100 1010
\ 5 12 0101 1100 E 0 1110 0000 Reverse Slant
) 5 13 0101 11'1 5 A 0101 1010
- 5 14 0101 1110 5 F 0101 1111 Logical Not
- 5 15 0101 1111 6 D 0110 1101 Underscore
6 0 0110 0000 7 9 0111 1001 Grave accent
, 6 1 0110 0001 B 1 1000 0001
b 6 2 0110 0010 B 2 1000 0010
c 6 3 0110 0011 8 3 1000 0011
d 6 4 0110 0100 8 4 1000 0100
e 6 5 0110 0101 B 5 1000 0101
f 6 6 0110 0110 B 6 1000 0110

IV-70
ASCII EBCDIC TRANSLATION TABLES (... Cont'd)

ASCII EBCDIC 16n to 7/151

ASCII EBCDIC
Charact. Col Row Bit Pattern Col Row Bit Pattern Comments

9 6 7 0110 0111 8 7 toDD 0111

h 6 B 0110 1000 8 8 1000 1000
i 6 9 01to toOl 8 9 toDD 1001
j 6 10 0110 10to 9 1 1001 0001
k 6 11 0110 toll 9 2 1001 OOto
I 6 12 0110 1100 9 3 1001 0011
m
n
6
6 ,.
13 0110
0110
1101
1110
9
9

5
1001
1001
OtoO
Otol
a 6 15 0110 1111 9 6 1001 0110
P 7 0 0111 0000 9 7 1001 0111
Q 7 1 0111 0001 9 8 toOl toDD
, 7 2 0111 0010 9 9 1001 1001
s 7 3 0111 0011 A 2 1010 OOto
t
u
7
7

5
0111
0111
0100
0101
A
A
3

1010
1010
0011
0100
v 7 6 0111 01 to A 5 10to 0101
w 7 7 0111 0111 A 6 1010 0110
x 7 8 0111 1000 A 7 1010 0111
y 7 9 0111 1001 A 8 tolD toDD
7 10 0111 1010 A 9 1010 1001
{
I
7 11 0111 1011 C 0 1 toO 0000
I 7 12 0111 1 toO 6 A 0110 10to Vertical Line
}
~

DEL
7
7
7
,.
13

15
0111
0111
0111
1101
llto
1111
D
A
0
0
1
7
1101
1010
0000
0000
0001
0111
Tilde

E8CDIC ASCII
Charact. Col Row Bit Pattern Col Row Bit Pattern Comments
(in hex)
NUL 0 0 0000 0000 0 0 0000 0000
SOH 0 1 0000 0001 0 1 0000 0001
STX 0 2 0000 0010 0 2 DODO 0010
ETX 0 3 0000 0011 0 3 0000 OOto
HT 0 5 0000 0101 0 9 DODD 1001
DEL 0 7 DODO 0111 0 15 0111 1111
VT 0 B 0000 1011 0 11 0000 1011
FF 0 C 0000 1100 0 12 0000 1 toO
CR 0 D 0000 1101 0 13 0000 1101
SO 0 E 0000 1110 0 0000 1110
SI 0 F 0000 1111 0 "
15 0000 1111
DLE 1 0 0001 0000 1 0 0001 0000
DCl 1 1 0001 0001 1 1 0001 0001
DC2 1 2 0001 OOto 1 2 0001 0010
DC3 1 3 0001 0011 1 3 0001 0011
BS 1 6 0001 0110 0 B DODO toDD
CAN 1 8 0001 1000 1 8 0001 1000
EM 1 9 0001 1001 1 9 0001 toDD
FS 1 C 0001 1100 1 12 0001 1100
GS
RS
US
1
1
1
D
E
F
0001
0001
0001
1101
1110
1111
1
1
1
,.
13

15
0001
0001
0001
1101
1110
1111
EBCDIC to ASCII (XOO to IF)

IV-71
ASCII EBCDIC TRANSLATION TABLES ( Cont'd)

EBCDIC to ASCII (X'25' to X'93')

EBCDIC ASCII
Charact. Col Row Bit Pattern Col Row Bit Pattern Comments
(in hex)

LF 2 5 0010 0101 a 10 0000 1010

ETB 2 6 0010 0110 1 7 0001 0111
ESC 2 7 0010 0111 1 11 0001 1011
END 2 0 0010 1101 0 5 0000 0101
ACK 2 E 0010 1110 0 6 0000 0110
BEL 2 F 0010 1111 0 7 0000 0111
SYN 3 2 0011 0010 1 6 0001 0110
EDT 3 7 0011 0111 0 4 0000 0100
EC4 3 C 0011 1100 1 4 0001 0100
NAK 3 0 0011 1101 1 5 0001 0101
SUB 3 F 0011 1111 1 10 0001 1010
SP 4 0 0100 0000 2 0 0010 0000
[ 4 A 0100 1010 5 11 0101 1011
4 B 0100 1011 2 14 0010 1110
< 4 C 0100 1100 3 12 0011 1100
( 4 0 0100 1101 2 B 0010 1000
+ 4 E 0100 1110 2 11 0010 1011
I 4 F 0100 1111 2 1 0010 0001 Logical OR
& 5 0 0101 0000 2 6 0010 0110
J 5 A 0101 1010 5 13 0101 1101
.
S

)
5
5
5
B
C
0
0101
0101
0101
1011
1100
1101
2
2
2
4
10
9
0010
0010
0010
0100
1010
1001
; 5 E 0101 1110 3 11 0011 1011
- 5 F 0101 1111 5 14 0101 III(} logical Not
6 0 0110 0000 2 13 0010 1101 Hyphen, Minus
I 6 1 0110 0001 2 15 0010 1111
I 6 A 0110 1010 7 12 0111 1100 Vertical Line
6 B 0110 1011 2 12 0010 1100
% 6 C 0110 1100 2 5 0010 0101
- 6 0 0110 1101 5 15 0101 1111 Underscore
II 6 E 0110 1110 3 14 0011 1110
1 6 F 0110 1111 3 15 0011 1111
7 9 0111 1001 6 0 0110 0000 Grave accent
: 7 A 0111 1011 3 10 0011 1010
# 7 B 0111 1011 2 3 0010 0011
@ 7 C 0111 1100 4 0 0100 0000
7 0 0111 1101 2 7 0010 0111
..- 7
7
E
F
0111
0111
1110
1111
3
2
13
2
0011
0010
1101
0010
a B 1 1000 0001 6 1 0110 0001
b 8 2 1000 0010 6 2 0110 0010

.
c
d

f
9
8
8
8
8
8
3
4
5
6
7
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
6
6
6
6
6
3
4
5
6
7
0110
0110
0110
0110
0110
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
h 8 8 1000 1000 6 8 0110 1000
i 8 9 1000 1001 6 9 0110 1001
j 9 1 1001 0001 6 10 0110 1010
k 9 2 1001 0010 6 11 0110 1011
I 9 3 1001 0011 6 12 0110 1100

IV72
ASCII EBCDIC TRANSLATION TABLES (. .. Cant'd)

EBCDIC to ASCII IX'94' t X'F9'1

EBCDIC ASCII
Charact. Rol Row Bit Pattern Col Row Bit Pattern Comments
(in hex)
m 9 4 1001 0110 6 13 0110 1101
n 9 5 1001 0101 6 14 0110 1110
0 9 6 1001 0110 6 15 0110 1111
P 9 7 1001 0111 7 0 0111 0000
q 9 8 1001 1000 7 1 0111 0001
, 9 9 1001 1001 7 2 0111 0010
~ A 1 1010 0001 7 14 0111 1110 Tilde
s A 2 1010 0010 7 3 0111 0011
t A 3 1010 0011 7 4 0111 0100
u A 4 1010 0100 7 5 0111 0101
v A 5 1010 0101 7 6 0111 0110
w A 6 1010 0110 7 7 0111 0111
x A 7 1010 0111 7 8 0111 1000
y A 8 1010 1000 7 9 0111 1001
z A 9 1010 1001 7 10 0111 1010
{ C 0 1100 0000 7 11 0111 1011
A C I 1100 0001 4 1 0100 0001
B C 2 1100 0010 4 2 0100 0010
C C 3 1100 0011 4 3 0100 0011
D
E
F
G
H
C
C
C
C
C
4
5
6
7
8
1100
1100
1100
110
1100
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
4
4
4
4
4
6
7
8
4
5
0100
0100
0100
0100
0100
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
I
I C 9 1100 1001 4 9 0100 1001
} D 0 1101 0000 7 13 0111 1101
J D 1 1101 0001 4 10 0100 1010
K D 2 1101 0010 4 11 0100 1011
L D 3 1101 0011 4 12 0100 1100
M D 4 1101 0100 4 13 0100 1101
N D 5 1101 0101 4 14 0100 1110
0 D 6 1101 0110 4 15 0100 1111
P D 7 1101 0111 5 0 0101 0000
Q D 8 1101 1000 5 1 0101 0001
R D 9 1101 1001 5 2 0101 0010
\ E 0 1110 0000 5 12 0101 1100 Reverse Slant
S E 2 1110 0010 5 3 0101 0011
T E 3 1110 0011 5 4 0101 0100
U E 4 1110 0100 5 5 0101 0101
V E 5 1110 0101 5 6 0101 0110
W E 6 1110 0110 5 7 0101 0111
X E 7 1110 0111 5 8 0101 1000
Y E 8 1110 1000 5 9 0101 1001
Z E 9 1110 1001 5 10 0101 1010
0 F 0 1111 DODD 3 0 0011 DODD
1 F 1 1111 0001 3 1 0011 0001
2 F 2 1111 0010 3 2 0011 0010
3 F 3 1111 0011 3 3 0011 0011
4 F 4 1111 0100 3 4 0011 0100
5 F 5 1111 0101 3 5 0011 0101
6 F 6 1111 0110 3 6 0011 0110
7 F 7 1111 0111 3 7 0011 0111
8 F 8 1111 1000 3 8 0011 1000
9 F 9 1111 1001 3 9 0011 1001

IV-73
SEGMENT AND PAGE TAB LE

STAB (Segment table) PT (Page Table)

9\\\\
X'FO'
Address of
Page Table
,I

Address of I

JJ
X'FO'
Page Table

=
Address of

~,:::::,:,::::\::~ In
X'FO'
Page Table

X'FO'
Address of I
Page Table ~

"'''-"'' ","-, ~IU~ H

!, ~
\r-;-r;.
., , iE;1 '?)
One page table is built for
each segement of virtual ~
storage and contains 32 ....,
I
~II. 1,"//
-

two-byte entries.

Bytes 0 and 1
Bit 0 1 = Address of any byte in the corresponding page is invalid
Bits 0---12 Leftmost 13 bits of address of page in real storage if bit 13'" 0
Bits 8-11 Storage key of corresponding partition if bit 13 = 1
Bit 13 a = Page is in real storage
1 '" Page is not in real storage
Bit 14 Always zero
Bit 15 PDS (Page Data Set) bit:
1 = Page must be read from page data set
(a valid copy of the page is on the page data set)
o = Page need not be read from page data set
(no valid copy of the page on the page data set)
Bytes 208-211 (X'DO'-X'D3') of the System Communication Region (SYSCOM) contain the
address of the Segment Table.

IV-74
PAGE DATA SET TABLE
Page management uses the Page Data Set Table (DPDTAB) to calculate the correct address for a
given page on the Page Data Set, if a read or write operation is necessary. Bytes 224-227
(X'EO'-X'E3') of the System Communication Region (SYSCQM) contain the adress of the
DPDTAB. The DPDTAB consits of a header and one entry for the device description. Label
DPDT AS identifies the first byte of the table. The table has the following layout:

Header
Bytes:
0-1 Reserved, must be 1
2-3 Reserved, must be 1
4-5 Number of virtual pages supported
6-7 Length of DPDTAB entry
9-11 Address of constant table for load leveler
12-13 If 1370 mode: Relocation value for Supervisor pages
If ECPS:VSE Mode:Reserved
14-15 If /370 mode: Relocation value for Non-Supervisor pages
If ECPS:VSE Mode:Reserved

Entry
Bytes:
0-1 Channel and unit number of Page Data Set device

4-5
Indicates FBA (1), eKD (2), or RPS (3) device
Device type code
If FBA device:
If CKD device:
Block length
Number of records per track
I
6-7 If FBA device: Number of blocks per page
If CKD device: Number of tracks per cylinder
8-11 If F BA device: Block number of lower limit
If CKD device: Relative track number of lower extent limit
12-15 If FBA device: Number of blocks used for the extent
If CKD device: Number of tracks used for the extent
16--17 PUB index
18-23 Volume ID of Page Data Set
24-25 Page number of upper limit on the extent
26--27 Not used (for alignment only)

lV75
PAGE IN QUEUE ENTRY IPGQUI}

I Flag Byte I Page Address ITask tD

Bytes:
a 8itsO-3 BitsO-30fPIKorTIK
Bits 4-7 8'0000' Page Translation Exception
B'1000' Dummy request
1-2 Leftmost 16 bits of the address of the page (which is also the address of the page
frame. if GETREAL) to be handled. The remaining 8 bits of the address are assumed
to be zero.
Task identifier (PIK or TIK) of user task or task identifier (select byte in STtDfield)
or system task
The request that require the activity of the page-out (PGT) system task (it may be requested by
GETREAL and for the handling of a PGOUI entry) afe queued in the page-out queue (PGQUD),
and handeld on a F J FO {first-in-first-outl basis.
The page-in queue has a maximum of 19 four-byte entries and label PGOUI identifies the first
byte of the table.

PAGE-OUT QUEUE ENTRY (PGQUO)

Bytes:
a Flag Byte
Bit a '" 1 Posting required
Bits 1-7 Reserved
1-3 Address of PFTE 10 be handled
4,5 Task identifier of system task that requested the entry (only valid if bit a in byte a
is on).
6,7 Task identifier of usertaksthat requested the entry (only valid if bit a in byte a ison).
The pageout queue cons its of 9 eight-byte entries, and the label PGaUO identifies the first byte
of the table.

IV-76
PAGE FRAME TABLE ENTRY (PFTE)

12 15

Byte 0 - 3: Page frame address.

370 mode only;
Byte 3: Bit 4 '" 0 If page frame belongs to supervisor or IPL partition.
Bit 4 '" 1 If page frame belongs to initial page pool.
Bytes 4 -7: zero
By!e 0 (PFTE flag):
8itO
(Hold Bitl 1 '" Ensures that each task causing a page fault can use the
page before it is disconected again.
Bit 1
(POE bit) 1 = Indicates that the PFTE has an entry in PGOUO.
Bit2
(PObitl 1 = Indicates that an active entry from the PMR task is in PGQUO.
Bit 3
(POAbit) 1 = Indicates that 110 for a page out has been started far this
PFTE.
8it4
(RP bit)

Bit 5
(RPUTbit)
1 = Indicates for the PGT task that the posting of a system task
is required.

1 = Indicates for the PGT task that the posting of a user task
I
is required.
81t56-7 Reserved.
Byte 1 and 2: ff the page belongs to the page frame. byte 1 and 2 contains the leftmost 16 bits
of the 3-byte address.
Byte 3 (370 mode flag byte):
Bit 0
{NFRP bitl 1 = Page in this page frame must notbe TFIXed, since the page
frame is in the PSO.
Bit 1
(NFVP bit) 1 = Page belonging to this page frame is requested by PFIX.
The page frame is not in the PSQ.
Bit 2
(oRAP bitl 1 '" Indicates that the address space belonging to the PFTE is
failing storage.
Bit3
{PC bitl 1 = Indicates that a page is connected to the page frame. Either
a page-in or an unconditional page-out request is in progress_
Bit4
{PNRINV bitl 1 '" Page frame is unused_ It indicates that the PNR field, the FIX
counters, the WID field, the PFTE flag and the 370 mode flag
(except for1he NFRP, ORAP and RPRESPF bitsl are invalid.
Bit 5
(RPRESPF bit) 1 '" Indicates to the PMR or PGT system that the posting of a
task (for PFIX/GETREALl that is waiting for the end of a
page 110 for a reserved page frame is requeseted. NFRP is
also set.
Bit 6
(RPPGFIX bitl 1 '" Indicates for the PGT task that the posting of a task (for
PFIXITFIX1, that is waiting for the end of a page-out for
the page to be PFIXed, is requested_ NFVP is also set.
Byte 4 (370 mode only):
Contains the TIK of the task requesting PFIX. The page frame of the page to be
PFIXed does not belong to the corresponding real partition.
Byte 5: Indicates how often the page is permanently fixed.
Byte 6 and 7: Indicates how often the page is temporarily fixed.
Byte 8 - 11: Pointer to the next PFTE.
Byte 12 -15: Pointer to the preceding PFTE.
Note:
The pointers in bytes 7 through 15 are only valid if the PFTE is in the PSO, or, for 370 mode, in
the unused page frame queue.
IV-77
PAGETAB

ENTRY 1

I
note
""
ENTRY 2
-------'---''f-''-t'--I
"'1=
0 r : --r-'-i:
-.----r::---=t-"-314-t"---r-15 71

ENTRY n-1 ...... ""

........., .... ,
I ENiRY n

Byte 0 TIK (identifier of taks that issued the PAGEIN macro).

Bytes 1-3 Pointer to a list of areas that are to be paged in.
Byte 4 bit a 1 = PAGEIN request has been completed
bit 1 Reserved
bit 2 1 '" One more of the requested pages are outside the requesting
program's partition.
bit 3 1 = One or more negative length specifications were detected.
bit 4 Reserved
bit 5 Paging activity too high. Terminator required by load leveler.
bit 6 Taks is terminating, request has to be deleted.
bit 7 Second scan in progress.
Byte 5-7 Pointer to ECB (if used) or zero.

Note:
The number of entries is determined at supervisor generation time. Label PAGETAB identifies
the first byte of the table.

IV-7a
TRANSLATION CONTROL BLOCK (TCBI

34 78 1112 1516 19

Data chaining specified

Read/Sense command specified
Read backward command specified
= 1: Status modifier command with data chaining
= 1: Status modifier command with command chaining

Byte 1
= 1:
6,7:
Request for FIX information block
Reserved
(ADBTAMCB):
Number of copy blocks needed in addition to those required for current CCW-
I
translation request (refer to the section "BTAM Considerations").
8yte 4 (DEVSTPTRI:
Pointer to status modifier list belonging to handled device. Zero if device does not
support status modifier commands.
Byte 8 (DEVCDPTR):
Pointer to control command list which belongs to handled device. Zero if device does
not support control commands with data area.
Byte 12 (LINEPTR):
Chain of knots of free structure caused by TIC following status modifier command.
(Refer to the section "Translating Status Modifier Commands".) Zero if no knots
exist in the CCW chain.
Byte 16 (BENDPTR):
Chain of knots built because status modifier command is last one fitting in CCW copy
block. Zero if no status modifier commands at end of CCW copy blocks.
Byte60 (TCBFLAG1):
Bit 0 "" 1 Replica creation requested
Bit 1 = 1 Replica test in process
Bit 2 '" 1 Request for replica block
Bit 3 "" 1 Request for DIOAL block
Bit 4-7 Reserved
Bytes 52-71 as shown are for fast CCW translation only. For a normal translation
byte 52 is the first byte of the save area.
To locate the TCB associated with the partition/task, add X'50' to the address of the System
Save Area (displacement X'09' of the appropriate PIB). Labels CCWTCB1-CCWTOBn identify
the first byte of the appropriate TCe.

IV79
TRANSLATION CONTROL AND COPY BLOCKS

Thefollowing control and copy blocks are used to copy and translale a eea and channel program
for a virtual mode 1/0 request:
A translation control block (CCWTCB, or abbreviated asTeS). This block is used as a work
and save area during translation.
A eea copy block. The user eea and sense CCW (if any) are copied into this block. The eea
copy block also contains information about the copied and translated channel program.
CCW copy blocks. Each block contains copy locations for up to 7 contiguous CCWs and queue-
ing information.
IDAL blocks. Blocks used for building Indirect Data Address Lists for CCWs having IOALs or
for data areas which cross page boundaries.
Fix information blocks. Each block contains a bit string for fix information for a block of
1088K of real storage. One or more fix informations blocks are generated if a page is fixed
at a location greater than 384K (information for page frames up to that address is kept in the
CCB copy block).

IVIRTUAL STORAGE I

----------T--------------
I R~U~

I
I
I
I
I

IV-80
COPY BLOCKS I.. Cont'dl

Layout of eCB Copy Block

0 I 1 I 2 I 3 4 5 I 6 I 7

CCBCNT ICCB
COM1
I CCB
COM2
CCB
STA1
CCB
STA2
I CCB
CLS'
I CCB
LNO
g
[
()
CCBCCW CCBBY3 CCBCSWW ()
Address of first CCW
'"
..J
16 CCBSENS
Sense CCW if any
24 CCBPIK
UserPIK
JCC'B
FLAG
I Unused CCBVA
Virtual Address of eGB
J2 CCBACB ceBres
Address of first CCW copy block in Address of first IDAL block in channel
channel program with lowest VBA program

40 CCBXINF (Fix information; 24 bytesl

4B
r- Each bit in this field represents one page frame.
If a bit is on, the associated page frame contains
-
a page fixed for this 1/0 request. If more than
,.-- 384K of real storage are available, the address -
06 in CCBXPTR will point to any additional field

64 CCBXPTR
which contains bits for the page frames beyound 384K.

Address of additional Fix information

CCBNEXT
Address of next eCB copy block
I
Note:
If the fast CCW translation option is active, bytes 56-67 of the CCB copy block have a different
meaning, as shown below:
Bytes 56-59 The address of the REPLICA block associated with this channel program.
Bytes 60-63 Pointer to the next CCB in the saved cce queue used by the fast CCW
translation routines.
Bytes 64-67 Pointer to the previous CCB in the saved CCB queue.
* Set to X:20' (= copied CeB)
- Legend CCBFLAG:
Bit 0 Indicates that eeW-translation of this request is complete; indicator is set
before I/O request is enqueued in channel queue.
Bit 1 Indicates that at least one time during eCWtranslation control has been
transferred to TFIX routine. In case TTFIX is 0 scan through CeBX1NF
for freeing pages is skipped. Indicator is set immediately before control
is transferred to TFIX routine.
Bit 2 Reserved
Bit 3 Indicates that the next eCWtranslation request from BTAM is from the
BTAM channel appendage. This indicator is set immediately after 1st time
request from BTAM has been completed.
Bit 4 Valid for fast translation.
Bit 5 cee copy block is on saved eGB queue.
Bit 6 Data area pages require fixing.
Bit 7 Reserved

IVS1
COPY BLOCKS (. Cont"dl

layout of CCW Copy Block

0 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7

1 st Copy location for CCW

2nd Copy location for CCW

16 3rd Copy location for CCW

24 4th Copy location for CCW
32 5th Copy location for CCW
40 6th Copy location for CCW
"4S 7th Copy location for CCW
56 XSO XOOOOOO Virtual address of first CCW in the
Copy block
64 xaa XOOOODO Address of next CCW Copy block in
the chain

X'SO' indicates the end of the CCW copy locations in the block. It is replaced by a TIC
(Transfer in Channel command) if the 7th copy location contains a copied CCW with
data- or command chaining. Bytes 57-59 will then point to the copy location ofthe
CCW following in the CCW in the 7th location. Bytes 56-59 will not be changed if the
CCW in the 7th copy location is a TIC.
** X'88', indicates the last 8-byte entry in the block. It is replaced by a TIC if the CCW in
the 7th copy location is a status modifier CCW. Bytes 65-67 will then point to the copy
location of the second CCW following the status modifier CCW.

IV-S2
COPY BLOCKS (.... Cont'd)

MAIN REPLICA BLOCK

VCCBA i RCCBA

TIMEST I
REPPIK REPLCNT I CCWSTRL
REPDIDAL
CCB
CCW1
CCW1 CCW2

CCW2 CCW3
CCW3 REPFPT

REPBPT REPNEXT

ADDITIONAL REPLICA BLOCK

Legend:
5C REPNEXT I
VCCBA Virtual CCB address
RCCBA Address of copied CCB
TIMEST Timestamp
REPPIK Partition Identifikation Key
REPLCNT The number of tasks currently testing this REPLICA for a match with their
channel program
CCWSTRL Length of CCW string (number of CCWs)
REPDIDAL Address of DIDAL block
REPFPT, REPBPT Pointers used for chaining REPLICAs (forward and backward pointer)
REPNEXT Pointer to (next) additional REPLICA block

DIDAL BLOCK DIDAL ENTRY

ENTRY 1

2
a
3 FLAGBYTE
Bit 0 Indicates that TFIXing is not
4 neccessary because the page
5 has already been TFIXed for
this request.
6 1-6 Reserved
7 Bit 7 Indicates that TFIX request for
B this entry has been completed.

RESERVED iCHAIN POINTER .... Real location (either copied CCW or I DA word)
that should contain the translated I/O area
address .
..... Points to (next) additional DIDAL. Contains
4X'OO' in last DIDAL.

IV-B3
CONVERTING VIRTUAL TO REAL ADDRESS

ECPSW

C I'... \
/ '.......... \\\'"
12/ """",
01 1 0 1 1100 1-'---'-0-0+10--' .............. '\"
2 6 C 1 a ......

01 "<\)
L-.....,. ---.. ' ...., \

STOR
Control Register 1
0i,7_ _ X'coDal
PAGE TABLE 1 ~
I OBOOBF40 I

...L ~1:::;EGME'----.---'NT.TABLE ,:' fj -X'EB80'
Page 0 'X'OO')

Page 1 (X'Ol')
;~t~~sGE
for one (1)
[I!]

Segement a (X'QO' I 64K Segment

EOOOCOOO ----,-:.. --' ! 1-::----::-:-7.==-'
Segment 1 (X'Ol', !,.
Segment 2 (X'02',
,, . . .
:::~ ~::: :
,
Segment 153 (X'gg')
,I
Segment 154 (X'9A') :

7L....a... Segment 155 !X'9B') ~

EoaOEe80 _______ ...l Page 31 (X" F')

@X'71~C' (X'BF40'+X'2BC',
Page Table Entry
100000011 001011001
r.;;r' tJ 12,
I
L!.2i~
10000001100101100000000000 r
~ 1213 ~
~ REAL ADDRESS ,----
IFI ~X='O =32=8"=0=0'==;ill

Note:
Values used in the fjgure are hypothetical.

IV-84
PAGE DATASET FORMAT
, u. I D's\<, F
V'rI onna t 3330
12288 bytes

2048 bytes 2048 bytes 2048 byte. 2048 bytes 2048 bytes
.,.- Head
X'OOOO' X'0800' X'IOOO' X'I800' X'2000' X'28OD'
Ha
II
00

01 X'3000'
~~
fg
g= 02 X'BOOO'

-:; J
c'"
,;,x
~
~8
q 18
1(1 track}
6

I---+I-----r=--r--.....-r---t------t
X'36000'
x X'800' X'3ODO' bytes

X'38FFF'
I
Virtual Disk Format 3340
6144 bytes

2048 bytes 2048 bytes 204B bytes

Head X'OODO' X'OBOO' X'IOOO'
00
01

02
X'IBOD'

X'3000' I
TWIOBOD'
I
3 x X'BOO"
(I tr.ck)
X'IBOO' bytes
<

X'"FFF,T

Virtual Disk Format 2314

6144 bytes ,
2048 bytes 2048 bytes 2048 bytes
Head X'OODO' X'OBOO' X'IOOO'
00
01 X'IBOO'

02 X'30OD'

3 x X'BOO' X' IBOO' bytes

~
I
(I track)
191 x' I CBOO'

' - - - I cy linder: 20 x X'lBOQ' byt es= X'lEOOO' byt es

I X"DFFF,r

, U. 10"ISk Farmat3350
V"rt
16384 bytes
-+ 204B +-
He. d X'OODO' X'OBOO' X'IOOO' X'IBOO' X'2000' X'2BOO' X'30OD' X'3800'
o0
I X'4000'

2 X'BOOO'

, B x X'BOO"
(1 track)
'4000' bytes

I
Virtual Disk Format 3310 and 3370 (FBA Mode)
In Fixed Block Mode the 3310 and 3370 DASD will provide logical block number in ascending
sequence. That means 4 blocks with 512 bytes are required to store one page on the PAGE DATA SET.
IV,B5
LAYOUT OF REPLICA HEADER BLOCKS

RHB1
X'OO' Flag Byte I. Number of Tesu
on Replica
t PIK of
Requestor
X'04' Forward pointer in partiton's replica queue
X'OS' Backward pointer in partition's replica queue
X'OC' Address of virtual CCB/IORB
X'10'

s.ved CCBIIORB

X'20' Pointer to RHB2

l
L RHB2
X'OO' Pointer to RHB1
X'04' Pointer to associated FHB (fixlist)
X'OS' Timestamp
X'OC' Length of saved channel program
X'10' Aeservec:t
X'14' Reserved
X'1S'
Saved user SENSE

X'20' Pointer to next replica block

I
L REPLICA SLCOK
X'OO' CCW1
X'OS' CCW2
X'10' CCW3
X'1S' CCW4
X'20' Pointer to next
block or zero

Flag Byte:
Bit 0 = 1 Freeing of replica request
Bit 1-7 Reserved

IV-S6
RESOURCE USAGE RECORD TABLE (RURTABI

RURTAB

[ SYSPL RUR for Proc. Library

SYSOP EN RVR for VSAM Open

routine

SYSLBL RVR for Label Cylinder

SYSRES AUR for IJSYSRS File

SYSIXL RU R for VSAM Index

Build Format of
~~y
SYSSPM AU R for VSAM Space -RUA
- Ownership bits..,....-

SYSMCO
Manager

RUR for VSAM Master

----__ I 0
1
1
1
2 1 3 1

l
Catalog Routine ~ Ownership bits
for Job Control
SYSCTLG RUR for VSAM Master
Catalog Flags

SYSVTOC RVA for all VTOCs

Dummy RU R indicating 8 bytes

'pool exhausted'
/ \
AUA for a Named Resource I Unique Name of a Named Resource
I
f----- ----:------- ---
(Pool for RU Rs of Named Resources)

1--- - - - - - -:-----
I

I
- ---
~ I
>-
f- '--.- --- -----t- - - - - - - - -
I
I

----- - - I
-I-- - - - ----
I
I

IV87
RESOURCE USAGE RECORD TABLE CRURTAB) C. Cont'd)

Byte 0
Bit 3 1 = Another task waiting for this resource
Bit 5 1 = Resource shared among owners indicated
Bit 6 1::: Resource used exclusive by indicated task
Bit 7 1 = Shared or exclusive use of resource
Byte 1 Used byJobControl to indicatethatthe resource isto be held for the duration of a job.
Bit a 1 = TIK or PIK is X'70'
Bit 1 1 = TIK or PIK is X'SO'
Bit2 1 = TIKorPIKisX'50'
Bit 3 1 = TIK or PIK is X'40'
Bit 4 1 = TIK or PIK is X'30,
Bit5 1 = TlKorPIKisX'20'
Bit6 1 = TlKorPIKisX'10'
Byte 2:
Bit 0 1 = TIK is X'FO'
Bit 1 1 :::
TIK isX'EO'
Bit 2 1 = TIK is X'DO'
Bit 3 1 = TlK is X'CQ'
8it4 1 = TIK isX'SO
Bit 5 1 = TI K is X'AC'
Bit 6 1 = TlK is X'90'
Bit 7 1 = TIK is X'80'
Byte 3:
Bit a 1 = TIK or PIK is X'70'
Bit 1 1 = TIK or PIK is X'60'
Bit2 1 = T1KorPIKisX'SO'
8it3 1 = TIKorP1KisX'40'
Bit4 1:: TlKorP1KisX'30'
Bit5 1'" T1KorP1KisX'20'
Bit 6 1 = TlK or PIK is X'lO' fBG)
Bit 7 1 = TIK or PIK is X'OO' (Attention)
Note:
For explanation of TlK and PIK see Task Interrupt Key and Partition ldentifikation Key. Label
RURTAB identifies the first byte of the table.

Ivaa
I-- 4 bytes - - - !--4bytes- I- 4 bytes - . ~ 4 bytes ---- ~
(')
X
End address Reserved Used for VSAM Used for VSAM
o
X'OO' :D
of Anchor AMCBS pointer OAL pointer -i
Table "rm'"
X'lQ' ;;
1st Entry """- z
(')
X
-i

"- ;
2nd Entry
"
Format of
"
~ - any entry Phase

/
49th Entry
/ Byte 16 Status Switch
/ X'QO' Phase must be loaded
X'7F' Phase is already in storage
/
X'3Ec /
50th Entry /
/
X'400 Be in of GETVIS area
X'404 End of GETVIS area
X'40B Address of hiQhest fixed aqe
X'400 Be in of VISTAB
X'410 End of VISTAB
X'414' Start serach of bitstrin
X'41B New start search address
X'410' Save work REG 1
X'420 No. of bits in ABYTE Note:

The Anchor Table is located at the beginning of the GETVIS area in the virtual partition .
FETCH/LOAD CONTROL BLOCKS

FCB (lABEL 'DFCB')

X'OO' List of internal entry points
List of external entry points
State indicators (DFCBSW1-DFCBSW4)
X'40' Start address of FETCH table (FTIAB) f--
X'44' Pointer to FETCH work area (FCHWORK) f--
X'4S' Pointer to input control block (FICB)

X'4C' Save area RG5-RG1S

Work areas
TFIXITFREE interface tables
CHAIN table describing the searching sequence for the various directories
F RPL area describing the interface to the Fetch I/O processing

L FTTAB
X'OO'
X'Ol'
Condense counter
PTR toSLD I-
X'04' Device Characteristics
X'OS' Start of Directory
X'OC' Channel Address
X'OE' Reserved
X'OF' X'Ol' FBA
X'02' CKD
X'03' RPS DEV.
X'lO' Start of LIN K directory

FICB FCHWORK
C. X'OO' End of RLD buffer X'OO' lOAD POINT
X'04' PTR to IDRA
X'lC' PTR to CHAIN TABLE
X'OS' PTR to End of lORA
X'20' PTR to DIRECTORY ENTRY
X'OC' Start of TXT CCW buffer
X'24' PTR to Phasename
X'W' End of TXT CCW buffer
X'l4' Start add. TXT CCW buffer
X'29' PTR to LOCAL LIST

X'lS' WORKAREA X'2C' PTR to Relocation Factor

X'30' PTR to RLD
X'20' WORKAREA
X'2S' Search name for directory read X'SO' Phasename
Relative Start Address
X'30' CCBilORB Length of TXT

l CHAIN
X'OO'
X'Ol'
Number of chain entries - 1
Indicators:
X'OO' SDL search
L SlD
X'OO' Range of directory
1
n*4
'" CKD dev (1 track)
=: FBA

(n =: number of 2K blocks)
X'lO' Directory search
X'OC' LINK directory search X'04' Number of SLD entries
X'02' LUB identification X'06' Highest phasename
X'OOO6' SCll
X'OBOB' PCll
X'04' PTRto FTIAB

IV90
LAYOUT OF SHARED VIRTUAL AREA ISVA)

3 4
0 VLT Field Length Content

S
VDSA I VLSA VLT S Date +time SVA has been up-
dated (note 11
0
VLNA I VLEA
VDSA 4 Start address of the System 0
Directory list
S VLSA 4 Start address of the virtual
TS library Inote 2)
VLNA 4 Address of next available
O~ location in SVA
VLEA 4 Address of eniJ of the SVA
TS 10 Communications area for Job
Control and SMAINOI R
VD upto 32 K System Directory List Inote 3)
~:: VD
" AL <S Alignment bytes for doubleword
boundary
VL any Virtual library containing reo
entrant and relocatable phases
GV any GETVIS area for the system
.----- (starts on page boundary)
i AL

H Note 1:
As one of the tests to determine whether a warm start copy of the SVA is available, job control
compares this entry after IPL against the date and time in the SCI L descriptor entry.
Note 2:
Address of first doubleward aligned byte after SOL.
Note 3:
The layout of this area is compatible with a directory block in the Core Image Library. The SDL
has fixed length entries of 34 bytes. The last entry contains 8X'FF' as phasename.

IV-9t
LAYOUT OF DIRECTORY ENTRY

Bytes 0-7 Phase name

Bytes 8-10 TTR Relative track address and record number of phase (note 2)
Byte 11 N Number of halfwords containing user data
Bytas8-1t LBLN Logical block number of phase on FSA device
Bytes 12-13 TT Number of text blocks
Bytes 14-15 LL Number of text bytes in last next block
Byte 16 I Switch indicating type of phase
X'SO' selfrelocating phase
X'4Q' relocatable phase
X'20' SVA eligible
X'10' phase is in the SVA (note 1)
X'OS' phase found in a PICL (note 1)
X'04' phase not found (note 11
X'02' active entry (filled in)
X'01' not used
Byte 17 T Always X'OO' (used as type byte for stow table)
Bytes 18-20 ppp Load point of LNKEDT time (note 3)
Bytes 21-23 EEE Entry point at LNKEDT time (note 3)
Bytes 24-25 RR Number of RLD items Inote 4)
Byte 26 R Number of additional RLD blocks (note 41
Bytes 27-29 AAA Partition start address of LNKEDT time (note 41
Byte 30 C Condense counter at the time when entry was activated (note 61
Bytes 31-33 VEE Entry point of phase in SVA (notes 1 and 5)

Note 1: Only used for directory entries that are in storage.

Note 2: The ITR is relative to the beginning of the directory.
Note 3: PPP and EEE are not present if both are zero and the phase is not relocatable.
Note 4: RR, Rand AAA are only present if the phase is relocatable.
Note 5: VEE is only present if the phase isSVA eligible.
Note 6: Condense counter is used for incore directory entries (not SOL).
Note:
The last entry in the directory is a 12-byte with a dummy phasename (contains 8X'FF'I. a
dummy TTR (contains XL3'OO') and a dummy N (contains X'OO'I. Directory entries in storage
always have the standard length of 34 bytes (including the last entry).

IV92
ROUTINE IDENTIFIERS (RIO)

NAME 10 MEANING ACTION

SYSTEMID 00 System error condition, for Hard Wait
example, page fault in 1/0
interrupt handler
REENTRID 04 Page fault or GETREAL request Save PSW and regs to user task's
in a reenterable routine system save area, set PIB DAT flag
to call SVRETURN, and ENQU
request
USERTIO 08 Page fault from a disabled user Cancel user task error code X'15'
task or disabled B-transient
APPENDIO DC Page fault in lID appendage Cancel user task error code X'36 t

routine
RESVCID 10 Page fault in SVC 29 or 47 Set saved PSW to reissue SVC when
task is dispatched, ENQU page fault
request
DISPIO 14 Page fault in a routine which ENQU page fault request
requires no information to be
saved, for example, a page fault
in the dispatcher

PFARIO 18 Page fault in a page fault Cancel user task error code X'15'
appendage routine
lC RESERVERO
10 Page fault in a gated supervisor Save PSW and registers to user task's
: service system save area, set PIB DAT flag
7F to calilNITSVC when task is dis
patched next. Close gate to routine
(routine cannot be used until gate is
opened). ENQU page request. (Any
task trying to use a gated resource
is placed in a wait state and marked
resource bound. It is released from
the wait state when the resource is
ungated after the page request has
been handled.)

IV-93
VTAM ADDRESS VECTOR TABLE (lSTAVT)

Label Length Description

ISTACVT 4 ADDR OF VTAM CVT
ISTAS49 4 ADDR OF SCV 49 CODE
ISTAS53 4 ADDROF SVC 53 CODE
ISTCFCSA 4 ADDR OF COMMAND HANDLER
ISTAPSEX 4 ADDR OF APS EXIT
ISTAPSTA 4 ADDR OF APS TABLE
ISTARID 4 ADDR OF RID
ISTVTIP 4 ADDR OF CODE TO CHECK FOR
ISTRETR6 4 BASE REG FOR DOS DISPATCHER
ISTRETR7 4 RETURN REG FOR DISPATCHER
ISTTIXSZ 4
ISTVTIIK 2 VTAMRPTASK 10
ISTPHNM 5 PHASE NAME OF TRANSIENT
ISTXl 1 TOl TEP SAVES SIO COND CODE
Bytes 96-99 {X'60'-X'63'J of the system communication region (SYSCOM) contain the address
of VTAM Address Vector Table.

ENTRY IN THE ASYNCHRONOUS PROCESS SCHEDULER (APS) OPTION TABLE

Label Length Description

APSFlAG 1 X'BO' Exit REQ Flag in APSFLAG
3 Reserved
APSCNT 1 Count of VTAM ACBs open
VTAMFlAG 1 X'OI' SUBTSK run key O/SUPSTATE
X'04' VT AM SVC active
X'02' VTAM appendage active
X'OB' VTAM user exit in CTL
X'lO' VTAM timer delay
3 Reserved

IV-94
CHAPTER V
DOS/vSE SERVICE AIOS

OLTEP

Functions:
Diagnosing 110 errors
Verifying 110 device repairs and Engineering Changes
Checking I/O devices

System Generation requirements:

None

Requirements for Execution of OlTEP:

OLTs and coSs available in Core Image Library
Devices to be tested are in 'Ready'-Status
Any real partition having at least 20 K of Storage
If OlTEP runs in a VSE/POWER controlled partition or has to test devices being spooled by
VSE/POWER, please consult the DOS/VSE-OLTEP SRL (GC33-5383) for special recom-
mendations,
JCL to invoke OlTEP:
Statement Comments
IIJOB XXX X Mandatory
1/ ASSGN SYSnnn.X'cuu One ASSGN statement is necessary for each
device tested or accessed by a test. None is re-
quired if the device was permanently assigned.
/I UPSI 01 This statement is necessary if a console device
is available but the testrun definition is to be
entered via the input job stream (SYSIPT).
10 This statement is necessary if READD data input
is contained on diskette.
11 This statement is used when both of the above

/I EXEC IJZADOLT,
REAL,ISIZE=NKI
options are being used.
Mandatory, OlTEP will run only in real.
Size = parameter must be minimum of 20K.
This will allow a 4K OlT to execute.
I
If OlTs larger than 4K are to be run, the
SIZE", parameter must specify a size equal to
16K plus the size of the alT. The size spe
cified must be multiple of 2K.
dev/test/optl This statement is included if the testrun defini
tions are entered via the input job stream.
I" Mandatory
1& Mandatory

Table of Options
Option Entry Description
Testing Tl(n) Recycle the test. If you specify a value (nl. Ol TEP runs the test
loop NTl the number of times indicated. If you do not specify a value, the
test cycles 10 times. The maximum value allowed is 32,767 deci
mal. (See note 1)
Error loop EL(n) Authorizes any error loop coded in the OlT to be executed the
ELII) specified number of times. If you specify a value (nl. the test
NEL loops the number of times indicated. If you do not specify a
value, the test loops the number of times indicated in the preface
of the alT. If you specify the character 1, a flag is set which
indicates to the OlT, that it must loop indefinitely on the error.
You can terminate the loop by specifying NEl following are
quest for communications. (See note 1)
Print PR Print messages from the alT. If you enter NPR, all messages
NPR originated by the Ol T and normally designated for SYSlST are
supressed. (See note 2)
Error Print EP Print diagnostic error messages from the alT. The FE option
NEP overrides NEP when a first error is encountered (once per
section). (See note 3)

5-01
OLTEP ( .... Cont'd)

Table of Options (. ... Cont'd)

Option Entry Description
Control CP Print OLT start and termination messages on SYSLST and
Print NcP SYSLOG.
Parallel PPln) Use the console device, in addition to SYSLST for OL T messages.
Print NPP Four levels of print are available on the parallel printer by enter-
ing one of these numbers at (n).
0: HEADER only
1: HEADER, DESCRIPTION and COMMENTS
2: HEADER and RESULTS
3: HEADER, DESCRIPTION, COMMENTS and RESULTS
First error FE Forces a communications interval when the first error is encount
Communica- NFE erecl. (See note 3.) A message is printed indicating the test being
tions run and the device being tested. This is followed by the
01El05D message that allows you to:
Change the device andlor test fields.
Continue the test by entering RD1:1 I I' or RD1:1 I(Option
change)!'.
Enter any OLTEP verb.
Cancel OLTEP by entering RD1:CANCEL'.
There cannot be a first error communication if a console device
is not available.
Manual MI Informs the OLT section to run all manual intervention routines
J ntervention NMI within the test request. (Manual Intervention and RE are mutu-
ally exclusive options.)
Trace TR Trace all functions called by OLT. )See note 4)
NTR
EXT=: EXT=: Information following this option is passed to the OLT section
by way of a 56-byte buffer. This information must be the last
entry in the option field and can contain any character but
a slash.
EXAMPLE:
R01,'181/2400CITL,EXT=BLOCK 4FFPRINT/'
BLOCK 4FFPRINT goes into a buffer area within OLTEP and
then passes on to the OLT section.
The default options are underlined.
Note 1: The FE option overrides the TL and EL options, unless NPR is also in effect.
However if you enter R 01:1 II' or R O1:II(option change)/' at a first error
communications interval, the TL and EL OPtions, if specified, are in effect.
Note 2: NPR without EL andlor TL is ignored.
Note 3: Error print and FE are ignored if no print and either EL or TL are specified.
Note 4: Routine-to routine linkage is not traced. Do not attempt to use Trace function
when SYSLST is assigned to the test device.

5.(J2
OLTEP ( , , ' , Cent'dl

Example of OLTEP Operation (in BG but can also run in foreground)

BG assgn sys001,x'181'
BG
BG ~~s~~es:~~~~~:~~e~;,size=nK
(minimurt20K)
OLTEP is loaded into the
background partition I
BG EI021 OLTS RUNNING
BG E1341 WARNING - DASD VOLUME LABELED CEPACK NOT
PROTECTED FROM WRITE
BG E1071 OPTIONS ARE NTL,NEL,NPP,FE,NMI,EP,CP,PR,NTR
BG 01EI05D ENTERnDEV/TEST/OPT '4 I
Initial communications interval I
BG r 01 ,'181/2400al I' OLTEP finds a nonstandard labeled I
BG El191 NON-STANDARD TAPE LABEL 01Bl tape mounted on the test device
BG 04E139D REPLY B TO BYPASS,R TO RETRY,P TO PROCEED IMAY DESTROY DATAl
BG r 04,'p'
BG E1581 S T2400A $ UNIT 0181
.-------i Error encountered I
BG E1291 FIRST ERROR COMMUNICATION T2400A 001 UNIT 0181
BG E1071 OPTIONS ARE NTL,NEL,NPP,FE,NMI,EP,CP,PR,NTR
BG 01EI05D ENTERDEV/TEST/DPTI First error communications
BG r 01, '1821 Infe,tl (2)/'
BG E1581 *T T2400A 5 UNIT 0181
interval I
BG E1581 S T2400A 5 UNIT 0182
BG E1SBI T T2400A S UNIT 0182
BG E 15BI S T2400A S UNIT 0182
.-------i Console interrupt key pressed
I
BG E1071 OPTIONS ARE TL,NEL,NPP,NFE,NMI,EP,CP,PR,NTR
BG 01EI05D ENTERnDEV/TEST/OPT.
~ !nterrupt communications
BG R 01, '/2400c,e/ntl I'
BG E1581 *T T2400A 5 UNIT 0182
Interval I
BG E1581 S T2400C 5 UNIT 0182
BG E1581 T T2400C 5 UNIT 0182
BG E15BI S T2400E S UNIT 0182
BG E1581 T T2400E $ UNIT 0182
BG EI071 OPTIONS ARE NTL,NEL,NPP,FE,NMI,EP,CP,PR,NTR
BG 01El0SD ENTER--DEV/TEST/OPT/_
BG rOl,'cancel'
Test completion
communications interval I
I
BG 1100A READY FOR COMMUNICATIONS

Storage Layout

OLTEP
Resident Area
(nucleus)
Transient Manager,
r
8K

Tables, Constants, etc.

1
OLTEP
Transient Area
IJZACOMP,
r
4K
IJZADOO3,
etc.
1 20K I Minimum)
Partiti
LOGSCAN
Input Buffer
(allocated if
r
4K
partition is
20K or larger)
1
OLT Area
T2400A,
T24008,
T2311H,
i
4K

T2702A,
etc.
1
5-03
OS/vS, OOS/VSE, VM/370 - EREP
(Environmental Recording, Editing and Printing)

The service aid program lFCEREPl can be used to retrieve all or selected records from the input
data setfs), edit the records. and write them to any specified output device supported by the
Sequential Access Method (SAM). A direct access device may be required for allocation of a tem-
porary work data set.

Executing IFCEREPl
Program IFCEREPl is the main execution routine for running EREP. The parameters may be
specified only via card (SYSIPT) input.
The operator should execute the ROD command prior to running EREP from SYSAEC.

Executing fFCQFFLD
Program IFCOFFLD is a special purpose load of EREP modules which is provided for clearing
SYSREC, under emergency conditions, without losing the data recorded thereon.
There are no parameters allowed when executing IFCOFF LD.
SY$REC is input.
SYS009 is the history output data set logical unit number.
System Summary Report is printed.
If message IFCl191 is received, alter the SIZE paramter on the II EXEC card and, if necessary,
alter the partition size.

EREP Functions
EREP Basic Functions EREP Reporting Functions
1. Create an Accumulation data 1. System Summary Reporting
set from the SYSREC data set.
2. Trends Reporting
2. Crear SYSREC.
3. Event History Reporting
3. Copy an Input Accumulation
4. Media Error Statistics Reporting
data set to an Output Accumu
lation data set. 5. Threshold Reporting
4. Merge data from an Accumula 6. Record detail andlor Summary
tion data set and SYSREC. Reporting
5. Format Reliability Measure 7. RDE Summary Reporting
ment data. 8. Offload
6. Print detail description of hard
ware error records.
7. Summarize and print statistics
for device failures.

5-04
EREP I . Cont'd)

JeL for EREP

Statement Usage
/I JOB EXAMPLE This statement initiates the job.
/I TLBL HISTINT These Job Control Statements are used to pro-
cess History Input. Either History Input or
/I OLBL
~~~~~~~XXXX"
SYSREC Input or both must be processed each
II EXTENT .. XXXX,XX ' IFCEREPl execution. The ASSGN statement
/I ASSGN SYS008,cuu must always be used for History Input. The
TLBL is used for Tape resident History Input;
the DLBL and EXTENT for Disk resident
History Input.
/I TLBL HISTOT These Job Control Statements are used to create
0' a History Output data set. The TLBL statements
/I DLBL HISTOD is used for Tape resident History Output; the
/I EXTENT SYS009,XXXX,1 "XXXX.XX I DLBL and EXTENT statements are used for
/I ASSGN SYS009,cuu Disk resident History Output.
/I ASSGN SYS001,cuu These Job Control Statements are used to define
/I DLBL. IJSYSOl the temporary work data set on a direct access
/I EXTENT SYS001,XXXX,l.,XXXX,XX 1,1 device. These statements are necessary when a
History Input data set is read. J EXTENT and
DLBL statements should not be necessary as
SYSOOl should already be defined for the link-
age editor. The standard SYSOOl EXTENT
should provide enough space for most I FCEREPl
executions; at any rate, enough space must be
allocated to store all records selected from the
input data set(s).
/I EXEC PGM==IFCEREP1,SIZE==64K This statement specifies the program name to be

I
executed. The minimum virtual region size for
DOS/VSE is lOOK. The default GETVIS area of
36K is specified.
The following system logical units are used by IFCEREPl but should already be assigned.
SYSREC The assignment for the System Recording Data
Set must already be made.
SYSLST Both message output and report output are sent
to this logical unit.
SYSLOG If SYSLST is unavailable, a termination message
is written to the console.
SYSIPT IFCEREPl input parameters and control cards
are input to this required system logical unit.
1 Ask your system programmer how to code EXTENT statements.
2. DISKWRK must be a ONE EXTENT Data Set.
3 RDESUM and PRINT==NO do not require the Work Data Set for History Input.

logical Units Required by Function

EREP Keywords
Logical Units
ACC=Y HIST=Y MERGE=Y ROESUM=Y ALL HIST=N
OTHERS
SYS009 X
SYSOOB X X X
SYSOOl X X
SYSREC X X X
SYSLST X X X X X X
SYSLOG X X X X X X
SYSIPT X X X X X X

505
EREP 1 Contd)

EREP Keywords
EREP uses Keyword parameters to determine the functions requested and any restrictions placed
on the records to be processed. The default value is underlined. where applicable. Multiple para-
meters within one Keyword have to be seperated by commas. Keywords which have operands
Y or N may be abbreviated to the Keyword only to imply the Y value, o.g. ACe implies ACC=Y.
For details please consult OSNS DOS/VSE VM/370-EREP (GC2S-Q772)
Keyword Parameters Purpose

ACCr~}]
Accumulate selected records

Default exceptions are: MES, ROESUM

and THRESHOLO
CPU", (serial.model [,serial.model]) Select CPU by serial number (nnnnnn) and
Maximum of 7 entries model (nnnn)
CPUCUA '" (serial.addr [,serial.addrll Select unique device addresses on a specific CPU
Maximum of 4 entries
CUA'" (entry Lentry}) Select device/control units by unique addresses
Maximum of 8 entries InXX,nnX or nnn where
n"'hex digit and X"'character 'X,
DATE - (VVddd I{;}vvddd)) Date span for selected records
Single date or date range
DEV' (type I.type)) Select device type Innnn or nnXX
Maximum of 8 entries where X'" character 'X')
DEVSER '" (serial [,serial]) Select device serial numbers Innnnnn),
Maximum of 8 entries 13410/3420 devices only)

EVENTH~] Provide an event history report

Indication for input data set

HIST[-G}]
Default exception is: RDESUM
LlBADR .. address Select records by line interface base address
(XXXX - hexadecimal)
LlNECT=nnn Number of Lines to be printed on a page
Number of lines (nnn - decimal)
Default'" 50 lines
Allows selection by channel/unit address and
MES[-G}] volume serial number (3410/3420 only)

MERGE [-G}] Allows merging of EREP input

IAccumulation data set + SVSA EC)
MOD'" (model [,model]) Select specific CPU-models (nnn or nnnn)
Maximum of 4 entries
Select format of printout (see Note 2)

PRINT{a}

ROESUM H~}] Allows printing of ROE-information from IPL

SHORTH~}]
Allows suppression of detail printing of OBR-
records
Select records by fault symptom code
SYMCDE { n
nnX.
(33XXDASDs only)
n}
nnXX n :: hexadecimal digit
nXXX X '" character 'X'

SYSUM [-{~}] Allows printing of a system summary report

TABSIZE:: nnnK Specify size of internal sort table

Default'" 4K for OOS/VSE
TERMN::name Select records by terminal name (VTAM only)

5.(J6
EREP ( ... Cant'd)

EREP Keywords (.... Cont'd)

Keyword Parameters Purpose
TH RESHOLD - (xxx,YYY) Specify threshold value for temporary readl
write errors (3410/3420 only)- decimal digits
TIME' Ihhmm{;} hhmml Time span for select~ records

TRENDS ['G}] Generate a Trends report

TYPE'[C] [D] [E] [I] 1M] [0] [T] Select re~r~'.;:; by lneir type (see note 1)
VOLlD'" (volser(,volser]) Select records by volume serial number
Maximum 4 entries (3410/3420/33XX only) - 1 to 6 alphameric
charact"!rs

ZERO ['G}] Clear SYSREC after processir,g

Note 1
Record types
Code Meaning Selection Keywords"
C CCH CPUCUA,CUA
D DDR CPUCUA,CUA,DEV
E EOD
I IPL
M MCH ERRORID
o OBR CPUCUA,CUA,DEV ,SYMCD E,TE RM N, VO LI D,D !:VSE R
T MDR CPUCUA,CUA,DEV, L IBAD R, VO LI 0
Other selection keywords apply to all record types

Note 2
SU
PS
PT
Suppress
Print full
Suppress
full printing (print summary only)
record and summary
summary printing (print full record only)
I
NO Suppress full printing and summary printing

5-07
EREP I . Cont'd)

Keyword Parameter Specifications not accepted by EREP IX=Conflicting Parameters)

.: ffi a: w
w w
t; N

'" " "a: ~:;"

:J I- Z
lJ
lJ
:J
lJ
~
.:
:J
W
I- > >
.: w w
<II
Iii .,.:" w
z ffi 0
lJ
~
.:
:;
w w :::; 0
ffi :; ~ 0 ffi "
Keyword .: ~ r :::; :::; :; :; :I:
l- I- ;:: I- > N
ACC
lJ lJ 0
" "x <II

CPU x x x
CPUCUA x x x x x
CUA x x
DATE x
DEV x' x' x
DEVSER x x x' x x x x x x
HIST x x
LlBADR x' x x x x x
LlNECT
MERGE x
MOD x x x x
SHORT x
SYMCDE x x x x
TABSIZE
TERMN x x x x x
TIME x
TYPE x
VOLID x x x x
ZERO x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Notes: I DeVices 3410 andlor 3420 are allowed.
l Device 3705 is allowed.

EREP Functions with al1owOIble Keyword Specifications Ix = Allowable):

Input
~eyword
Selection utput Control
:J .: a: a: w w
:J 0 Z w l- I- N
" '"
W
W
" :; w w :::;
,.'" ffi ;::'"
lJ a: ~
~ 0
~~~i~f5
lJ <II
.: ~
0 I-
.: i;; >
"> :;ffi
l- lJ 0
~ ffi
:J
:::; .:
:J w :::; 0 <II lJ Z
~ r .: :I:

EVENT
lJ
" "" '" <II I-
x x x x
U) l- N

MES] x x Xl X x x x x X
PRINT=PS x x x x x xXXXXXXI
PRINT=-PT x x x x x X X X X X X X X X X X X X Xl
PRINT=SU x X Xl
PRINT=NQ x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X Xl
RDESUM
SYSUM x'
TRENDS x x x x
TH RESHOLD x x x x2 X x x
Notes: I ZERO is acceptable only when no selective parameters are requested and a full print or
Accumulation data set is generated.
2 Devices 3410 and/or 3420 are: allowed.
3PRINT = PT, PS, or SU is allowed.

During an execution of EREP one of the above functions is performed. The default function is
PRINT=su which is underscored and generates summary reports for all data contained on
SYSREC; this is the feaulted input.

5.(J8
EREP ( Con,'d)

EXAMPLES FOR AN EREPRUN,

(For further examples please consult OSIVS, DOSIVSE, VM/370EREP (GC28077211

1) Generating a System Summary Report from SYSREC

In this example:
All data on SYSREC is summarized for the System Summary Report.
All records on SYSREC are written to an Accumulation data set and SYSREC is cleared.
II JOB EREP
/I TLBL HISTOT
II ASSGN SYSOO9.TAPE
II EXEC IFCEREPI
SYSUM
I'
1&
The TLBL and ASSGN statements define the History Output Data Set which resides on magnetic
tape (Accumulation Data Setl.
The messages generated by EREP and the System Summary Report will be written to the device
assigned to SYSLST,
The EXEC statement specifies that EREP isto be run.
The SYSUM parameter read from SYSIPT specifies that a System Summary Report is to be
generated. Effective defaults are ACC=Y and ZERO=Y; therefore, SOR records are dumped to
SYSREC before data retrieval is begun.

21 Printing selected records from an Accumulation data set

In this example:
All ODR and OBR records for 33XXdeviceswith specific VOLIOsare printed on SYSLST.
Data are taken from a previously created Accumulation data set (SYS008).
II JOB EREP
II TLBL HISTINT
II ASSGN SYSOOB.TAPE
II EXEC IFCEREPl
I
TYPE=DO. PRINT=PS. ACC=N. DEV=(33XX)
VOLlO=( SYSRES. WORK41. PVTVSE)
I'
1&
The TLBL and ASSGN statements define the History Input Data Set which resides on magnetic
tape (Accumulation data sed.
TYPE=DO specifies that DDR and OBR records are to be printed.
PRINT=PS specifies full record an summary printing.
ACC=N specifies that no accumulation has to take place.
DEV=33XX specifies that only 33XX-related records are to be printed.
VOLlO=(SYSRES, . 1 specifies that only records related to the given VOLlDs are to be printed.

5.09
GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS USEO IN EREP OUTPUT

BYTES RDISRCHD Megabytes Read/Searched

CCH Channel Check Record
CCH-CRH CCH-Channel Reconfiguration Hardware
CCH-INC CCH Incomplete Record
CHNl Channel
CKorCHK Check
CMDorCMND Command
CNTRl Control
CNTRlR Controller
COMP/MOD Component/Module
CONS+UR Console plus Unit Record
CORA Correctable
CSECTID Control Section Identification
CSW Channel status word
C.U. Control Unit
CUA Channel-control unit-device address
DATA CKS CORA/ATAY Data checks correctable/retry
DDR Dynamic Device Reconfiguration Record
DDROPR DOR-Operator Requested
DDRSYS DDR-System Requested
EDD End-of-Day Record
EQUIP Equipment
EROS Error Recording Data Set (SYS1.LOGREC for OSIVS, SYSREC
for DOS/vSE, Recording Cylinders for VM)
ERAOPS Error Operations
FMT Format
HDR SEA Header(tape)/serial number of drive that created tape
ID Identification
INV Invalid
IPl Initial Program Load
lEN Length
MCH Machine Check Record
MCHTRM MCH-System Terminated
MDA Miscellaneous Data Record
MIH Missing Interrupt Handler Record
MIH-CE MIH-Channel End Pending
MIH-DE MIH-Device End Pending
OBA Outboard Record
OBRDMT OBR-Dismount Record
OBR-EOD OBR End of day
OBA-PRM OB R-Permanent error record
OBA-SHT OBR-Short Record
OBA-TMP OBR-Temporary Error
OVEARN Over run
OVEARUN CODA/CODA Overrun Command Data/Command Data
PERM Permanent
PRGM INT Program Initiated
PROGEC Program-Extended Control Mode
PSW Program Status Word
RCYAYXIT Recovery Exit module
A EC-TYP Record Type
RTN Routine
SCP System Control Program
SEEKS CNTR/HH Seek errors Cylinder Track/Head
SFT Software Record
SFTABN SFT-ABENO record
SFTMCH SFT-Machine Error, recoverable
SFT-PI SFT-Program Interrupt
SFT-RST SFT-Restart
SSYS 10 Sub-system Identification
TEMP Temporary
TEAM Terminal
WRTS Writes

Note: Most other abbreviations are meant only for the Customer Engineer, and are not
meaningful to other personnel, even in translation.

5-10
SDAIDS

General
The DOS/VSE SDAI D provides all of the functions that have been available with programs PDAID
and SDAI 0 under DOS/VS Releases 34 and before, plus a number of additional functions.

Requirements
DOS/VSE
SDAID virtual space 100 KBytes
SDAID BASIC real space 11 KBytes

Restrictions
Time dependent programs may not be debugged.

How to execute SDAID from the OPERATOR Console

SDAI D provides a prompting facility, which will assist you in entering the control commands,
needed by SDAID.
To request a prompting information, you should enter a question mark (7 I in response to
SDAIDs promting message. If you had made an error in control commands, key in two question
marks (7 7) and hit END/ENTER. This causes SDAID cancel all control commands.

The following isan example in which SDAID is used to trace SID activities.
SDAID will be started by entering in attention routine (AR) the command.
SDAID 0
4C051 Processing of 'SDAID' Command Successful
TRACE 0
4C08D Specify TRACE Type.+
5100

I
4C08D Specify Type of 10/510 TRACE. +
UNIT 0
4C08D Specify Unit Address(esl. +
02C 0
4C08D Specify Output. +
CCW 0
4C08D Specify Occurrence Range. +
o
4C08D Specify 'HALT' or 'NOHAlT' or Press END/ENTER.
o
4COSD Specify Termination Options. +
o
4C051 Processing of 'TRACE' Command Successful
OUTDEV P=:E 0
4C051 Processing of 'OUTDEV' Command Successful
READY 0
4C051 Processing of 'READY' Command Successful
STRTSD 0
4C051 Processing of 'STRTSD' Command Successful

Note: 0 == Operator Presses END/ENTER Key.

SDAID ( .... Cant'd)

Add'1 info re-

quested by SDAID
Command Summary of purpose Y"
AREA Establishes the address range within which the occurence
of the specified event (s) is (are) to be traced. An AR EA
command may be overridden by the area definition of a
TRACE command. but only for the event(s) specified in
that TRACE command. If, for an SOAr D session, no
AREA command is submitted, you must provide an area
definition in each of your TRACE commands for the
session.
OUTDEV Establishes the method of trace information output.
The command is mandatory.
TRACE Establishes the program event(s) to be traced. At least
one TRACE command must be entered per SDAID
session; up to ten different trace commands may be sub-
mitted per SDAIO session.
The command is mandatory.
READY Ends SDAID initiation command input (AREA, OUTDEV,
and TRACE commands, which must precede the READY
command).
The command is mandatory.
STRTSD Starts SDAI D execution. The command may follow the
READY command or a STOPSD command, if one was
entered.
The command is mandatory.
STOPSD Stops SDAIO execution. The command is optional.
If entered, it must follow a STRTSO command.
ENDSD Ends SOAI D execution. The command must be issued at
the end of an SOAIO session; it requests SDAID to
release all system resources that the program used during
the preceding session.
Summary of available SDAIO commands
Note: For more information and detailed description of SDAI D refer to the
DOStvSE Serviceability Aids and Debugging Procedures.

S-12
en
SPECIFY TRACE AREA. ~
SPECI FY TYPE OF LIMITS.
a
SPECI FY ADDITIONAL TRACE AREA.
p"t;t;on-;d + OFF", [~~E:~~~~:~~E~~~~~E~
reladdrl : *
reladdrl :reladdr2
~ I
,~~illr-; b'
~
sv~J
~PECIFY ADDRESS RANGE.

ADDrCsS~addrl:" ~l
Bddrl :addr2

PHase .r-SPECIFY NApS;~ASE 'E~~~~~.S~T_~~~~

w
reladdrl:* ~I

i:-E
reladdrl :relarldr2

PECIFY LIMITS OF SUPERVISOR AREA.

PECIFY ADDRESS RANGE.
Supvr ADDress ------0:*, .,;
addrl:* ~
<lddrl :addr2

PTA ~

ALL----ADDress
-E PECIFY ADDRESS RANGE.
-------0:*------
addrl:*
addrl :addr2
~
.,;

Specification path diagram for the AREA command

-
SDAID (.... Cont'd)

trace
SPECI FY TRACE TYPE.
Branch--------------------------,
Buffer------------'f6'\. Occurence
k/ definition
Cancel-------------------------+i
ExTernal------------jf4'\ Trace-output
L.:.J definition

~
SPECIFY O.P CODES OR '.'
INST,--~->----
op codes---1

. 1 0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 0 1/0 definition

MONitorcatt
E .
SPECIFY MONITOR CAll ClASS(ES) OR '.'
monito;class+rist---1

""--f;~:~;';j' ~"~
HDl
REO

PGMCheck
E SPECIFY PGM INTRRPT CODE(S) OR "'.
p,me'eodes----1

PGMlo,d 1t SPECIFY PGMlOAD TRACE OPTIONS.

C:~~I~:::~_E:~ ~~Art=~
BE_M:~~T~~.E_D_~R_P~:SS END/ENTER.
~HDl
'g phasename
( )
REO
[SPECIFY REGISTER NUMBER(S) OR '.'
.------------------>1
E
REGISTER
SPECIFY RE~ISTER PATTERN.
reg-numbers - 0-------,------+1

~:~:;~~ patternZ--.J
SI0-----------....,01/0definition

STorage [.:~:~~~~~~~~E-P-A-TTT-E-RN-.------------_>1
pattern

SVC--+-
_ _ _ __E
SPECIFYS.VC NUMBER(S) OR "'.

svc-numbers------1

V T A M B U - - - - - - - - - - - 1 f 4 ' Trace output

L.:.J definition
.,-SPECIFY PARTITION 10.
VTAMIO--i---partition id--0 1/0 definition

Specification path diagram for the TRACE command

5-14
area
'"o
;p
SPECIFY TRACE AREA.
;;

-E
SPECIFY TYPE OF LIMITS.
PECIFY OFFSET RANGE. [SPECIFY ADDITIONAL TRACE AREA .
+ partition-id II + OFFset -------0:*.. -----0------ 0 g
i I~T~JJ
reladdrl:* ,
"1'dd'''''I'dd'2=-:i
. L;v~.J ~
c::;,SPECIFY ADDRESS RANGE.

ADDress~addrl:* .. I
<lddrl :addr2

PHase
.r-SPECIFY NAp~~,~:'~~ASE. .~~~~~.S~T_~~~~
~
reladdrl:* .. I

-E-E
~
reladdrl :reladdr2

PECIFY LIMITS OF SUPERVISOR AREA.

SPECIFY ADDRESS RANGE.
Supvr ADDress ------0:*, .. ;
addrl:* ~
addrl :addr2

PTA ..

ALL----ADD",,--i0~~E-C.':-Y-A~~~~: ~NGE. ;
addrl:* ~
addrl :addr2

Specification path diagram for the TRACE command

-
SDAID ( ... Cont'd)

SPECIFY OUTPUT.
------------------ 0------------
OUTPut G R e g - - - - - - - -.....-'-i

CReg:========~
FRog
COMReg'--------.t
SYSCom--------+i

IOTa:~========~
LTA
PTA
PIB---------+i
CCB--------~

CCW~~~~~~~~~~
CCWO
TOO
.LOcor.
Supvr---------+i
BUffer SPECIVY

RDUMP
VDump
DUMP/RDUMP AREA
dump definition

,"!'

SPECIFY OCCURRENCE RANGE.

PECIFY

~
HALT OR NOHALT OR PRESS ENTER
SPECIFY

------1,. n __ n -n-NOHALT n n l [~:~~I~I

vall:val2 HALT TERMinate

f
Specification path diagram for the TRACE command

PECIFY OUTPUT DEVICE.

,SPECIFY SIZE OF WRAP BUFFER
L -tPECIFY OUTPUT OEVICE FOR BUFFER.
outdev Buffer nn --~.;;;~;Y~;;_Y~~C~~;;:D-D~~SOF PRINTER/TA~E.
Printer cuu t
Tape
Printer-----.t
Tape-----+'
Specification path diagram for the OUTDEV command

516
MAINTAIN SYSTEM HISTpRY PROGRAM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 - MSHP General Information
The Purpose of MSHP
Installation Support by MSHP
The Need for a System History
MSHP Processing Overview
Installing a System
The History Files

Chapter 2 - Installation Activities

Install System Online
Prepare for Tapeless Configurations (New System)
Prepare for Tapetess Configurations (Component)
Save your Current System History File
Obtain an Installation Verification List
Procedure 1: New System to Current SYSRES from Tape
Procedure 2: New System to Current SYSRES from DISK
Procedure 3: New System to nevi SYSRES from TAPE
Procedure 4: New System to nev.t SYSRES from DISK
Standalone Procedure
Install Totel Component to SYSRES
Install Total Component to Private Libraries
Install Part Component to SYSRES
Install Part Component to Ne'N Private Libraries
Install Part Component to Existing Private Libraries
Install a Feature to SYSRES
Install a Feature to Private Libraries
Install a Release 34 Component

Chapter 3 - Service Activities

Apply a Single PTF
Apply Cumulative PTFs
Apply Corequisite PTFs
Record a Local FIX
I
Apply PTFs of the Release 34 MSHP Format

Chapter 4 - MSHP Control Statements

Natational Conventions
Function Control Statements
Detail Control Statements

517
MAINTAIN SYSTEM HISTORY PROGRAM ( .. Cont'd)

THE PURPOSE OF MSHP

MSHP, an integral part of the DOS/VSE System Control Programming (DOS/vSE SCP), provides
functions to:
Install programming support.
Apply corrections to existing programming support.
Record insta.llation and service activities in a system history file in order to reflect the current
status of your operational system.
Automatically compare on operational system's history with IBM-supplied information on
requirements for installing additional programming support or applying corrections to the
installed programming support.
Print various types of listings based on your system's history.
For an effective system service, it is important to use the functions available through MSHP.
Function Control Statements and Detail Control Statements not described in this Handbook are
for internal use of IBM Software Support Personnel.

INSTALLATION SUPPORT BY MSHP

Prerequisites for installing different types of program packages vary_ IBM program packages are
designated as:
System (for example, DOS/VSE SCP)
Product (for example, System Installation Productivity Offering)
Component (for example, DOS/VS RPG II)
Feature (for example, VSE/Advanced Functions).
You are informed in the transmittal letter of the type of programming support the shipment
contains, and can then proceed with the installation in accordance with the applicable MSHP
procedure provided in this Handbook.

THE NEED FOR A SYSTEM HISTORY

For an efficient and successful installation of a program package, it is essential that the history
file of your operational system truly reflectS"the status of the system, and that prerequisite
programming support requirements are met.

MSHP Processing Overview

5-18
MSHP ( .... Cont'd)

INSTALLING A SYSTE'"
The DOS/VSE SCP is dis:r-:; ~ :::-:: : ~ - ~~:'.8tic tape or disk; the system's change status is reflected
in its accompanying system !"'.-s::~,' e. Depending on the configuration of your system, you
install DOS/VSE SCP star:=~::,;;:" ::r:I:r:e.
Standalone
If your system operates with DOS VS Release 34 or an earlier release level, MSHP is not yet part
of your system. Consequently, the ~.'.sHP-provided installation support is not available to you.
For initial installation of DOSIVSE SCP, it is therefore necessary that you install the system
standalone.
Standalone installation also applies if your system is configured without D,OS/VS or DOS!VSE,
For detailed information on standalone installationlgeneration, refer to DOSIVSE System
Generation.
Online - see Installation Activities: INSTALL SYSTEM ONLINE

THE HISTORY FILES

MSHP uses two types of history files:
The System History File
The Auxiliary History File
The system history file is part of the IBMdistributed system and is maintained under the file
name IJSYSHF on the logical unit SYSREC. The file should be defined by a permanent entry in
the system standard label area:
II OLBL IJSYSHF, 'DOS.SYSTEM.HISTORY.FILE',99/365
II EXTENT SYSREC,serial-number, 1,O,relative track,number of tracks
The above statements define an area for the system history file; this area is expiration-date pro-
tected just like the SYSRES file.
The auxiliary history file is maintained under the file name IJSYS02 on the logical unit SYS002.
If an auxiliary history file is carried over from one system to another code the following MSHP
control statements to have MSHP create label definitions in the label area:
DEFine History EXTent=numberl :number2 Unit=SYSnnn-
I D='DOS.AUXI LIARY.H ISTORY .FI LE'
I
INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES
Install System Online
Online installation can be done only under the control of an operational DOS!VSE that includes
MSHP and a current system history.
If your installation does not include magnetic tape drives, you may produce a disk volume as
shown under "Prepare for Tapeless Configurations".
You may save your installations current history by executing the job given under "Save Your
Current System History File".
You may want to verify the installation. Use the FETRACE function of MSHP as shown under
"Obtain an Installation Verification List"; execute the job on completion of the installation steps.

Prepare for Tapeless Configurations (New System)

This procedure may be used to produce, from the IBM-supplied magnetic tape that contains
DOS/vSE, a disk volume that can then be used to install the system from disk.
II JOB RESTORE DISTRIBUTION TAPE
II ASSGN SYS006,cuu Input unit for distribution tape
II ASSGN SYS005,cuu Disk pack
II DLBL IJSYSRS:DOS.SYSRES.FILE.'99/365,SD
II EXTENT SYSRES,SYSRES,.
II EXEC RESTORE
AL LOC CL =ccc(ttl. R L=ccc(ttl.SL =ccc(tt) ,P L"'ccc(tt)
I"
II ASSGN SYS002,cuu History file space
II EXEC MSHP
RESTORE HIST AUX
DEF HIST AUX EXT= number1 :number2 History file copy on disk
IO='OOS.SYSTEM.H ISTO RY. FILE'
I"
1&

5-19
MSHP ( Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES ( .. Cont'd)

Prepare for Tapeless Configuration (Component)

This procedure may be used to produce, from the IBM-supplied magnetic tape that contains
DOSIVSE, a disk volume that can then be used to install the component from disk.
/I JOB RESTORE DISTRIBUTION TAPE
/I ASSGN SYS006,cuu Input unit for distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYS007, cuu Output unit for pel
1/ ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu Output unit for PRL
II ASSGN SYS009,cuu Output unit for PSL
/I ASSGN SYS002.cuu Auxiliary history file
II EXEC MSHP
RESTORE DTAPE
DEF ellB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3
DEF ALiB PRIV EXT=numherl:number2 DIR=number3
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2
I"
1&
Save Your Current System History File
It is recommended to keep a copy of the current system history file for future control purposes;
you may use the BACKUP or the COPY function of MSHP. Enter the following statements before
commencing with Step 1 of the installation procedure.
II JOB SAVE HISTORYFILE
II EXEC MSHP
COPY HISTORY SYSTEM AUXILIARY
DEFINE HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2.
r
1&
Obtain an Installation Verfication list
To obtain the printout (on SYSLST), execute:
II JOB RETRACE
II EXEC MSHP
RETR If a system overview is desired
RETRCOMP If a retrace on components is desired
RETR FEAT If a retrace on features is desired
I"
1&

PROCEDURE 1: NEW SYSTEM TO CURRENT SYSRES FROM TAPE

All install functions must be executed in the background partition (BG).
Instead of using this procedure, it is recommended to use procedure 3 ("New System to New
SYSRES from Tape") with a backup and restore step added at the end of that procedures. The
following shows the backup job that would be required; it produces a standalone restore version.
For the standalone restore job, refer to DOSNSE System Generation.
/I JOB BACKUP
/I ASSGN SYS006,cuu Tape
/I ASSGN SYS005,cuu NewSYSRES
II DLBL IJSYSRS:DOS.SYSRES.FILE'
/I EXTENT SYS005
/I EXEC BACKUP
SA Standalone restore
1&

520
MSHP ( , , , , Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES __ Cont'd)

Step 1. Restore the Distribut:o:'1 Tz=~ to Disk

Mount the IBM-supplied distribution tape on the device assigned to SYSQ06. Then execute the
following job.
/IJOB INSTALL NEW SYSTEM
/IASSGN SYS006,cuu Distribution tape
/IASSGN SYS005,cuu Disk for new SYSRES (see Note 11
IIASSGN SYSOO2,cuu Auxiliary history file
/IASSGN SYSOO7,UA
/IASSGN SYSOOB,UA
/IASSGN SYS009,UA
/IEXEC MSHP
INSTALL SYSTEM FRQMTAPE
DEF CL SYS EXT=:number2 DIA=number3
DEF RL SYS EXT=:number2 DIR=numher3
OEF SL SYS EXT=:number2 DIR=number3
DEF PL SYS EXT=:number2 DIR=number3
DEF LABELAREA EXT=number2 May be specified for F8A DASDs
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl:number2-
I O='OOS,AUX,H ISTORY, FILE'
I"
1&
Note 1: The disk for the new SYSRES need not be the same as the disk for the SYSRES of the
running system, however, it must be of the same device type.
On completion of Step 1:

I
The system libraries have been restored from the distribution tape to the disk assigned as the
new SYSRES volume.
The history file supplied on the distribution tape has been restored to the auxiliary history file
(assigned as SYS002) on the disk assigned as the new SYSRES volume; the history file of your
current system now reflects the status of the new system nerged with the old system; the
components of the old system are flagged as obsolete.

Step 2. System Generation Activities (Procedure 1)

This step consists of a number of system generation activities such as:
Assemble and catalog the SUPERVISOR
Delete unwanted components (see Note below)
Assemble and catalog I/O modules
Note:
If a delete procedure deletes only part of a component, that component's entry is not removed from
the history file. For details or system generation activities, refer to DOSNSE System Generation.

Step 3. Merge the Restored libraries

For this Step all Foreground partitions (FG's) must be inactive. Ensure that user - written pro-
grams with IBM names such as $JOBACCT or $SYSOPEN are saved or renamed. Note that the
Label information cylinder will also be copied; it may, therefore, be necessary to run the system
standard labels again.
/I JOB MERGE NRS to RES
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu
/I OLBL IJSYSRS, 'OOS,SYSRES,FILE'
/I EXTENT SYS002
/I EXECCORGZ
MERGE NRS,RES
COPY ALL
I'
1&

Step 4. Remove Obsolete Entries

Execute this tep if you want that the history file reflects exactly your generated system:
/I JOB REMOVE BACKLEVEL RELEASE ENTRIES
/I EXEC MSHP
REM OBSOLETE (see Notel
I'
1&
Note:
To insure that valid history information is not removed from the history file, do not specify any
other remove options other than OBSOLETE.
5,21
MSHP ( Contd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES ( Contd)

Step 6. Personalize the System History

If the originally defined personalize record for the history file should reflect the new installation
environment (ENV=I. ch,angescan be made by using a job example like the following:
/I JOB PERSONAL
/I EXEC MSHP
PE RS""customer-name' -
ADDR""Location'
PHONE",'Extension'
PROG='Programmer's name' -
ENV='Environment'
r
1&
This function updates the newly installed history file header records.

PROCEOURE 2: NEW SYSTEM TO CURRENT SYSRES FROM DISK

This procedure is identical to procedura1. except for STEP 1 of that procedure, which must be
replaced by the following job.

Step 1. Install the Distribution Disk Volume

For Installation of the IBMsupplied distribution disk volume(s), execute the job example:
/I JOB INSTALL NEW SYSTEM
/I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu Auxiliary history file
/I EXEC MSHP
INSTALL SYSTEM FROM DISK
OEF HIST AUX EXT= number1 :number2-
ID='PID.supplied.id'
I"
1&
On completion of STEP 1 the history file of the current system then reflects the status of the
new system merged with the old system. The componenu of the old system are flagged as
absolete.
At completion of this STEP 1, continue with STEP 2 through 5 of procedure 1.

PROCEDURE 3: NEW SYSTEM TO NEW SYSRES FROM TAPE

Some steps of this procedure are identical to procedure 1; refer to that procedure as indicated
below.

Step 1. Restore the Distribution Tape to Disk

This step is identical to STEP 1 of procedure 1.

Step 2. System Generation Acitivites

This step is identical to STEP 2 of procedure 1.

Step 3. Merge user Program

This step may be used to merge user and other programs (for example,licensed IBM programs)
from the current system to the new SYSRES.
/I JOB MERGE RES TO NRS
/I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu
/I OLBL IJSYSRS:OOS.SYSRES.FILE
/I EXTENT SYS002
/I EXECCORGZ
MERGE RES.NRS
COPYCNEW
COPYR NEW
COPYS NEW
COPYPNEW
I"
1&
The COPY NEW Function copies only those members that do not already exist in the receiving
library.

522
MSHP ( . Cont'd)

)NSTALLATION ACTIVITIES I .... Cont'd)

Step 4. Copy the history file to the ~iEW SYSRES

The updated system history file frem the old pack (RES) is copied to the new SYSRES pack
(NRES) and obsolete entries are removed by the following job example:
/I JOB COpy SYSTEM HISTORY
/I ASSGN SYSO02.cuu
/I EXEC MSHP
REM OBSOLETE
COPY HISTORY SYSTEM AUXILIARY
DEFINE HISTORY AUXILIARY EXTENT=numberl: number2-
ID='DOS.SYSTEM.HISTORY.FILE
r
1&
Step 5, IPL
5.1. IPL from the new system.
5.2. Apply standard labels to the system
If IBM standard labels are not used the following statements should be contained in the labeljob:
/I DLBL IJSYSHF,'DOS.SYSTEM.HISTORY.FILE',99/365,SD (see Note 1)
/I EXTENT SYSREC,SYSRES,',O,numherl,numher2 (see Note 2)
Note 1:
The label information must be identical with the 10 specification given in STEP 4.
Note 2;
number 1, number 2 in the EXTENT statement must be identical with number 1: number2 of
the extent specified in the DEFINE statement of STEP 4.
5.3. ENTER the command SET RF=CREATE

Step 6. Personalize the System History

I
/I JOB PERSONAL
/I EXEC MSHP
PERS='Company name'-
ADDR='Location' -
PHQNE='Extension' -
PROG='Programmer's name' -
ENV='Environment'
I"
1&
This function updates the nevvly installed history file header records.
The PERSONALIZE function may be used to change any information contained in the header
records. MSHP up:lates the field(s) selected by the PERSONALIZE keyword operands.

Step 7. BACKUP the System

/I JOB BACKUP
/I ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu Tape
/IASSGN SYS005,cuu NewSYSRES
/IDLBL IJSYSRS:DOS.SYSRES.FILE
/IEXTENT SYS005
/IEXEC BACKUP
SA Standalone restore
I"
1&
For the standalone restore Job, refer to DOS/VSE System Generation.

PROCEDURE 4: NEW SYSTEM TO NEW SYSRES FROM DISK

This procedUre is identical to procedUre 3 except that in Step 1 (as shown in procedure 1) you:
Omit the assignments for SYS005 and SYS006
Code FROMDISK (instead of FROMTAPE) in the MSHP INSTALL statement.
Omit the Library definitions for CL, RL,SL, and PL.
Omit the define statement for the label area.
In the define statement for the auxiliary history file, use the 10 provided on the PID volume.

523
MSHP (.... Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES I.," Cont'd)

STANDALONE PROCEDURE (Example of Console output)

STEP 1:
* Mount Backup or Distr. tape to ADDR CUlt and make lPL from it.
* When SYSTEM enters WAIT STATE push ATT KEY at Console.
STAND ALONE PROGRAMS LOADED
IF YOU WANT A LlSTING.SPECIFY CUU OF PRINTER
IF NOT, PRESS EOB.
PRESS EOB ALSO, IF BUFFER NOT OR INCORRECTLY LOADED
00,
SPECIFY TYPE OF PRINTER XXXXYY
3211
SPECIFY DATE MM/DD!YY
01/11/79
SPECIFY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING COMMANDS:
FASTCOPY, INITDISK, RESTORE, IN ITEM, SURFANAL, END
restore
SPECIFY ADDRESS OF INPUT DEVICE CUU
2S1
SPECIFY TYPE OF INPUT DEVICE XXXXYY
3420t9
SPECIFY ADDRESS OF SYSRES DISK CUU OR EGB
(pRESS EOB, IF ONLY PRIVATE LIBRARIES ARE TO BE RESTORED)
144
SPECIFY TYPE OF DISK XXXXYY
3330
ANY PRIVATE LIBRARY TO BE RESTORED? YES/NO
no
8A430 TYPE NOVERIFY OR PRESS ENTER FOR WRITE VERIFICATION
noverify
8R01D *** GIVE SYSTEM LIBRARY ALLOCATIONS +**
CL=
SR031 ALLOC DEFAULTS TO 57(9)
RL=
8R031 ALLOC DEFAULTS TO 64(5)
SL=
8R031 ALLOC DEFAULTS TO 5B(2)
PL=
8R031 ALLOC DEFAULTS TO 2(2)
8R12D TYPE DESIRED LABEL FOR LIBRARY
LABEL'"
8R141 FILE to:: DOS.SYSAES.FILE
8R15D TYPE GO IF ALLOCATION IS CORRECT
go
8R191 EQUAL FILE to IN VTOC
DOS.SYSRES.FI LE
8R20D TYPE DELETE OR GIVE A NEW FILE ID
delete
8R141 FILE 10'" DOS.SYSRES.FILE
BR131 EXTENT = TRK 1 TRK 3476
8R351 RESTORE OF SC LIBRARY IN PROGRESS
BR361 RESTORE HAS BEEN SUCCESSFUL
8R351 RESTORE OF SR LIBRARY IN PROGRESS
BR361 RESTORE HAS BEEN SUCCESSFUL
8R351 RESTORE OF SS LIBRARY IN PROGRESS
SR361 RESTORE HAS BEEN SUCCESSFUL
8R351 RESTORE OF SP LIBRARY IN PROGRESS
8R361 RESTORE HAS BEEN SUCCESSFUL
8R371 SYSRES RESTORED (Now the Distribution Tape is
BR3BI RESTORE COMPLETE positioned at the SYSTEM H [STORY
END OF STAND ALONE PROCESSING FILE, ready for RESTORE STEP 3)

524
MSHP (. . Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES I .... Cont'd)

STEP 2,
* IPL from NEW SYSTEM (EXAMPLE ADDR = 144)
* APPLY LABELS30 INCL IJSYSHF'DOS.SYSTEM.HISTORY.FILE'
" ENTER SET RF=CREATE
STEP 3,
" RESTORE SYS HISTORY FILE FROM DISTR TAPE
II JOB RESTORE SYS HIST
II ASSGN SYS006,280 DISTR TAPE
II EXEC MSHP
RESTORE HIST SYS
I"
II MTC RUN,SYS006
1&
STEP 4:
* This Step consists of several SYSGEN Steps
* 1. Delete UNWANTED components
* 2. Assemble and catalog your own SUPVR
* 3. Create a BACKUP
* 4. Restore the SYSTEM
* 5. Include USER Programs and LP's
* 6. Perform DSERV and LSERV
STEP 5:
* Identical to Step 6 of procedure 3
STEP 7,
* CHECK the INSTALLATION by calling a HISTORY DUMP
II JOB DUMP HIST
II EXEC MSHP

I
RETR COMP
DUMPH
I"
1&

INSTALL TOTAL COMPONENT TO SYSRES

Install from Tape or from Disk

To install from tape, use the following job:
IIJOB INSTALL COMPONENT FROM TAPE
IIASSGN SYS006,cuu Distribution tape
IIASSGN SYS007,cuu Output unit for PCL
IIASSGN SYSOOa,cuu Output unit for PRL
IIASSGN SYS009,cuu Output unit for PSL
IIASSGN SYS003,cuu From unit for CORGZ PCL
IIASSGN SYSOO1,cuu From unit for CORGZ PRL
IIASSGN SYSOOD,cuu From unit for CORGZ PSL
IIASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
IIOPTION CATAL
IIEXEC MSHP
INST COMP FROMTAPE MERGE
DEF CUB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2 D1R=number3
DEF RUB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2 DIR=number3
DEF SUB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 D1R=number3
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl:number2
t"
t&
On completion of this step (and after check and verification procedures are satisfied), the IBM-
supplied total component is part of the current system library, and the history file of the total
component is part of the current history file.

525
MSHP (, , , , Con,'d)

INSTALL TOTAL COMPONENT TO SYSRES (,'" Con,'d)

To install from disk, use the following job:

/I JOB INSTALL COMPONENT FROM DISK ,
/I ASSGN SYSOO3,cuu From-unit for CORGZ pel distribution disk
1/ ASSGN SY500',cuu From-unit for CQRGZ PRL distribution disk
/I ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CQRGZ PSL distribution disk
/I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu Auxiliary history file distribution disk
/I OPTION CATAL
IIEXEC MSHP
INST COMP FROMDISK MERGE
DEF CLie PRIV EXT"'numberl :number2
DEF RLIB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2
I"
1&
On completion of this step the IBM-supplied total component is part of the current system
library, and the history file of the total component is part of the current system history file.

INSTALL TOTAL COMPONENT TO PRIVATE LIBRARIES

Refer to these procedures if you want to keep the total component on private libraries.

Install from Tape or from Disk

To install from tape, use the following job:
II JOB INSTALL TOTAL COMPONENT FROM TAPE
II ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu }
/I ASSGN SYSSlB.cuu Existing private libraries
ASSGN SYSClB,cuu
II ASSGN SYS006,cuu Distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYS007,cuu Output unit for PCl
II ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu Output unit for PRl
/I ASSGN SYS009,cuu Output unit for PSl
II ASSGN SYS003,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PCl distribution disk
/I ASSGN SYS001,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PRl distribution disk
II ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PSl distribution disk
II ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
II OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
INST COMP FROMTAPE MERGE
DEF CLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR"'number3 IO='MSHP_PRIV.CLlB'
OEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 OIR=number3 IO='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
OEF SLiB PRIV EXT"'numb erl:number2 OIR"'number3ID='MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
OEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2
r
1&
ASSGN SYSCLB,UA
At completion of this step, the component is on the private libraries as defined and the system
history file reflects the installation of the component.

To install from disk, use the following job:

II JOB INSTALL TOTAL COMPONENT FROM DISK
ASSGN SYSClB,cuu To-unit for CORGZ PCl
/I ASSGN SYSRlB,cuu To-unit for CORGZ PRl
/I ASSGN SYSSlB,cuu To-unit for CORGZ PSl
/I ASSGN SYS003,cuu Fromunit for CORGZ PCl distribution disk
/I ASSGN SYS001.cuu From-unit for CORGZ PRl distribution disk
/I ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PSl distribution disk
/I ASSGN SYS002.cuu Auxiliary history file distribution disk
/I OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
INST COMP FROMDISK MERGE
OEF CLiB PRIV EXT"'numberl :numbe'r210""MSHP.PRIV.CLlB'
OEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2ID='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
OEF SllB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2ID='MSHP.PRIV.SlIB'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl:number2 IO='pid.supplied.id'
r
1&
ASSGN SYSCLB,UA

5-26
MSHP I.. Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES C _.. Cont'd)

INSTALL PARTCOMPONEr'T 70 SYSRES

Some IBM program packages consist of an unlicensed portion of code Ithe "base part") plus the
licensed portion of code (the "sfcor:d part").
To install a "base" part, only Step 1 of this procedure needs to be executed; if the "base" part
and the "second" part are to be installed, Step 1 and Step 2 must be executed.

Install from Tape or from Disk

Step 1. Install Base Part
To install a base part from tape, use the following job:
/I JOB INSTALL BASE COMPONENT PART FROM TAPE (1)
/I ASSGN SYS006,cuu (2) Distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYS007,cuu (2) Output unit for PCl
/I ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu (2) Output unit for PRL
/I ASSGN SYS009,cuu (21 Output unit for PSL
/I ASSGN SYS003,cuu Fromunit CORGZ PCl
/I ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit CORGZ PSL
/I ASSGN SYS001,cuu Fromunit CORGZ PRl
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
/I OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
INST COMP FROMTAPE MERGE (31
OEF CLiB PRIV EXT"'numberl :number2 DIR=number3
OEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 0lR=number3
OEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl:number2
I'
1&
To install a base part from disk, change the above job as follows:

Change in statement III the words "FROM TAPE" to read "FROM DISK".
Omit the assignments indicated by (2).
Change in statement (31 the word "FROMTAPE" to read "FROMOISK".
I
Omit 01 R=number3 in the library definition statements.

Step 2. Install Second Part

To install a second part from tape, use the following job:
/I JOB INSTALL SECOND COMPONENT PART FROM TAPE (II
/I ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu (21 Distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu (2) Output unit for PRL
/I ASSGN SYS009,cuu (2) Output unit for PSL
II ASSGN SYSOOD,cuu From-unit CORGZ PSl
/I ASSGN SYS001,cuu From-unit CORGZ PRL
II ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
/I OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
INST FEATURE F ROMTAPE MERGE (31
DEF RLIB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2 DIR=number3
DEF SLIB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2
r
1&
To install a second part from disk, use the same job as in Step 2 except for the following changes:
Replace statement (11 by:
/I JOB INSTALL SEC COMP PART FROM DISK
Omit the assignments indicated by (21.
Replace statement (31 by:
INSTALL FEATURE FROMDISK MERGE
Omit DIR=number3 in the library definition statements.

5-27
MSHP (. ... Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES C Cont'd)

15. INSTALL PART COMPONENT TO NEW PRIVATE LIBRARIES

Some IBM program packages consist of an unlicensed portion of code (the "base part") plus the
licensed portion of code (the "second part").
To install a "base" part, only Step 1 of this procedure needs to be executed; if the "base" part
and the "second" part are to be installed, Step 1 and Step 2 must be ex~uted.

Install from Tape or from Disk

Step 1. Install Base Part
To install a base part from tape, use the following job:
II JOB INSTALL BASE COMPONENT PART FROM TAPE
II ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu Distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYSOO7,cuu Output unit for PCl
/I ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu Output unit for PRL
/I ASSGN SYS009,cuu Output unit for PSL
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
IIEXEC HSHP
INST COMP FROMTAPE ATTACH
OEF CLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3ID='NEW.PCl'
OEF ALIB PAl V EXT=numberl:number2 DIA=number3 ID='NEW.PRL'
DEF SLIB PAl V EXT=numberl:number2 DIA=number31D='NEW.PSL'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl:number2
I"
1&
To install a base part from disk, use the following job:
II JOB INSTALL BASE COMPONENT PART FROM DISK
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
II EXEC MSHP
INST COMP FROMDISK ATTACH
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl:number2
r
1&
It is assumed that standard labels are applied for the new private libraries before executing
this step.

528
MSHP (, , , Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES (," Cont'd)

Step 2. Install Second Part

To install a second part from tape, use the following job:
/I JOB INSTALL SECOND COMPONENT PART FROM TAPE (1)
/I ASSGN SYS006,cuu (2) Distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYSOOa,cuu (2) Output unit for PRL
/I ASSGN SYS009,cuu (2) Output unit for PSL
/I ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
II ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSRL:NEW,PRL'
/I EXTENT SYSRLB,,1 ,O,number1 ,number2
II DLBL IJSYSSL,'NEW,PSL'
/I EXTENT SYSSLB .. l,D,numberl,number2
II DLBL IJSYSCL,'NEW,PCL'
/I EXTENT SYSCLB.,l.D,numberl.number2
1 Sam. a. ;n the
define statements
in Step 1.

ASSGN SYSCLB,cuu
II ASSGN SYSOOO,CUU} From-libraries for CORGZ
/I ASSGN SYSOO"cuu
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
/I OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
INST FEATURE FROMTAPE MERGE (3)
DEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3 ID='MSHP.PRL'
DEF SUB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3 ID='MSHP.PSL'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numherl :number2
I"
1&
To install a second part from disk, use the same job as in Step 2 except for the following changes:
Replace statement (1) by:
/I JOB INSTALL SEC COMP PART FROM DISK
I
Omit the assignments indicated by (2).
Replace statement (3) by:
INSTALL FEATURE FROMDISK MERGE
Omit the DI R=number3 in the library define statements.

5,29
MSHP ( Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES I ... Cont'dl

INSTALL PART COMPONENT TO EXISTING PRIVATE LIBRARIES

Some IBM program packages consist of an unlicensed of code (the "base part'" plus the licensed
portion of code (the "second part").
To install a "base" part, only Step 1 of this procedure needs to be executed; it the "base" part
and the "second" part are to be installea, Step 1 and Step 2 must be executed.
Install from Tape or from Disk
Step 1. Install Base Part
To install a base part from tape, use the following job:
1/ JOB INSTALL BASE COMPONENT PART FROM TAPE (11
/I ASSGN SYS006,cuu (2) Distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYSO07.cuu (2) Output unit for peL
/I ASSGN Sysooa.cuu
/I ASSGN SYS009,cuu
ASSGN SYSCLB,cuu
/I ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
1/ ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
1
(21
(2)
Output unit for PRL
Output unit for PSL

Target private libraries

1/ ASSGN SYS003.cuu
/I ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-libraries (see Note 1)
1/ ASSGN SYSOOl,cuu
/I ASSGN SYSOO2.cuu Auxiliary history file
1/ OPTION CATAL
1/ EXEC MSHP
INST COMP FROMTAPE MERGE (31
DEF CLiS PRIV EXT=numberl:number2 DIR=number3ID='MSHP,PCL'
DEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3 ID='MSHP.PRL'
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3 ID='MSHP.PSL'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2
I"
1&
Note 1:
The logical units for the from-libraries are identical with output units SYS007, SYS008
and SYS009.
To install a base part from disk, use the same job as in Step 2 except for the following changes:
Change in statement 111 the words "FROM TAPE" to read "FROM DISK".
Omit the assignments indicated by 121.
Change in statement 131 the word "FROMTAPE" to read "FROMDISK".
Omit 01 R:::number3 in the library definition statements.

Step 2. Install Second Part

To install a second part from tape, use the following job:
/I JOB INSTALL SECOND COMPONENT PART FROM TAPE (11
/I ASSGN SYS006,cuu 121 Distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYSooa,cuu
/I ASSGN SYS009,cuu
ASSGN SYSCLB.cuu
/I ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
/I ASSGN SYSSLB.cuu
121
121
1 Output unit for PRL
Output unit for PSL

Target private libraries

/I ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-libraries

/I ASSGN SYS001.cuu
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
/I OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
INST FEATURE FRQMTAPE MERGE (31
OEF RLiB PRIV EXT:::numberl:number2 OIR=number3ID='MSHP.PRL'
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT:::numberl:number2 DIR=number3ID='MSHP.PSL'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl:number2
I"
1&

530
MSHP ( Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES (.. Cont'd)

To install a second part from disk, use the same job as in Step 2 except for the following changes:
Replace statement (1) by:
II JOB INSTALL SEC COMP PART FROM OISK
Omit the assignments indicated by (2),
Replace statement (3) by:
INSTALL FEATURE FROMOISK MERGE
Omit the DI R=number3 in the library define statements.
INSTALL A COMPONENT IN SYSIN FORMAT (from Tape or Disk)
Step 1. Deblock
/I JOB DEBLOCK TAPE
Mount the input and output tape
/I ASSGN SYS004,cuu Input tape
/I ASSGN SYS005,cuu Output tape
/I EXEC OBJMAINT
.1 LIST PARM:JOB List jobs on input tape (optional)
/OEBLOCK Deblock input tape to SYSIN format
I"
1&
Step 2. Execute the SYSIN Job
/I ASSGN SYSIN,cuu "Tape" for install from tape
"Disk" for install from disk-

INSTALL A FEATURE TO SYSRES

The MSHP function INSTALL FEATURE is used to install IBM program packages designated

I
as a feature.
The following procedures apply when installing a feature from tape or disk to SYSRES. When
installing a feature, either of the MSHP functions MERGE or ATTACH may be used; however,
if the feature contains transient modules, MERGE should be used.
Install from Tape or Disk
To install from tape, use the following jobs:
Step 1. Install the Feature
/I JOB INSTALL FEATURE FROM TAPE
II ASSGN SYSOOB,cuu Distribution tape
1/ ASSGN SYS008,cuu Output unit for PRL
1/ ASSGN SYS009,cuu Output unit for PSL
1/ ASSGN SYS001,cuu Fromunit for CORGZ PRL
II ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PSL
II ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
II OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
INST FEAT FROMTAPE MERGE
DEF RUB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3 1D='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3 ID""MSHP.PRIV.SUB'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2-
I O:'OOS.AUX I LlARY.H ISTORY.F I LE'
I"
1&
On completion of Step 1, the IBM-supplied feature libraries and the accompanying history file
have been merged with your operational system. You may now verfy the installation by executing
an MSHP RETRACE.
Note that additional installation activities may be required to make the installed feature
operational.
DOWNLEVEL PROBLEM. If a downlevel problem has occured, MSHP does not merge the
libraries and the history file to your operational system; instead, MSHP informs you (by means
of a printout) which modules are affected and which PTFs (program temporary fixes) are required.
In this case, provide the equivalent PTFs for the feature and apply these PTFs to the restored
libraries as shown in Step 2; then continue with Step 3.

,;31
MSHP ( Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES (.... Cont'd)

Step 2. Update Feature libraries

Apply the PTFs required to resolve the "downlevel" problem that became apparent in Step 1.
/I JOB SELECT PTF's
/I ASSGN SYSOO2,cuu Restored auxiliary history
/I ASSGN SYSOOl ,cuu MSHP workfile
/I ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP workfile
/I ASSGN SYSOO4,cuu Feature PTF tape
/I ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
/I ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
/I OLBL IJSYSRL;MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
1/ EXTENTSYSRLB.,l,O,number',number2 Restored RLB
/I OLBL IJSYSSL;MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
/I EXTENT SYSSLB" 1,O,numberl,number2 Restored SLB
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF OLiB
DEFINE HIST DLiB EXT=numberl:number2-
I O='OOS.AUSI LlARY.H ISTORY.FI LE'
PTF UDnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
I'
1&
On completion of this step. the feature libraries have been updated with the required PTFs.
Step 3. Install Updated Feature Libraries
This step installs the feature libraries you updated in Step 2.
Note that the library and history definitions in this step must be identical to Step 1.
1/ JOB INSALL FEATURE FROM OISK
/I ASSGN SYS001,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PRL
/I ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PSL
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
1/ OPTION CATAL
1/ EXEC MSHP
INST FEAT FROMOISK MERGE
DEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2 ID='MSHP.PRIV_RLlB'
DEF SLiS PRIV EXT=number1:number2 ID='MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
OEF HIST AUX EXT=number1 :number2 - .
IO='OOS.AUXILlARY.HISTORY.FILE'
I"
1&
On completion of this step, the feature has been successfullY merged with the libraries of your
operational system. You may now verify the installation by executing an MSHP RETRACE.
To install from disk, use the following jobs:
Step 1. Install the Feature
/I JOB INSTALL FEATURE FROM OISK
/I ASSGN SYSQ01,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PRL
1/ ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PSL
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
1/ OPTION CATAL
1/ EXEC MSHP
INST FEAT FROMOISK MERGE
OEF RLiB PRIV EXT=number1 :number2 IO='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'} 10 given at
DEF SLiS PRIV EXT=number1:number2 10""'MSHP.PRIV.SLlB' time of restore
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl:number2-
I O='OOS.AUXI LlARY.HISTORY .FI LE'
r
1&
On completion of Step 1, the IBM-supplied feature libraries and the accompanying history file
have been merged with your operational system. You may now verify the installation by execut-
ing an MSHP RETRACE.
Note that additional installation activities may be required to make the installed feature
operational.
DOWN LEVEL PROBLEM: see Install a Feature to SYSRES from tape Step 1.

532
MSHP (, , , , Cont'dl

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES (,'" Cont'dl

Step 2. Update Feature Libraries

Apply the PTFs required to resolve the "downlevel" problem that became apparent in Step 1.
/I JOB SELECT PTF.
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Restored auxiliary history
/I ASSGN SYSO01,cuu MSHP workfile
/I ASSGN SYSOO3,cuu MSHP workfile
/I ASSGN SYSOO4,cuu Feature PTF tape
/I ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
/I ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
/I DLBL IJSYSRL:MSHP,PRIV,RLIB'
II EXTENT SYSRLB., 1.0,numberl ,number2 Restored RLB
/I DLBL IJSYSSL:MSHP,PRIV,SLlB'
II EXTENT SYSSLB" l,O,number1 ,number2 Restored SLB
/I OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF DLiB
DEFINE HIST DUB EXT=numberl :number2-
ID~'DOS,AUXILlARY,HISTORY,FILE'
PTF UOnnnnn
PTF UOnnnnn
PTF UOnnnnn
PTF UOnnnnn
r
1&
On completion of this step, the feature libraries have been updated with the required PTFs.
Step 3, Install Updated Feature Libraries
This step installs the feature libraries you updated in Step 2.
/I JOB INSTALL FEATURE FROM DISK
/I ASSGN SYSOO1,cuu
11 ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu
From-unit for CORGZ PRL
From-unit for CORGZ PSL
Auxiliary history file
I
/I OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
INST FEAT FROM DISK MERGE
OEF RUB PRIV EXT=numherl :number2 IO='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
OEF SUB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2IO='MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
OEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2-
ID='DOS,AUXILlARY,HISTORY,FILE'
I"
1&
On completion of this step. the feature has been successfully merged with the libraries of your
operational system. You may now verify the installation by executing an MSHP RETRACE.

INSTALL A FEATURE TO PRIVATE LIBRARIES

The MSHP function INSTALL FEATURE is used to install IBM program packages designated
asa feature.
The following procedures apply when installing a feature from tape or disk to private libraries.
When installing a feature. either of the MSHP functions MERGE or ATTACH may be used;
however, if the feature contains transient modules, MERGE should be used. The procedures
assume that standard labels are used for the private libraries.

5,33
MSHP ( Contd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES (. .. Cont"d)

Install from Tape or from Disk

To install from tape, execute the following jobs:
Step 1. Install the Feature

1
/I JOB INSTALL FEATURE FROM TAPE
/I ASSGN SYS006,cuu Distribution tape
/I ASSGN SYSOOB.cuu
/I ASSGN SYS009.cuu see Note 1
ASSGN SYSCLB,cuu
/I ASSGN SYSRLB.cuu Target private libraries
/I ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
/I ASSGN SYSOoo.cuu From-libraries for CORGZ
/I ASSGN SYSOOI.cuu
/I ASSGN SYS002.cuu Auxiliary history file
/I OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
INSTALL FEATURE FROMTAPE MERGE
DEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3 ID='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 DIR=number3 ID='MSHP,PRIV.SLlB'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :numher2-
I DDOS.AUXI L1ARY .HISTORY.F I LE
I"
1&
Note 1:
The extents must be different to the extents of existing private libraries (the target
private libraries).
On completion of Step 1. the IBM-supplied feature libraries and the accompanying history tile
have been merged with your operational system. You may now verify the installation by
executing an MSHP RETRACE.
Note that additional installation activities may be required to make the installed feature
operational.
DOWNLEVEL PROBLEM: see Install a Feature to SYSRES from tape Step 1.
Step 2. Update Feature Libraries
Apply the PTFs required to resolve the ..downlevel" problem that became apparent in Step 1.
/I JOB SELECT PTF,
/I ASSGN SYS002,cuu Restored auxiliary history
/I ASSGN SYS001,cuu MSHP workfile
/I ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP workfile
/I ASSGN SYS004,cuu Feature PTF tape
/I ASSGN SYSRLB.cuu
/I ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
/I DLBL IJSYSRL:MSHP.PRIV.RLlB
/I EXTENT SYSRLB .. l,O,number1,number2 Restored RLB
/I DLBL IJSYSSL:MSHP.PRIV.SLlB
/I EXTENT SYSSLB, "O,numberl,number2 Restored SLB
/IOPTION CATAL
/IEXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF DLiB
DEFINE HIST DLIB EXT=numberl:number2-
IDDOS.AUXI L1ARY.H ISTORY.F I LE
PTF UDnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
I"
1&
On completion of this step, the feature libraries have been updated with the required PTFs.

5-34
MSHP (... , Cant'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIYITIES (. . . Cont'd)

Step 3. Install Updated Feature Libraries

This step installs the feature libraries you updated in Step 2.
II JOB INSTALL FEATURE FROM DISK
II ASSGN SYS001,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PRL
II ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PSL
II ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
ASSGN SYSCLB }
II ASSGN SYSRLB Target private libraries
II ASSGN SYSSLB
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
lNST FEAT FROMDISK MERGI::
DEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numbcrl:number2ID='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=number1:number21D='MSHP.PRIV.SUB'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=number1 :number2-
I D='DOS.AUXI LIARY.H ISTORY .FI LE'
I'
1&
On completion of this step, the feature has been successfully merged with the libraries of your
operational system. You may now verify the installation by executing an MSHP RETRACE.

To install from disk, use the following jobs:

1
Step 1. Install the Feature
II JOB INSTALL FEATURE FROM DISK
ASSGN SYSCLB,cuu
IIASSGN SYSRLB,cuu Target private libraries
IIASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
II
II
II
II
II
ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu
ASSGN SYS001 ,cuu
ASSGN SYS002,cuu
OPTION CATAL
EXEC MSHP
From-libraries for CORGZ

Auxiliary history file I

INSTALL FEATURE FROMDISK MERGE
DEF RUB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2 ID='MSHP.PRIY.RLlB'
DEF SLiB PRIY EXT=numberl:number2ID='MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
DEF HIST AUX EXT==number1:number2-
I D='DOS.AUXI LIARY .HISTORY .FI LE'
I'
1&
On completion of Step 1, the IBM,supplied feature libraries and the accompnying history file
have been merged with your operational system. You may now verify the installation by
executing an MSHP RETRACE.
Note that additional installation acitivites may be required to make the installed feature
operational.
DOWNLEYEL PROBLEM: see Install a Feature to SYSRES from tape Step 1.

5-35
MSHP (. . Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES (. .. Cont'd)

Step 2. Update Feature Libraries

Apply the PTFs required to resolve the "downlevel" problem that became apparent in Step 1.
// JOB SI:::LI:::CT PTFs
1/ ASSGN SYS002,cuu Restored auxiliary history
1/ ASSGN SYS001,cuu MSHPworkfile
// ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP workfile
// ASSGN SYS004,cuu Feature PTF tape
// ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
// ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
II DLBL IJSYSRL:MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
// EXTENT SYSRLB .. l,O,numberl,number2 Restored RLB
II DLBL IJSYSSL:MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
// I:::XTI:::NT SYSSLB"l,O,numberl,number2 Restored SLB
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF DUB
DI:::FINE HIST DUB EXT=numberl:number2 UNIT=SYS002-
ID='DOS.AUXI LlARY .HISTO RY. FILE'
PTF UOnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
PTF UDnnnnn
!"
1&
On completion of this step, the feature libraries have been updated with the required PTFs.
Step 3. Install Updated Feature Libraries
This step installs the feature libraries you updated in Step 2.
II JOB INSTALL FEATURE FROM DISK
// ASSGN SYS001,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PRL
// ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit fa r CORGZ PSL
// ASSGN SYS002,cuu Auxiliary history file
ASSGN SYSCLB,cuu
// ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu Target priVate libraries
// ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
INST FEAT FROMDISK MERGE
OEF RUB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2 IO='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 IO='MSHP.PRIV.SUB'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2-
I D='DQS.AUX I LlA RY.H ISTORY.F I LE'
I'
1&
On completion of this step, the feature has been successfully merged with the libraries of your
operational system. You may now verify the installation by executing an MSHP RETRACE.

536
MSHP (. ... Cont'd)

INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES (. ... Cont'd)

INSTALL A RELEASE 34 COMPONENT

If a DOS/VS Release 34 product component (for example DOS/VS COBOL) is to be installed in
a DOS/VSE, but without installation support by MSHP, proceed as follows.

Step 1. Install
Install the component as described in the applicable documentation (for example, an Installa
tion Guide) available with the product.

Step 2. Record the Installation

For an up-todate history file, the installation needs to be recorded in your system history.
Submit a job as follows:
II JOB NOTIFY HISTORY
/I OPTION CATAL
/I EXEC MSHP
ARCHIVE xxxxyyzzz REL;;RR.R
I'
1&
where:
xxxxyyzzz is the component name. For nonSCP related products, the name is normally derived
from the program number; for example, if the program number is 5748UT2, the component
name would be 5748UT200.
RR.R is the release level of the product for example RR.R=02.0 for Release 2 of a product.

537
MSHP C.... Cant'd)

SERVICE ACTIVITIES

S1. APPLY A SINGLE PTF

A single PTF consists or a single OOS/VSE job supplied by IBM in SYSIN format on magnetic
tape or diskette or as a deck of cards.
To apply a single PTF, place the applicable control '5tatements ahead of the job stream supplied
with the PTF and execute the job. On completion of the job, the PTF is applied to your
operational system, and this application is reflected in your system history file. The control
statements are:
/I DLBL IJSYSIN:fileIO'"codes
II EXTENT SYSIN,serialnumber
ASSGN SYSIN,cuu
Note:
DLBL and EXTENT statements are only required if the input is from disk or diskette. If the
input is from diskette and you use the IBMsupplied standard labels and the diskette fileid is
DTTEPTF, the DLBL and EXTENT statements are not required.
The Following are Job Examples of Single PTF Applications:
II JOB UD 13B54
II PAUSE EOB OR CANCEL
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
APPLY 5745 - SC - VSM: UDl3854 REL=35
RESOLVES APARS = DY13415
AFFECTS MODULES = I KOLAB
OCCUPIES CLiB = 311 RLiB = 10
INVOLVES LINK = IKQVSMLK
DATA
TXT

END
1$
r
1&
Single PTF Application of a Backout PTF generated with the REVokable Option:
II JOB UD13B54 MSHP REVOKE PTF
II PAUSE ASSGN LIBRARIES IF NEEDED
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
REVOKE 5745-SC-VSM: UD13B54
DATA
TXT

END
IS
I'
1&

5-38
MSHP

SERVICE ACTIVITIES (. .. Contd)

52. APPLY COMULATIVE PTFs

A cumulative PTF file consists of two or more single PTFs in SYSI N format on tape, disk, or
diskette. The shipment also contains the cover-letter file with information such as the phases a
PTF affects, detail description of the problem resolved, and required library sizes.
In this procedure, information about PTFs is retrieved, selected PTFs are applied to the opera-
tional system, and the PTF application is recorded in the current history file.

To apply from tape, use the following jobs:

Step 1. List Cover Letter
Cover letter information is given in specific files of the distributed material. Refer to the transmit-
tal letter to find out which file applies and specify as shown below.
II JOB PRINT COVERLETTER
II ASSGN SYS004,cuu
/I MTC FSF ,SYS004.n Note 1

1
II EXEC MSHP
L1ST PTFFILE STATEM SEP Note2
PTF UD 12740
PTF UD 13805

Note 3

PTF UDnnnn
I'
1&
Note 1:
This statement positions the tape to the cover-letter file, where n is the sequence number of the

I
cover-letter file minus one_
Note 2:
This statement prints, on SYSLST, the contents or the cover-letter file; SEP, if specified, forces a
new print page to be started for each PTF information listing.
Note 3:
If you want only information for one or more specific PTFs, specify the pertinent PTF numbers_
Omit the statements if you want a printout on all of the PTFs_
Step 2. Apply PTFs
II JOB SELECT PTFs FROM TAPE
II ASSGN SYSPCH,TAPE
II ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP work file
II ASSGN SYS001,cuu MSHP workfile
II ASSGN SYS004,cuu Cumulative PTF tape
II MTC FSF,SYS004,n Not 1
IIOPTION CATAL
IIEXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF APPLY REVOKA8LE Note2
PTF UD12740
PTF UD138?4 Note 3
PTF UDnnnnn
r
1&
Note 1:
This statement positions the tape at the pertinent file.
Note2:
The default is IRREVOKABLE. Specify REVOKABLE (as shown) if you wish that a "backout"
is produced on SYSPCH for the PTFs you selected for application (SYSPCH should be assigned
to a magnetic tape drive to avoid card punching). The output of a revocation can be applied as a
normal PTF.
Note 3:
If one or more of the PTFs require corequisite PTFs, refer to the procedure" Apply Corequisite
PTFs".
To apply from disk, change the above jobs as follows:
Assign SYS004 to disk (instead of to tape).
Supply, in both Step 1 and Step 2, DLBL and EXTENT statements for SYS004 on disk.

539
MSHP ( .. Cont'd)

SERVICE ACTIVITIES I .... Cont'dl

S3. APPLY COREQUISITE PTFs

The following procedures show how to apply corequisite PTFs from card and from a cumjnula-
tive PTF tape.
Note: For the creation of private libraries, please refer to MSHP USER's GUIDE or OOS/VSE
System Management Guide.
Step 2 writes the two corequisite PTFs into the private libraries, and Step 3 applies the corequi-
site PTFs to your system.

Step 1. Copy History File to Auxiliary History

II JOB COpy HIST TO AUX
II EXEC MSHP
// ASSGN SYS018,cuu
COPY HIST SYS AUX
DEF HIST AUX EXToonumberl :number2-
I D=' DOS.AUXI LlA RY.H ISTORY.F I LE'
UN1TooSYS018

Step 2. First and Second Corequisite PTF Supplied on Cards

II JOB SELECT COREOUISITE PTF
/1 ASSGN SYS001,cuu MSHPWorkfile
/1 ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP Workfile
1/ ASSGN SYS004,cuu PTFs from card reader
/1 ASSGN SYS018,cuu AUX H1ST FILE defined in Step 1
1/ ASSGN SYSRLB,cuu
/1 ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
/1 DLBL IJSYSCL,'MSHP.PRIV.CLlB'
1/ EXTENT SYSCLB", numberl,number2
II DLBL IJSYSRL,'MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
1/ EXTENT SYSRLB",numberl ,number2
II DLBL IJSYSSL,'MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
IIEXTENT SYSSLB",numberl,number2
ASSGN SYSCLB,cuu
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF OLIB
PTF UOnnnnn } Specify the PTF numbers
PTF UDnnnnn to be selected
DEF HIST SYS EXT=numberl :number2 - } Note
1D='DOS.AUXILlARY.HJSTORY.FILE' Auxiliary history file
UNIT=SYS018

Insert card decks of selected PTF's

~~} Terminate the job by these additional cards

Note: Same EXT::, EXT"', ID=,and UNIT=as used in Step 1

Step 3. Apply the PTFs

This step applies the corequisite PTFs to the system by using the UPGRADE FROM DISK
function.
II JOB UPGRADE FROM DISK
II ASSGN SYS003,cuu (1)
// ASSGN SYSOOl ,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PRL
/1 ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PSL
// ASSGN SYS018,cuu Auxiliary history file
II OPTION CATAL
// EXEC MSHP
UPGR FROM DISK FORCELINK
DEF CLiB PRIV EXT=O:O 111
OEF CLIB PRIV EXT=numberl:number2ID='MSHP.PRIV.CLlB'
DEF RLIB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 ID='MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'} Note 2
DEF SLiB PRIV EXT=numberl :number2 IO='MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2-
ID='OOS.AUX1L1ARY.HISTORY.FILE' - Note 3
UNIT=SYS018
r
1&
Note 1: The statments marked (1) are only necessary for compatibility reasons.
5-40
MSHP (. Cont'd)

SERVICE ACTIVITIES (. ... Cont'd)

Note2:
The EXT= and the 10= of the define statements for RLlB and SLl B must be identical to the
DLBL and extent information of Step 2. The EXT= and the 10= of the DEF HIST AUX must be
identical to that of Step 1.
Note 3:
Same EXT= and ID= as used in Step 1 and 2.

To Apply from Cumulative PTF Tape

Step 2 and Step 3 write the first and the second corequisite PTF from the cumulative PTF tape
to private libraries, and Step 4 applies the corequisite PTfs to your system.
Note: for the creation of private libraries, please refer to MSHP USER's GUIDE or DOS/VSE
Syrtcm Management Guide.
Step 1. Copy History File to Auxiliary History
II JOB COPY HIST TO AUX
II ASSGN SYS018,cuu
II EXEC MSHP
COPY HIST SYS AUX
DEF HIST AUX EXT=number1 :number2-
ID"'DDS.AUXILIARY.HISTORY.FILE' -
UNIT"SYS018
I'
1&
Step 2. First Corequisite PTF
II JOB SELECT CDREQUISITE PTF
/I ASSGN SYS001,cuu MSHPworkfile
/I ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP workfile

I
/I ASSGN SYS004,cuu PTF tape
/I ASSGN SYS018,cuu AUX HIST fiLE defined in Step 1
/I ASSGN SYSR LB,cuu
II ASSGN SYSSLB,cuu
II OLBL IJSYSCL:MSHP.PRIV.CLlB'
II EXTENT SYSCLB",numberl ,number2
II DLBL IJSYSRL:MSHP.PRIV.RLlB'
/I EXTENT SYSRLB .. l,O,numberl,number2
/I DLBL IJSYSSL,'MSHP.PRIV.SLlB'
II EXTENT SYSSLB"l,O,numberl,number2
ASSGN SYSCLB,cuu
IJ OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF DLiB
PTF UDnnnnn
DEf HIST SYS EXT=numberl :number2 - } Note
ID='DOS.AUXILlARY.HISTORY.FILE' -
UNIT"SYS018
I'
1&
Note:
Same EXT", 10=, and UNIT= as used in Stop 1.

Step 3. Second Corequisite PTF

Apply the second corequisite PTF in the same way as shown in Step 2. Note, the EXT= and the
ID= of the OEF HIST SYS statement must be identical to that in Step 1.

Step 4. Apply the PTFs

This step applies the corequisite PTFs to the systom by using the UPGRADE FROMDISK
function.
II JOB UPGRADE FROM DISK
/I ASSGN SYS003,cuu (ll
/I ASSGN SYSOOl ,cuu Fromunit for CORGZ PR L
/I ASSGN SYSOOO,cuu From-unit for CORGZ PSL
/I ASSGN SYS018,cuu Auxiliary history file
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP

541
MSHP ( ____ Cant'd)

SERVICE ACTIVITIES I. ... Cont'd)

UPGR FROMDISK FORCELINK

DEF CUB PRIV EXT=O:O (1)
DEF CLiB PRIV EXT=numberl:number21D='MSHP.PRIV.CLlB'
DEF RLiB PRIV EXT=numberl:number21D='MSHP.PRIV.RUB'
DEF SUB PAIV EXT=numberl :number2 1D='MSHP.PRIV.SLlB' } Note 2
DEF HIST AUX EXT=numberl :number2-
ID='DOS.AUXILlARY.HISTORY.FILE' - Note 3
UNIT=SYS018
I'
1&
Note 1:
The statements marked (1) are only necessary for compatibility reasons.
Note 2:
The EXT= and the 10= of the define statements for RLIB and SLIB must be identical to the
DLBL and extent information of Step 2. The EXT= and the 10= of the DEF HIST SYS must be
identical to that of Step 1.
Note 3:
Same EXT= and 10= as used in Step 1 and 2.

S4. RECORD A LOCAL FIX

A "local fix" is a correction to a phase, module, and/or source statement book applied at a
specific installation to resolve a problem. A local fix might eventually be covered by IBM-supp-
lied PTFs, upgrades, or DUBs.
To keep an operational system's history file up-to-date, it is essential that you record the applica-
tion of a local fix in the history file of your DOS/VSE. This can be done by using the MSHP
control statement ARChive as shown below.
II JOB RECORD FIX (Example Jobstream)
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
ARC 5745-SC-VSM APAR=DY11592
RESOLVES APARS=DY11500
AFFECTS MODULE=IKQRCL Affected Module
ALTER 000055: EEEEFFFF ADDR: NEW TEXT (Applied Change)
ARC 5745-SC-VSM APAR=DY12005
RESOLVES APARS=DY12000
AFFECTS PHASE=IPWSSPL Affected Phase
ALTER 00035E 4700C005: 47FOCB25 ADDR OLDTEXT: NEW TEXT
ARC 5745-SC-DKE APAR=OY13713
RESOLVES APARS=DY13700
AFFECTS MAC=SGDSK SUBLlB=A Affected Macro
DELETE 000250: 000252 Deleted Macrolines FROMLlNE: rOLINE
REPLACE 000253:000254 FROMLlNE:TOLlNE to be replaced
XXXX } New Input Lines
YYYY For Replacement
IS
INSERT 000249 Insert Afterline
XXXX } New Lines
YYYY tobe inserted
IS
I'
1&
Notes:
Control statements ALTER, REPLACE, DELETE, and INSERT are optional. If the statements
are specified, they are recorded in the history file. The statements should be used to document,
in detail, the fix applied.
ALTER is used to record phase and module changes. One separate set of AFFECTS and ALTER
statements has to be specified for each single phase/module.
The statements REPLACE, DELETE, and INSERT are used to record macro changes. One
separate set of AFFECTS, DELETE, etc. statements must be specified for each single macro.
The RESOLVES statement may contain no other specification but a comment; this comment
can be a string of up to 35 characters. Only one RESOLVES statement may be specified for one
ARChive statement.

5-42
MSHP ( .... Cont'dl

SERVICE ACTIVITIES (.... Cont'd)

S5. APPLY PTFs OF THE RELEASE 34 MSHP FORMAT

PTfs relating to components of the pre-DOS/VSE level are distributed in the "Release 34 MSHP
format"; the following is an example of this format:
II JOB N12345
, CaMP 5745-SC-AIT
.. NPRE N67890
, COREn N567B9
* PRE N23456
.. SUP N34567
.. APPL REL 34.0,35.0
.. APARS FIXED E45678
, MOD/MAC AFFECTED $$BATTNA
.. PHASES $$BATTNA
* ENVIRONMENT DOS/vS SCP
* BLOCKS CL=2, RL=3, SL=4
.. COMMENT THIS ISAN EXAMPLE OF APTF
II PAUSE EOB OR CANCEL
I! EXEC MAINT
CATALR _.

CATALS _

I'
I! OPTION CATAL
INCLUDE

I! EXEC LNKEDT
1&
"Release 34 MSHP format" PTFs, although their format differs from the "DOS/VSE MSHP for-
mat", can be applied (under the control of MSHP) to the DOS/VSE. Release 34 MSHP format
PTFs are numbered as Nnnnnn whereas DOS(VSE MSHP format PTFs are numbered as
UDnnnnn.
I
Note:
If the PTF to be applied to a specific component includes a prerequisite or corequisite PTF that
has already been applied to the system but not to the same specific component, then the appli-
cation of the PTF fails due to requirements not met; message M1511 is issued. In such case,
eliminate the requirement statement (for example, the statement PRE N23456 in the above job)
and rerun the application job. Message M1511 is also issued if the pre- or corequisite PTF(s) have
not been installed; in this case, correct the situation before applying the PTF.

To Apply a Single PTF from Card, Magnetic Tape, Disk or Diskette

Single PTFs may be supplied on card, magnetic tape, disk, or diskette. The job streams to apply
a single PTF are as follows.

Apply from Card

I! JOB APPLY R34 PTF
// ASSGN SYSOO1,cuu MSHPworkfile
// ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP workfile
1/ ASSGN SYSPCH,cuu Output for REVOKABLE
// ASSGN SYS004,cuu Input from card reader
I! OPTION CATAL
I! EXEC MSHP
ACCEPT OLDPTF APPLY REVOKABLE
/* Terminating MSHP control statements
1/ JOB Nnnnnn

I'
} Release 34 MSHP format
single PTF job cards

1&
I' Terminating input for SYS004
1& Terminating MSHP job

5-43
MSHP (.... Cont'd)

SERViCE ACTiViTiES (. . . Cont'd)

Apply from Magnetic Tape

1/ JOB SELECT R34 PTF's
1/ ASSGN SYS002,cuu MSHP workfile
1/ ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP workfile
II ASSGN SYSPCH,cuu
1/ ASSGN SYS004,cuu Cumulative PTF tape
1/ MTC FSF,SYS004,n If required
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF APPLY REVOKABLE
PTF N12345
1
1&

Apply from Disk or Diskette

The job stream is the same as that for "Apply from Magnetic Tape" above, except that:
SYS004 is assigned to the disk or diskette 1/0 unit .
DLBL and EXTENT statements mus~ be given.

To Apply Cumulative PTFs from Magnetic Tape or Disk

Cumulative PTFs may be supplied on magnetic tape or on disk. The job streams to select PTFs
and to apply the selected PTFs are as follows.

Apply from Magnetic Tape

II JOB SELECT
1/ ASSGN SYS001,cuu MSHP work file
// ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP work file
II ASSGN SYS004,cuu Cumulative PTF tape
1/ MTC FSF,SYS004,n If required
II OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
SELECT PTF APPLY
PTF N78910

1
1&

Apply from Disk

II JOB SELECT
/1 ASSGN SYS001,cuu MSHP work file
// ASSGN SYS003,cuu MSHP work file
1/ ASSGN SYS004,cuu PTF disk file
II DLBL. } Description of the
II EXTENT ... PTF file on disk
/I OPTION CATAL
II EXEC MSHP
SE LECT PTF APPLY
PTF N7B910

1
1&

5-44
MSHP CONTROL STATEME NTS

NOTATIONAL CONVENTIONS
The syntax of both the function and detail control statements is represented as path diagrams as
explained below:
The structure of a given statement is derived from its diagram by following the lines from left
to right, and from top to bottom. The entries given in the diagram (for example, RE Lease ==
release-number-listl are selected according to the MSHP services required, and are then coded
as described in the explanatory text for the given entry.
At points of branching path lines, a choice must (or may) be made to select one, two, or
more keywords.
In a set of alternatives, one alternative may be shown inside a line of bullets, for example:
... I R Revokable

This indicates thedefault used by MSHP if none of the alternatives in the set is coded.
In the diagram (and text), words given in all lower-case letters are symbolic; they must be
replaced by user-supplied values as detailed in the discussions for the pertinent keywords.
Some of the all lower-case letter words (see above) end with the suffix '-list'. For example:
release-number-I ist
'list' means, that the symbolic word (releasenumber! may be coded up to 100 times. Thus:
(release-numer-l, release-number-2, ... )
The code for a series of symbolic words must be enclosed in parentheses (see above), The mul-
tiple code units must be separated in one of the following ways:
- By one or more blanks, or
- By a comment, or
- Bya comma (which in turn may be surrounded by one or more blanks, or comments)
Commas and blanks as separators may be intermixed in a given 'list'.
In the diagrams, the path lines can be considered as instruction to code:
- One or more blanks, or
- One or more comments, or
- One comma
The equal sign (''''') and colon (,:,) in the diagrams must be coded as shown. They may be
surrounded by one or more blanks (or comment}.
I
The diagrams show the terminating semicolon (';') for each statement. However, it is needed
only, if a statement is to be followed by another statement on the same line. {For details, and
for the continuation capability see the Rules for Coding MSHP Statements}.

As an example, the following shows the path diagram of the Apply statement.
111 (2) (3) (9) (4) (9) (5) (6)
APply --component: ptf-number -rC-R-E-L-,,-se-=-'-'-I'-as-'.-nu-m-b-er-.I-ist-=:J----.---

(6) ~) W)
--'''';'-'-''~I=R=R,-,~ok~a~bl~~-''-''---
L-.:.REVokable---1
Comments:
(1) 'APply is the command verb of the statement.
(2) This is a part of the statement's total path line; this part indicates that you can code, bet-
ween 'APply' and 'component', one or more blanks, one or more comments, or one comma.
(3) 'component' and 'ptf-number' are symbolic words that must be coded according to the
details given in the discussion of the statement.
(4) 'RELease' is a keyword.
(5) 'release-number-list' is a symbolic word; when coded, it gives the specification relating to
the keyword 'RELease'. Code the symbolic word according to the discussion 'of the
statement.
'list' in the symbolic word means that for 'release-number' up to 100 release identifications
may be specified.
(6) The points indicate continuation of the path line; they must not be coded.
(7) The bullets are part of the total path line and indicate the default. In this example, the
default is 'IRRevokable'.
(8) This is the terminator of the statement; it must be coded if the statement is to be followed
by another statement on the same input line.
(9) The colon and equal signs must always be coded.

S45
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (... Con,'d)

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statements

ACCep,- -OLDPTF ;
LAPply-.J ~~RReVOka~t~ ~~ODLIB~~
REVokable DLiBbuild

APPLICATI ON/EXPLANA TION

The ACCEPT statement requests MSHP to read single PTFs in the Release 34 card-format from
SYS004 and to apply them.
The Accept function needs two disk work files:
IJSYSOl on SYS001. and IJSYS03 on SYSOO3.
If the PTF is to be applied to private libraries, assignments must be made in the job invoking
MSHP. Any assignments or PAUSE statements in the PTF job itself are- ineffective. The same
holds for 1/ OPTION CATAL. It must be specified in the MSHP job.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandl 'ory: none Optional: DEFine

OLDPTF Indicates that a PTF of the 'old' format (the Release 34 format) is to be
accepted.
APply Specifies that the PTF is to be applied (see Note).
I R Revokable When applying the PTF. no backout PTF will be generated. and the PTF can-
not be revoked, that is, the status before the application of the PTF cannot
be recreated at a later point in time.
REVokable Nhen applying the PTF. a backout PTF will be generated on SVSPCH.
Restriction: When REVokable is specified, the PTF must not have any
corequisites (must not specify CO= in the REQuires statement).
NODLlBbuild Suppresses the DLlBbuild option (see below).
DLlBbuild This keyword is provided primarily for I BM internal use. Specify this option
if the PTF is to be applied to libraries intended for preventive maintenance.
Note:
Default: The keyword APply may be omitted when option DLI Bbuild is speci-
fied. The omission of APply in this case indicates that the modules andlor
macros of the PTF are to be catalogued in the respective libraries, but that link-
edits according to "INVOLVES LINK == linkbook-list" statement(s) are not
to be performed (see INVolves detail control statement).

546
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (... Cont'd)

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

ARChive- iT feature I

I LcomponentERELease == release-number I. _ I I

"Iease.numbe~~
'---SOFTreject ---'
PTF = ptfnumb" -RELea" =

APAR = apar-number LRELease = release-number~

APPLICA TION/EXPLANATI ON
The ARCHIVE st2tement is provided primarily for IBM internal use and is used to make entries
in the system history file that accompanies IBM-provided programming support. The entries that
can be made are for;
features
components
PTFs
Loca1/APAR fixes
The statement may be used to record local fixes in an installed system's history file.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: AFFects for ARChive Optional: AFFects
OCCupies component DEFine
RESolves PTF OCCupies
Mandatory: for ARChive
OR
AFFects
REQuires
component
INVolves

I
APAR
SUPersedes
ALTER
DELete
INsert
REPlace
RESolves

feature Specifies that an entry for a feature is to be made in the system history file,
and details which one.
A feature id can also be used to specify the precise release level of the program
package that is to be archived.
The feature id consists of three alphameric characters.
component Specifies that, providing the statement does not include PTF= or APAR=
specifications, an entry in the system history file is to be made for a compo-
nent, and the component's identification. Otherwise, "component" identifies
the component to which the PTF or local fix (to be ARChived) is applicable.
Component is a string of 11 characters, according to the following example:
5745-SC-JCL
RELease Identifies the level of the release, maintenance, or version of a component,
PTF, or local fix/APAR_

5-47
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (o 0 0 0 Cent'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (. .. Cont'd)

release-number Specifies the release number to which the component, PTF, or local fix/APAR
is applicable.
SOFT reject Specifies that a PTF Application/Revokation for that component can be
forced by the user. even if it partially overwrites a local fix or APAR correc-
tion.
For components. which are archived without this option. all PTFs overwriting
partially local/APAR fixes will be rejected automatically.
PTF Identifies the PTFs for which an entry is to be made in the history file.
ptf-number Specifies the number of the PTF{s). for which a history file entry is to be
made.
ptf-number is a string of 6 or 7 characters. the first one or two being alpha
betic the remaining five being digits.
For example:
N12345
UD12345
APAR Identifies that an entry in the system history file is to be made for a local fix.
apar-number Specifies under which number the local fix is to be recorded in the system
history file.
apar-number is a string of 6 or 7 characters:
one or two alphabetics. followed by five digits.

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

BACKup - - History - - - - - ; , - - - - - - - , - - -
l:.:.:.SYStem~
AUXiliary

APPLICA TI ON/EXPLANATION
The BACKUP statement requests MSHP to copy a history file located on disk onto magnetic
tape.
SYSPCH or tape must be assigned to SYS006.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: Optional: DEFine

History Identifies this backup as a 'history file' backup.

SYStem Specifies that the history file, that will be copied to tape, is the one with the
file name IJSYSHF {which normally is the system history file}.
AUXiliary Specifies that the file with the file name IJSYS02 is the history file, and that
the file is to be copied to tape. If the file IJSYS02 is not a history file, the job
will be canceled (most likely with an "invalid length" IOCS error).

5-48
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (. Cont'd)

Function
Control Keyword OPerands
Statements

COPv-I-Historv----rL-system AUXilia~;

AUXiliary---SYStem

APP LlCA TIONiEXPLANATION

The COPY statement requests MSHP to copy a history file from disk to disk; either to create a
copy of the system history file for'use as an auxiliary history file, or to copy an auxiliary file to
the system history file.
The sequence of the keywords SYStem and AUXiliary defines the direction of the copy opera-
tion. The first keyword specifies the source, and the second the target. The two keywords must
be specified adjacent to each other.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: Optional: DEFine

History Identifies the copy operation as an MSHP operation.

SYStem Designates the history file with the fHe-name IJSYSHF_
AUXiliary Designates a history file with the file-name lJSYS02.

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statements

CReate- History--~r."'."'
"'.:<S"Y"'s:::te=mC:~"'.'C
" ' . : ; - - - - '

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
AUXiliary

This statement is provided primarily for IBM internal use. The CREATE statement requests
I
MSHP to preformat a history file. MSHP creates the general header record. Further, space is pro-
vided for the personalization information to be inserted with the PERsonalize statement.

Related Detail Control Statement:

Mandatory: none Optional: DEFine

History Identifies the create operation as an MSHP operation.

SYStem Specifies that the history file to be created be the one with the file-name:
IJSYSHF
AUXiliary Specifies that the history file to be created is to be the one with the file-name:
IJSYS02

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statements
DUMP-f--History
ESYStem~
AUXiliary

The DUMP statement requests MSHP to produce a formatted hexadecimal printour of a history
file on SYSLST. The records of the history file are identified by their RBA's (Relative Byte
Addresses) for ease of pointer identification.
Related Detail Control Statements: see CReate.
History Identifies the dump operation as an MSHP operation.
SYStem Specifies that the history file to be dumped is the one with the file-name:
IJSYSHF
AUXiliary Specifies that the history file to be dumped be the one with the file-name:
lJSYS02

5A9
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS I.... Cont'd)
Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statements

INCorporate - - -component-- -RELease =: release-number----;

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The INCORPORATE statement identifies to MSHP and initiates a component distributed in
SYSIN format. The job invoking MSHP with the function control statement INCorporate, must
have II OPTION CAT AL in effect.

RElated Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: DATA Optional: DEFine
OCCupies Clib INVolves
OR
REQuires

component Identifies the component to be incorporated.

Component is a string of 11 characters according to the example:
5745SCJCL.
RELease Identifies the level of release, maintenance, or version of a component.
release number Specifies the level of release, maintenance, or version of the component to be
incorporated.

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statements

INSTall-~iYStem
COMPonents
EAtures
':=3 1--'FROMTape-J
L~ROMDiS;~
LMERge~
C.~TTa;h~
PRODuct

APPLI CA TI ON/EXPLANATION
The INSTall statement requests MSHP to install a new "system", one or more "components",
one or more "features", or "products".
Negative "requirements" ("NOT=") are always checked against the system history file.
Checks for prerequisite and coreQuisite PTFs are performed against the operational system's
history file and the distribution history file as well.
Checks for "PRE=" and "CO=:" requirements for components and/or features depend on the
INSTall function being executed. The checks go against the system history or against the
distribution history file, or against both.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: DEFine libraries (see Note 1) Optional: DEFine History
Note 1:
With INSTall SYStem, the libraries defined must be of the type SYStem. For all other INSTall
functions, they must be of the type PRIVate.

SYStem Specifies that a system is to be installed.

Restrictions: For restoring the distribution tape (see option F ROMTape,
the libraries in the DEFine statement must be of the type SYStem.
With INSTall SYStem, MERge must not be specified, instead, the option
ATTach must be used.
Default: With INSTall SYStem, ATTach is the default.
COMPonents Specifies that the somponent{s) from the distribution libraries are to be in-
stalled.
Restrictions: Same as described under 'PRODuct'.
FEAtures Specifies that one or more features from the distribution libraries are to be
installed.
Restrictions: Same as described under 'PRODuct'.

550
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS C Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION C... Cont'd)

PRODuct Specifies that the component(s) and feature(s) composing a complete execu-
table version of a program package are to be installed from the distribution
libraries.
Restrictions: For restoring the distribution tape (see option FROMTape
below), the libraries defined in the DEFine statement must be of the type
PRIVate.
FROMTape Specifies that the installation source is the distribution tape assigned as SVS006.
The library backups on the tape are restored by the INSTall function as
private or system libraries. as specified in the DEFine statement.
If the libraries are to be restored as system libraries. SYS005 must be assigned
to the disk onto which the libraries are to go. If they are to be restored as pri
vate libraries. the following assignment!!: must be effective:
SYS007 for PRIVate CLib
SYSOOB for PRIVate RLib
SYS009 for PRIVate SLib
FROMDisk FROMDisk must be specified to support the INSTall function for a system
configuration without magnetic tape facility.
MERge Specifies that the restored modules, macros, and/or phases are to be copied to
the system libraries, or to the assigned private libraries (if any).
For the merge, the following assignments must be effective for the restored
libraries:
SYSOOO for SLib
SYSOOl for R Lib
SYS003 for CLib
Restriction: This option must not be specified with INSTall SYStem.
ATTach Specifies that the MSHP INSTall function ends with a message informing the

Function
Control
user that the libraries can now be used in his system. Its use may simply be to
assign the libraries as private libraries.

Keyword Operands
I
STatement

LIST- -PTFfile---r-INDex
LSTatements-----r.:.:. CONTinu~
SEParate

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The LIST statement requests MSHP to retrieve information about the cumulative PTF file from
that file, and to print the information in SYSLST.
The device to read the cumulative PTF file must be assigned to SYS004.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: none Optional: DEFine History
PTF (if statement is specified)

PTFfile Identifies the listing operation as an MSHP operation.

INDex Identifies that the numbers of the PTFs contained in the cumulative PTF file
are listed.
The records of the cumulative PTF file are sequentially checked to contain a
II JOB statement. If one is found. the job name (according to JCL syntax) is
printed as PTF number. Together with the PTF number, the number of records
from the II JOB statement up to and including the next record containing
1& in columns 1 and 2, is listed.
STatements Specifies that the following is printed on SYSLST:
Job Control statements (including JCL comments)
MAINT control statements
linkage Editor control statements
MSHP control statements on the cumulative PTF file
CONTinuous Specifies that the statements of the PTFs are printed without starting a new
page for each PTF.
SEParate Specifies that the statements of the PTFs are printed with the first statement
of each PTF beginning on a new- page.

551
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (. ... Cont'd)

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

rcomponent
Lookup-++-----~~--PTF;; ptfnumber
Lcomponent~ -APAR;; apar-number
-PHase;; phase-name

-MODule;; module-name
-FEAture;; feature-id

-MACro == macro-name LSUBlib;; subHbrary

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The LOOKUP statement requests MSHP to display selected information from the system history
file on SYSLOG_
If MSHP is invoked from SYSLOG, then the LOOKUP statement may be entered from SYSLOG.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: none Optional: DEFine History

component Specifies the component for which information is to be displayed.

If component is specified without any further keyword operands, the following
history information is displayed:
Component identifier
Release
Latest Service: PTF number of the most recently applied
PTF and its application date, or NO PTF applied.
Invalidated APARS: APAR(S) which are partially overwritten by PTF
forcing_ (Valid for Components archived with the SOFTreject Option.)
component is a string of 11 characters, according to the example: 5745-SC-JCL.
PTF Indicates that for the given ptf-number, the history information is to be dis-
played.
ptf-number Specifies the PTF number for which information is to be displayed_
ptf-number is a string of 6 or 7 characters, the first one or two being alpha-
betic the remaining five being digits.
For example:
N12345
UD12345
APAR Indicates that for the given a par-number, the history information is to be
displayed.
apar-number Specifies the APAR number f~r which information is to be displayed.
apar-number is a string of 6 or 7 characters: one or two alphabetics, followed
by five digits_
PHase Indicates that for the given phase-number the information is to be displayed.
phase-name Specifies the phase name for which information is to be displayed.
phase-name is a string of one to eight alphameric characters:
0-9, A-Z, #, $, and @
MODule Indicates that for the given module-name information is to be displayed from
the system history file_
module-name Specifies the module-name for which information is to be displayed_
module-name is a string of one to eight alphameric characters:
0-9, A-Z, #, $, and @
FEAture Indicates that for the given feature-id the following information is to be
displayed:
feature-id
date of installation
feature-id Specifies the feature for which information is to be displayed_
feature-id is a string of three alphameric characters_

5-52
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (. Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (... Cont'd)

MACro Indicates that for the given macro-name the information is to be displayed
from the history file:
macro-name Specifies the macroname for which information is to be displayed.
macro-name is a string of one to eight alphameric characters:
0-9, A-Z, #, S. and @
the first character must be alphabetics: A-Z. #, $, or @
SUBlib Identifies that the given sublibrary (see below) contains the source statement
book.
Default: If omitted, it is assumed that info~mation is to be displayed for an
E-type macro.
sublibnuy Specifies the sublibrary of the source statement library in which the macro is
cataloged.
sublibrary is one alphabetic character (A-Z).

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

PERsonalize
Lcustomer-name..J LADDRess = 'customer-address'~

C=PHone = 'phone-number----....

C=PRogrammer = programmer.name--=:]

I
C=ENVironment = 'descriPtion'====-oJ

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The PERsonalize statement is used to identify the history file and relate it to a specific user.
Changes can be made by re-coding the statement.
Restrictions: Specification of PERsonalize without at least one operand is invalid. If the history
file has not been specified before, specification of "customer-name" and "customer-address"
is mandatory.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: none Optional: DEFine History

'customer-name' Specifies the user's name.

customer-name is a string (enclosed in quotes) of one to twenty characters
(not counting the quotes). {See Notel
ADDRess Specifies that the given customer-address (see below) is to be entered.
'customer-address'
Specifies the customer's address.
customer-address is a string (enclosed in quotes) of one to 45 characters (not
counting the quotes). {Restriction: see Note belowl
PHone Specifies that the given phone-number (see below) is to be entered.
'phone-number' Specifies the customer's telephone number.
If a null string is specified, a previously specified number is erased.
phonenumber is a string (enclosed in quotes) of one to 17 characters
(not counting the quotes).
Note: Restriction: If the history file has not been personalized before, specification
of customer-address is mandatory_

553
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS ( Cont'dl

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (.. Conl'dl

PRogrammer Specifies that the given programmer-name (see below) is to be entered.
'programmer-name'
Specifies the programmer's name. If a null string is specified, a previously sped-
fied name is erased.
programmer name is a string (enclosed in quotes) of one to 24 characters
(not counting the quotes).
A null string (two consecutive quotes) is accepted.
ENVironment Specifies that the given description (see belowl is to be entered.
'description' Specifies the environment description (for example, the release level). If a null
string is specified, a previously specified name is erased.
description is a string enclosed in quotes of 1 to 62 characters (not counting
the quotes).
A null string (two consecutive quotes) is accepted.

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

REMovo- ,..-0850101.,
I-feature----.l
,,~ I
LcomponentERELease'" release-number
TF '" ptfnumber-~ II~
I-------~1....1
APAR = apar-number--l '--RELease '" release-number--l

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The REmove statement requests MSHP to erase entries from the system history file. The space
in the history.file of the removed entries is freed for future usage.

Related Detail Control Statement:

Mandatory: none Optional: DEFine History

OBSOlete Specifies that entries previously marked as obsolete are to be physically remov-
ed from the history file.
feature Specifies that a specific entry relating to a feature is to be removed.
feature is a three alphameric character string identifying the feature entry.
component If followed by: RElease = release-number
component specifies which component entry is to be removed from the history
file.
If followed by: PTF ::: ptf-number or APAR = apar-number
component specifies the component, of which a PTF or APAR entry is to be
removed from the history file.
component is a string of 11 characters according to the following example:
5745-SC.JCL.
RElease Indicates that for the given releasenumber (see below) entries are to be
removed.
releasenumber Specifies the release number for which the entries specified in the component,
PTF, or APAR operand are to be removed, providing the entries pertain to
the here given release-number.
PTF Indicates that the given pft-number (see below) is to be removed.
ptf-number Specifies the PTF number that is to be removed.
ptf-number is a string of 6 or 7 characters, the first one or two being alphabetic,
the remaining five being digits.
For example:
N 12345
UD 12345
APAR Identifies that the given apar-number (see below) is to be removed. The re-
moval applies only to entries made when archiving a local fix.
apar-number Specifies the APAR number that is to be removed.
apar-number is a string of 6 or 7 characters: one or two alphabetics, followed
bv five di its.
554
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (.... Cont'd)

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

AESToce-\---,--
L-:Historv I SYStem 1
L--AUXiliary---..J
J
Otap'----------

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The RESTore statement requests MSHP to write a history file located on magnetic tape onto
disk. The tape must be assigned to SYS006 and, for processing, must be positionea to the file
containing the history file.
The RESTore Dtape function is normally restricted to copying privatI; librMies. Tt.e libraries
to be restored must be defined with the appropriate DEFine ~tatement!' The tape must be
assigned as SYS006 and, for processing, must be positioned to the first file.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: DEFine library if RESTore Dtape Optional: DEFine History

History Identifies this restore operation as an MSHP operation.

SYStem Specifies that the history file is to be copied to a disk file with the file nan'e:
IJSYSHF
AUXiliary Specifies that the history file is to be copied to a disk file with the file name:
IJSYS02
Dtape Assumes that the SYS006 aSSigned tape is a backup of libraries and of a
history file, created with the BACKUP utility. The libraries are restored as
PRIVate libraries subject to and as defined in the DEFine detail control
statement. Assignments for the disk, onto which the libraries are to be copied,
must be effective as follows:
SYS007 for PRIVate CLib
SYSOOB fOT PRIVate RUb
SYS009 for PRIVate SUb
I
The history file from tape is copied into an auxiliary history file
IJSYS02
on disk, assigned as SYS002, or as specified in the Unit-SYSnn parameter of
the DEFine statement. Label definitions for this disk file must be effective,
or the history file must have been defined in the detail control statement
DEFine History AUXiliary, or
DEFine History DLiBbuild

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

RETrace---1f-..,---------------------,-
!--COMPonents - - , - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - 1
L'Dentifier=component~
/---FEAtures----------------I
~PTFs----------------~
I-APARs
L-MODules

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The RETrace statement requests MSHP to print information from the system history file on
SYSLST_
Default: If RETrace is specified but none of the keywords, a system overview printout from the
history file is produced.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: one Optional: DEFine History

COMPonents Specifies that the component installation records are to be printed.

IDentifier Identifies that information about the component specified in component
(see below) is to be listed.

5-55
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS C Conl'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION C Conl'd)
component Specifies the component for which a retrace is to be made.
component is a string of 11 characters accordint to the example:
5745-5C.JCL.
FEAtures Specifies that the features installed are listed.
PTFs Specifies that all PTFs applied are listed (in ptf-number sequence).
APARs Specifies that all APARs are listed (in apar-number sequence) which were
fixed by a PTF, or were corrected locally.
MODules Specifies that all phases (core image library members), modules (relocatable
library members), and macros (source statement library members) that are
affected by a PTF or local fix are listed.

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statements

SELect- P T F f i l e - - - , - - - - r y - - - - -. . . .- - - - -...-
LAPPIY-.J 1 ,RR.vokabl. . .1 I"NODLIBbUild 1
CREVokabl~'::.J LOLIBbuil~t~
APPLICA TION/EXPLANAnON
The SELECT statement is used to select individual PTFs from a cumulative PTF file (filename:
PTF). Entries are made in the system history file for all the PTFs selected.
The device the SELect function reads the cumulative PTF file from must be assigned to SYS004.
The modules and/or macros of the selected PTFs are catalogued into the Corresponding libraries
(system or private, if assigned). Linkedits according to "Iinkbooks" contained in the selected
PTF are only done, if the option 'APply' is specified. If 'APply' is specified, OPTION CATAL
must be in effect and must have been coded in the job invoking MSHP with the SELect function.
The SELect function can also be utilized to "revoke" individual PTFs.

Selection of Release 34 format PTFs

The cumulative PTF file may contain DOSNSE-MSHP-format PTFs and PTFs of the Release
34-MSHP-format. For the Release 34-MSHP-format PTFs, MSHP takes history information from
JCL comment statements and builds the necessary MSHP control statements.

Restrictions:
The number of APARS fixed must not exceed 255.
The PTF must not have more than 72 requisites (PRE, CO and NOT).
At most 32 PTFs can be superseded.
The selected PTF may not be applicable to more than six releases.

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: PTF Optional: none

PTFfile Distinguishes the selecting of PTFs from the cumulative PTF file from other
select operations.
APply Specifies that the selected PTFs are to be applied to the system.
Default: The keyword APply may be omitted when option DLI Bbuild is speci-
fied (see below). The omission of APply indicates that the modules and/or
macros of the selected PTFs are to be catalogued into the corresponding
libraries (as in the case when APply is specified) but that linked its according
to the statement INVolves LlNK=link-book-listare not to be performed.
I RRevokable Specifies that when applying the PTF, no backout PTF is generated. That is,
the PTF cannot be revoked (the status before the application of the PTF
cannot be recreated).
REVokable Specifies that, when applying the PTF. a backout PTF is generated on SYSPCH.
The backout PTF is a job identical in structure with the job containing a PTF.
except that the initiating MSHP function control statement inside that job is
REVoke component: ptf-number.
The "ptf-number" is the same as the one of the original PTF (for which the
backout was generated).
Restrictions: When REVokable is specified, DlIBbuild must not be specified.

5-56
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (.. Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (. .. Cont'd)
NODLIBbuild NODUBbuild suppresses the DUBbuild option (see below).
DUBbuild Specify this option if the PTF is to be applied to preventive maintenance
libraries.
The effect of this option is:
1. When a PTF involves linkediting (particularly a 'Iinkbook' that controls
linking a component). all the phase names encountered will be reflected as
'affected' in the system history file so that in the UPgrade function all the
phases can be copied from the distribution libraries to the user's libraries.
2. When a PTF needs a corequisite PTF and this co-requisite is not present yet,
application of the PTF will not be rejected (as with the NODLIBbuild
option), but a warning message is issued. However, link edits (according to
component linkbooks) will not be performed.
Restrictions: REVokable and DLiBbuild are mutually exclusive options.

Function
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

UPGrade--l--~-----~--~-----------r-
I OLDsystem J ~
':ALL ........ ...::~
. .... .
l-NEWsyste~~ EXcept == exception-list
COMPonent == component-list

1 'RRevokable .. ~ 1 FROMTap~~
L-REVokable--.J LFROMDIS'(----.J
~1 WHOLEjOb
LCONClud-e-----.J
r
EODLlBb~
I
C=FORCElink=:::J
LIBbuild

APPLICATI ONiEXPLANATI 0 N
The UPGrade function is used to apply the contents of I BM-distributed upgrade libraries to an
operational system and updates the system history file accordingly, or produces a new history
file.
Restrictions: The UPGrade function can only be performed when MSHP is executed in the back-
ground partition.
Foreground partitions must be inactive if a library space problem is being resolved by means of
condense and FCOPY runs (see CONClude below).

Related Detail Control Statements:

Mandatory: DEFine Optional: REject

OLDsystem Specifies that the history information about the PTFs applied by the UPGrade
function is to be inserted in the operational system's history file.
NEWsystem Specifies that the whole system history file of the current operational system
be merged to the MSHPcreated auxiliary history file. These merged files, then
can become the history file of a new (operational) system.
The auxiliary history file created by MSHP is the restored history file that
accompanied the upgrade library package, from which MSHP has removed all
entries relating to PTFs that have to be rejected.
ALL Specifies that all PTFs contained in the upgrade library are applied to the
current operational system. Excluded from this application are PTFs that
don't satisfy the conditions requested by MSHP. The exceptions are listed in
the MSHP USER.s GUIDE under the same option (keyward operand).
EXcept Identifies that PTFs for the components named in the exception-list (see below)
are not to be applied.
(The EXcept option is used to exclude whole components from preventive
system service, whereas the REject detail control statement excludes indi-
vidual PTFs.)
Exception-list Specifies the components to be excepted from preventive maintenance.
exception is a string of 11 characters according to the example: 5745-SC-JCL
COMPonent Identifies that the components named in the component-list (see below) are to
be included in the preventive system service.

5~57
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS ( Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (... Cont'd)

component-list Specifies the components to be included in the preventive system service.
If specified, only the components named are candidates for preventive system
service. PTFs for all components not named are rejected.
A component may be named for preventive system service in this option, even
though there might not be a PTF for it in the PTF upgrade libraries.
component is a string of t 1 characters according to the example:
5745SC~CL.

IRRevokable Specifies that no backout PTFs will be generated for the PTFs applied during
preventive system service.
REVokable Requests backout PTFs to be generated for all PTFs applied.
The backout PTFs are MSHP jobs with the REVoke function control state-
ment included.
If SYSOO6 is assigned to a tape drive, the backout PTFs are written in blocked
format to this tape unit. Otherwise, the backout PTFs are written unblocked
toSYSPCH.
FROMTape Specifies that the upgrade libraries and the distribution history file are to be
restored.
The tape containing the upgrade libraries must be mounted on a tape drive
that is assigned as SYS006. MSHP restores the libraries as defined in the
DEFine detail control statement; the libraries defined must be of the type
PRIVate with the following assignments effective:
SYSQ07 for private CLI B
SYSOOB for private R LI B
SYSOO9 for private SLI B
MSHP restores the distribution history file from tape to an auxiliary history
file. An assignment for the auxiliary history file as SYS002 or as specified in
the Unit-5YSnnn parameter of the DEFine statement must be effective in any
case.
From the auxiliary history file all PTF entries are removed for PTFs to be
rejected. For the copying, assignments for the restored libraries must be effec-
tive as follows:
SYSOOO for SLiB
SYSOOl for RLI B
SYS003 for CLiB
FROMDlsk When this option is coded, MSHP assumes that the distribution PTF upgrade
libraries and the corresponding history file have been restored previously.
DEFine detail control statements are now needed to make known to MSHP
where the restored libraries and AUXiliary history file are. (The DEFines for
the libraries must not specify a directory size.)
Assignments for the restored libraries and the auxiliary history file must be
effective as follows:
SYSOOO for SLiB
SYSOOl for RLiB
SYS003 for CLI B
For the auxiliary history file, the assignment must be SYSOO2, or as specified
in the Unit=SYSnnn parameter of the DEFine statement.
WHOLEjob Specifies that restoring the libraries and applying the PTFs is to be done in one
continuous job.
CONClude Specifies that MSHP checks the target libraries for sufficient space before
merging the PTF phases, modules, andlor macros from the restored PTF up-
grade libraries, or before link-editing.
NQDLlBbuild Suppresses the DLIBbuild option (see below).
DLiBbuild Specifies that two PTF application libraries (which are interdependent through
corequisite PTFs) are to be merged.
This function makes application of PTFs acceptable, even if their corequisitEts
are not yet installed, or are not on the same upgrade library. (A warning
message is issued, nevertheless.) The libraries involved in applying the PTF are
verified to be private libraries. Backout PTFs for such PTFs are generated
with the DLiBbuild option in the REVoke statement_

65B
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (... Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (. .. Cont'd)
FORCElink Specifies that all components upgraded with PTFs from the PTF upgrade
libraries are to be linkedited provided at least one PTF for such a component
was applied (when building the PTF upgrade libraries) with linkediting
suppressed (specifying NOLink in APPLY, or not specifying APply in SE Lect
or ACCept}. For additional and further detail information refer to MSHP
USER's GUIDE.

Detail
Control Keyword Operands
Statements

AFFects -I-~----------,~------------- ._-

I LPHAses = Phase.name-nst J LMODU!eS = module-name-list-----

LLlOCS=-:J LCSect = csect-number~

LEXPand == size-increment =-oJ

LMACros macro-name-list

C=SUBlib == sublibrary-qualifier =-oJ

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The AF Fects statement identifies which phases, modules, and/or macros are affected by a PTF,

I
or local fix; or which of the replacement modules are for a feature.

PHAses Identifies that phase(s) as specified in phase-name-list {see below} are affected.
phase-name-list Specifies the affected phase{s).
Restrictions: If the AFFects statement is used for archiving a local fix and
the fix information, list may not be specified, but only the name of the phase
to be modified.
phase-name is a string of one to 8 alphameric characters:
0-9, A-Z, #, 5, and @
MODules Identifies that modules {members of the relocatable library} as specified in
module-name-list (see below) are affected_
module-name-list Specifies the affected module{s). (Restrictions and character string same as for
phase-name-list above)
LlOCS Identifies that a LlOCS module is affected by a PTF.
Note that only the macro to generate the module is distributed in the PTF,
but not the affected module itself.
CSect Identifies that an alteration applies to the CSECT specified in CSect-number
(see below).
Default: If not specified, CSect == DOl is assumed; that is, the first CSECT.
Restrictions: CSect must only be specified when archiving a local fix,
csect-number Specifies the CSECT number to which the alteration applies.
csect-number has one to three digits. If less than three digits are specified, the
number is padded with leading zeros.
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENT (. _.. Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (. ... Cont'd)

EXPand Identifies that the specified CSECT of the named module is to be made larger,
as specified in size-increment (see below)' so that fix code can be added at the
end of the CSECT.
Restrictions: E:XPand must only be specified when archiving a local fIX.

size-increment Specifies the number of bytes by which the CSECT is to be increased.

size-increment is a number of one to six digits.
MACros Identifies that macros (members of the source statement library) as specified
in macro-name-list (see below) are affected.
macro-name-list Specifies the affected macro(s).
Restrictions: When the AFFects statement is used for archiving a local fix and
the fix information, list must not be specified. but only the name of the macro
to be modified.
macro-name is string of one to eight alphameric characters:
0-9. A-Z. #, $, @;
the first characters must be alphabetic:
A-Z, #, $, or @.
SUSlib Identifies that a specific sublibrary of the source statement library contains
the affected macro(s}.
Default: If not specified, sublibrary E is assumed.
sublibrary-qual ifier
Specifies the sublibrary of the affected macro;
sublibrary-qualifier is one alphabetic character: A-Z.

Detail
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

ALter-~address--,--old-text==r-new-text----;

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The ALter statement identifies the modifications that are to be made to a phase (core image
library member) or module (relocatable library member). Modification includes verification for
core image library members.

address Specifies the address where the new-text is to begin to replace the old-text.
address is a string of one to six hexadecimal digits.
oldtext Specifies the text that is to be replaced.
The text in the phase or module at the specified address is verified to be
identical with the old text; replacement by new text takes only place if
identical.
Restrictions: oldtext must be specified if modifying a phase, but not when
modifying a module.
Old text can be of any of the three formats described in the MSHP USER's
GUIDE under the description for the ALter Detail Control Statement.
new-text Specifies the text that is to replace the text at the specified address.
new-text can consist of any of the three formats as described for old-text in
the MSHP USER's GUIDE.

5-60
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS I... Conl'd)
Detail
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

DEFine-j-,--,-- ---,---,-------y-EXTent = start-track: tracks

History-,-----,---

SPlit:::: split-track Unit'" SYSnnn

IDentifier = 'data-set-name'
Labelarea---EXTent"" b l o c k s - - - - - - - - - - - ' - ,

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The DEfine statement creates label/extent definitions for libraries or history files in the user
label area of the partition in which MSHP is executed. Further, it detemines the library alloca-
tion for MSHP functions such as INSTall, RESTore, and Dtape, which involve restoring libraries
from tape to disk. DEFine Labelarea is used to specify how many FBA blocks are to be allo-
cated for the System Label Area when installing a system.
The following describes the keyword operands of the DEFine statement.

CLib Identifies that the label definition and/or allocation has to be made for a core
I
image library. A label definition is made only if PRIVate is specified as well;
in this case, the file name used is: IJSYSCl.
R Lib Identifies that the label definition and/or allocation has to be made for a
relocatable library. A label definition is made only if PRIVate is specified as
well; in this case, the file name used is: IJSYSRl.
SUb Identifies that the label definition and/or allocation has to be made for a
source statement library. A label definition is made only if PRIVate is speci-
fied as well; in this case, the file name used is: IJSYSSl.
PUb Identifies that a procedure library is to be restored and that its allocations are
as specified in EXTent (see below).
Restrictions: DEFine PLib may be specified only in relation to function
control statement
INSTall
SYStem Identifies that the library is to be restored as system Hbrary.
Restrictions: DEFine SYStem may be specified only in relation to function
control statements:
INSTall
RESTore Dtape
PRIVate Identifies that (if applicable) the library is to be restored as private library.
Further, a label definition entry is made in the partition label area.
Restrictions: PRIVate may not be specified with PUb.
PLACEholder Identifies that, when restoring, space should be left for an (empty) library.
Restrictions: PLACEholder must not be specified with CLib.
DEFine PLACEholder may be specified only in relation to the function con-
trol statement:
INSTall

5-61
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS I Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION I .... Cont'd)

Default forSYStem/PRIVate/PLACEholder. If neither SYStem nor PRIVate,

nor PLACEholder is specified, the default taken depends on which function
control statement the DEFINE statement is detail control statement to.
The default is:
SYStem for INSTall
PRIVate for UPGrade
EXTent Identifies that extent information (if a label definition entry is made), and the
library allocation (when restoring is involved) is to be derived from the sped
fied values in start-track; tracks (see below).
starttrack For CKD devices, specifies the track number relative to zero, where a private
library is to begin; the library must begin on a cylinder boundary, except in
the case of a private core image library.
For FBA devices, designates the number of the first FBA block of a private
library.
Restrictions: start-track must be specified for libraries or type PRIVate; it
must not be specified for libraries of type SYStem.
start-track is any decimal number not exceeding 2.147.4B3.647.
tracks Specifies, for a private library, what the extent is to be in the label definition;
and for any type of library (SYStem or PRIVate), how many tracks/blocks
are to be allocated when restoring.
tracks is any decimal number not exceeding 2.147.483.647.
For CKD devices, the number specified is in number of tracks and may be any
integral number of cylinders. If less than one cylinder is specified, the mini-
mum allocated is one cylinder; if an odd number of tracks is specified, an
integral number of cylinders is allocated.
01 Rectory Identifies that space, as specified in directory-size (see below), is to be allo-
cat~ for the library directory.
directory-size For CKD devices, specifies how many tracks must be allocated for the library
directory; for FBA devices, how many FBA blocks.
directory-size is a decimal number not exceeding 2.147.483.647.
IDentifier Idenfies that the libray identifier given in dataset-name (see below) is to be
entered in the VTOC.
Dataset-name Specifies the library identification that is to be entered in the VTOC.
dataset-name is a string, enclosed in quotes, of one to 44 alphameric charac-
ters.
Defaults: If dataset-name is not specified, MSHP takes the following defaults:
ForCLib PRIVate: 'DOS.SYSCLB.FILE'
For RLib PRIVate: 'DOS.SYSRLB.FILE'
For SLib PRIVate: 'DOS.SYSSLB.FILE'
If DEFine SYStem has been specified and dataset-name is omitted, MSHP takes
the default: DOS.SYSRES.FILE
Restriction: If DEFine SYStem RLib/SLib/PLib and dataset-name has been
specified, the dataset-name specification is ignored. If CUb has been specified,
the VTOC entry for the CLib is that of the SYSRES file.
History Identifies that a label definition is to be made for a history file.
AUXiliary Identifies that the entry in the partition's user label area for the history file is
to be made under the file-name:
IJSYS02
SYStem Identifies that the entry in the partition's user label area for the history file is
to be made under the file-name:
IJSYSHP
DLIBbuild Identifies that entries for the file-names IJSYSH F and IJSYS02 are to be made
in the partition's user label area.
Both files have the same extent and identifier as specified or defaulted in
EXTent and IDentifier.

562
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (. Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (.... Cont'dl

EXTent Identifies that extent information and the library allocation is to be derived
from the specified values in start-track: tracks.
start-track For CKD devices, specifies with which track relative to zero the extent for the
history file is to begin; for FBA devices with which FBA block number.
start-track is any decimal number not exceeding 2.147.483.647.
tracks Specifies, for the history file, the size of the extent.
tracks is a decimal number not exceeding 2.147.483.647. For CKD devices,
the number specified is in number of tracks; for FBA devices, the number
means FBA blocks.
SPlit Identifies that the history file is to be maintained as a split-cylinder file: identi-
fies the value given in split-track as the last track to be allocated to the flle_
Restrictions: SPlit must not be specified for a history file on FBA devices.
split-track Specifies which track is the last one in each cylinder to be allocated to the
history file defined. (The first cylinder occupied by the file ist the one in which
the "start-track" lies, and the last cylinder is determined by the number of
tracks specified.)
split-track is a decimal integer not exceeding 19_
Unit Identifies that a history file is to reside on the logical unit (other than SYSREC)
as specified in SYSnnn.
Restrictions: Specification of Unit does not allow for maintaining the system's
parameter history file on a logical unit other than SYSREC.
SYSnnn Specifies the logical unit on which the defined history file is to reside, and
assigns the unit to a physical device (CKD or FBA)_
SYS is followed immediately by three digits (for nnn) representing the physical
device address.
Default: If not specified. MSHP takes the following defaults:
For a SYStem history file: SYSREC
For a AUXiliary history file: SYS002
I
For a DLiBbuild history file: SYS002
IDentifier Identifies that the history identifier given in dataset-name is to be entered in the
VTOC.
'dataset-name' Specifies the history file identification that is to be entered in the VTOC.
dataset-name is a string, enclosed in quotes, of one to 44 alphameric characters.
Defaults: If dataset-name is not specified, MSHP takes the following defaults:
For History AUXiliary: 'DOS.AUXllIARY.HISTORY.FllE'
For History SYStem: 'OOS.SYSTEM.HISTORY_FllE'
For History DLiBbuild: 'OOS.DLlB.HISTORY.FllE'
Restriction: If you use IBM-supplied standard labels or if your own standard
label set contains DlBland EXTENT for IJSYSHF, do not use DEFINE
HISTORY SYSTEM in any MSHP job accessing the system history file.
Labelarea Identifies that a labelarea is to be allocated when installing a system on a FBA
device.
Restrictions: DEFine Labelarea may only be specified in conjunction with the
function control statement INSTall.
Default: If omitted, defaults apply as assumed by the RESTORE utility pro-
gram.
EXTent Identifies that the size of the labelarea that will be allocated is to be derived
from the value given in blocks (see below).
blocks Specifies how many FBA blocks are to be allocated for the label area when in-
stalling a system.
blocks is a decimal number of minimum 12 and not exceeding 2.147.483.647.

563
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS ( Cont'd)

Detail
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

DELete- ----r-from-line-r-:to-line-; I

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The DELETE statement indicates the lines to be deleted from a source statement library member
when archiving a local fix.

from-line Specifies the linenumber, in columns 73 through 78 in the de-edited (E-served)

deck, where deletion begins. The from-line is the first line to be deleted.
from-line is an integer of one to six digits.
Default: If omitted, 'from-line' is assumed to be equal to 'to-line'. This means,
that only the line designated by to-line (see below) is deleted.
to-line Identifies the last line of the lines to be deleted.
to-line is an integer of one to six digits.
Restrictions: to-line must numerically be equal to or greater than the value
given in from-line.

Detail
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

INsert- -after-line---;

APPLICA TI ON/EXPLANATION
The INSERT statement identifies where, in a source statement library member, additions are to
be made when archiving a local fix.

after-line Specifies the line number in the deedited (E-servedl deck in columns 73
through 78, after which the source input (following the INsert statement up
to the next Iii is to be inserted.
after-line is an integer of one to six digits.

Detail
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

PTF- -ptf-number
11RReVOkable1 1 NOOLlBbuild 1
L-REVokable L-..O LI Bbuild-----.J

[COMment'" 'comment'] ,

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The PTF statement indicates (to SELect) which PTFs are to be selected from the cumulative PTF
file. One PTF statement is required for each PTF that is to be selected; they need not to be in
any specific sequence.

ptfnumb er Identifies the PTF that is to be selected from the cumulative PTF file.
ptf-number is a string of 6 or 7 characters, the first one or two are alphabetic,
the remaining five are digits.
For example:
N12345 (Nnnnnn is used for "old" format PTFs)
UD12345 (UDnnnnn is used for "new" format PTFs)
I RRevokable Specifies that, when applying the selected PTF, no backout PTF is to be
generated. That is, the PTF cannot be revoked.
Restrictions: See Hierarchy of Irrevokable/Revokable, below.

564
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS (, , , Cont'd)

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION (,'" Cont'd)

REVokable Specifies that, when applying the selected PTF, a backout PTF is to be gene-
rated. That is, the PTF can be revoked.
Restrictions: See "Hierarchy of Irrevokable/Revokable", below. REVokable
cannot be specified with the DLiBbuild option specified.
NODLIBbuild If explicitly specified, suppresses DliBbuitd specification in the SELect or
APply statement for the selected PTF.
DLiBbuild If specified, has the same effect as if specified in the APply statement or the
selected PTF. It overrides any defaulted or explicitly specified NODLIBbuild in
the APply or SELect statement. For the function of DLIBbuild in APply. see
the APPLY statement.
Restrictions: DLlBbuild and REVokable are mutually exclusive options.
NOLINK If specified, has the same effect as if specified in the APPLY statement of the
selected PTF; even if in the SELECT statement no indication is given that
Linkeditsare to be suppressed (the option APply being coded). For the func-
tions of NOLINK. see NOLINK in the APPLY statement.
COMment Identifies that the comment as specified in comment (see below) is to be
inserted in the history file.
'comment' Specifies that a comment relating to the selected PTF has to be inserted in the
history file when the PTF is applied.
comment is a string, enclosed in quotes, of one to 57 characters Inot counting
the quotes).

Hierarchy of Irrevokable/Revokable
Revokability for a PTF may be specified in the SELect statement, the APply statement and in
the PTF statement. The following hierarchy holds:
An explicit specification of I RRevokable or REVokable in the PTF statement overrides any other
revokability specification (explicit or defaUlted).
If irrevokable/revokable is not explicitly specified in the PTF statement, then an explicit specifi
cation in the SElect statement becomes the controlling one.
I
If irrevokable/revokable is not explicitly specified in the PTF or int the SELect statement, then
the revokability in the APply statement (explicit or defaulted) becomes effective.
Release 34 format PTFs are always I RRevokable, unless REVokable is specified in the PTF or
the SELect statement.

Detail
Control Keyword Operands
Function

REJect-r----component--PTFs'" ptfnumberlist--;

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The REject statement indicates which PTFs are explicitly to be excluded if upgrading a
system.
Restrictions: The total number of PTFs that are to be rejected per UPGRADE land specified in
one or more REJECT statements) together with the total number of components that are to be
excepted must not exceed 113.

component Specifies the component, for which PTFs (specified in PTFs '" ptfnumberlist,
see below) are to be rejected.
component is a string of 11 characters according to the example: 5745-SC.JCL.
PTFs Identifies that PTFs as specified in ptfnumber (see below) are to be excluded
from application.
ptfnumberlist Specifies the numbers of the PTFs to be excluded.
ptfnumber is a string of 6 or 7 characters, the first one or two are alphabetic,
the remaining five are digits.
For example:
N12345
U012345

5-65
MSHP CONTROL STATEMENTS C", Cant'd)

Detail
Control Keyword Operands
Statement

REPlace-t--from-line: to-line--;

APPLICATION/EXPLANATION
The REPlace statement is used, when archiving a local fix. The statement defines where replace-
ment of lines in a source statement library member must begin and end, and initiates the replac-
ing of the source text. (The replacing data are to be terminated by an input line containing /$ in
columns 1 and 2.1

from-line Specifies in the d-edited (E-served) deck the line-number in columns 73

through 78, which is the first line to be deleted and to be replaced.
from-line is an integer of one to six digits. If less than six digits are coded, lead-
ing zeros are supplied.
to-line Specifies that beginning with "fromline", all lines in the de-edited (E-served)
deck are to be deleted up to and including to-line_ to-line is the line-number
contained in columns 73 through 78 of the data to be modified_ Any input
lines contained between the REPlace statement and the next 1$ line, are in-
serted.
to-line is an integer of one to six digits. If less than six digits are coded, leading
zeros are supplied.

5-66
PDZAP

This program allows you to make changes to programs cataloged in a system or private core
image library. It provides a printout of the changes on SYSLST. This printout should be kept on
the installation to keep track of the changes made.

SYSTEM REQUI REMENTS

PDZAP can be executed in any partition. Since PDZAP accesses a core image library, other pro-
grams running currently should not use the phases PDZAP is operating on the same library.
SYSLOG must be assigned to the operator console. When card input is used, SYSIPT must be
assigned to a card reader (hopper 1 on 5425/2560). SYSLST should be assigned to a printer.

EXECUTING PDZAP
The PDZAP program can be executed from the operator console or from a card reader.

HOW TO EXECUTE POZAP FROM THE OPERATOR CONSOLE

Teh following is an example in which the program PROG is used as a phase to be modified.
Call in the program
II EXEC PO ZAP
The system will respond:
4C861 PDZAP EXECUTION BEGINS
4C99A Enter your name. Reply to this message by typing your name.
4CB5A ENTER PHASENAME (XCIL= xxxxxxxx)
Reply to this message in one of the following ways:
a) if PROG is in the system core image library enter SCt L=PROG, or simply PROG, as SCI Lis
the default.
b) if PROG is in the private core image library enter PCIL=PROG.
When the phase is found, the following messages are issued:
4C871 LOAD ADDRESS=xxxxxx
4C88D ADDRESS XXXXXX, OFFSET+XXXXXX,SCAN~XX,.XX,REF~XXXXXX

Reply to this message in one of the following ways:

option 1 specify the hexadecimal address of the data you want displayed: C8072A
option 2 specify the offset to the reference point of the data you want displayed
(the initial reference point is the load address): +6D4
I
option 3 specify a character string to be searched: SCAN='LABPROG'
option 4 specify a hexadecimal string to be searched: SCAN=D3C1C2D7D9D6C7
option 5 set a reference point: REF=OB071C.
If an address is invalid or a string cannot be found, an error message will be issued.
To options 3 and 4 the system will first respond with:
4C941 SCAN ADDRESS xxxxxx
Options 1-4 will result in the display of up to 16 bytes of data in the format
4C890
xxxX .. xx cccc.. cc
where xxxX . xx is the hexadecimal representation and cccc.cc is the corresponding character
representation.
The data printed is contained in a single library block. If less than 16 bytes are displayed, it is
either the end of the program or the end of the library block.
If only a display is wanted, press END/ENTER.
To modify the displayed data, type in replacement data for the number of bytes to be changed.
For instance, if the data displayed is:
4C890
05B01210746410000014790842807F6 ............ 6
to change the first four bytes to Nap, type in:
07000700

The system will respond with message 4C88A again and you can use one of the five options
mentioned above to display or modify another portion of the same phase, or to set another re-
ference point.

5-67
PDZAP ( ... Cont'd)

HOW TO EXECUTE PDZAP FROM THE OPERATOR CONSOLE I .. Cont'd)

If you are finished with this phase, but want to access another phase, use
option 6 terminate processing with this phase by typing END PHASE
Now the program repeats message 4C86A. which allows you to specify the name of another
phase.
If you want to terminate the execution of PDZAP, use
option 7 end PDZAP operation by typing: END

HOW TO EXECUTE PDZAP FROM A CARD READER

Executing PDZAP from SYSIPT is the same as from SYSLOG, with the following exceptions:
/I UPSI 1 must be specified to indicate carel input
data must be verified before it can be changed.

Example:
/I UPSI 1 indicate carel input
/I EXEC PDZAP call the program
NAME=your name specify your name
SCI L=PROG specify the phase to be accessed
+6D4 specifies the position of the data to be displayed (option 2)
VER=05BO, 1211 orlspeCifies the data to be verified; if the data is
VER=05B01211 not found, no update will take place
REP=070Q0700 or specifies the data which is to replace the date
REP=0700,0700 just verified
END terminates the run
The format of the VER and REP data can be:
a hexadecimal string (full bytes, or an even number of digits)
a set of 2-byte entries, separated by commas
a character string, preceded by a quote (VER='LABPROG).

OUTPUT OF PDZAP ON SYSLST

On SYSLST, which must be a line printer, the program prints the following in the sequence as
shown:
PDZAP.
Date and time of the change.
Your name as specified.
Name of the phase that has been changed.
Load address of that phase.
Address of the changed data.
Old data in hexadecimal notation.
New data in hexadecimal notation.
Note: Full details about possible responses to PDZAP messages are given in DOS/VSE messages.

5-68
DOSVSDMP AND STANDALONE DUMP

DOSVSDMP, A PROGRAM OF DOSIVSE, CAN BE USED TO CREATE A STANDALONE

DUMP IN CARDS, ON A DISKETTE, ON MAGNETIC TAPE, OR ON DISK. THE PROGRAM
CAN ALSO BE USED TO PRINT THE OUTPUT OF:
- A STANDALONE DUMP.
- A DUMP TAKEN IN RESPONSE TO A DUMP COMMAND IF THE OUTPUT WAS WRITTEN
ONTO MAGNETIC TAPE OR DISK.
- AN EXECUTION OF THE SDAID PROGRAM IF ITS OUTPUT WAS WRITTEN ONTO
MAGNETIC TAPE.

1. RECORD ANY ERROR OR STATUS INDICATORS ON THE SYSTEM CONSOLE.

2. USING ALTER/DISPLAY, RECORD THE CURRENT PSW, GENERAL REGISTERS, AND
FLOATING POINT REGISTERS,
3. PERFORM THE STORE STATUS 143XX PROCESSORS SAVE MACHINE} PROCEDURE
FOR YOUR SYSTEM.
4. IPL YOUR DUMP PROGRAM FROM CARDREADER, TAPE, DISKETTE, OR DISK.
5. IF MESSAGES 4C431 DOSVS DMP COMPETE OOOOXX TRACKS USED, RESTART
DOSIVSE AND PREPARE TO PRINT THE DUMP AS SOON AS THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN
RESTARTED.

CREATING THE STANDALONE DUMP PROGRAM

THE PROGRAM, ONCE IT RECEIVED CONTROL, PROMTS YOU FOR FURTHER CONTROL
INFORMATION, AND YOU SELECT THE DESIRED OPTION BY AN APPROPRIATE RE
SPONSE TO THE PROGRAM'S PROMT AS SHOWN.

PROMT MESSAGE
XX 4C50D SELECT YOUR OPTION BY THE CORRESPONDING NUMBER
1. CREATE DOSDMPF 2 PRINT DUMP 3 PRINT SDAID TAPE
4 PRINT FILE 5 INFORMATION 6 EOJ IDE FAULT}
7 CREATE DOSDMPG B CLR DOSDMPF

EXAMPLE FOR JOB CONTROL

TAPE DUMP:
9 CLR DOSDMPG

I
1. SELECT A NONLABELED TAPE TO BE USED AS THE DUMP VOLUME.
2. EXECUTE DOSVSDMP:
I/JOB
/I ASSGN SYS006, 2BO
/I EXEC DOSVSDMP
1&
3. WHEN MESSAGE 4C50D IS ISSUED, REPLY: 1
11 CREATE DOSDUMPF} 16 EOJ DEFAULT}
4. MESSAGE 4C79 I INDICATES THAT CREATION OF THE DUMP PROGRAM TAPE
IS COMPLETED.
REFER TO DOSIVSE MESSAGES FOR AN EXPLANATION OF THE ABOVE MESSAGES.

DISK DUMP:
1. SELECT A DISK PACK TO BE USED AS THE DUMP VOLUME.
NOTE THAT THE IPL TEXT ON THE PACK WILL BE REPLACED BY THE DUMP IPL
TEXT. THE SELECTED PACK CANNOT BE A SYSTEM RESIDENCE VOLUME.
2. BEFORE YOU CAN EXECUTE DOSVSDMP, THE FILE WHICH IS TO HOLD THE DUMP
OUTPUT MUST BE ALLOCATED ON THE SELECTED VOLUME. THIS FILE MUST BE
NAMED DOSDMPF, AND BEGIN AND END ON A CYLINDER BOUNDARY. THE SIZE
OF THE FILE IS CALCULATED USING THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:
FOR CKD DEVICE:
N = 2 + IV+R} IT
FOR AN FBA DEVICE USING BLOCKS OF 512 BYTES IN LENGTH:
N = 417 + IV+R} 11 + 1/256}}

569
DDSVSDMPAND STANDALDNE DUMP ( Conl'd)

EXAMPLE FOR JOB CONTROL ( Cont'd)

Where
N = IS THE NUMBER OF REQUIRED TRACKS FOR A CKD DEVICE AND THE NUMBER
OF BLOCKS FOR AN FBA DEVICE.
V = IS THE NUMBER OF PAGES IN THE VI RTUAL ADDRESS AREA.
R = IS THE NUMBER OF PAGES IN THE REAL ADDRESS AREA.
T = 3 FOR A VOLUME ON A 2314 (2319) OR 3340
6 FOR A VOLUME ON A 3330
B FOR A VOLUME ON A 3350
THE RESULT N MUST BE ROUNDED TO THE NEXT HIGHER NUMBER OF TRACKS
EQUIVALENT TO THE NEXT WHOLE NUMBER OF CYLINDERS.

EXAMPLE:
3. EXECUTE DOSVSDMP
IIJOB
II ASSGN SYS006, 132
II DLBL DOSDMPF, 'FILENAME'
II EXTENT SYS006, BALANCE OF EXTENT INFORMATION
II EXEC DOSVSDMP
1&
4. WHEN MESSAGE 4C50D IS ISSUED, REPLY: 1,6
(1 CREATE DOSMPF) (6 EOJ DEFAULT)
6. MESSAGE 4C79 I INDICATES THAT CREATION OF THE DUMP PROGRAM DISK IS
COMPLETED.
REFER TO DOSNSE MESSAGES FOR AN EXPLANATION OF THE ABOVE MESSAGES.

DISKETTE OR IN CARDS
ASSIGN SYSOQ6 TO A DISKETTE OR A CARD UNIT. THIS CAUSES PROGRAM DOSVS
DMP TO PROMPT YOU FOR THE DESIRED OUTPUT MODE AS SHOWN.

PROMT MESSAGE
XX4C61D SELECT YOUR OPTION BY NUMBER
1 cuu PRINTER ADDRESS (DEFAULT IS I=OOE)
2 INTERRUPT 3 EOJ

EXAMPLE JOB CONTROL: DISKETTE AND CARDS

DISKETTE DUMP:
1. EXECUTE DOSVSDMP:
II JOB
1/ ASSGN SYS006,04F
1/ DLBL DOSDMPF, 'DATA', 711001, DU
1/ EXTENT SYS006
1/ EXEC DOSVSDMP
1&

CARD DUMP:
1. EXECUTE DOSVSDMP:
I/JOB
II ASSGN SYS006, 000
1/ EXEC DcisVSDMP
1&
EXECUTING THE STANDALONE DUMP PROGRAM
THE PROGRAM IS ACTIVATED VIA AN IPL OF THE TAPE, DISK, DISKETTE OR CARD
READER CONTAINING THE DUMP PROGRAM. THE IPL PROCEDURE LOADS THE
PROG RAM I NTO AND OVER LAYS STORAGE LOCATIONS X' AOO' TO X' AF F'. ONCE
LOADED, THE PROGRAM PROCEEDS TO WRITE OUT STORAGE IN VI RTUAL PAGE
ORDER. FOLLOWING THE VIRTUAL STORAGE DUMP, OR AS A RESULT OF AN ERROR
IN ATTEMPTING TO DUMP VIRTUAL STORAGE, A DUMP OF REAL STORAGE IN REAL
PAGE ORDER IS TAKEN. UPON COMPLETION OF THE DUMP MESSAGE DOSVSDMP
COMPLETE IS ISSUED AND THE SYSTEM IS PLACED IN THE WAIT STATE WITH A
COMPLETION CODE IN BITS 48 TO 63 OF THE CURRENT PSW.

570
DOSVSDMP AND STANDALONE DUMP (. ... Cant'd)

PRINTING THE STANDALONE DUMP OUTPUT

FOR PRINTING THE STANDALONE DUMP OUTPUT, THE PROGRAM REQUIRES AT
LEAST 40 K OF STORAGE, NOT INCLUDING THE SIZE OF THE SUPERVISOR.

EXAMPLE FOR JOB CONTROL: PRINTING FROM DISK

1. EXECUTE DOSVSDMP:
I/JOB
II ASSGN SYS006,DEVICE
/I DLBL DOSDMPF, 'FILENAME'
/I EXTENT SYS006, BALANCE OF EXTENT INFORMATION
/I EXEC DOSVSDMP
1&
2. WHEN MESSAGE XX4C50D IS ISSUED, REPLY: 2
(2 PRINT DUMP)
3. WHEN MESSAGE XX4C52D IS ISSUED, REPLY:
SELECT YOUR DUMP(S) BY NUMBER.

PROMPT MESSAGE
XX 4C50D SELECT YOUR OPTION BY THE CORRESPONDING NUMBER
1 CREATE DOSDMPF 2 PRINT DUMP 3 PRINT SDAID TAPE
4 PRINT FILE 5 INFORMATION 6 EOJ (DEFAULT)
7 CREATE DOSDMPG a CLR DOSDMPF 9 CLR DOSDMPG

2 -------OPERATOR'S RESPONSE

PROMPT MESSAGE
XX 4C52D SELECT YOUR DUMP(S) BY NUMBER
1 SUPVR 2 VIRT (DEFLT) 3 REAL 4 FORMATTED

I
5 SVA 6 BG OR Fl ETC 7 ADDRADDR a END SELECT
9 EOJ EXAMPLE: 5,6 BG,6 Fl,7 037FF,B

1, 6 F2, 4, B ..-OPERATOR'S RESPONSE

iii IIF YOU SELECT MORE THAN ONE OPTION, THESE

L---'-"----------10PTIONS MUST BE SEPARATED FROM EACH OTHER BY
A COMMA WITH NO PRECEDING BLANK.
BRIEF EXPLANATION OF POSSIBLE DUMP OPTIONS:
1-PRINT THE CONTENTS OF THE SUPERVISOR.
2-PRINT THE CONTENTS OF ALL OF VIRTUAL STORAGE (THIS IS THE DEFAULT
IF NO DUMP OUTPUT OPTIONS ARE SPECIFIED: THAT IS, IF YOU RESPOND BY
SIMPLY PRESSING END/ENTER.
3-PRINT THE CONTENTS OF PROCESSOR (REAL) STORAGE (APPLIES ONLY TO
DOS!VSE IN 370 MODEl.
4-FORMAT AND PRINT DOS/VSE CONTROL BLOCKS.
5 -PRINT THE CONTENTS OF THE SVA.
6-PRINT THE CONTENTS OF THE SPECIFIED PARTITION(S).
7 -PRINT THE CONTENTS OF ONE OR MORE (UP TO EIGHT) AREAS OF VI RTUAL
STORAGE AS DEFINED BY PAIRS OF ADDRESSES SPECIFIED IN RESPONSE IN
SUCCESSIVE PROGRAM PROMPTS. THESE ADDRESSES MUST BE SPECIFIED IN
HEXADECIMAL NOTATION. IF YOU SPECIFY, FOR EXAMPLE
72001 F20 300
THE PROGRAM PRINTS THE CONTENTS OF ONE PAGE OF VIRTUAL STORAGE
FROM 200 00 to 207FF} BECAUSE PRINTING FOR AN ADDRESS PAIR ALWAYS
BEGINS AT THE NEXT LOWER 2K BOUNDARY OF THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED
FIRST AND ENDS WITH THE NEXT HIGHER 2K BOUNDARY OF THE ADDRESS
SPECI FlED LAST. IF YOU SPECIFY 2K BOUNDARIES, PRINTING STARTS AND
ENDS ON THE SPECIFIED BOUNDARIES.
a-INDICATES TO DOSVSDMP THAT YOU HAVE FINISHED SELECTING DUMP OUT
PUT OPTIONS.
9-TERMINATE EXECUTION OF DOSVSDMP IMMEDIATELY.
PROMPTS AND RESPONSES FOR PRINTING FROM TAPE OR DISK.
FOR DETAI LS REFER TO DOS!VSE SERVICEABILITY AIDS AND
DEBUGGING PROCEDURES.

571
INDEX

/+ statement I I -'9
'" statement 11-19
1& statement 11-19
" statement 11-'9

A
Abnormal termination table IV-S5
ACTION statement 11-23
ADD command 11-01,11-02
Address, converting virtual to real IV-84
ALLOe command 11-05
ALLOCR
command 11-05
macro, supervisor 11-52
ALTER command 11-05
Anchor table IV-S9
ASCII/EBCDIC translation table IV-69 to IV-73
ASSGN
command [1-05 to 11-08
statement 11-05 to II-DB
Attention routine commands 11-05 to 11-21

C
CANCEL command "-DB
Cancel codes and messages IV-53, IV-54
Catalog
core image library 11-24
procedure library 11-24
relocate library 11-24
source statement library 11-24
CAW (channel address word) '-17
eCB (command control block) IV-OS to IV-07
CCW (channel command word) 1-17
Channel address word (see CAW)
Channel commands 1-19 to 1-22
Channel command word (see CCW)
Channel control table IV-39
Channel logout, limited 1-18
Channel queue table IV-38
Channel status word (see CSW)
CLOSE
command 11-09
statement 11-09
Codetranslationtable 1-08 to 1-13
Command control block (see CCBl
Communication region
partition IV-17 to IV-19
system (SYSCOM) IV-ll to IV-16
Condense
core image library 11-25
procedure library 11-25
relocate library 11-25
source statement library 11-25
Condense limit, automatic 11-25
Condition codes 1-06,1-07
CONFG macro, supervisor 11-36
Console buffering table IV-40
Control registers
allocation 1-13
assignment of fields 1-13
Control and Workblocks for channel program fising, relationship IV-42
GPR masks, CR9 V-16
Conversion
hexadecimal to decimal 1-23
virtual to real address IV-84
Copy blocks
overview IV-SO
CCB, layout of IV-Sl
CCW, layout of IV-B2
INDEX (.... Cont'd)

C (. , . Cont'd)
Copy functions, librarian 1127 to 11-31
CORGZ program, functions 11-27 to 11-31
Cross partition ECB (XECB) table IV-47
CRT constant table IV-61
CSERV program, functions 11-26
CSW (channel status word) 1-17

D
Dasd standard labels
format 1, file 111-07 to 111-10
format 2. file 11111 to 11114
format 3, file 111-15
format 4, file 11116 to 111-18
format 5, file 111-19
volume 111-01
DATE statement 11-09
DEL command 11-02
Delete
core image library 11-24
procedure library 11-24
relocatable library 11-24
source statement library 11-24
DEL command 11-02
Density data IV-46
Device type codes 11-42 to 11-44
DIB (disk information block) IV-48
DIDAL
block IV-83
entry IV-83
Directory entry, layout of IV92
Disk information block (see DIB)
D LB L statement 11-09
DOSVSDAMP and Stand-alone DUMP
creating stand-alone dump program V-69
example for JOB control V-69, V-70
exectuging stand-alone dump program V-70
printing stand-alone dump output V-26, V-71
DPD
command 11-02,11-03
DPDTA8 (page data set table) IV-75
DSERV program, functions 11-26
DSPL Y command 11-9
DTF table type codes 111-108,111109
DTFCD
combined reader/punch 111-34
punch 111-32,111-33
reader 11I-2B, 11131
DTFCN 111-37
DTFCP
DISK=NQ 111-104,111-105
DISK"'parameteromitted 111-106,111107
DISK"'YES 111101 to 111-103
DTFDA 111-62 to 111-66
DTFDI 111-99,111-100
DTFDR 111-38
DTFDU 111-91,111-92
DTFIS
add 111-71 to 11176
addrtr 111-84 to 111-90
load 111-67 to 111-70
retrve, random 11177 to 111-80
retrve, sequential 111-81 to 111-84
DTFMR 111-41 to 111-43
DTFMT
data files 111-44 to 11151
work files III-52
DTFOR 111-39 to 111-40
INDEX (. . Cont'd)

D (.... Cont'd)
DTFPH
DAM-files 111-96
diskette 111-97, 1I1-9B
magnetic tape 111-93
sequential disk 111-94,111-95
DTFPR 11135,11136
DTFSD
data files III-53 to Ill-59
work files 111-60 to 11161
DUMP command 11-9
DVCDN command 11-10
DVCUP command 11-10

ECB (event control block) IV-47

Emulator ECB Table (EUECBTAB) lV-46
END
card, format 11-45
command 11-10
ENTER command 1110
ENTRY statement 11-23
EREP V.()4
ERPIB (error recovery procedure information block) IV-51
Error recovery block (ERBLOC) IV-52
Error recovery procedure information block (see ERPIB)
Error queue entry IV-52
ESD card, format 11-44
ESERV program
control statements 11-33,11-34
examplex 11-34
Event control block (see ECS)
EXEC command 1110
EXTENT
command 11-' 1
statement I I -11

Fetch table IV-90

FCB (Retch/Load Control Block) Layout lV-gO
FCHWORK (Fetch Work Area) Layout lV-gO
FHB (Fixlist Header Block) Layout IV-42
FICS (Fetch Input Control Block) Layout IV-90
FLB (Fixlist Block) Layout IV-42
FRS (Fix Request Block) Layout IV-42
File labels, standard
dasd (see dasd standard labels)
tape (see tape standard labels)
FIXWTAB IV-46
FOPT macro, supervisor 11-36 to 11-41

H
HOLD command 11-11
INDEX ( . Cont'd!

IGNORE command 1111

INCLUDE statement 11-22
Instruction code
assembler 1-05
extended mnemonic 1-04
format 1-12
machine 1..()1 to 1-04
Interruption code
external 1-19
input/Output (lID) 1-19
machine check 1-18
program 1-19
'supervisor call 1-19
Interval timer table IV-53
Interval timer request table IV-64
IOTAB macro, supervisor 11-40 to 11-41
I/O tables interrelationship IV-33
IORB (Input/Output Request Block) IV-08
IPL control statements 11-01 to 1104

Ji
JIB (job information block) IV-37
Job accounting interface common table IV-67
Job accounting interface partition table IV-68
Job control statements/commands II"()S to 11-21
Job control overview 11.(15
Job information block (see JIB)
JOB statement 11-11
Job control statements summary 1121

Label information cylinder 11120

Labels, standard
dasd (see dasd standard labels)
tape (see tape standard labels)
LBLTVPstatement 1111
LFCBcommand 1111
LLB (Locate List Block) Layout IV45
LPB (Line Pointer Block) Layout IV-45
Librarian
maintenance function 1124 to 1125
service functions 1125 to 1127
copy functions 1127 to 11-31
LlK (logical transient owner identification key) IV-25
Linemodetable IV-41
Linkage editor control statements 1122 to 11-23
LlOCS modulenames versus options
COMOD 11121,11122
OAMOD 11122
DIMOO 11122
ORMOO 11122
DUMOD 11122
ISMOD 11127
MRMOD 11123
MTMOD 11123
ORMOD 11124
PRMDD 11124,11125
PTMOD 11126
SDMOD 11126, 11127
LlSTIO
command 1111
statement 1111
LOG command 11-11
Logical transient key (see LTK)
Logical transient owner identification key (see UK)
Logical unit block (see LUB)
LSERV program 1135
LTK (logical transient key) IV-25
LUB (logical unit block) IV-34
LUCB command 1111
INDEX (. Cont'd)

M
Maintain System History utility (see MSHP) V-17
MAINT program, functions 11-24 to 11-25
MAP command 1[-11
Merge function, librarian II-3~ to 11-31
Merge operation, direction of transfer 11-32
MICA DTF address and pointers IV-50
MODE command 11-12
Module names (see LlOCS module names versus options)
MSG command 11-12
MTC
command 11-12
statement 11-12

N
NEWVOL command 11-12
NOLOG command 11-12

a
OLTEP
requirements V-01
options V-Ol, V-02
example Y-03
Operator communication table IY-62
OPTION statement 11-12 to 11-14
Tables
AB (abnormal termination) IV-65
IT (interval timer) IY-63
OC (operator communication) IV-62
PC (program check) IY-62
PHO (page fault handling overlap) IY-66
TT !task timer}IV-63
OVEND
command 11-14
statement 11-14

Page data set format

2314 IV-85
3310 IV-85
3330 IV-85
3340 IV-85
3350 IV-85
3370 IV-85
Page data set table (see DPDTAB)
Page fault handling table IY-S6
Pageframetable IY-77
Page-in-queue entry IV-76
Page-aut-Queue entry IV-76
PAGETA8 IV78
Partition identification key (see PI KJ
Partition communication region IV-17
PAUSE
command 11-14
statement 11-14
PDZAP
system requirements V-67
executing PDZAP Y-67, V-58
PHASE statement 1122
Physical unit block (see PUB)
Physical unit block ownership table IY-36
PIS (program information block) IV-28
PIK (partition identification key) IV25
PIOCS macro, supervisor 1139
Program check option table IV-52
Program information block (see PIB)
Program information block extension IV-31
Program status word (see PSW)
PRTY command 11-14
PSEAY program, functions 11-26,1127
INDEX ( .... Cant'd)

R (... Cant'd)
PSW 1-16
PUB (physical unit block) IV-35
PUB2 entry addressing IV-55
entry formats
dasd IV-56
tape IV-56, IV-57
unit record and unsupported devices IV-56
3540 diskette IV-58
3886 OCR IV-58

RAS linkage area IV-26

RCB (resource control block) IV-47
Reallocation function, librarian 11-26.11-27
Recorder file table (see RF-table)
Rename
core image library 11-24
procedure library 11-24
relocatable library 11-24
source statement library 11-24
REP card, format 11-45
.REPLICA block IV-83
RESET
command 11-14
statement 11-14
Resource control block (see RCB)
Resource usage record table (see RURTAB)
RF-table (recorder file table) IV-59
RHB Replica header block IV-86
RID IV-93
RLD card, format 11-45
ROD command 11-14
Routine identifiers (see RID)
RPS
DTF/module relationship [11-110
DTF extent ion layout 111-111
RSERV program, functions 11-26
RSTRT statement 11-14
RURTAB (resource usage record table) IV-a7
INDEX (. Cont'dl

Save area
problem program IV-32
user IV-32
SDAID program
Requirements V-ll
Restrictions V-ll
How to execute SDAID from the operator console V-ll
Commands V12
Path diagram forthe AREA command V-l3
Path diagram for the TRACE command V'14, V-15
Path diagram for the OUTDEV command V-16
Segment table IV-74
Sensehytes
1017 124
1018 1-24
1287 124
1288 124
1403 125
1419 125
1442 126
1443 126
2260 126
2311 126, 1-27
2314/
2319 127,128
2400 128
2501 129
2520 129
2540 129
2560 129 to 1-30
2596 1-:iO
2671 130
3203 131
3203-4,3203-5,3211,3289 1-31 to [32
32101
3215 131
3272 132
3310 132
3330 133
3340 1-33 to 1-34
3344 1-34 to 1-35
3350 1-35 to 1-36
3370 1-36
34101
3411 1-37
34201
3803 [38 to 1-40
35041
35051
3525 1-40
3540 1-40
3881 1-40
3886 1-41
5203 1-41
54241
5425 1-42
S809 1-42 to 1-43
DOC 1-43
INDEX (... Contd)

S (.. Cont'd)
Service functions. librarian 11-25 to 11-27
SET
ipl command 1I..()3
job control command 1116
SETDF command 11-15
SETMOD command 11-15
SETPRT command 11-16
Size command 11-16
Shared virtual area (seeSVA)
Storage Management"control block (SMeBI IV-10
SSERV program, functions 11-26. 11-27
START command 11-16
STDTOPcommand 11-16 to 11-18
STOP command 11-18 .
Storage assignment. permanent 1-14
Supervisor call codes IV..()2
Supervisor macros 11-36 to 11-41
Supervisor storage allocation IV-Ol
SUPVR macro, supervisor 11-36
SVA (shared virtual areal. layout of IV-9,
SYSCQM (system communication region) IV-ll
System task blocks IV-27.

T
Tape standard labels
. file (ASCII) 111.05,111.06
file (EBCDIC) III.o3,III.o4
volume (ASCII) 1I1.Q2
volume (EBCDIC) 111.01
Task interrupt key (see TIKI
Task timer option table IV-63
TCe (translation control block) IV-79
TIK (task interrupt key) IV-25
TLBL statement 11-18
TPBAL command 11-19
Track hold table IV-40
Translation control block (see TeB)
TXT card, format 11-44

u
UCS command 11-19
UNPATCH command 11-19
Update, source statement library 11-24
UPSI statement 11-19

v
Virtual to real address, conversion IV-84
VOL statement 11-19
Volume labels, standard
dasd (see dasd standard labels)
tape (see tape standard labels)
VSTAB macro, supervisor 11-39
VTAM address vector table IV-94

w
X
XECB table IV-47
XTENTstatement 11-11

Z
ZONE statement 11-20
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN ADDED FOR YOUR OWN NOTES
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN ADDED FOR YOUR OWN NOTES
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN ADDED FOR YOUR OWN NOTES
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN ADDED FOR YOUR OWN NOTES
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN ADDED FOR YOUR OWN NOTES
SY3385717

lnt9matlonal B... s'nes. Mach'ne. Corporation

Data ProcellingDivilion
1133 Wf'ltch.ster Aven ... e, Wh't. Plainl, New York 10604
(U.S.A. only!

IBM World Trade Corporation

821 United Nations Piau, Norw York, Naw York 10017
(lntltnatlonalJ
DOS/VSE Handbook READER'S
SY33-8S71-7 COMMENT
FORM

This sheet is for comments and suggestions about this manual_ We would appreciate your
views. favorable or unfavorable. in order to aid us in improving this publication. This form
will be sent directly to the author's department. Please include your name and address if
you wish. a reply. Contact your IBM branch office for answers to technical questions about
the system or when requesting additional publications. Thank you.

Your comments and suggestions:

We wouJd especially appreciate your comments on any of the following topics:

Clarity of the text Accuracy Index Dlustrations Appearance Paper
Organization of the Cross-references Tables Examples Printing Binding
text
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 40 ARMONK, N.Y.

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE:

International Business Machines Corporation

Department 812 BP
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, New York 10604

LCE Terminal Using Instructions With Logo KONE PDF
100% (4)
LCE Terminal Using Instructions With Logo KONE PDF
34 pages
Sega Service Manual - Genesis, Mega Drive PAL, Mega CD - Sega CD, No 010, April, 1994
No ratings yet
Sega Service Manual - Genesis, Mega Drive PAL, Mega CD - Sega CD, No 010, April, 1994
32 pages
GDPS PDF
No ratings yet
GDPS PDF
272 pages
CA Dynam For VSE User Guide
No ratings yet
CA Dynam For VSE User Guide
668 pages
Neptune Service Manual
78% (9)
Neptune Service Manual
170 pages
B2500 B3500 Assembler Apr69
No ratings yet
B2500 B3500 Assembler Apr69
407 pages
CICS Reference
No ratings yet
CICS Reference
21 pages
Sysview Commands
100% (1)
Sysview Commands
50 pages
Manual Ms-Dos 2
No ratings yet
Manual Ms-Dos 2
842 pages
CO16555 Atari Home Computer Technical Reference Notes 1982 PDF
No ratings yet
CO16555 Atari Home Computer Technical Reference Notes 1982 PDF
537 pages
Mainframes Tape Library PDF
No ratings yet
Mainframes Tape Library PDF
416 pages
CARD210 ReadIOM
No ratings yet
CARD210 ReadIOM
4 pages
cpm22 M
No ratings yet
cpm22 M
317 pages
DOS 1.0 Jan82
No ratings yet
DOS 1.0 Jan82
307 pages
02
No ratings yet
02
9 pages
CH 6 Slides
No ratings yet
CH 6 Slides
33 pages
AIX Working With Open Firmware
No ratings yet
AIX Working With Open Firmware
4 pages
Sega Service Manual - Genesis - Mega Drive PAL - Mega CD - Sega CD - 010 Xge2k3t
No ratings yet
Sega Service Manual - Genesis - Mega Drive PAL - Mega CD - Sega CD - 010 Xge2k3t
32 pages
Cics Q
No ratings yet
Cics Q
14 pages
DOS 2.10 Technical Reference Sep83
No ratings yet
DOS 2.10 Technical Reference Sep83
178 pages
iRMX 86 Version 5 Workshop Part 2 Dec82 PDF
No ratings yet
iRMX 86 Version 5 Workshop Part 2 Dec82 PDF
260 pages
IBM 7094: Ibm-A22-X001
No ratings yet
IBM 7094: Ibm-A22-X001
174 pages
Systems OS/Virtual Storage 1 Features Supplement
No ratings yet
Systems OS/Virtual Storage 1 Features Supplement
92 pages
IBM's Customer Information Control System
No ratings yet
IBM's Customer Information Control System
35 pages
Schwaderer C Programmers Guide To NetBIOS 1988 PDF
No ratings yet
Schwaderer C Programmers Guide To NetBIOS 1988 PDF
345 pages
Commnds JES2 MVS
No ratings yet
Commnds JES2 MVS
10 pages
Superdome Console
No ratings yet
Superdome Console
4 pages
Os - 9 - IO Subsystems
No ratings yet
Os - 9 - IO Subsystems
65 pages
Unit-5 Operating System Notes
No ratings yet
Unit-5 Operating System Notes
19 pages
DOS 3.10 Reference Feb85
No ratings yet
DOS 3.10 Reference Feb85
546 pages
Iea1a741 PDF
No ratings yet
Iea1a741 PDF
1,170 pages
CSN08101 Digital Forensics: Lecture 5A: PC Boot Sequence and Storage Devices
No ratings yet
CSN08101 Digital Forensics: Lecture 5A: PC Boot Sequence and Storage Devices
45 pages
Volume Analysis - Intro: Chapter 4, Carrier
No ratings yet
Volume Analysis - Intro: Chapter 4, Carrier
39 pages
Messages and Codes Volume 1
0% (1)
Messages and Codes Volume 1
582 pages
AA-H307-TE VAX-11 780 Data Path Description 197902
No ratings yet
AA-H307-TE VAX-11 780 Data Path Description 197902
335 pages
Introduction To The New Mainfame
No ratings yet
Introduction To The New Mainfame
33 pages
Operating System Glossary
100% (1)
Operating System Glossary
2 pages
Implementing Parallel Sysplex II
No ratings yet
Implementing Parallel Sysplex II
4 pages
Cics Refresher
No ratings yet
Cics Refresher
32 pages
DOS American National Standard COBOL Programmers Guide Feb70
No ratings yet
DOS American National Standard COBOL Programmers Guide Feb70
256 pages
CARD211 ReadCSV
No ratings yet
CARD211 ReadCSV
4 pages
Z/architecture - Reference Summary
No ratings yet
Z/architecture - Reference Summary
84 pages
Interrupts
No ratings yet
Interrupts
4 pages
Libro para Descargar PDF
No ratings yet
Libro para Descargar PDF
127 pages
NEC APC MS-DOS System Reference Guide Sep83
No ratings yet
NEC APC MS-DOS System Reference Guide Sep83
222 pages
Cics Tutorial
No ratings yet
Cics Tutorial
8 pages
Cs401 Finalterm Solved Subjective With References
100% (1)
Cs401 Finalterm Solved Subjective With References
33 pages
The Command Interpreter
No ratings yet
The Command Interpreter
8 pages
IBM System 360 Programmers Guide
No ratings yet
IBM System 360 Programmers Guide
137 pages
The Amstrad CPC Firmware Guide PDF
No ratings yet
The Amstrad CPC Firmware Guide PDF
105 pages
Ibm DS8000
No ratings yet
Ibm DS8000
9 pages
CICS Tutorial
No ratings yet
CICS Tutorial
30 pages
Embedded Systems
No ratings yet
Embedded Systems
24 pages
Seagate Diagnostic Command
100% (2)
Seagate Diagnostic Command
45 pages
Formatting
No ratings yet
Formatting
296 pages
CS401 Solved Subjective Final Term by Junaid
No ratings yet
CS401 Solved Subjective Final Term by Junaid
25 pages
MVS Commands
100% (1)
MVS Commands
6 pages
Dx200 Alarm MML CMD List
No ratings yet
Dx200 Alarm MML CMD List
42 pages
Hitachi
No ratings yet
Hitachi
7 pages
Sura Alfath
No ratings yet
Sura Alfath
8 pages
ZVM Storage Update For DS6000
No ratings yet
ZVM Storage Update For DS6000
24 pages
XRF Guide PDF
100% (1)
XRF Guide PDF
114 pages
Docu82415 - Disk Library For Mainframe 4.5.0 User Guide For DLm8100 With VNX and Data Domain PDF
No ratings yet
Docu82415 - Disk Library For Mainframe 4.5.0 User Guide For DLm8100 With VNX and Data Domain PDF
232 pages
CICS Explorer PDF
No ratings yet
CICS Explorer PDF
60 pages
Report Controller
No ratings yet
Report Controller
108 pages
IBM VM370 Introduction
No ratings yet
IBM VM370 Introduction
46 pages
SAS Mainframe Optimisation Service
No ratings yet
SAS Mainframe Optimisation Service
2 pages
SAS To WPS Migration Guide For ZOS en
No ratings yet
SAS To WPS Migration Guide For ZOS en
28 pages
Ar Teeseer A7kam Altgweed
No ratings yet
Ar Teeseer A7kam Altgweed
34 pages
How To Make SMF Report
No ratings yet
How To Make SMF Report
114 pages
IBM z14 Technical Introduction
No ratings yet
IBM z14 Technical Introduction
532 pages
IBM z14 ZR1 - Hardware Innovation
No ratings yet
IBM z14 ZR1 - Hardware Innovation
18 pages
Hitachi Storage Systems Introduction
100% (1)
Hitachi Storage Systems Introduction
41 pages
CICS TS 51 SHARE Technical Overview
No ratings yet
CICS TS 51 SHARE Technical Overview
71 pages
Appliance Family Positioning Chart
No ratings yet
Appliance Family Positioning Chart
1 page
Good Experience in Api Tools Soapui, Postman, Jason and Xml. Good Knowledge in HTML, Css & Web Technologies
No ratings yet
Good Experience in Api Tools Soapui, Postman, Jason and Xml. Good Knowledge in HTML, Css & Web Technologies
5 pages
E3 Vs E5 License
No ratings yet
E3 Vs E5 License
4 pages
5.3 AA Asset Depreciation Posting - AFAB
100% (1)
5.3 AA Asset Depreciation Posting - AFAB
12 pages
Mazak t2
No ratings yet
Mazak t2
3 pages
COD Accesorios Gamer Valor: Los Precios No Incluyen Retencion en La Fuente
No ratings yet
COD Accesorios Gamer Valor: Los Precios No Incluyen Retencion en La Fuente
10 pages
FAA Order 8110.49A
No ratings yet
FAA Order 8110.49A
19 pages
Revamping Customer Onboarding: White Paper
No ratings yet
Revamping Customer Onboarding: White Paper
7 pages
National Apprenticeship Training Scheme (NATS)
No ratings yet
National Apprenticeship Training Scheme (NATS)
6 pages
Kenwood RXD-V757 User Manual
No ratings yet
Kenwood RXD-V757 User Manual
27 pages
Cs8591 Computer Networks Unit I Introduction and Physical Layer
No ratings yet
Cs8591 Computer Networks Unit I Introduction and Physical Layer
40 pages
CSE 477: Introduction To Computer Security: Lecture - 14: Operating System Security - 2
No ratings yet
CSE 477: Introduction To Computer Security: Lecture - 14: Operating System Security - 2
34 pages
tk700 Datasheet Eng
No ratings yet
tk700 Datasheet Eng
2 pages
Home Career at HMS Search Sitemap E-News Partner Program Partner Log-In
No ratings yet
Home Career at HMS Search Sitemap E-News Partner Program Partner Log-In
2 pages
Ins2601 Assessment 1
No ratings yet
Ins2601 Assessment 1
2 pages
UAE RoHS - Implementing Guidelines v2.1
No ratings yet
UAE RoHS - Implementing Guidelines v2.1
9 pages
Room Rental System Project
No ratings yet
Room Rental System Project
23 pages
02 Handout 1
No ratings yet
02 Handout 1
3 pages
PGP
No ratings yet
PGP
38 pages
Project SD-Card With CCS C Compiler
0% (1)
Project SD-Card With CCS C Compiler
4 pages
Computer Networking - Principles, Protocols and Practice, Third Edition - Computer Networking - Principles, Protocols and Practice
No ratings yet
Computer Networking - Principles, Protocols and Practice, Third Edition - Computer Networking - Principles, Protocols and Practice
4 pages
Home Automation
No ratings yet
Home Automation
18 pages
Raster: Resolution
No ratings yet
Raster: Resolution
6 pages
Eti Microproject
No ratings yet
Eti Microproject
20 pages
PF Assignment #01 - Amaan Ahmad - Sp22-Bct-004
No ratings yet
PF Assignment #01 - Amaan Ahmad - Sp22-Bct-004
7 pages
49 Project Management Processes
No ratings yet
49 Project Management Processes
1 page
Gujarat Technological University: Page 1 of 3
No ratings yet
Gujarat Technological University: Page 1 of 3
3 pages
Finding CB-H Parameters in Terms of CE-h Parameters. (Assumptions and H)
No ratings yet
Finding CB-H Parameters in Terms of CE-h Parameters. (Assumptions and H)
5 pages
Practicals
No ratings yet
Practicals
11 pages